diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2014-08-07 21:54:06 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2014-08-07 21:54:06 +0000 |
| commit | 94965adad023c311265b401a1e7bef667d92d745 (patch) | |
| tree | 4609f8bf5c3059900fede413eabaa4be262e4f90 /Master/texmf-dist | |
| parent | 37dee28a58d0a9abebc348da10a43e5d45576fa2 (diff) | |
rm mh, replaced by breqn and mathtools
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@34869 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
25 files changed, 0 insertions, 27071 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/README deleted file mode 100644 index 5c249655ccb..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -The mh bundle -============= -Morten Hoegholm (c) 2002-2011 -Lars Madsen (c) 2012 -email: mh.ctan@gmail.com -License: LaTeX Project Public License - -The files in the mh bundle are: - breqn.dtx - flexisym.dtx - mathstyle.dtx - mhsetup.dtx - mathtools.dtx - empheq.dtx - breqn-technotes.tex -and derived files. The derived files of each .dtx-file are listed -at the top of the respective .dtx-file. - - -INSTALLATION -============ -Running TeX on each dtx file extracts the runtime files. See the dtx -files for details. - -DESCRIPTION -=========== - -breqn -===== - -The breqn package facilitates automatic line-breaking of displayed -math expressions. The package was originally developed by Michael -J. Downes. - -flexisym -======== - -This package turns math symbols into macros. -Is is required by breqn so that breqn can make intelligent decisions -with respect to line-breaking and other details. - -mathstyle -========= - -Ensures uniform syntax for math subscript (_) and superscript (^) -operations so that they always take exactly one argument. -Grants access to the current mathstyle which eases several tasks such -as avoiding the many pitfalls of \mathchoice and \mathpalette. -This package is used by flexisym. - -mathtools -========= - -The mathtools package provides many useful tools for mathematical -typesetting. It is based on amsmath and fixes various deficiencies -of amsmath and standard LaTeX. It provides: - -- Extensible symbols, such as brackets, arrows, harpoons, etc. - -- Various symbols such as \coloneqq (:=). - -- Easy creation of new tag forms. - -- Showing only the referenced equations. - -- Extensible arrows, harpoons and hookarrows. - -- Starred versions of the amsmath matrix environments for - specifying the column alignment. - -- More building blocks: multlined, cases-like environments, new - gathered environments. - -- Math versions of \makebox, \llap, \rlap etc. - -- Cramped math styles. - -- and more... - -mathtools requires mhsetup. - -empheq -====== - -The empheq package is a visual markup extension designed to -function on top of amsmath. It features: - -- Boxing multi line math displays while leaving equation - numbers untouched at the margin. Any kind of box will do. - -- Making the ntheorem package place end-of-theorem markers - perfectly. - -- Placing arbitrary material on either side of math displays. - This includes delimiters that automatically scale to the - correct size. - -empheq requires mathtools. - - -mhsetup -======= - -The mhsetup package defines various programming tools needed by -both empheq and mathtools. In the future, most of these tools will -probably be an integral part of LaTeX3. - -xfrac -===== - -A package for producing split level fractions in both text and -math. This package started as a part of the MH bundle, but is not -integrated into the l3packages bundle. - -BUG REPORTS -=========== - -The bundle is maintained by: - - Lars Madsen <daleif@imf.au.dk> - Will Robertson <wspr81@gmail.com> - Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> - -Please report bugs mh.ctan@gmail.com (or the entire team). - -=========== -This README file was last revised 2013/02/12. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2146c618a3d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ea9dffe3ac2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/breqn.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/empheq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/empheq.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1def77109d5..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/empheq.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/flexisym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/flexisym.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0c1eb6a1649..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/flexisym.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathstyle.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathstyle.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bf59626c630..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathstyle.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathtools.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathtools.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 09c8673da29..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mathtools.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mhsetup.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mhsetup.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 26073c8b76c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/mh/mhsetup.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e8c6174cbbf..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn-technotes.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{lmodern} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{breqn} -\def\eqnumside{L} -\providecommand*\cs[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} - -\usepackage{hyperref} - -\title{Technical notes on equation breaking} -\author{Michael J.\ Downes \and Morten H\o gholm} -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - - -\section{Tag placement} - -The method used by the breqn package to place the equation number is -rather more complicated than you might think, and the whole reason is -to allow the number to stay properly centered on the total height even -when the height fluctuates due to stretching or shrinking of the page. - - -Consider the following equation: -\begin{dmath}[number={3.15}] - N_{0} \simeq \left( \frac{\nu}{\lVert u\rVert_{H^{i}}} \right) - \lvert I\rvert^{-1/2} -\end{dmath} -It will have only one line, if the column width is not too narrow. - -Scrutinizing the vertical list will shed light on some of the basic properties -shared by all breqn equations. After that we will look at what would happen if -two or more lines were needed. The numbers added on the left in the following -\cs{showlists} output mark the points of interest. -\begin{verbatim} -[1] \penalty 10000 - \glue(\abovedisplayskip) 0.0 - \penalty 10000 - \glue(\belowdisplayskip) 0.0 -[2] \glue 4.0 plus 4.0 - \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 -[3] \vbox(16.53902+0.0)x0.0, glue set 16.53902fil - .\glue 0.0 plus 1.0fil minus 1.0fil - \penalty 10000 -[4] \glue -8.51945 -[5] \hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563 - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ( - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 3 - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 1 - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 5 - .\kern 0.0 - .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ) - \penalty 10000 -[6] \glue(\parskip) -18.01956 -[7] \hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x360.0, glue set 1.78647 -\end{verbatim} -\begin{enumerate} -\item These four lines are a hidden display structure from \TeX's - primitive \texttt{\$\$} mechanism. It is used only to get the value - of \cs{predisplaysize} so that we can later calculate by hand - whether to use the short display skips or the regular ones. (The - reason that we have to do it by hand traces back to the fact that - \TeX\ 3.x does not allow unhboxing in math mode.) The penalties come - from \cs{predisplaypenalty} and \cs{postdisplaypenalty}, which were - locally set to 10000 to ensure there would be no unintended page - breaks at these glue nodes. - -\item These two glue nodes are the ones that would normally have been - produced at the top of a display; the first one is the above-display - skip node (though we had to put it in by hand with \cs{vskip}) and - the second one is the usual baselineskip/lineskip node. - -\item This is a dummy copy of the equation's first line, which is - thrown in here to get the proper value of baselineskip (or lineskip - in this case). Why do we need this? Because this ensures that we get - the top spacing right before we fiddle with the glue nodes - surrounding the equation number. And if the equation has a frame, - this box is a good place to add it from. - -\item This is a special glue node that brings us to the right vertical - position for adding the equation number. Its value is calculated - from the variables that you would expect, given the presence of the - dummy first line above the num- ber: starting position of the - equation, height of first line, total height of equation body. If - the equation body had more than one line, with stretchable glue - between the lines, half of the stretch would be added in this glue - node. - -\item The hbox containing the equation number. - -\item Backspace to bring the equation body to the right starting point. We use - \cs{parskip} to put this glue in place because we're going to get a - parskip node here in any case when we add the equation body with (in - essence). If we didn't do this we'd get two glue nodes instead of - one, to no purpose. - -\cs{\noindent} \cs{unhbox}\cs{EQ@box}. - - -\item And lastly we see here the first line of the equation body, - which appears to have height 16.5pt and depth 9.5pt. -\end{enumerate} - -For comparison, the vertical list produced from the above equation in -standard \LaTeX\ would look like this, if the same values of -columnwidth and abovedisplayskip are used: -\begin{verbatim} -[1] \penalty 10000 -[2] \glue(\abovedisplayskip) 4.0 plus 4.0 - \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 - \hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x232.94844 -[3] .\hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563 - ..\hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563 - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ( - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 3 - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 1 - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 5 - ...\kern 0.0 - ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ) - .\kern101.49591 -[4] .\hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x105.8969 - ... -[5] \penalty 0 -[6] \glue(\belowdisplayskip) 4.0 plus 4.0 - \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 - \hbox(6.94444+1.94444)x345.0, glue set 62.1106fil -\end{verbatim} - -\begin{enumerate} - \item \cs{predisplaypenalty} - \item \cs{abovedisplayskip} - \item equation number box - \item equation body - \item \cs{postdisplaypenaltly} - \item \cs{belowdisplayskip} -\end{enumerate} - - - - - -\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 1a29cd69d1f..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/breqn.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6881 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -% Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -% -% This work consists of the main source file breqn.dtx -% and the derived files -% breqn.sty, breqn.pdf, breqn.ins, breqn.drv. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/breqn.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/breqn.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If breqn.ins is present: -% tex breqn.ins -% (b) Without breqn.ins: -% tex breqn.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{breqn.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If breqn.drv is present: -% latex breqn.drv -% (b) Without breqn.drv: -% latex breqn.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex breqn.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist breqn.idx -% pdflatex breqn.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist breqn.idx -% pdflatex breqn.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/breqn.sty -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/breqn.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/breqn.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: breqn 2012/05/10 v0.98b Breqn} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainers of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file breqn.dtx -and the derived files - breqn.sty, breqn.pdf, breqn.ins, breqn.drv. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{breqn.ins}{\from{breqn.dtx}{install}}% - \file{breqn.drv}{\from{breqn.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{breqn.sty}{\from{breqn.dtx}{package}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* breqn.sty} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `breqn.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{breqn.drv}% - [2012/05/10 v0.98b breqn] -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\CodelineIndex -\EnableCrossrefs -\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\usepackage{color,verbatim,xspace,varioref,listings,amsmath,trace} - -\definecolor{hilite}{rgb}{0.2,0.4,0.7} -\def\theCodelineNo{\textcolor{hilite}{\sffamily\tiny\arabic{CodelineNo}}} - -\lstloadlanguages{[AlLaTeX]TeX} - -\lstnewenvironment{literalcode} - {\lstset{gobble=2,columns=fullflexible,basicstyle=\color{hilite}\ttfamily}} - {} -\makeatletter - -{\catcode`\%=12 - \long\gdef\@gobble@percent@space#1{\ifx - #1%\expandafter\@gobble\else\expandafter#1\fi}} - - -\AtBeginDocument{\def\verbatim@processline{\expandafter\check@percent - \the\verbatim@line\par}} -\newwrite\tmp@out -\newcounter{xio} -\newenvironment{xio}{% example input and output - \par\addvspace\bigskipamount - \hbox{\itshape - \refstepcounter{xio}\kern-\p@ Example \thexio}\@nobreaktrue - \immediate\openout\tmp@out\jobname.tmp \relax - \begingroup - \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active - \def\verbatim@processline{ - \immediate\write\tmp@out{\expandafter\@gobble@percent@space - \the\verbatim@line}}% - \verbatim@start -}{% - \immediate\closeout\tmp@out - \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces - \@@input \jobname.tmp \relax - \endgroup - \par\medskip - \noindent\ignorespaces - \@@input \jobname.tmp \relax - \par\medskip -} - - - - -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\cls[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\fn[1]{\texttt{#1}} - - -\providecommand*\cn[1]{\cs{#1}} -\providecommand*\csarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} - -\providecommand*\tex{\TeX\xspace} -\providecommand*\latex{\LaTeX\xspace} -\providecommand*\dbldollars{\texttt{\detokenize{$$}}}%$$ -\providecommand*\arg{} -\edef\arg{\expandafter\@gobble\string\#} - -\newenvironment{aside}{\begin{quote}\bfseries}{\end{quote}} -\newenvironment{dn}{\begin{quote}\bfseries}{\end{quote}} - -\newcommand\dash{\textemdash} -\newcommand\dbslash[1]{\texttt{\string\\}} -\newcommand\thepkg{the \pkg{breqn} package\xspace} - -\providecommand*\texbook{\textsl{The \protect\TeX{}book}\xspace} - -\providecommand*\dotsc{\ldots} -\providecommand*\eqref[1]{(\ref{#1})} - -\providecommand*\qq[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright} -\providecommand*\quoted[1]{\textquoteleft#1\textquoteright} -\providecommand*\dquoted[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright} - -\providecommand*\ie{i.e.,\xspace} -\providecommand*\eg{e.g.,\xspace} -\providecommand*\etc{etc.\xspace} -\providecommand*\cf{cf.\xspace} - -\providecommand*\ndash{\unskip\textendash\ignorespaces} -\providecommand*\mdash{\unskip\textemdash\ignorespaces} - -\makeatother - -\usepackage{breqn} - -\begin{document} - \DocInput{breqn.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \title{The \pkg{breqn} package} -% \date{2012/05/10 v0.98b} -% \author{The breqn maintainers\thanks{The maintainers would like to thank -% Morten H\o gholm for bringing \texttt{breqn} forward} -% \\\texttt{mh.ctan@gmail.com}} -% -% \maketitle -% \begin{abstract} -% The \pkg{breqn} package facilitates automatic line-breaking of -% displayed math expressions. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \part*{User's guide} -% -% \section{A bit of history} -% -% Originally \pkg{breqn}, \pkg{flexisym}, and \pkg{mathstyle} were -% created by Michael J.~Downes from the American Mathematical Society -% during the 1990's up to late 2002. Sadly---and much to the shock of -% the \TeX\ world---Michael passed away in early 2003 at the age of -% only~44. -% -% The American Mathematical Society kindly allowed Morten H\o gholm to -% assume maintainership of this part of his work and he wish to -% express my gratitude to them and to Barbara Beeton in particular for -% providing me with the files he needed. -% -% MH hope to continue Michael's work, thereby allowing users to create -% more \emph{masterpieces of the publishing art} as I think he would -% have wanted. -% -% Following the July 2008 breqn release, breqn was left in the hands -% of a maintenance team, while MH moved on with other projects. -% -% \section{Package loading} -% -% -% The recommended way of loading the \pkg{breqn} package is to load it -% \emph{after} other packages dealing with math, \ie, after -% \pkg{amsmath}, \pkg{amssymb}, or packages such as \pkg{mathpazo} or -% \pkg{mathptmx}. -% -% The \pkg{flexisym} package (described in section \vref{flexisym}) is -% required by \pkg{breqn} and ensures the math symbols are set up -% correctly. By default \pkg{breqn} loads it with support for Computer -% Modern but if you use a different math package requiring slightly -% different definitions, it must be loaded before \pkg{breqn}. Below -% is an example of how you enable \pkg{breqn} to work with the widely -% used \pkg{mathpazo} package. -% \begin{verbatim} -%\usepackage{mathpazo} -%\usepackage[mathpazo]{flexisym} -%\usepackage{breqn} -% \end{verbatim} -% Currently, the packages \pkg{mathpazo} and \pkg{mathptmx} are -% supported. Despair not: Chances are that the package will work using -% the default settings. If you find that a particular math font -% package doesn't work then please see implementation in -% \fn{flexisym.dtx} for how to create a support file---it is easier -% than one might think. Contributions welcome. -% -% The documentation for the package was formerly found in -% \fn{breqndoc}. It has now been added to this implementation -% file. Below follows the contents of the original \pkg{breqn} -% documentation. Not all details hold anymore but I have prioritized -% fixing the package. -% -% \section{To do} -% -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Handling of QED -% \item Space between \verb'\end{dmath}' and following punctuation will -% prevent the punctuation from being drawn into the equation. -% \item Overriding the equation layout -% \item Overriding the placement of the equation number -% \item \qq{alignid} option for more widely separated equations where -% shared alignment is desired (requires two passes) -% \item Or maybe provide an \qq{alignwidths} option where you give -% lhs/rhs width in terms of ems? And get feedback later on discrepancies -% with the actual measured contents? -% \item \cs{intertext} not needed within dgroup! But currently there are -% limitations on floating objects within dgroup. -% \item \verb'align={1}' or 2, 3, 4 expressing various levels of demand -% for group-wide alignment. Level 4 means force alignment even if some -% lines then have to run over the right margin! Level 1, the default, -% means first break LHS-RHS equations as if it occurred by itself, then -% move them left or right within the current line width to align them if -% possible. Levels 2 and 3 mean try harder to align but give up if -% overfull lines result. -% \item Need an \cs{hshift} command to help with alignment of -% lines broken at a discretionary times sign. Also useful for adjusting -% inside-delimiter breaks. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \section{Introduction} -% -% The \pkg{breqn} package for \LaTeX\ provides solutions to a number of -% common difficulties in writing displayed equations and getting -% high-quality output. For example, it is a well-known inconvenience that -% if an equation must be broken into more than one line, \cs{left} \dots\ -% \cs{right} constructs cannot span lines. The \pkg{breqn} package makes -% them work as one would expect whether or not there is an intervening -% line break. -% -% The single most ambitious goal of the \pkg{breqn} package, however, is -% to support automatic linebreaking of displayed equations. Such -% linebreaking cannot be done without substantial changes under the hood -% in the way math formulas are processed. For this reason, especially in -% the alpha release, users should proceed with care and keep an eye out -% for unexpected glitches or side effects. -% -% \section{Principal features} -% The principal features of the \pkg{breqn} package are: -% \begin{description} -% -% \item[semantically oriented structure] The way in which compound -% displayed formulas are subdivided matches the logical structure more -% closely than, say, the standard \env{eqnarray} environment. Separate -% equations in a group of equations are written as separate environments -% instead of being bounded merely by \dbslash/ commands. Among other -% things, this clears up a common problem of wrong math symbol spacing at -% the beginning of continuation lines. It also makes it possible to -% specify different vertical space values for the space between lines of a -% long, broken equation and the space between separate equations in a -% group of equations. -% -% \item[automatic line breaking] Overlong equations will be broken -% automatically to the prevailing column width, and continuation lines -% will be indented following standard conventions. -% -% \item[line breaks within delimiters] Line breaks within \cs{left} \dots\ -% \cs{right} delimiters work in a natural way. Line breaks can be -% forbidden below a given depth of delimiter nesting through a package -% option. -% -% \item[mixed math and text] Display equations that contain mixed -% math and text, or even text only, are handled naturally by means of a -% \env{dseries} environment that starts out in text mode instead of math -% mode. -% -% \item[ending punctuation] The punctuation at the end of a displayed -% equation can be handled in a natural way that makes it easier to promote -% or demote formulas from\slash to inline math, and to apply special -% effects such as adding space before the punctuation. -% -% \item[flexible numbering] Equation numbering is handled in a natural -% way, with all the flexibility of the \pkg{amsmath} package and with no -% need for a special \cs{nonumber} command. -% -% \item[special effects] It is easy to apply special effects to individual -% displays, e.g., changing the type size or adding a frame. -% -% \item[using available space] Horizontal shrink is made use of -% whenever feasible. With most other equation macros it is frozen when it -% occurs between \cs{left} \dots\ \cs{right} delimiters, or in any sort of -% multiline structure, so that some expressions require two lines that would -% otherwise fit on one. -% -% \item[high-quality spacing] The \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} is used when -% applicable (other equation macros fail to apply it in equations of more -% than one line). -% -% \item[abbreviations] Unlike the \pkg{amsmath} equation environments, the -% \pkg{breqn} environments can be called through user-defined abbreviations -% such as \cs{beq} \dots\ \cs{eeq}. -% -% \end{description} -% -% \section{Shortcomings of the package} -% The principal known deficiencies of the \pkg{breqn} package are: -% -% \subsection{Incompatibilities} As it pushes the envelope -% of what is possible within the context of \LaTeXe, \thepkg will tend -% to break other packages when used in combination with them, or to fail -% itself, when there are any areas of internal overlap; successful use may -% in some cases depend on package loading order. -% -% -% -% \subsection{Indention of delimited fragments} When line breaks within -% delimiters are involved, the automatic indention of continuation lines -% is likely to be unsatisfactory and need manual adjustment. I don't see -% any easy way to provide a general solution for this, though I have some -% ideas on how to attain partial improvements. -% -% \subsection{Math symbol subversion} -% In order for automatic line breaking to work, the operation of all the -% math symbols of class 2, 3, 4, and 5 must be altered (relations, binary -% operators, opening delimiters, closing delimiters). This is done by an -% auxiliary package \pkg{flexisym}. As long as you stick to the advertised -% \LaTeX\ interface for defining math symbols (\cs{DeclareMathSymbol}), -% things should work OK most of the time. Any more complex math symbol -% setup is quite likely to quarrel with the \pkg{flexisym} package. -% See Section~\vref{flexisym} for further information. -% -% \subsection{Subscripts and superscripts} -% -% Because of the changes to math symbols of class 2--5, writing certain -% combinations such as \verb'^+' or \verb'_\pm' or \verb'^\geq' without -% braces would lead to error messages; (The problem described here -% already exists in standard \LaTeX\ to a lesser extent, as you may know -% if you ever tried \verb'^\neq' or \verb'^\cong'; and indeed there are -% no examples in the \LaTeX\ book to indicate any sanction for omitting -% braces around a subscript or superscript.) -% -% The \pkg{flexisym} package therefore calls, as of version 0.92, another -% package called \pkg{mathstyle} which turns \verb'^' and \verb'_' into -% active characters. This is something that I believe is desirable in any -% case, in the long run, because having a proper mathstyle variable -% eliminates some enormous burdens that affect almost any -% nontrivial math macros, as well as many other things where the -% connection is not immediately obvious, e.g., the \LaTeX\ facilities for -% loading fonts on demand. -% -% Not that this doesn't introduce new and interesting problems of its -% own---for example, you don't want to put usepackage statements -% after flexisym for any package that refers to, e.g., \verb'^^J' or -% \verb'^^M' -% internally (too bad that the \LaTeX\ package loading code does not -% include automatic defenses to ensure normal catcodes in the interior of -% a package; but it only handles the \verb'@' character). -% -% But I took a random AMS journal article, with normal end-user kind of -% \LaTeX\ writing, did some straightforward substitutions to change all -% the equations into dmath environments, and ran it with active math -% sub/sup: everything worked OK. This suggests to me that it can work in -% the real world, without an impossible amount of compatibility work. -% -% \section{Incomplete} -% In addition, in the \textbf{alpha release [1997/10/30]} the following -% gaps remain to be filled in: -% \begin{description} -% \item[documentation] -% The documentation could use amplification, especially more -% illustrations, and I have undoubtedly overlooked more than a few errors. -% -% \item[group alignment] The algorithm for doing alignment -% of mathrel symbols across equations in a \env{dgroup} environment -% needs work. Currently the standard and \opt{noalign} alternatives -% produce the same output. -% -% \item[single group number] When a \env{dgroup} has a group number and -% the individual equations are unnumbered, the handling and placement of -% the group number aren't right. -% -% \item[group frame] Framing a group doesn't work, you might be able to -% get frames on the individual equations at best. -% -% \item[group brace] The \opt{brace} option for \env{dgroup} is intended -% to produce a large brace encompassing the whole group. This hasn't been -% implemented yet. -% -% \item[darray environment] The \env{darray} environment is unfinished. -% -% \item[dseries environment] The syntax and usage for the \env{dseries} -% environment are in doubt and may change. -% -% \item[failure arrangements] When none of the line-breaking passes for a -% \env{dmath} environment succeeds\dash i.e., at least one line is -% overfull\dash the final arrangement is usually rather poor. A better -% fall-back arrangement in the failure case is needed. -% -% \end{description} -% -% \section{Package options} -% -% Many of the package options for \thepkg are the same as options of the -% \env{dmath} or \env{dgroup} environments, and some of them require an -% argument, which is something that cannot be done through the normal -% package option mechanism. Therefore most of the \pkg{breqn} package -% options are designed to be set with a \cs{setkeys} command after the -% package is loaded. For example, to load the package and set the -% maximum delimiter nesting depth for line breaks to~1: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage{breqn} -% \setkeys{breqn}{breakdepth={1}} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% See the discussion of environment options, Section~\vref{envopts}, for -% more information. -% -% Debugging information is no longer available as a package -% option. Instead, the tracing information has been added in a fashion -% so that it can be enabled as a docstrip option: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \generate{\file{breqn.sty}{\from{breqn.dtx}{package,trace}}} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% -% \section{Environments and commands} -% \subsection{Environments} -% All of the following environments take an optional argument for -% applying local effects such as changing the typesize or adding a -% frame to an individual equation. -% -% \begin{description} -% \item[\env{dmath}] Like \env{equation} but supports line breaking and variant -% numbers. -% -% \item[\env{dmath*}] Unnumbered; like \env{displaymath} but supports line -% breaking -% -% \item[\env{dseries}] Like \env{equation} but starts out in text mode; -% intended for series of mathematical expressions of the form `A, B, and -% C'. As a special feature, if you use -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{math} ... \end{math} -% \end{verbatim} -% for each expression in the series, a suitable amount of inter-expression -% space will be automatically added. This is a small step in the direction of -% facilitating conversion of display math to inline math, and vice versa: If -% you write a display as -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dseries} -% \begin{math}A\end{math}, -% \begin{math}B\end{math}, -% and -% \begin{math}C\end{math}. -% \end{dseries} -% \end{verbatim} -% then conversion to inline form is simply a matter of removing the -% \verb'\begin{dseries}' and \verb'\end{dseries}' lines; the contents of the -% display need no alterations. -% -% It would be nice to provide the same feature for \verb'$' notation but -% there is no easy way to do that because the \verb'$' function has no -% entry point to allow changing what happens before math mode is entered. -% Making it work would therefore require turning \verb'$' into an active -% character, something that I hesitate to do in a \LaTeXe\ context. -% -% \item[\env{dseries*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{dseries} -% -% \item[\env{dgroup}] Like the \env{align} environment of \pkg{amsmath}, -% but with each constituent equation wrapped in a \env{dmath}, -% \env{dmath*}, \env{dseries}, or \env{dseries*} environment instead of being -% separated by \dbslash/. The equations are numbered with a group number. -% When the constituent environments are the numbered forms (\env{dmath} or -% \env{dseries}) they automatically switch to `subequations'-style -% numbering, i.e., something like (3a), (3b), (3c), \dots, depending on -% the current form of non-grouped equation numbers. See also -% \env{dgroup*}. -% -% \item[\env{dgroup*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{dgroup}. If the -% constituent environments are the numbered forms, they get normal -% individual equation numbers, i.e., something like (3), (4), (5), \dots~. -% -% \item[\env{darray}] Similar to \env{eqnarray} but with an argument like -% \env{array} for giving column specs. Automatic line breaking is not -% done here. -% -% \item[\env{darray*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{darray}, rather like -% \env{array} except in using \cs{displaystyle} for all column -% entries. -% -% \item[\env{dsuspend}] Suspend the current display in order to print -% some text, without loss of the alignment. There is also a command -% form of the same thing, \cs{intertext}. -% \end{description} -% -% \subsection{Commands} -% -% The commands provided by \thepkg are: -% \begin{description} -% \item[\cs{condition}] This command is used for -% a part of a display which functions as a condition on the main -% assertion. For example: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath} -% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition{for $x\neq 0$} -% \end{dmath}. -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath} -% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition{for $x\neq 0$} -% \end{dmath}. -% The \cs{condition} command automatically switches to text mode (so that -% interword spaces function the way they should), puts in a comma, and -% adds an appropriate amount of space. To facilitate promotion\slash -% demotion of formulas, \cs{condition} \qq{does the right thing} if used -% outside of display math. -% -% To substitute a different punctuation mark instead of the default comma, -% supply it as an optional argument for the \cs{condition} command: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \condition[;]{...} -% \end{verbatim} -% (Thus, to get no punctuation: \verb'\condition[]{...}'.) -% -% For conditions that contain no text, you can use the starred form of the -% command, which means to stay in math mode: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath} -% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition*{x\neq 0} -% \end{dmath}. -% -% If your material contains a lot of conditions like these, you might like -% to define shorter abbreviations, e.g., -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand{\mc}{\condition*}% math condition -% \newcommand{\tc}{\condition}% text condition -% \end{verbatim} -% But \thepkg refrains from predefining such abbreviations in order that -% they may be left to the individual author's taste. -% -% \item[\cs{hiderel}] In a compound equation it is sometimes desired to -% use a later relation symbol as the alignment point, rather than the -% first one. To do this, mark all the relation symbols up to the desired -% one with \cs{hiderel}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% T(n) \hiderel{\leq} T(2^n) \leq c(3^n - 2^n) ... -% \end{verbatim} -% \end{description} -% -% \section{Various environment options}\label{envopts} -% -% The following options are recognized for the \env{dmath}, \env{dgroup}, -% \env{darray}, and \env{dseries} environments; some of the options do not -% make sense for all of the environments, but if an option is used where -% not applicable it is silently ignored rather than treated as an error. -% \changes{v0.98b}{2010/08/27}{replaced relindent with indentstep} -% -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath}[style={\small}] -% \begin{dmath}[number={BV}] -% \begin{dmath}[labelprefix={eq:}] -% \begin{dmath}[label={xyz}] -% \begin{dmath}[indentstep={2em}] -% \begin{dmath}[compact] -% \begin{dmath}[spread={1pt}] -% \begin{dmath}[frame] -% \begin{dmath}[frame={1pt},framesep={2pt}] -% \begin{dmath}[background={red}] -% \begin{dmath}[color={purple}] -% \begin{dmath}[breakdepth={0}] -% \end{verbatim} -% -% Use the \opt{style} option to change the type size of an individual -% equation. This option can also serve as a catch-all option for -% altering the equation style in other ways; the contents are simply -% executed directly within the context of the equation. -% -% Use the \opt{number} option if you want the number for a particular -% equation to fall outside of the usual sequence. If this option is used -% the equation counter is not incremented. If for some reason you need to -% increment the counter and change the number at the same time, use the -% \opt{style} option in addition to the \opt{number} option: -% \begin{verbatim} -% style={\refstepcounter{equation}} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% Use of the normal \cs{label} command instead of the \opt{label} option -% works, I think, most of the time (untested). \opt{labelprefix} prepends -% its argument to the label (only useful as a global option, really), -% and must be called before \opt{label}. -% -% \changes{v0.98b}{2010/08/27}{replaced relindent with indentstep} -% Use the \opt{indentstep} option to specify something other than the -% default amount for the indention of relation symbols. The default is -% 8pt. -% -% Use the \opt{compact} option in compound equations to inhibit line -% breaks at relation symbols. By default a line break will be taken before -% each relation symbol except the first one. With the \opt{compact} option -% \LaTeX\ will try to fit as much material as possible on each line, but -% breaks at relation symbols will still be preferred over breaks at binary -% operator symbols. -% -% Use the \opt{spread} option to increase (or decrease) the amount of -% interline space in an equation. See the example given above. -% -% Use the \opt{frame} option to produce a frame around the body of the -% equation. The thickness of the frame can optionally be specified by -% giving it as an argument of the option. The default thickness is -% \cs{fboxrule}. -% -% Use the \opt{framesep} option to change the amount of space separating -% the frame from what it encloses. The default space is \cs{fboxsep}. -% -% Use the \opt{background} option to produce a colored background for the -% equation body. The \pkg{breqn} package doesn't automatically load the -% \pkg{color} package, so this option won't work unless you remember -% to load the \pkg{color} package yourself. -% -% Use the \opt{color} option to specify a different color for the contents -% of the equation. Like the \opt{background} option, this doesn't work if -% you forgot to load the \pkg{color} package. -% -% Use the \opt{breakdepth} option to change the level of delimiter nesting -% to which line breaks are allowed. To prohibit line breaks within -% delimiters, set this to 0: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath}[breakdepth={0}] -% \end{verbatim} -% The default value for breakdepth is 2. Even when breaks are allowed -% inside delimiters, they are marked as less desirable than breaks outside -% delimiters. Most of the time a break will not be taken within delimiters -% until the alternatives have been exhausted. -% -% Options for the \env{dgroup} environment: all of the above, and also -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dgroup}[noalign] -% \begin{dgroup}[brace] -% \end{verbatim} -% -% By default the equations in a \env{dgroup} are mutually aligned on their -% relation symbols ($=$, $<$, $\geq$, and the like). With the -% \opt{noalign} option each equation is placed individually without -% reference to the others. -% -% The \opt{brace} option means to place a large brace encompassing the -% whole group on the same side as the equation number. -% -% Options for the \env{darray} environment: all of the above (where -% sensible), and also -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{darray}[cols={lcr@{\hspace{2em}}lcr}] -% \end{verbatim} -% The value of the \opt{cols} option for the darray environment should be -% a series of column specs as for the \env{array} environment, with the -% following differences: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item For l, c, and r what you get is not text, but math, and -% displaystyle math at that. To get text you must use a 'p' column -% specifier, or put an \cs{mbox} in each of the individual cells. -% -% \item Vertical rules don't connect across lines. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \section{The \pkg{flexisym} package}\label{flexisym} -% -% The \pkg{flexisym} package does some radical changes in the setup for -% math symbols to allow their definitions to change dynamically throughout -% a document. The \pkg{breqn} package uses this to make symbols of classes -% 2, 3, 4, 5 run special functions inside an environment such as -% \env{dmath} that provide the necessary support for automatic line -% breaking. -% -% The method used to effect these changes is to change the definitions of -% \cs{DeclareMathSymbol} and \cs{DeclareMathDelimiter}, and then -% re-execute the standard set of \LaTeX\ math symbol definitions. -% Consequently, additional mathrel and mathbin symbols defined by other -% packages will get proper line-breaking behavior if the other package is -% loaded after the \pkg{flexisym} package and the symbols are defined -% through the standard interface. -% -% -% -% \section{Caution! Warning!} -% Things to keep in mind when writing documents with \thepkg: -% \begin{itemize} -% -% \item The notation $:=$ must be written with the command \cs{coloneq}. -% Otherwise the $:$ and the $=$ will be treated as two separate relation -% symbols with an \qq{empty RHS} between them, and they will be printed -% on separate lines. -% -% \item Watch out for constructions like \verb'^+' where a single binary -% operator or binary relation symbol is subscripted or superscripted. When -% the \pkg{breqn} or \pkg{flexisym} package is used, braces are mandatory -% in such constructions: \verb'^{+}'. This applies for both display and -% in-line math. -% -% \item If you want \LaTeX\ to make intelligent decisions about line -% breaks when vert bars are involved, use proper pairing versions of the -% vert-bar symbols according to context: \verb'\lvert n\rvert' instead of -% \verb'|n|'. With the nondirectional \verb'|' there is no way for \LaTeX\ -% to reliably deduce which potential breakpoints are inside delimiters -% (more highly discouraged) and which are not. -% -% \item If you use the \pkg{german} package or some other package that -% turns double quote \verb'"' into a special character, you may encounter -% some problems with named math symbols of type mathbin, mathrel, -% mathopen, or mathclose in moving arguments. For example, \cs{leq} in a -% section title will be written to the \fn{.aux} file as something like -% \verb'\mathchar "3214'. This situation probably ought to be improved, -% but for now use \cs{protect}. -% -% \item Watch out for the \texttt{[} character at the beginning of a -% \env{dmath} or similar environment, if it is supposed to be interpreted -% as mathematical content rather than the start of the environment's -% optional argument. -% -% This is OK: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath} -% [\lambda,1]... -% \end{dmath} -% \end{verbatim} -% This will not work as expected: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{dmath}[\lambda,1]...\end{dmath} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \item Watch out for unpaired delimiter symbols (in display math only): -% \begin{verbatim} -% ( ) [ ] \langle \rangle \{ \} \lvert \rvert ... -% \end{verbatim} -% If an open delimiter is used without a close delimiter, or vice versa, -% it is normally harmless but may adversely affect line breaking. This is only -% for symbols that have a natural left or right directionality. Unpaired -% \cs{vert} and so on are fine. -% -% When a null delimiter is used as the other member of the pair -% (\verb'\left.' or \verb'\right.') this warning doesn't apply. -% -% \item If you inadvertently apply \cs{left} or \cs{right} to something -% that is not a delimiter, the error messages are likely to be a bit -% more confusing than usual. The normal \LaTeX\ response to an error such -% as -% \begin{verbatim} -% \left + -% \end{verbatim} -% is an immediate message -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Missing delimiter (. inserted). -% \end{verbatim} -% When \thepkg is in use, \LaTeX\ will fail to realize anything is wrong -% until it hits the end of the math formula, or a closing delimiter -% without a matching opening delimiter, and then the first message is an -% apparently pointless -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Missing \endgroup inserted. -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \end{itemize} -% -% \section{Examples} -% -% \renewcommand\theequation{\thesection.\arabic{equation}} -% % Knuth, SNA p74 -% \begin{xio} -% Replace $j$ by $h-j$ and by $k-j$ in these sums to get [cf.~(26)] -% \begin{dmath}[label={sna74}] -% \frac{1}{6} \left(\sigma(k,h,0) +\frac{3(h-1)}{h}\right) -% +\frac{1}{6} \left(\sigma(h,k,0) +\frac{3(k-1)}{k}\right) -% =\frac{1}{6} \left(\frac{h}{k} +\frac{k}{h} +\frac{1}{hk}\right) -% +\frac{1}{2} -\frac{1}{2h} -\frac{1}{2k}, -% \end{dmath} -% which is equivalent to the desired result. -% \end{xio} -% -% % Knuth, SNA 4.6.2, p387 -% \begin{xio} -% \newcommand\mx[1]{\begin{math}#1\end{math}}% math expression -% % -% Now every column which has no circled entry is completely zero; -% so when $k=6$ and $k=7$ the algorithm outputs two more vectors, -% namely -% \begin{dseries}[frame] -% \mx{v^{[2]} =(0,5,5,0,9,5,1,0)}, -% \mx{v^{[3]} =(0,9,11,9,10,12,0,1)}. -% \end{dseries} -% From the form of the matrix $A$ after $k=5$, it is evident that -% these vectors satisfy the equation $vA =(0,\dotsc,0)$. -% \end{xio} -% -% \begin{xio} -% \begin{dmath*} -% T(n) \hiderel{\leq} T(2^{\lceil\lg n\rceil}) -% \leq c(3^{\lceil\lg n\rceil} -% -2^{\lceil\lg n\rceil}) -% <3c\cdot3^{\lg n} -% =3c\,n^{\lg3} -% \end{dmath*}. -% \end{xio} -% -% \begin{xio} -% The reduced minimal Gr\"obner basis for $I^q_3$ consists of -% \begin{dgroup*} -% \begin{dmath*} -% H_1^3 = x_1 + x_2 + x_3 -% \end{dmath*}, -% \begin{dmath*} -% H_2^2 = x_1^2 + x_1 x_2 + x_2^2 - q_1 - q_2 -% \end{dmath*}, -% \begin{dsuspend} -% and -% \end{dsuspend} -% \begin{dmath*} -% H_3^1 = x_1^3 - 2x_1 q_1 - x_2 q_1 -% \end{dmath*}. -% \end{dgroup*} -% \end{xio} -% -% -% \StopEventually{} -% \part*{Implementation} -% -% -% The package version here is Michael's v0.90 updated by Bruce -% Miller. Michael's changes between v0.90 and his last v0.94 will be -% incorporated where applicable. -% -% -% The original sources of \pkg{breqn} and related files exist in a -% non-dtx format devised by Michael Downes himself. -% Lars Madsen has kindly written a Perl script for transforming the -% original source files into near-perfect dtx state, requiring only -% very little hand tuning. Without his help it would have been nigh -% impossible to incorporate the original sources with Michael's -% comments. A big, big thank you to him. -% -% -% -% \section{Introduction} -% The \pkg{breqn} package provides environments -% \env{dmath}, \env{dseries}, and \env{dgroup} for -% displayed equations with \emph{automatic line breaking}, -% including automatic indention of relation symbols and binary operator -% symbols at the beginning of broken lines. These environments -% automatically pull in following punctuation so that it can be written in -% a natural way. The \pkg{breqn} package also provides a -% \env{darray} environment similar to the \env{array} -% environment but using \cs{displaystyle} for all the array cells and -% providing better interline spacing (because the vertical ruling -% feature of \env{array} is dropped). -% These are all autonumbered environments like \env{equation} -% and have starred forms that don't add a number. For a more -% comprehensive and detailed description of the features and intended -% usage of the \pkg{breqn} package see \fn{breqndoc.tex}. -% -% -% -% -% \section{Strategy} -% Features of particular note are the ability to have -% linebreaks even within a \cs{left} \ndash \cs{right} pair of -% delimiters, and the automatic alignment on relations and binary -% operators of a split equation. To make \env{dmath} handle -% all this, we begin by setting the body of the equation in a special -% paragraph form with strategic line breaks whose purpose is not to -% produce line breaks in the final printed output but rather to mark -% significant points in the equation and give us entry points for -% unpacking \cn{left} \ndash \cn{right} boxes. -% After the initial typesetting, we take the resulting stack of line -% fragments and, working backward, splice them into a new, single-line -% paragraph; this will eventually be poured into a custom parshape, after -% we do some measuring to calculate what that parshape should be. -% This streamlined horizontal list may contain embedded material -% from user commands intended to alter line breaks, horizontal alignment, -% and interline spacing; such material requires special handling. -% -% To make the `shortskip' possibility work even for -% multiline equations, we must plug in a dummy \tex display to give us -% the value of \cs{predisplaysize}, and calculate for ourselves when -% to apply the short skips. -% -% In order to measure the equation body and do various -% enervating calculations on whether the equation number will fit and so -% on, we have to set it in a box. Among other things, this means -% that we can't unhbox it inside \dbldollars \dots \dbldollars , or -% even \verb"$" \dots \verb"$": \tex doesn't allow you to -% \cs{unhbox} in math mode. But we do want to unhbox it rather -% than just call \cs{box}, otherwise we can't take advantage of -% available shrink from \cs{medmuskip} to make equations shrink to -% fit in the available width. So even for simple one-line equations -% we are forced to fake a whole display without going through \tex 's -% primitive display mechanism (except for using it to get -% \cs{predisplaysize} as mentioned above). -% -% -% In the case of a framed equation body, the current implementation is -% to set the frame in a separate box, of width zero and height zero, -% pinned to the upper left corner of the equation body, and then print the -% equation body on top of it. -% For attaching an equation number it would be much simpler to wrap -% the equation body in the frame and from then on treat the body as a -% single box instead of multiple line boxes. -% But I had a notion that it might be possible some day to support -% vertical stretching of the frame. -% -% -% -% -% \section{Prelim} -% -% This package doesn't work with \latex 2.09, nor with other -% versions of \latex earlier than 1994/12/01. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Declare package name and date. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2009/08/05] -\ProvidesExplPackage{breqn}{2012/05/10}{0.98b}{Breaking equations} -% \end{macrocode} -% Regrettably, \pkg{breqn} is internally a mess, so we have to take -% some odd steps. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \section{Package options} -% -% Most options are set with the \cs{options} command (which -% calls \cs{setkeys}) because the standard package option -% mechanism doesn't provide support for key-value syntax. -% -% First we need to get the catcodes sorted out. -% \begin{macrocode} -\edef\breqnpopcats{% - \catcode\number`\"=\number\catcode`\" - \relax} -\AtEndOfPackage{\breqnpopcats}% -\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax -\DeclareOption{mathstyleoff}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{mathstyleoff}{flexisym}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Process options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptions\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Required packages} -% The \pkg{flexisym} package makes it possible to attach -% extra actions to math symbols, in particular mathbin, mathrel, mathopen, -% and mathclose symbols. -% Normally it would suffice to call \cs{RequirePackage} without -% any extra testing, but the nature of the package is such that it is -% likely to be called earlier with different (no) options. -% Then is it really helpful to be always warning the user about -% \quoted{Incompatible Package Options!}? -% I don't think so. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{flexisym}{}{% - \RequirePackage{flexisym}[2009/08/07] - \edef\breqnpopcats{\breqnpopcats - \catcode\number`\^=\number\catcode`\^ - \catcode\number`\_=\number\catcode`\_ - }% - \catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \pkg{keyval} package for handling equation options and -% \pkg{calc} to ease writing computations. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{keyval,calc}\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% And add an \cs{options} cmd for processing package -% options that require an argument. Maybe this will get added to -% the \pkg{keyval} package eventually. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{options}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\options} -% Get the package options and run setkeys on them. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\options}[2]{% - \expandafter\options@a\csname opt@#1.sty\endcsname{#2}% - \setkeys{#1}{#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\options@a} -% \begin{macro}{\options@b} -% \begin{macro}{\options@c} -% \begin{macro}{\options@d} -% Redefine \cs{opt@pkgname.sty} as we go along to take out -% the options that are handled and leave the ones that are not. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\options@a#1#2{% - \edef\@tempa{\options@b#2,\@empty\@nil}% - \ifx#1\relax \let#1\@empty\fi - \xdef#1{#1\ifx#1\@empty\@xp\@gobble\@tempa\@empty\else\@tempa \fi}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Add the next option, and recurse if there remain more -% options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\options@b#1,#2#3\@nil{% - \options@c#1 \@nil - \ifx#2\@empty \else\options@b#2#3\@nil\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Discard everything after the first space. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\options@c#1 #2\@nil{\options@d#1=\@nil} -% \end{macrocode} -% Discard everything after the first = sign; add a comma only if the -% remainder is not empty. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\options@d#1=#2\@nil{\ifx\@empty #1\@empty\else,\fi#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% The tail of the \cs{@ifundefined} test. -% \begin{macrocode} -}{}% end @ifundefined test -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Some useful tools} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@nx} -% \begin{macro}{\@xp} -% The comparative brevity of \cs{@nx} and \cs{@xp} is -% valuable not so much for typing convenience as for reducing visual -% clutter in code sections that require a lot of expansion control. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\@nx\noexpand -\let\@xp\expandafter -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@emptytoks} -% Constant empty token register, analogous to \cs{@empty}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{@emptytoks}{\newtoks\@emptytoks}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\f@ur} -% Constants 0\ndash 3 are provided in plain \tex , but not 4. -% \begin{macrocode} -\chardef\f@ur=4 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\inf@bad} -% \cs{inf@bad} is for testing box badness. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\inf@bad \inf@bad=1000000 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\maxint} -% -% We want to use \cs{maxint} rather than coerced -% \cs{maxdimen} for \cs{linepenalty} in one place. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\maxint \maxint=2147483647 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\int@a} -% \begin{macro}{\int@b} -% \begin{macro}{\int@b} -% -% Provide some shorter aliases for various scratch registers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\int@a=\@tempcnta -\let\int@b=\@tempcntb -\let\int@c=\count@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\dim@a} -% \begin{macro}{\dim@b} -% \begin{macro}{\dim@c} -% \begin{macro}{\dim@d} -% \begin{macro}{\dim@e} -% \begin{macro}{\dim@A} -% -% Same for dimen registers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\dim@a\@tempdima -\let\dim@b\@tempdimb -\let\dim@c\@tempdimc -\let\dim@d\dimen@ -\let\dim@e\dimen@ii -\let\dim@A\dimen@i -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\skip@a} -% \begin{macro}{\skip@b} -% \begin{macro}{\skip@c} -% -% Same for skip registers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\skip@a\@tempskipa -\let\skip@b\@tempskipb -\let\skip@c\skip@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\toks@a} -% \begin{macro}{\toks@b} -% \begin{macro}{\toks@c} -% \begin{macro}{\toks@d} -% \begin{macro}{\toks@e} -% \begin{macro}{\toks@f} -% -% Same for token registers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\toks@a\@temptokena -\let\toks@b\toks@ -\toksdef\toks@c=2 -\toksdef\toks@d=4 -\toksdef\toks@e=6 -\toksdef\toks@f=8 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\abs@num} -% We need an absolute value function for comparing -% penalties. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\abs@num#1{\ifnum#1<\z@-\fi#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnext} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnexta} -% The \cs{@ifnext} function is a variation of -% \cs{@ifnextchar} that doesn't skip over intervening whitespace. -% We use it for the optional arg of \dbslash inside -% \env{dmath} \etc because we don't want -% unwary users to be tripped up by an unexpected attempt on \latex 's part -% to interpret a bit of math as an optional arg: -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{equation} -% ...\\ -% [z,w]... -% \end{equation} -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@ifnext#1#2#3{% - \let\@tempd= #1\def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}% - \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to \cs{@tempa} iff the next token matches. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@ifnexta{\ifx\@tempc\@tempd \let\@tempb\@tempa \fi \@tempb} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@ifstar} -% Similarly let's remove space-skipping from \cs{@ifstar} -% because in some rare case of \dbslash inside an equation, followed by -% a space and a \verb"*" where the \verb"*" is intended as the math -% binary operator, it would be a disservice to gobble the star as an -% option of the \dbslash command. In all other contexts the chance -% of having a space \emph{before} the star is extremely small: either -% the command is a control word which will get no space token after it in -% any case because of \tex 's tokenization rules; or it is a control -% symbol such as \dbslash \verb"*" which is exceedingly unlikely to be -% written as \dbslash \verb"*" by any one who really wants the -% \verb"*" to act as a modifier for the \dbslash command. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@ifstar#1#2{% - \let\@tempd*\def\@tempa*{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}% - \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@optarg} -% Utility function for reading an optional arg -% \emph{without} skipping over any intervening spaces. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@optarg#1#2{\@ifnext[{#1}{#1[#2]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@True} -% \begin{macro}{\@False} -% \begin{macro}{\@Not} -% \begin{macro}{\@And} -% After \verb"\let\foo\@True" the test -% \begin{literalcode} -% \if\foo -% \end{literalcode} -% evaluates to true. Would rather avoid \cs{newif} because it -% uses three csnames per Boolean variable; this uses only one. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@True{00} -\def\@False{01} -\def\@Not#1{0\ifcase#11 \or\@xp 1\else \@xp 0\fi} -\def\@And#1#2{0\ifcase#1#2 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi} -\def\@Or#1#2{0\ifnum#1#2<101 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\theb@@le#1{\if#1 True\else False\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\freeze@glue} -% -% Remove the stretch and shrink from a glue register. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\freeze@glue#1{#11#1\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\z@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\keep@glue} -% Note well -% the intentional absence of \cs{relax} at the end of the replacement -% text of \cs{z@rule}; use it with care. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\z@rule{\vrule\@width\z@}% no \relax ! use with care -% \end{macrocode} -% Different ways to keep a bit of glue from disappearing at the -% beginning of a line after line breaking: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Zero-thickness rule -% \item Null character -% \item \cs{vadjust}\verb"{}" (\texbook , Exercise ??) -% \end{itemize} -% The null character idea would be nice except it -% creates a mathord which then screws up math spacing for \eg a following -% unary minus sign. (the vrule \emph{is} transparent to -% the math spacing). The vadjust is the cheapest in terms of box -% memory\mdash it vanishes after the pass through \tex 's -% paragrapher. -% It is what I would have used, except that the equation contents get -% run through two paragraphing passes, once for breaking up LR boxes and -% once for the real typesetting. -% If \cs{keep@glue} were done with an empty vadjust, it would -% disappear after the first pass and\mdash in particular\mdash the -% pre-bin-op adjustment for relation symbols would disappear at a line break. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\keep@glue{\z@rule\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\replicate} -% -% This is a fully expandable way of making N copies of a token -% list. -% Based on a post of David Kastrup to comp.text.tex circa January -% 1999. -% The extra application of \cs{number} is needed for maximal -% robustness in case the repeat count N is given in some weird \tex form -% such as \verb|"E9| or \verb|\count9|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% usage: \message{H\replicate{5}{i h}ow de doo dee!} -\begingroup \catcode`\&=11 -\gdef\replicate#1{% - \csname &\expandafter\replicate@a\romannumeral\number\number#1 000q\endcsname -} -\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\replicate@a} -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\replicate@a#1#2\endcsname#3{#1\endcsname{#3}#2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\8m}% fix -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup \catcode`\&=11 -\long\gdef\&m#1#2{#1\csname \endcsname{#1}} -\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\8q}% fix -% \begin{macrocode} -\@xp\let\csname\string &q\endcsname\@gobble -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mathchars@reset} -% -% Need to patch up this function from flexisym a little, to better -% handle certain constructed symbols like \cs{neq}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\g@addto@macro\mathchars@reset{% - %\let\@symRel\@secondoftwo \let\@symBin\@secondoftwo - %\let\@symDeL\@secondoftwo \let\@symDeR\@secondoftwo - %\let\@symDeB\@secondoftwo - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \use_ii:nn -} -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@cons} -% -% \latex 's \cs{@cons} appends to the end of a list, but we need -% a function that adds material at the beginning. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@cons#1#2{% - \begingroup \let\@elt\relax \xdef#1{\@elt{#2}#1}\endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@saveprimitive} -% If some preceding package redefined one of the -% primitives that we must change, we had better do some checking to make -% sure that we are able to save the primitive meaning for internal use. -% This is handled by the \cs{@saveprimitive} function. We -% follow the example of \cs{@@input} where the primitive meaning is -% stored in an internal control sequence with a \verb"@@" prefix. -% Primitive control sequences can be distinguished by the fact that -% \cs{string} and \cs{meaning} return the same information. -% Well, not quite all: \cs{nullfont} and \cs{topmark} -% and the other \cs{...mark} primitives being the exceptions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand{\@saveprimitive}[2]{% - \begingroup - \edef\@tempa{\string#1}\edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else -% \end{macrocode}% -% If [arg1] is no longer primitive, then we are in trouble unless -% [arg2] was already given the desired primitive meaning somewhere -% else. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \else \@saveprimitive@a#1#2% - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Aux function, check for the special cases. -% Most of the time this branch will be skipped so we can -% stuff a lot of work into it without worrying about speed costs. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\@saveprimitive@a[2]{% - \begingroup - \def\@tempb##1#1##2{\edef\@tempb{##2}\@car{}}% - \@tempb\nullfont{select font nullfont}% - \topmark{\string\topmark:}% - \firstmark{\string\firstmark:}% - \botmark{\string\botmark:}% - \splitfirstmark{\string\splitfirstmark:}% - \splitbotmark{\string\splitbotmark:}% - #1{\string#1}% - \@nil % for the \@car - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempb}% - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \PackageError{breqn}% - {Unable to properly define \string#2; primitive - \noexpand#1no longer primitive}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@@math} -% \begin{macro}{\@@endmath} -% \begin{macro}{\@@display} -% \begin{macro}{\@@enddisplay} -% Move the math-start and math-end functions into control -% sequences. If I were redesigning \tex I guess I'd put these -% functions into primitive control words instead of linking them to a -% catcode. That way \tex would not have to do the special -% lookahead at a \verb"$" to see if there's another one coming up. -% Of course that's related to the question of how to provide user -% shorthand for common constructions: \tex , or an editing interface of -% some sort. -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup \catcode`\$=\thr@@ % just to make sure - \global\let\@@math=$ \gdef\@@display{$$}% $$$ -\endgroup -\let\@@endmath=\@@math -\let\@@enddisplay=\@@display -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@@insert} -% \begin{macro}{\@@mark} -% \begin{macro}{\@@vadjust} -% Save the primitives \cs{vadjust}, \cs{insert}, -% \cs{mark} because we will want to change them locally during -% equation measuring to keep them from getting in the way of our vertical -% decomposition procedures. We follow the example of -% \cs{@@input}, \cs{@@end}, \cs{@@par} where the primitive -% meaning is stored in an internal control sequence with a \verb"@@" -% prefix. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@saveprimitive\vadjust\@@vadjust -\@saveprimitive\insert\@@insert -\@saveprimitive\mark\@@mark -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Debugging} -% Debugging help. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*trace> -\errorcontextlines=2000\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\breqn@debugmsg} -% Print a debugging message. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\breqn@debugmsg#1{\GenericInfo{||}{||=\space#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\debugwr} -% Sometimes the newline behavior of \cs{message} is -% unsatisfactory; this provides an alternative. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\debugwr#1{\immediate\write\sixt@@n{||= #1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\debug@box} -% Record the contents of a box in the log file, without stopping. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\debug@box#1{% - \batchmode{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showbox#1}% - \errorstopmode -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eqinfo} -% Show lots of info about the material before launching into the -% trials. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eqinfo{% - \debug@box\EQ@copy - \wlog{!! EQ@copy: \the\wd\EQ@copy\space x - \the\ht\EQ@copy+\the\dp\EQ@copy - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\debug@para} -% Check params that affect line breaking. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\debug@para{% - \debugwr{\hsize\the\hsize, \parfillskip\the\parfillskip}% - \breqn@debugmsg{\leftskip\the\leftskip, \rightskip\the\rightskip}% - \breqn@debugmsg{\linepenalty\the\linepenalty, \adjdemerits\the\adjdemerits}% - \breqn@debugmsg{\pretolerance\the\pretolerance, \tolerance\the\tolerance, - \parindent\the\parindent}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%</trace> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{The \cs{listwidth} variable} -% The dimen variable \cs{listwidth} is \cs{linewidth} -% plus \cs{leftmargin} plus \cs{rightmargin}, which is typically -% less than \cs{hsize} if the list depth is greater than one. -% In case a future package will provide this variable, define it only -% if not yet defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{listwidth}{\newdimen\listwidth}{} -\listwidth=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Parameters} -% -% Here follows a list of parameters needed. -% -% \begin{macro}{\eqfontsize} -% \begin{macro}{\eqcolor} -% \begin{macro}{\eqmargin} -% \begin{macro}{\eqindent} -% \begin{macro}{\eqbinoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumside} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumplace} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumsep} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumfont} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumform} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumsize} -% \begin{macro}{\eqnumcolor} -% \begin{macro}{\eqlinespacing} -% \begin{macro}{\eqlineskip} -% \begin{macro}{\eqlineskiplimit} -% \begin{macro}{\eqstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\eqinterlinepenalty} -% \begin{macro}{\intereqpenalty} -% \begin{macro}{\intereqskip} -% -% Note: avoid M, m, P, p because they look like they might be the -% start of a keyword \quoted{minus} or \quoted{plus}. Then -% \tex looks further to see if the next letter is i or l. And if -% the next thing is an undefined macro, the attempt to expand the macro -% results in an error message. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eqfontsize{} % Inherit from context [NOT USED?] -\def\eqcolor{black} % Default to black [NOT USED?] -\newdimen\eqnumsep \eqnumsep=10pt % Min space between equ number and body -\newdimen\eqmargin \eqmargin=8pt % For `multline' gap emulation -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{eqindent} and \cs{eqnumside} variables need to -% have their values initialized from context, actually. But -% that takes a bit of work, which is postponed till later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eqindent{C}% % C or I, centered or indented -\def\eqnumside{R}% % R or L, right or left -\def\eqnumplace{M}% % M or T or B, middle top or bottom -% \end{macrocode} -% Typesetting the equation number is done thus: -% \begin{literalcode} -% {\eqnumcolor \eqnumsize \eqnumfont{\eqnumform{\eq@number}}} -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -%d\eqnumfont{\upshape}% % Upright even when surrounding text is slanted -\def\eqnumfont{}% % Null for easier debugging [mjd,1997/09/26] -\def\eqnumform#1{(#1\@@italiccorr)} % Add parens -\def\eqnumsize{} % Allow numbers to have different typesize ... -% \end{macrocode} -% Tricky questions on \cs{eqnumsize}. Should the default -% be \cs{normalsize}? Then the user can scale down the -% equation body with \cs{small} and not affect the equation -% number. Or should the default be empty? Then in large -% sections of smaller text, like the dangerous bend stuff in -% \emph{\TeX book}, the equation number size will keep in synch -% with the context. -% Maybe need an \cs{eqbodysize} param as well to allow separating -% the two cases. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eqnumcolor{} % ... or color than eq body e.g. \color{blue} -\newlength\eqlinespacing \eqlinespacing=14pt plus2pt % Base-to-base space between lines -\newlength\eqlineskip \eqlineskip=3pt plus2pt % Min space if eqlinespacing too small -\newdimen\eqlineskiplimit \eqlineskiplimit=2pt % Threshold for switching to eqlineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% The value of \cs{eqbinoffset} should include a negative shrink -% component that cancels the shrink component of medmuskip, otherwise -% there can be a noticeable variation in the indent of adjacent lines if -% one is shrunken a lot and the other isn't. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newmuskip \eqbinoffset \eqbinoffset=15mu minus-3mu % Offset from mathrel alignment pt for mathbins -\newmuskip\eqdelimoffset \eqdelimoffset=2mu % Additional offset for break inside delims -\newdimen\eqindentstep \eqindentstep=8pt % Indent used when LHS wd is n/a or too large -\newtoks\eqstyle % Customization hook -\newcount\eqbreakdepth \eqbreakdepth=2 % Allow breaks within delimiters to this depth -\newcount \eqinterlinepenalty \eqinterlinepenalty=10000 % No page breaks between equation lines -\newcount \intereqpenalty \intereqpenalty=1000 % Pagebreak penalty between equations [BRM: Was \@M] -\newlength \intereqskip \intereqskip=3pt plus2pt % Additional vert space between equations -\newcount\prerelpenalty \prerelpenalty=-\@M % Linebreak penalty before mathrel symbols -\newcount\prebinoppenalty \prebinoppenalty=888 % Linebreak penalty before mathbins -% \end{macrocode} -% When breaking equations we never right-justify, so a stretch -% component of the muskip is never helpful and sometimes it is definitely -% undesirable. Note that thick\slash medmuskips frozen inside a -% fraction or radical may turn out noticeably larger than neighboring -% unfrozen ones. Nonetheless I think this way is the best -% compromise short of a new \tex that can make those built-up objects -% shrink horizontally in proportion; the alternative is to pretty much -% eliminate the shrink possibility completely in displays. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newmuskip \Dmedmuskip \Dmedmuskip=4mu minus 3mu % medmuskip in displays -\newmuskip \Dthickmuskip \Dthickmuskip=5mu minus 2mu % thickmuskip in displays -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% And now some internal variables. 1997/10/22: some of -% these are dead branches that need to be pruned. -% -% MH: Started cleaning up a bit. No more funny loops. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@number{} % Internal variable -\newlength\eqleftskip \eqleftskip=\@centering % Space on the left [NOT USED?] -\newlength\eqrightskip \eqrightskip=\@centering % Space on the right [NOT USED?] -\newlength\eq@vspan \eq@vspan=\z@skip % Glue used to vcenter the eq number -\newmuskip\eq@binoffset \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset % Roughly, \eqbinoffset + \eqdelimoffset -\newsavebox\EQ@box % Storage for equation body -\newsavebox\EQ@copy % For eq body sans vadjust/insert/mark material -\newsavebox\EQ@numbox % For equation number -\newdimen\eq@wdNum % width of number + separation [NEW] -\newsavebox\GRP@numbox % For group number [NEW] -\newdimen\grp@wdNum % width of number + separation [NEW] -%%B\EQ@vimbox % Vadjust, insert, or mark material -%%B\EQ@vimcopy % Spare copy of same -%%B\eq@impinging % Temporary box for measuring number placement -\newcount \eq@lines % Internal counter, actual number of lines -\newcount \eq@curline % Loop counter -\newcount \eq@badness % Used in testing for overfull lines -\newcount \EQ@vims % For bookkeeping -\def\@eq@numbertrue{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True}% -\def\@eq@numberfalse{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False}% -\let\eq@hasNumber\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% Here for the dimens, it would be advisable to do some more careful -% management to conserve dimen registers. First of all, most of the -% dimen registers are needed in the measuring phase, which is a tightly -% contained step that happens after the contents of the equation have been -% typeset into a box and before any external functions have a chance to -% regain control\mdash \eg , the output routine. -% Therefore it is possible to make use of the the dimen registers 0--9, -% reserved by convention for scratch use, without fear of conflict with -% other macros. But I don't want to use them directly with the -% available names: -% \begin{literalcode} -% \dimen@ \dimen@i \dimen@ii \dimen3 \dimen4 ... \dimen9 -% \end{literalcode} -% . It would be much more useful to have names for these registers -% indicative of way they are used. -% -% Another source whence dimen registers could be borrowed is the -% \pkg{amsmath} package, which allocates six registers for -% equation-measuring purposes. We can reuse them under different -% names since the \pkg{amsmath} functions and our functions will -% never be used simultaneously. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \eqnshift@ \alignsep@ \tagshift@ \tagwidth@ \totwidth@ \lineht@ -% \end{literalcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\eq@dp % Depth of last line -\newdimen\eq@wdL % Width of the left-hand-side -\newdimen\eq@wdT % Total width for framing -\newdimen\eq@wdMin % Width of narrowest line in equation -\newdimen\grp@wdL % Max width of LHS's in a group -\newdimen\grp@wdR % Max RHS of all equations in a group -\newdimen\grp@wdT -\newdimen\eq@wdRmax -\newdimen\eq@firstht % Height of first line -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: measure the condition too. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\eq@wdCond -\newdimen\eq@indentstep % Indent amount when LHS is not present -\newdimen\eq@linewidth % Width actually used for display -\newdimen\grp@linewidth % Max eq@linewidth over a group -% \end{macrocode} -% Maybe \cs{eq@hshift} could share the same register as -% \cs{mathindent} [mjd,1997/10/22]. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\eq@hshift -\let\eq@isIntertext\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% Init \cs{eq@indentstep} to a nonzero value so that we can -% detect and refrain from clobbering a user setting of zero. -% And \cs{eq@sidespace} to \cs{maxdimen} because -% that is the right init before computing a min. -% \begin{macrocode} -\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen -\newdimen\eq@given@sidespace -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@overrun} -% MH: Appears to be unused. -% -% Not a dimen register; don't need to advance it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@overrun{0pt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% To initialize \cs{eqnumside} and \cs{eqindent} properly, -% we may need to grub around a bit in \cs{@filelist}. However, -% if the \pkg{amsmath} package was used, we can use its option -% data. More trouble: if a documentclass sends an option of -% \opt{leqno} to \pkg{amsmath} by default, and it gets -% overridden by the user with a \opt{reqno} documentclass option, -% then \pkg{amsmath} believes itself to have received -% \emph{both} options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{leqno}{% - \@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{reqno}{}{\def\eqnumside{L}}% -}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% If the \pkg{amsmath} package was not used, the next -% method for testing the \opt{leqno} option is to see if -% \fn{leqno.clo} is present in \cs{@filelist}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\@tempa#1,leqno.clo,#2#3\@nil{% - \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqnumside{L}\fi - }% - \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,leqno.clo,@\@nil -% \end{macrocode} -% Even that test may fail in the case of \cls{amsart} if it does -% not load \pkg{amsmath}. Then we have to look whether -% \cs{iftagsleft@} is defined, and if so whether it is true. -% This is tricky if you want to be careful about conditional nesting -% and don't want to put anything in the hash table unnecessarily. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if L\eqnumside - \else - \@ifundefined{iftagsleft@}{}{% - \edef\eqnumside{% - \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname iftagsleft@\endcsname - L\else R\fi - }% - } - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% A similar sequence of tests handles the \quoted{fleqn or not fleqn} -% question for the \cls{article} and \cls{amsart} -% documentclasses. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{fleqn}{% - \def\eqindent{I}% -}{% - \def\@tempa#1,fleqn.clo,#2#3\@nil{% - \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqindent{I}\fi - }% - \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,fleqn.clo,@\@nil - \if I\eqindent - \else - \@ifundefined{if@fleqn}{}{% - \edef\eqindent{% - \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname if@fleqn\endcsname - I\else C\fi - }% - }% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: This conditional implies we must use ALL indented or ALL centered? -% \begin{macrocode} -%\if I\eqindent - \@ifundefined{mathindent}{% - \newdimen\mathindent - }{% - \@ifundefined{@mathmargin}{}{% - \mathindent\@mathmargin - }% - } -%\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Measuring equation components} -% Measure the left-hand side of an equation. This -% function is called by mathrel symbols. For the first mathrel we -% want to discourage a line break more than for following mathrels; so -% \cs{mark@lhs} gobbles the following \cs{rel@break} and -% substitutes a higher penalty. -% \begin{aside} -% Maybe the LHS should be kept in a separate box. -% \end{aside} -% -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@hasLHS} -% -% Boolean: does this equation have a \dquoted{left-hand side}? -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@QED} -% -% If nonempty: the qed material that should be incorporated into this -% equation after the final punctuation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\EQ@QED=\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\mark@lhs} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mark@lhs#1{% - \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne - \let\mark@lhs\relax - \global\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@True - \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\EQ@prebin@space@a - \mark@lhs@a -% \end{macrocode} -% But the penalty for the first mathrel should still be lower than a -% binoppenalty. If not, when the LHS contains a binop, the split -% will occur inside the LHS rather than at the mathrel. -% On the other hand if we end up with a multline sort of equation -% layout where the RHS is very short, the break before the relation symbol -% should be made \emph{less} desirable than the breakpoints inside -% the LHS. -% Since a lower penalty takes precedence over a higher one, we start -% by putting in the highest relpenalty; during subsequent measuring if we -% find that that RHS is not excessively short then we put in an extra -% \dquoted{normal} relpenalty when rejoining the LHS and RHS. -% \begin{macrocode} - \penalty9999 % instead of normal \rel@break - % else no penalty = forbid break - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\mark@lhs@a} -% -% Temporarily add an extra thickmuskip to the LHS; it will be removed -% later. This is necessary to compensate for the disappearance of -% the thickmuskip glue preceding a mathrel if a line break is taken at -% that point. Otherwise we would have to make our definition of -% mathrel symbols more complicated, like the one for mathbins. The -% penalty of $2$ put in with vadjust is a flag for -% \cs{eq@repack} to suggest that the box containing this line should -% be measured to find the value of \cs{eq@wdL}. The -% second vadjust ensures that the normal prerelpenalty and thickmuskip -% will not get lost at the line break during this preliminary pass. -% -% BRM: I originally thought the \verb"\mskip\thickmuskip" was messing -% up summation limits in LHS. But I may have fixed that problem by -% fixing other things\ldots -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mark@lhs@a{% - \mskip\thickmuskip \@@vadjust{\penalty\tw@}\penalty-\@Mi\@@vadjust{}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\hiderel} -% If you want the LHS to extend past the first mathrel symbol to a -% following one, mark the first one with \cs{hiderel}: -% \begin{literalcode} -% a \hiderel{=} b = c... -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% \begin{aside} -% I'm not sure now why I didn't use \cs{begingroup} -% \cs{endgroup} here \begin{dn} -% mjd,1999/01/21 -% \end{dn} -% . -% \end{aside} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\hiderel[1]{\mathrel{\advance\lr@level\@ne#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\m@@Bin} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@Rel} -% \begin{macro}{\bin@break} -% \begin{macro}{\rel@break} -% \begin{macro}{\bin@mark} -% \begin{macro}{\rel@mark} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@Bin} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@Rel} -% -% \cf \pkg{flexisym} handling of mathbins and mathrels. These -% are alternate definitions of \cs{m@Bin} and \cs{m@Rel}, -% activated by \cs{display@setup}. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%\let\m@@Bin\m@Bin -%%%%%\let\m@@Rel\m@Rel -\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax -\def\EQ@prebin@space@a{\mskip-\eq@binoffset \keep@glue \mskip\eq@binoffset} -\def\bin@break{\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@\penalty\prebinoppenalty\fi - \EQ@prebin@space} -\def\rel@break{% - \ifnum\abs@num\lastpenalty <\abs@num\prerelpenalty - \penalty\prerelpenalty - \fi -} -\ExplSyntaxOn -%%%\def\d@@Bin{\bin@break \m@@Bin} -%%%%\def\d@@Rel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@Rel} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break\math_bsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn {\mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bsym_Rel:Nn } -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% The difficulty of dealing properly with the subscripts and -% superscripts sometimes appended to mathbins and mathrels is one of the -% reasons that we do not attempt to handle the mathrels as a separate -% \quoted{column} a la \env{eqnarray}. -% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symRel} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symRel} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symBin} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symBin} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDel} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDel} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeR} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeR} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeB} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeB} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeA} -% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeA} -% -% More of the same. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOn -%%\let\m@@symRel\@symRel -%%%\def\d@@symRel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@symRel} - -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break \math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn { \mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} - - -%%\let\m@@symBin\@symBin \def\d@@symBin{\bin@break \m@@symBin} -%%\let\m@@symDel\@symDel -%%\let\m@@symDeR\@symDeR -%%\let\m@@symDeB\@symDeB -%%\let\m@@symDeA\@symDeA - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\display@setup} -% \begin{macro}{\everydisplay} -% Setup. Note that \latex reserves the primitive -% \cs{everydisplay} under the name \cs{frozen@everydisplay}. -% BRM: Disable this! It also affects non-breqn math!!!! -% \begin{macrocode} -%\global\everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \display@setup} -% \end{macrocode} -% Change some math symbol function calls. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\display@setup{% - \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip - \math_setup_display_symbols: - %%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin \let\m@Rel\d@@Rel - %%\let\@symRel\d@@symRel \let\@symBin\d@@symBin - %%\let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB - %%\let\m@DeA\d@@DeA - %%\let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR - %%\let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA - \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@ - \global\eq@wdCond\z@ %BRM: new -% \end{macrocode} -% If we have an embedded array environment (for example), we -% don't want to have each math cell within the array resetting -% \cs{lr@level} globally to 0\mdash not good! -% And in general I think it is safe to say that whenever we have a -% subordinate level of boxing we want to revert to a normal math setup. -% \begin{macrocode} - \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{textmath@setup} function is needed for embedded inline -% math inside text inside a display. -% -% BRM: DS Experiment: Variant of \cs{display@setup} for use within -% dseries environmnents -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dseries@display@setup{% - \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip - \math_setup_display_symbols: -%%%% \let\m@Bin\d@@Bin -%%%\let\m@Rel\d@@Rel -%%% \let\@symRel\d@@symRel -%%% \let\@symBin\d@@symBin -%%% \let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB -%%% \let\m@DeA\d@@DeA -%%% \let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR -%%% \let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA - \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@ - \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \displaystyle -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\textmath@setup{% - \math_setup_inline_symbols: -%%%% \let\m@Bin\m@@Bin \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel -%%%% \let\@symRel\m@@symRel \let\@symBin\m@@symBin -%%%% \let\m@DeL\m@@DeL \let\m@DeR\m@@DeR \let\m@DeB\m@@DeB -%%%% \let\m@DeA\m@@DeA -%%%% \let\@symDeL\m@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\m@@symDeR -%%%% \let\@symDeB\m@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\m@@symDeA - \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right -} - -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\if@display} -% \begin{macro}{\everydisplay} -% The test \cs{ifinner} is unreliable for distinguishing -% whether we are in a displayed formula or an inline formula: any display -% more complex than a simple one-line equation typically involves the use -% of \verb"$" \cs{displaystyle} \dots \verb"$" instead of -% \dbldollars \dots \dbldollars . So we provide a more reliable -% test. But it might have been provided already by the -% \pkg{amsmath} package. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{@displaytrue}{% - \@xp\newif\csname if@display\endcsname - \everydisplay\@xp{\the\everydisplay \@displaytrue}% -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{aside} -% Is there any reason to maintain separate -% \cs{everydisplay} and \cn{eqstyle}? -% -% \end{aside} -% -% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% \section{The \env{dmath} and \env{dmath*} environments} -% -% Options for the \env{dmath} and \env{dmath*} -% environments. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[label={eq:xyz}] -% \begin{dmath}[labelprefix={eq:},label={xyz}] -% \end{literalcode} -% WSPR: added the option for a label prefix, designed to be used in the preamble like so: -% \begin{literalcode} -% \setkeys{breqn}{labelprefix={eq:}} -% \end{literalcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{label}{% - \edef\next@label{\noexpand\label{\next@label@pre#1}}% - \let\next@label@pre\@empty} -\define@key{breqn}{labelprefix}{\def\next@label@pre{#1}} -\global\let\next@label\@empty -\global\let\next@label@pre\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Allow a variant number. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[number={\nref{foo}\textprime}] -% \end{literalcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{number}{\def\eq@number{#1}% - \let\@currentlabel\eq@number -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[shiftnumber] -% \begin{dmath}[holdnumber] -% \end{literalcode} -% Holding or shifting the number. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{shiftnumber}{\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True} -\define@key{breqn}{holdnumber}{\let\eq@holdnumber\@True} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[density={.5}] -% \end{literalcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{density}{\def\eq@density@factor{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[indentstep={1em}] -% \end{literalcode} -% To change the amount of indent for post-initial lines. Note: -% for lines that begin with a mathbin symbol there is a fixed amount of -% indent already built in (\cs{eqbinoffset}) and it cannot be -% reduced through this option. The indentstep amount is the indent -% used for lines that begin with a mathrel symbol. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{indentstep}{\eqindentstep#1\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[compact] -% \begin{dmath}[compact=-2000] -% \end{literalcode} -% To make mathrels stay inline to the extent possible, use the compact -% option. -% Can give a numeric value in the range $-10000 \dots 10000$ -% to adjust the behavior. -% $-10000$: always break at a rel symbol; $10000$: never -% break at a rel symbol. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{compact}[-99]{\prerelpenalty=#1\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[layout={S}]% -% \end{literalcode} -% Specify a particular layout. -% We take care to ensure that \cs{eq@layout} ends up containing -% one and only one letter. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{layout}[?]{% - \edef\eq@layout{\@car#1?\@nil}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[spread={1pt}] -% \end{literalcode} -% To change the interline spacing in a particular equation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{spread}{% - \addtolength\eqlinespacing{#1}% - \addtolength\eqlineskip{#1}% - \eqlineskiplimit\eqlineskip -} -% \end{macrocode} -% To change the amount of space on the side for \dquoted{multline} layout. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{sidespace}{% - \setlength\eq@given@sidespace{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[style={\small}] -% \end{literalcode} -% The \opt{style} option is mainly intended for changing the -% type size of an equation but as a matter of fact you could put arbitrary -% \latex code here \mdash thus the option name is \quoted{style} rather -% than just \quoted{typesize}. In order for this option to work when -% setting options globally, we need to put the code in -% \cs{eqstyle} rather than execute it directly. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{style}{\eqstyle\@xp{\the\eqstyle #1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[shortskiplimit={1em}] -% \end{literalcode} -% If the line immediately preceeding a display has length $l$, the -% first line of the display is indented $i$, and a shortskip limit $s$ -% is set, then the spacing above the display is equal to -% \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} if $l+s < i $ and \cs{abovedisplayskip} -% otherwise. The default shortskip limit is 2\,em which is what \TeX\ -% hardcodes but this parameter overrides that. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{shortskiplimit}{\def\eq@shortskiplimit{#1}} -\def\eq@shortskiplimit{2em} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[frame] -% \end{literalcode} -% The \opt{frame} option merely puts a framebox around the body -% of the equation. To change the thickness of the frame, give the -% thickness as the argument of the option. For greater control, you -% can change the appearance of the frame by redefining -% \cs{eqframe}. It must be a command taking two arguments, the -% width and height of the equation body. The top left corner of the -% box produced by \cs{eqframe} will be pinned to the top-left corner -% of the equation body. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{frame}[\fboxrule]{\def\eq@frame{T}% - \dim@a#1\relax\edef\eq@framewd{\the\dim@a}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Until such time as we provide a frame implementation that allows the -% frame to stretch and shrink, we'd better remove any stretch/shrink from -% the interline glue in this case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\define@key{breqn}{fullframe}[]{\def\eq@frame{U}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\def\eq@frame{F} % no frame -\def\eq@framewd{\fboxrule} -% \end{macrocode} -% Wishful thinking? -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[frame={width={2pt},color={blue},sep={2pt}}] -% \end{literalcode} -% To change the space between the frame and the equation there is a -% framesep option. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{framesep}[\fboxsep]{% - \if\eq@frame F\def\eq@frame{T}\fi - \dim@a#1\relax \edef\eq@framesep{\the\dim@a}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\def\eq@framesep{\fboxsep} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[background={red}] -% \end{literalcode} -% Foreground and background colors for the equation. By default -% the background area that is colored is the size of the equation, plus -% fboxsep. If you need anything fancier for the background, you'd -% better do it by defining \cs{eqframe} in terms of -% \cs{colorbox} or \cs{fcolorbox}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{background}{\def\eq@background{#1}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[color={purple}] -% \end{literalcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{color}{\def\eq@foreground{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[center] -% \begin{dmath}[nocenter] -% \end{literalcode} -% The \opt{center} option means add leftskip stretch to make the -% individual lines be centered; this is the default for -% \env{dseries}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{center}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@True} -\define@key{breqn}{nocenter}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@False} -\let\eq@centerlines\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dgroup}[noalign] -% \end{literalcode} -% Equation groups normally have alignment of the primary relation -% symbols across the whole group. The \opt{noalign} option -% switches that behavior. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{noalign}[]{\let\grp@aligned\@False} -\let\grp@aligned\@True % default -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dgroup}[breakdepth={2}] -% \end{literalcode} -% Break depth of 2 means that breaks are allowed at mathbin symbols -% inside two pairs of delimiters, but not three. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{breakdepth}{\eqbreakdepth#1\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{darray}[cols={lcrlcr}] -% \end{literalcode} -% The \opt{cols} option only makes sense for the -% \env{darray} environment but we liberally allow all the options to -% be used with all the environments and just ignore any unsensible ones -% that happen to come along. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{breqn}{cols}{\global\let\@preamble\@empty - \darray@mkpream#1\@percentchar -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% FORMAT STATUS% -% \begin{verbatim} -% \def\eq@frame{T}% -% CLM works tolerably -% \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{M} -% CLT works tolerably -% \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{T} -% ILM -% \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{M}\mathindent40\p@ -% ILT -% \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{T}\mathindent40\p@ -% Indended w/left number -% work ok if mathindent is larger than number width, -% but then equations must fit into smaller space. -% Is shiftnumber allowed to put eqn at left, instead of indent? -% CRM -% \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{M} -% CRB -% \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{B} -% IRM -% \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{M}\mathindent10\p@ -% IRB -% \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{B}\mathindent10\p@ -% \end{verbatim} -% -% The main environments. -% -%BRM: The following incorporates several changes: -% 1) modifications supplied by MJD to fix the eaten \cs{paragraph} problem. -% 2) Added \cs{display@setup} here, rather than globally. -% -% \begin{macro}{\dmath} -% \begin{macro}{\enddmath} -% For the \env{dmath} environment we don't want the standard -% optional arg processing because of the way it skips over whitespace, -% including newline, while looking for the \verb"[" char; which is not good -% for math material. So we call \cs{@optarg} instead. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dmath}{% - \let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dmath{}}{} -\def\@dmath[#1]{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{=== DMATH ==================================================}% - \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \display@setup}% - \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi - \if@inlabel \leavevmode \global\@inlabelfalse \fi - \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \the\eqstyle -% \end{macrocode} -% The equation number might have been overridden in \verb|#1|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \eq@setnumber -% \end{macrocode} -% Start up the displayed equation by reading the contents into a -% box register. Enclose this phase in an extra group so that -% modified \cs{hsize} and other params will be auto-restored -% afterwards. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \eq@setup@a - \eq@startup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Before it finishes off the box holding the equation body, -% \cs{enddmath} needs to look ahead for punctuation (and -% \cs{qed}?). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\enddmath#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@dmath{% - \gdef\EQ@setwdL{}% Occasionally undefined ??? - \eq@capture - \endgroup - \EQ@setwdL -% \end{macrocode} -% Measure (a copy of) the equation body to find the minimum width -% required to get acceptable line breaks, how many lines will be required -% at that width, and whether the equation number needs to be shifted to -% avoid overlapping. This information will then be used by -% \cs{eq@finish} to do the typesetting of the real equation body. -% \begin{macrocode} - \eq@measure -% \end{macrocode} -% Piece together the equation from its constituents, recognizing -% current constraints. If we are in an equation group, this might -% just save the material on a stack for later processing. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@group \grp@push \else \eq@finish\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\dmath*} -% \begin{macro}{\enddmath*} -% Ah yes, now the lovely \env{dmath*} environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dmath*}{% - \let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dmath{}% -}{} -\@namedef{end@dmath*}{\end@dmath} -\@namedef{enddmath*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@prelim} -% If \cs{everypar} has a non-null value, it's probably -% some code from \cs{@afterheading} that sets \cs{clubpenalty} -% and\slash or removes the parindent box. Both of those actions -% are irrelevant and interfering for our purposes and need to be deflected -% for the time being. -% If an equation appears at the very beginning of a list item -% (possibly from a trivlist such as \env{proof}), we need to -% trigger the item label. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@prelim{% - \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi - \if@nobreak \global\@nobreakfalse \predisplaypenalty\@M \fi - \everypar\@emptytoks -% \end{macrocode} -% If for some reason \env{dmath} is called between paragraphs, -% \cn{noindent} is better than \cn{leavevmode}, which would produce -% an indent box and an empty line to hold it. If we are in a list -% environment, \cn{par} is defined as \verb"{\@@par}" to preserve -% \cs{parshape}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \noindent - \eq@nulldisplay - \par %% \eq@saveparinfo %% needs work - \let\intertext\breqn@intertext -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\breqn@parshape@warning} -% Warning message extracted to a separate function to streamline the -% calling function. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\breqn@parshape@warning{% - \PackageWarning{breqn}{% - Complex paragraph shape cannot be followed by this equation}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@prevshape} -% Storage; see \cs{eq@saveparinfo}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\eq@prevshape\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@saveparinfo} -% Save the number of lines and parshape info for the text preceding -% the equation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@saveparinfo{% - \count@\prevgraf \advance\count@-\thr@@ % for the null display - \edef\eq@prevshape{\prevgraf\the\count@\space}% - \ifcase\parshape - % case 0: no action required - \or \edef\eq@prevshape{\eq@prevshape - \parshape\@ne\displayindent\displaywidth\relax - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Maybe best to set \cs{eq@prevshape} the same in the else case -% also. Better than nothing. -% \begin{macrocode} - \else - \breqn@parshape@warning - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@setnumber} -% If the current equation number is not explicitly given, then -% use an auto-generated number, unless the no-number switch has been -% thrown (\env{dmath*}). -% \cs{theequation} is the number form to be used for all equations, -% \cs{eq@number} is the actual value for the current equation -% (might be an exception to the usual sequence). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@setnumber{% - \eq@wdNum\z@ - \if\eq@hasNumber - \ifx\eq@number\@empty - \stepcounter{equation}\let\eq@number\theequation - \fi -% \fi -% \end{macrocode} - % This sets up numbox, etc, even if unnumbered????? -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\eq@number\@empty - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Put the number in a box so we can use its measurements in our -% number-placement calculations. The extra braces around -% \cs{eqnumform} make it possible for \cs{eqnumfont} to have -% either an \cs{itshape} (recommended) or a \cs{textit} -% value. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Number \eq@number}% - \set@label{equation}\eq@number - \global\sbox\EQ@numbox{% - \next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty - \eqnumcolor\eqnumsize\eqnumfont{\eqnumform{\eq@number}}% - }% - \global\eq@wdNum\wd\EQ@numbox\global\advance\eq@wdNum\eqnumsep -% \let\eq@hasNumber\@True % locally true - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@finish} -% The information available at this point from preliminary -% measuring includes the number of lines required, the width of the -% equation number, the total height of the equation body, and (most -% important) the parshape spec that was used in determining height and -% number of lines. -% -% Invoke the equation formatter for the requested centering/indentation -% having worked out the best parshape. -% BRM: This portion is extensively refactored to get common operations -% together (so corrections get consistently applied). -% -% MH: I've destroyed Bruce's nice refactoring a bit to get the -% abovedisplayskips correct for both groups of equations and single -% \env{dmath} environments. I will have to redo that later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\eq@final@linecount -\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True -\def\eq@finish{% - \begingroup -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Formatting equation}% -%<trace> \debug@showmeasurements - \if F\eq@frame\else - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip - \fi -% \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing - \csname eq@\eqindent @setsides\endcsname % Compute \leftskip,\rightskip - \adjust@parshape\eq@parshape% Final adjustment of parshape for left|right skips -% \end{macrocode} -% If we are in an a group of equations we don't want to calculate the -% top space for the first one as that will be delayed until later when -% the space for the group is calculated. However, we do need to store -% the leftskip used here as that will be used later on for calculating -% the top space. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@group - \if\eq@GRP@first@dmath - \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@False - \xdef\dmath@first@leftskip{\leftskip=\the\leftskip\relax}% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Stored\space\dmath@first@leftskip} - \else - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing - \fi - \else - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing - \fi -%<trace> \debug@showformat -% \end{macrocode} -% We now know the final line count of the display. If it is a -% single-line display, we want to know as that greatly simplifies the -% equation tag placement (until such a time where this algorithm has -% been straightened out). -% \begin{macrocode} - \afterassignment\remove@to@nnil - \eq@final@linecount=\expandafter\@gobble\eq@parshape\@nnil -% \end{macrocode} -% Now, invoke the appropriate typesetter according to number placement -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@hasNumber - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside Shifted\endcsname - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% If there is only one line and the tag doesn't have to be shifted, we -% call a special procedure to put the tag correctly. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\eq@final@linecount=\@ne - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside @single\endcsname - \else - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside\eqnumplace\endcsname - \fi - \fi - \else - \eq@typeset@Unnumbered - \fi - \endgroup - \eq@botspace -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% These are temporary until the tag position algorithm gets -% rewritten. At least the tag is positioned correctly for single-line -% displays. The horizontal frame position is not correct but the -% problem lies elsewhere. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@L@single{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\box\EQ@numbox}% - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}% - \fi - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box \@@par -} -\def\eq@typeset@R@single{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}% - \fi - \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\kern\linewidth\kern-\wd\EQ@numbox\copy\EQ@numbox}% - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box - \@@par -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% \section{Special processing for end-of-equation} -% -% At the end of a displayed equation environment we need to peek ahead -% for two things: following punction such as period or command that -% should be pulled in for inclusion at the end of the equation; and -% possibly also an \verb"\end{proof}" with an implied \dquoted{qed} -% symbol that is traditionally included at the end of the display rather -% than typeset on a separate line. -% We could require that the users type \cs{qed} explicitly at the -% end of the display when they want to have the display take notice of it. -% But the reason for doing that would only be to save work for the -% programmer; the most natural document markup would allow an inline -% equation and a displayed equation at the end of a proof to differ only -% in the environment name: -% \begin{literalcode} -% ... \begin{math} ... \end{math}. -% \end{proof} -% \end{literalcode} -% versus -% \begin{literalcode} -% ... -% \begin{dmath} -% ... -% \end{dmath}. -% \end{proof} -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% The technical difficulties involved in supporting this markup within -% \latex2e are, admittedly, nontrivial. -% Nonetheless, let's see how far we can go. -% -% -% The variations that we will support are only the most -% straightforward ones: -% \begin{literalcode} -% \end{dmath}. -% \end{proof} -% \end{literalcode} -% or -% \begin{literalcode} -% \end{dmath}. -% Perhaps a comment -% \end{proof} -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% If there is anything more complicated than a space after the -% period we will not attempt to scan any further for a possible -% \verb"\end{proof}". -% This includes material such as: -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{figure}...\end{figure}% -% \footnote{...} -% \renewcommand{\foo}{...} -% \par -% \end{literalcode} -% or even a blank line\mdash because in \latex a blank line is -% equivalent to \cs{par} and the meaning of \cs{par} is -% \dquoted{end-paragraph}; in my opinion if explicit end-of-paragraph -% markup is given before the end of an element, it has to be respected, -% and the preceding paragraph has to be fully finished off before -% proceeding further, even inside an element like \dquoted{proof} whose -% end-element formatting requires integration with the end of the -% paragraph text. -% And \tex nically speaking, a \cs{par} token that comes from a -% blank line and one that comes from the sequence of characters -% \verb"\" \verb"p" \verb"a" \verb"r" are equally explicit. -% I hope to add support for \cs{footnote} in the future, as it -% seems to be a legitimate markup possibility in that context from a -% purely logical point of view, but there are additional technical -% complications if one wants to handle it in full generality -% \begin{dn} -% mjd,1999/02/08 -% \end{dn} -% . -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\peek@branch} -% This is a generalized \dquoted{look at next token and choose some action -% based on it} function. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\peek@branch#1#2{% - \let\peek@b#1\let\peek@space#2\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a -} -\def\peek@skipping@spaces#1{\peek@branch#1\peek@skip@space} -\def\peek@a{% - \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken \expandafter\peek@space - \else \expandafter\peek@b\fi -} -\lowercase{\def\peek@skip@space} {\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\check@punct} -% \changes{v0.96a}{2007/12/17}{Insert \cs{finish@end} if no special -% case is found.} -% For this one we need to recognize and grab for inclusion any of the -% following tokens: \verb",;.!?", both catcode 12 (standard \latex -% value) and catcode 13 (as might hold when the Babel package is -% being used). -% We do not support a space preceding the punctuation since that would -% be considered simply invalid markup if a display-math environment were -% demoted to in-line math; and we want to keep their markup as parallel as -% possible. -% If punctuation does not follow, then the \cs{check@qed} branch -% is not applicable. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\check@punct{\futurelet\@let@token\check@punct@a} -\def\check@punct@a{% - \edef\@tempa{% - \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken\@nx\finish@end - \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed - \else\check@punct@b % check the less common possibilities - \fi\fi\fi - }% - \@tempa -} -\begingroup -\toks@a{% - \ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed -} -\toks@c{\fi\fi\fi}% matching with \toks@a -\catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\,=\active \catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\!=\active -\toks@b{% - \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed - \else\@nx\finish@end - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi -} -\xdef\check@punct@b{% - \the\toks@a\the\toks@b\the\toks@c -} -\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\found@punct\@empty -\def\check@qed#1{% - \gdef\found@punct{#1}% - \peek@skipping@spaces\check@qed@a -} -\def\check@qed@a{% - \ifx\end\@let@token \@xp\check@qed@b - \else \@xp\finish@end - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% For each environment ENV that takes an implied qed at the end, the -% control sequence ENVqed must be defined; and it must include suitable -% code to yield the desired results in a displayed equation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\check@qed@b#1#2{% - \@ifundefined{#2qed}{}{% - \toks@\@xp{\found@punct\csname#2qed\endcsname}% - \xdef\found@punct{\the\toks@}% - }% - \finish@end - \end{#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\latex@end} -% \begin{macro}{\finish@end} -% The lookahead for punctuation following a display requires -% mucking about with the normal operation of \cn{end}. Although -% this is not exactly something to be done lightly, on the other hand this -% whole package is so over-the-top anyway, what's a little more -% going to hurt? And rationalizing this aspect of -% equation markup is a worthy cause. Here is the usual -% definition of \cs{end}. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \def\end#1{ -% \csname end#1\endcsname \@checkend{#1}% -% \expandafter\endgroup\if@endpe\@doendpe\fi -% \if@ignore \global\@ignorefalse \ignorespaces \fi -% } -% \end{literalcode} -% We can improve the chances of this code surviving through future -% minor changes in the fundamental definition of \cs{end} by taking a -% little care in saving the original meaning. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@tempa#1\endcsname#2\@nil{\def\latex@end##1{#2}} -\expandafter\@tempa\end{#1}\@nil -\def\end#1{\csname end#1\endcsname \latex@end{#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Why don't we call \cs{CheckCommand} here? Because that -% doesn't help end users much; it works better to use it during package -% testing by the maintainer. -% -% -% If a particular environment needs to call a different end action, the -% end command of the environment should be defined to gobble two args and -% then call a function like \cs{check@punct@or@qed}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\check@punct@or@qed#1{% - \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}% BRM: punctuation was being remembered past this eqn. - % WSPR: err, why isn't that just \global\let\found@punct\@empty ? - \def\finish@end{\csname end@#1\endcsname\latex@end{#1}}% - \check@punct -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eqpunct} -% User-settable function for handling -% the punctuation at the end of an equation. You could, for example, -% define it to just discard the punctuation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\eqpunct[1]{\thinspace#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\set@label} -% \cs{set@label} just sets \cs{@currentlabel} but it -% takes the counter as an argument, in the hope that \latex will some -% day provide an improved labeling system that includes type info on the -% labels. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\set@label[2]{\protected@edef\@currentlabel{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@topspace} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@botspace} -% The action of \cs{eq@topspace} is complicated by the -% need to test whether the \quoted{short} versions of the display skips -% should be used. This can be done only after the final parshape -% and indent have been determined, so the calls of this function are -% buried relatively deeply in the code by comparison to the calls of -% \cs{eq@botspace}. This also allows us to optimize -% slightly by setting the above-skip with \cs{parskip} instead of -% \cs{vskip}. \verb|#1| is either \cs{noindent} or -% \verb"\vskip\parskip". -% -% BRM: Hmm; we need to do *@setspace BEFORE this for small skips to work! -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@topspace#1{% - \begingroup - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% If we are in \env{dgroup} or \env{dgroup*} and not before the top -% one, we just insert \cs{intereqskip}. Otherwise we must check for -% shortskip. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\@And{\eq@group}{\@Not\eq@GRP@first@dmath}% -%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{Between lines}% - \parskip\intereqskip \penalty\intereqpenalty -%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{parskip=\the\parskip}% - \else - \eq@check@shortskip - \if\EQ@shortskips - \parskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \aftergroup\belowdisplayskip\aftergroup\belowdisplayshortskip -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: Not exactly \TeX's approach, but seems right\ldots -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\predisplaysize>\z@\nointerlineskip\fi - \else - \parskip\abovedisplayskip - \fi - \fi - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \addtolength\parskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Topspace: \theb@@le\EQ@shortskips, \parskip=\the\parskip, - \predisplaysize=\the\predisplaysize}% -%</trace> - #1% - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@check@shortskip} -% \changes{v0.96a}{2007/12/17}{Insert \cs{finish@end} if no special -% case is found.} -% \changes{v0.97a}{2007/12/22}{Use design parameter and fix -% shortskips properly.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@check@shortskip {% - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False - \setlength\dim@a{\abovedisplayskip+\ht\EQ@numbox}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Here we work around the hardwired standard TeX value and use the -% designer parameter instead. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\leftskip<\predisplaysize - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% If the display was preceeded by a blank line, \cs{predisplaysize} is -% $-\cs{maxdimen}$ and so we should insert a fairly large skip to -% separate paragraphs, i.e., no short skip. Perhaps this should be a -% third parameter \cs{abovedisplayparskip}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim -\maxdimen=\predisplaysize - \else - \if R\eqnumside - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \else - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \else - \if T\eqnumplace - \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@firstht - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \fi - \else - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@vspan/2}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% At the end of an equation, need to put in a pagebreak penalty -% and some vertical space. Also set some flags to remove parindent -% and extra word space if the current paragraph text continues without an -% intervening \cs{par}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@botspace{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty -% \end{macrocode} -% Earlier calculations will have set \cs{belowdisplayskip} locally -% to \cs{belowdisplayshortskip} if applicable. So we can just use -% it here. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \addtolength\belowdisplayskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \vskip\belowdisplayskip - \@endpetrue % kill parindent if current paragraph continues - \global\@ignoretrue % ignore following spaces - \eq@resume@parshape -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@resume@parshape} -% This should calculate the total height of the equation, -% including space above and below, and set prevgraf to the number it would -% be if that height were taken up by normally-spaced normal-height -% lines. We also need to restore parshape if it had a non-null -% value before the equation. Not implemented yet. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@resume@parshape{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Preprocessing the equation body} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@startup} -% Here is the function that initially collects the equation -% material in a box. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@startup{% - \global\let\EQ@hasLHS\@False - \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup - \noindent \@@math \displaystyle - \penalty-\@Mi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% This setup defines the environment for the first typesetting -% pass, note the \cs{hsize} value for example. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@setup@a{% - \everymath\everydisplay - %\let\@newline\eq@newline % future possibility? - \let\\\eq@newline - \let\insert\eq@insert \let\mark\eq@mark \let\vadjust\eq@vadjust - \hsize\maxdimen \pretolerance\@M -% \end{macrocode} -% Here it is better not to use \cs{@flushglue} (0pt -% plus1fil) for \cs{rightskip}, or else a negative penalty -% (such as $-99$ for \cs{prerelpenalty}) will tempt -% \tex to use more line breaks than necessary in the first typesetting -% pass. Ideal values for \cs{rightskip} and -% \cs{linepenalty} are unclear to me, but they are rather sensitively -% interdependent. Choice of 10000 pt for rightskip is derived by -% saying, let's use a value smaller than 1 fil and smaller than -% \cs{hsize}, but more than half of \cs{hsize} so that if a line -% is nearly empty, the glue stretch factor will always be less than 2.0 -% and so the badness will be less than 100 and so \tex will not issue -% badness warnings. -% \begin{macrocode} - \linepenalty\@m - \rightskip\z@\@plus\@M\p@ \leftskip\z@skip \parfillskip\z@skip - \clubpenalty\@ne \widowpenalty\z@ \interlinepenalty\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% After a relation symbol is discovered, binop symbols should start -% including a special offset space. -% But until then \cs{EQ@prebin@space} is a no-op. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Set binoppenalty and relpenalty high to prohibit line breaks -% after mathbins and mathrels. As a matter of fact, the penalties are -% then omitted by \tex , since bare glue without a penalty is -% \emph{not} a valid breakpoint if it occurs within -% mathon\ndash mathoff items. -% \begin{macrocode} - \binoppenalty\@M \relpenalty\@M -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% The contents of an equation after the initial typesetting pass, -% as shown by \cs{showlists}. This is the material on which the -% \cs{eq@repack} function operates. The equation was -% \begin{literalcode} -% a=b +\left(\frac{c\sp 2}{2} -d\right) +(e -f) +g -% \end{literalcode} -% . The contents are shown in four parts in this figure and the next -% three. The first part contains two line boxes, one for the mathon -% node and one for the LHS. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \hbox(0.0+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.6384 -% .\mathon -% .\penalty -10000 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \penalty 1 -% \glue(\baselineskip) 7.69446 -% \hbox(4.30554+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63759 -% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 a -% .\glue 2.77771 minus 1.11108 -% .\penalty -10001 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \penalty 2 -% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 -% ... -% \end{literalcode} -% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 1} -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}\centering -% This is the first part of the RHS, up to the -% \cs{right}, where a line break has been forced so that we can break -% open the left-right box. -% \begin{literalcode} -% ... -% \penalty 2 -% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 -% \hbox(14.9051+9.50012)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63107 -% .\penalty -99 -% .\glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 minus 1.11108 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 = -% .\glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 minus 1.11108 -% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 b -% .\penalty 888 -% .\glue -10.5553 -% .\rule(*+*)x0.0 -% .\penalty 10000 -% .\glue 10.5553 -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 + -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\hbox(14.9051+9.50012)x43.36298 -% ..\hbox(0.39998+23.60025)x7.36115, shifted -14.10013 -% ...\OMX/cmex/m/n/5 \hat \hat R -% ..\hbox(14.9051+6.85951)x11.21368 -% ...\hbox(14.9051+6.85951)x11.21368 -% ... [fraction contents, elided] -% ..\penalty 5332 -% ..\glue -10.5553 -% ..\rule(*+*)x0.0 -% ..\penalty 10000 -% ..\glue 10.5553 -% ..\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% ..\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 \hat \hat @ -% ..\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% ..\OML/cmm/m/it/10 d -% ..\hbox(0.39998+23.60025)x7.36115, shifted -14.10013 -% ...\OMX/cmex/m/n/5 \hat \hat S -% .\penalty -10000 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \penalty 3 -% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 -% ... -% \end{literalcode} -% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 2} -% \end{figure} -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% This is the remainder of the RHS after the post-\cs{right} -% split. -% \begin{literalcode} -% ... -% \penalty 3 -% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0 -% \hbox(7.5+2.5)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63239 -% .\penalty 888 -% .\glue -10.5553 -% .\rule(*+*)x0.0 -% .\penalty 10000 -% .\glue 10.5553 -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 + -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ( -% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 e -% .\penalty 5332 -% .\glue -10.5553 -% .\rule(*+*)x0.0 -% .\penalty 10000 -% .\glue 10.5553 -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 \hat \hat @ -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 f -% .\kern1.0764 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ) -% .\penalty 888 -% .\glue -10.5553 -% .\rule(*+*)x0.0 -% .\penalty 10000 -% .\glue 10.5553 -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 + -% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663 -% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 g -% .\kern0.35878 -% .\penalty -10000 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \glue(\baselineskip) 9.5 -% ... -% \end{literalcode} -% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 3} -% \end{figure} -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% This is the mathoff fragment. -% \begin{literalcode} -% ... -% \glue(\baselineskip) 9.5 -% \hbox(0.0+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.6384 -% .\mathoff -% .\penalty 10000 -% .\glue(\parfillskip) 0.0 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \end{literalcode} -% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 4} -% \end{figure} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@capture} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@punct} -% If an equation ends with a \cs{right} delim, the last thing -% on the math list will be a force-break penalty. Then don't -% redundantly add another forcing penalty. (question: when does a -% penalty after a linebreak not disappear? Answer: when you have -% two forced break penalties in a row). Ending punctuation, if -% any, goes into the last box with the mathoff kern. If the math list -% ends with a slanted letter, then there will be an italic correction -% added after it by \tex . Should we remove it? I guess -% so. -% -% -% \subsection{Capturing the equation} -% -% BRM: There's a problem here (or with \cs{ss@scan}). If the LHS has -% \cs{left} \cs{right} pairs, \ss@scan gets involved. It seems to produce -% a separate box marked w/\cs{penalty} 3. But it appears that \cs{eq@repack} -% is only expecting a single box for the LHS; when it measures that -% box it's missing the (typically larger) bracketted section, -% so the LHS is measured => 0pt (or very small). -% I'm not entirely clear what Michael had in mind for this case; -% whether it's an oversight, or whether I've introduced some other bug. -% At any rate, my solution is to measure the RHS (accumulated in \cs{EQ@box}), -% at the time of the relation, and subtract that from the total size. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\eq@wdR\eq@wdR\z@%BRM -\def\eq@capture{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty>-\@M \penalty-\@Mi \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% We want to keep the mathoff kern from vanishing at the line break, -% so that we can reuse it later. -% \begin{macrocode} - \keep@glue\@@endmath - \eq@addpunct - \@@par - \eq@wdL\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% First snip the last box, which contains the mathoff node, and put it -% into \cs{EQ@box}. Then when we call \cs{eq@repack} it -% will recurse properly. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unskip\unpenalty}% - \unskip\unpenalty - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\copy\EQ@box -%% \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\copy\EQ@vimbox - \clubpenalty\z@ -%\batchmode\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists\errorstopmode - \eq@wdR\z@%BRM: eq@wdL patch - \eq@repack % recursive -% \end{macrocode} -% Finally, add the mathon item to \cs{EQ@box} and \cs{EQ@copy}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@box}% - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@copy}% -%\batchmode\showbox\EQ@copy \showthe\eq@wdL\errorstopmode - \ifdim\eq@wdR>\z@% BRM: eq@wdL patch - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@box-\eq@wdR - % Apparently missing a \thickmuskip = 5mu = 5/18em=0.27777777777.. ? - + 0.2777777777777em}% FUDGE??!?!?! - \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdL -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Correcting LHS from \the\eq@wdL\space to - \the\dim@a = \the\wd\EQ@box - \the\eq@wdR}% -%</trace> - \eq@wdL\dim@a - \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}% - \fi - \fi -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Capture: total length=\the\wd\EQ@box \MessageBreak - ==== has LHS=\theb@@le\EQ@hasLHS, \eq@wdL=\the\eq@wdL, \eq@wdR=\the\eq@wdR, - \MessageBreak - ==== \eq@wdCond=\the\eq@wdCond}% -%</trace> - \egroup % end vbox started earlier -%<*trace> -%\debugwr{EQ@box}\debug@box\EQ@box -%\debugwr{EQ@copy}\debug@box\EQ@copy -%</trace> -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Now we have two copies of the equation, one in \cs{EQ@box}, -% and one in \cs{EQ@copy} with inconvenient stuff like inserts and -% marks omitted. -% -% \cs{eq@addpunct} is for tacking on text punctuation at the end -% of a display, if any was captured by the \quoted{gp} lookahead. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@addpunct{% - \ifx\found@punct\@empty - \else \eqpunct{\found@punct}% - \fi - % BRM: Added; the punctuation kept getting carried to following environs - \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}% - \EQ@afterspace -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Needed for the \env{dseries} environment, among other things. -% \begin{macrocode} -\global\let\EQ@afterspace\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@repack} -% The \cs{eq@repack} function looks at the information at hand -% and proceeds accordingly. -% -% TeX Note: this scans BACKWARDS from the end of the math. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@repack{% -% A previous penalty of 3 on the vertical list means that we need -% to break open a left-right box. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\lastpenalty - % case 0: normal case - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box - \unskip - \or % case 1: finished recursing -% \end{macrocode} -% Grab the mathon object since we need it to inhibit line breaking at -% bare glue nodes later. -% \begin{macrocode} - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box - \@xp\@gobble - \or % case 2: save box width = LHS width -% \end{macrocode} -% Don't need to set \cs{EQ@hasLHS} here because it was set earlier -% if applicable. -% \begin{macrocode} - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \setbox\z@\copy\tw@ \setbox\z@\hbox{\unhbox\z@\unskip\unpenalty}% - \addtolength\eq@wdL{\wd\z@} - \setlength\eq@wdR{\wd\EQ@box}% BRM: eq@wdL patch - \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}% -% \end{macrocode} -% At this point, box 2 typically ends with -% \begin{literalcode} -% .\mi10 a -% .\glue 2.77771 plus 2.77771 -% .\penalty -10001 -% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0 -% \end{literalcode} -% and we want to ensure that the thickmuskip glue gets removed. -% And we now arrange for \cs{EQ@copy} and \cs{EQ@box} to -% keep the LHS in a separate subbox; this is so that we can introduce a -% different penalty before the first relation symbol if necessary, -% depending on the layout decisions that are made later. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% - \box\EQ@copy - }% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% - \box\EQ@box - }% - \unskip - \or % case 3: unpack left-right box - \unpenalty - \eq@lrunpack - \else - \breqn@repack@err - \fi - \eq@repack % RECURSE -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Error message extracted to streamline calling function. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\breqn@repack@err{% - \PackageError{breqn}{eq@repack penalty neq 0,1,2,3}\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@repacka} -% We need to transfer each line into two separate boxes, one -% containing everything and one that omits stuff like \cs{insert}s -% that would interfere with measuring. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@repacka#1{% - \global\setbox#1\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@ \unskip - \count@-\lastpenalty - \ifnum\count@<\@M \else \advance\count@-\@M \fi - \unpenalty -% \end{macrocode} -% If creating the measure copy, ignore all cases above case 3 by -% folding them into case 1. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\EQ@copy#1\ifnum\count@>\thr@@ \count@\@ne\fi\fi - \ifcase\count@ - % case 0, normal line break - \penalty-\@M % put back the linebreak penalty - \or % case 1, do nothing (end of equation) - \relax - \or % case 2, no-op (obsolete case) - \or % case 3, transfer vspace and/or penalty - \ifx#1\EQ@box \eq@revspace \else \eq@revspaceb \fi - \or % case 4, put back an insert - \eq@reinsert - \or % case 5, put back a mark - \eq@remark - \or % case 6, put back a vadjust - \eq@readjust - \else % some other break penalty - \penalty-\count@ - \fi - \unhbox#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@nulldisplay} -% Throw in a null display in order to get predisplaysize \etc . -% My original approach here was to start the null display, then measure -% the equation, and set a phantom of the equation's first line before -% ending the null display. That would allow finding out if \tex used -% the short displayskips instead of the normal ones. But because of -% some complications with grouping and the desirability of omitting -% unnecessary invisible material on the vertical list, it seems better to -% just collect information about the display (getting \cs{prevdepth} -% requires \cs{halign}) and manually perform our own version of -% \TeX's shortskip calculations. This approach also gives greater -% control, \eg , the threshold amount of horizontal space between -% predisplaysize and the equation's left edge that determines when the -% short skips kick in becomes a designer-settable parameter rather than -% hardwired into \TeX . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@nulldisplay{% - \begingroup \frozen@everydisplay\@emptytoks - \@@display - \predisplaypenalty\@M \postdisplaypenalty\@M - \abovedisplayskip\z@skip \abovedisplayshortskip\z@skip - \belowdisplayskip\z@skip \belowdisplayshortskip\z@skip - \xdef\EQ@displayinfo{% - \prevgraf\the\prevgraf \predisplaysize\the\predisplaysize - \displaywidth\the\displaywidth \displayindent\the\displayindent - \listwidth\the\linewidth -% \end{macrocode} -% Not sure how best to test whether leftmargin should be -% added. Let's do this for now [mjd,1997/10/08]. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\displayindent>\z@ - \advance\listwidth\the\leftmargin - \advance\listwidth\the\rightmargin - \fi - \relax}% -% \end{macrocode} -% An \cs{halign} containing only one \cs{cr} (for the -% preamble) puts no box on the vertical list, which means that no -% \cs{baselineskip} will be added (so we didn't need to set it to -% zero) and the previous value of prevdepth carries through. Those -% properties do not hold for an empty simple equation without -% \cs{halign}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \halign{##\cr}% - \@@enddisplay - \par - \endgroup - \EQ@displayinfo -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@newline} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@newlinea} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@newlineb} -% Here we use \cs{@ifnext} so that in a sequence like -% \begin{literalcode} -% ...\\ -% [a,b] -% \end{literalcode} -% \latex does not attempt to interpret the \verb"[a,b]" as a -% vertical space amount. We would have used \cs{eq@break} in the -% definition of \cs{eq@newlineb} except that it puts in a -% \cs{keep@glue} object which is not such a good idea if a mathbin -% symbol follows \mdash the indent of the mathbin will be wrong because -% the leading negative glue will not disappear as it should at the line -% break. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@newline{% - \@ifstar{\eq@newlinea\@M}{\eq@newlinea\eqinterlinepenalty}} -\def\eq@newlinea#1{% - \@ifnext[{\eq@newlineb{#1}}{\eq@newlineb{#1}[\maxdimen]}} -\def\eq@newlineb#1[#2]{\penalty-\@M} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@revspace} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@revspaceb} -% When \cs{eq@revspace} (re-vspace) is called, we are the -% end of an equation line; we need to remove the existing penalty of -% $-10002$ in order to put a vadjust object in front of it, then put -% back the penalty so that the line break will still take place in the -% final result. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@revspace{% - \global\setbox\EQ@vimbox\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimbox - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% - \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}% - \penalty-\@M -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The b version is used for the \cs{EQ@copy} box. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@revspaceb{% - \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimcopy - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% - \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}% - \penalty-\@M -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@break} -% The function \cs{eq@break} does a preliminary linebreak with -% a flag penalty. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@break#1{\penalty-1000#1 \keep@glue} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Choosing optimal line breaks} -% The question of what line width to use when breaking an -% equation into several lines is best examined in the light of an extreme -% example. Suppose we have a two-column layout and a displayed -% equation falls inside a second-level list with nonzero leftmargin and -% rightmargin. Then we want to try in succession a number of -% different possibilities. In each case if the next possibility is -% no wider than the previous one, skip ahead to the one after. -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item First try linewidth(2), the linewidth for the current -% level-2 list. -% -% -% \item If we cannot find adequate linebreaks at that width, next try -% listwidth(2), the sum of leftmargin, linewidth, and rightmargin for -% the current list. -% -% -% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try linewidth -% (1) (skipping this step if it is no larger then -% listwidth(2)). -% -% -% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try -% listwidth(1). -% -% -% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try column -% width. -% -% -% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try text -% width. -% -% -% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try equation -% width, if it exceeds text width (\ie , if the style allows equations -% to extend into the margins). -% -% -% \end{enumerate} -% -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% needs work -% \caption{first-approximation parshape for equations}\label{f:parshape-1} -% \end{figure} -% -% At any given line width, we run through a series of parshape -% trials and, essentially, use the first one that gives decent line -% breaks. -% But the process is a bit more complicated in fact. -% In order to do a really good job of setting up the parshapes, we -% need to know how many lines the equation will require. -% And of course the number of lines needed depends on the parshape! -% So as our very first trial we run a simple first-approximation -% parshape (Figure~\vref{f:parshape-1}) whose -% main purpose is to get an estimate on the number of lines that will be -% needed; it chooses a uniform indent for all lines after the first one -% and does not take any account of the equation number. -% A substantial majority of equations only require one line anyway, -% and for them this first trial will succeed. -% In the one-line case if there is an equation number and it doesn't -% fit on the same line as the equation body, we don't go on to other -% trials because breaking up the equation body will not gain us -% anything\mdash we know that we'll have to use two lines in any case -% \mdash so we might as well keep the equation body together on one line -% and shift the number to a separate line. -% -% If we learn from the first trial that the equation body -% requires more than one line, the next parshape trial involves adjusting -% the previous parshape to leave room for the equation number, if -% present. If no number is present, again no further trials are -% needed. -% -% Some remarks about parshape handling. The \tex -% primitive doesn't store the line specs anywhere, \verb"\the\parshape" -% only returns the number of line specs. This makes it well nigh -% impossible for different packages that use \cs{parshape} to work -% together. Not that it would be terribly easy for the package -% authors to make inter-package collaboration work, if it were -% possible. If we optimistically conjecture that -% someone some day may take on such a task, then the thing to do, -% obviously, is provide a parshape interface that includes a record of all -% the line specs. For that we designate a macro \cs{@parshape} -% which includes not only the line specs, but also the line count and even -% the leading \cs{parshape} token. -% This allows it to be directly executed without an auxiliary if-empty -% test. It should include a trailing \cs{relax} when it has a -% nonempty value. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\@parshape\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% The function \cs{eq@measure} runs line-breaking trials -% on the copy of the equation body that is stored in the box register -% \cs{EQ@copy}, trying various possible layouts in order of -% preference until we get successful line breaks, where \quoted{successful} -% means there were no overfull lines. The result of the trials is, -% first, a parshape spec that can be used for typesetting the real -% equation body in \cs{EQ@box}, and second, some information that -% depends on the line breaks such as the depth of the last line, the -% height of the first line, and positioning information for the equation -% number. The two main variables in the equation layout are the line -% width and the placement of the equation number, if one is present. -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@measure} -% Run linebreak trials on the equation contents and measure the -% results. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@measure{% -% \end{macrocode} -% If an override value is given for indentstep in the env options, use -% it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen \eq@indentstep\eqindentstep \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If \cs{eq@linewidth} is nonzero at this point, it means that -% the user specified a particular target width for this equation. -% In that case we override the normal list of trial widths. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\eq@linewidth=\z@ \else \edef\eq@linewidths{{\the\eq@linewidth}}\fi - \begingroup \eq@params - \leftskip\z@skip -% \end{macrocode} -% Even if \cs{hfuzz} is greater than zero a box whose contents -% exceed the target width by less then hfuzz still has a reported badness -% value of 1000000 (infinitely bad). Because we use inf-bad -% to test whether a particular trial succeeds or fails, we want to make -% such boxes return a smaller badness. To this end we include an -% \cs{hfuzz} allowance in \cs{rightskip}. In fact, -% \cs{eq@params} ensures that \cs{hfuzz} for equations is at -% least 1pt. -% \begin{macrocode} - \rightskip\z@\@plus\columnwidth\@minus\hfuzz -% \eqinfo - \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial}% - \eq@trial % uses \eq@linewidths - \eq@failout % will be a no-op if the trial succeeded - \endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \quoted{local} parameter settings are passed outside the endgroup through -% \cs{EQ@trial}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ@trial -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*trace> -\def\debug@showmeasurements{% - \breqn@debugmsg{=> \number\eq@lines\space lines}% - \begingroup - \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak==== \space\space##1/##2}% - \let\@endelt\@empty - \breqn@debugmsg{=> trial info:\eq@measurements}% - \breqn@debugmsg{=> bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness}% - \let\@elt\relax \let\@endelt\relax - \endgroup -} -\def\debug@showmeasurements{% - \begingroup - \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak==== ##1/##2}% - \let\@endelt\@empty - \breqn@debugmsg{===> Measurements: \number\eq@lines\space lines - \eq@measurements - \MessageBreak - ==== bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness - \MessageBreak - ==== \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip}% - \endgroup -} -%</trace> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Layout Trials Driver -% Basically, trying different sequences of parshapes. -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@trial} -% Init. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\EQ@trial\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@continue} -% This is a token register used to carry trial info past a -% group boundary with only one global assignment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\EQ@continue -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@widths} -% This is used for storing the actual line-width info of the equation -% contents after breaking. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\EQ@widths\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ@fallback} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\EQ@fallback\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@linewidths} -% This is the list of target widths for line breaking. -% -%======================================== -% BRM: Odd; I don't think I've seen this use anything but \cs{displaywidth}... -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@linewidths{\displaywidth\linewidth\columnwidth} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial} -% The \cs{eq@trial} function tries each candidate -% line width in \cs{eq@linewidths} until an equation layout is found -% that yields satisfactory line breaks. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial{% - \ifx\@empty\eq@linewidths - \global\EQ@continue{}% - \else - \iffalse{\fi \@xp\eq@trial@a \eq@linewidths}% - \fi - \the\EQ@continue -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@a} -% The \cs{eq@trial@a} function reads the leading line -% width from \cs{eq@linewidths}; if the new line width is greater -% than the previous one, start running trials with it; otherwise do -% nothing with it. -% Finally, run a peculiar \cs{edef} that leaves -% \cs{eq@linewidths} redefined to be the tail of the list. -% If we succeed in finding satisfactory line breaks -% for the equation, we will reset \cs{EQ@continue} in such a -% way that it will terminate the current trials. -% An obvious branch here would be to check whether the width of -% \cs{EQ@copy} is less than \cs{eq@linewidth} and go immediately -% to the one-line case if so. -% However, if the equation contains more than one RHS, by -% default each additional RHS starts on a new line\mdash \ie , we want -% the ladder layout anyway. -% So we choose the initial trial on an assumption of multiple lines -% and leave the one-line case to fall out naturally at a later point. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@a#1{% - \dim@c#1\relax - \if T\eq@frame \eq@frame@adjust\dim@c \fi - \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth - \eq@linewidth\dim@c -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape for width(#1)=\the\eq@linewidth}% - \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@d - \csname eq@try@layout@\eq@layout\endcsname -%<trace> \else -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Next width (#1) is shorter; skip it}% - \fi - \edef\eq@linewidths{\iffalse}\fi -} -\def\eq@frame@adjust#1{% - %\addtolength#1{-2\eq@framewd-2\eq@framesep}% - \dim@a\eq@framewd \advance\dim@a\eq@framesep - \advance#1-2\dim@a -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -%======================================== -% Note curious control structure. -% Try to understand interaction of \cs{EQ@fallback}, \cs{EQ@continue}, -% \cs{eq@failout} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@succeed{% - \aftergroup\@gobbletwo % cancel the \EQ@fallback code; see \eq@trial@c (?) - \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial@done}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@done} -% Success. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@done{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{End trial: Success!}% - \let\eq@failout\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@init} -% This is called from \cs{eq@trial@b} to initialize or -% re-initialize certain variables as needed when running one or more -% trials at a given line width. -% By default assume success, skip the fallback code. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@init{\global\let\EQ@fallback\eq@nextlayout} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@nextlayout} -% -% In the fallback case cancel the current group to avoid unnecessary -% group nesting (with associated save-stack cost, \etc ). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@nextlayout#1{% - \endgroup -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Nope ... that ain't gonna work.}% - \begingroup #1% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@failout} -% -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@failout{% -%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{End trial: failout}% - \global\let\EQ@trial\EQ@last@trial -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@save} -% -% Save the parameters of the current trial. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@save#1{% -%<*trace> -% \begingroup \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak==== \space\space##1/##2}\let\@endelt\@empty\breqn@debugmsg{=> trial info:\eq@measurements}% -% \breqn@debugmsg{=> bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness\MessageBreak}% -% \let\@elt\relax \let\@endelt\relax -% \endgroup -%</trace> - \xdef#1{% - \eq@linewidth\the\eq@linewidth - % save info about the fit - \eq@lines\the\eq@lines \eq@badness\the\eq@badness \def\@nx\eq@badline{\eq@badline}% - % save size info - \eq@wdT\the\eq@wdT \eq@wdMin\the\eq@wdMin - \eq@vspan\the\eq@vspan \eq@dp\the\eq@dp \eq@firstht\the\eq@firstht - % save info about the LHS - \eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL \def\@nx\EQ@hasLHS{\EQ@hasLHS}% - % save info about the numbering - \def\@nx\eq@hasNumber{\eq@hasNumber}% - % save info about the chosen layout - \def\@nx\eq@layout{\eq@layout}% - \def\@nx\eq@parshape{\@parshape}% - \def\@nx\eq@measurements{\eq@measurements}% - \def\@nx\adjust@rel@penalty{\adjust@rel@penalty}% - \def\@nx\eq@shiftnumber{\eq@shiftnumber}% - \def\@nx\eq@isIntertext{\@False}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@b} -% -% By default this just runs \cs{eq@trial@c}; \cf -% \cs{eq@trial@d}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@b{\eq@trial@c} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@c} -% -% Run the equation contents through the current parshape. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@c#1#2{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Trying layout "#1" with\MessageBreak==== parshape\space\@xp\@gobble\@parshape}% - \begingroup - \eq@trial@init - \def\eq@layout{#1}% - \setbox\z@\vbox{% - \hfuzz\maxdimen - \eq@trial@p % run the given parshape - \if\@Not{\eq@badline}% - \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial -% \end{macrocode} -% If there is a number, try the same parshape again with adjustments -% to make room for the number. -% -% This is an awkward place for this: -% It only allows trying to fit the number w/the SAME layout shape! -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@hasNumber\eq@retry@with@number\fi - \if L\eq@layout \eq@check@density - \else - \if\@Not{\eq@badline}% - \eq@trial@succeed - \fi - \fi - \else - \eq@trial@save\EQ@last@trial - \fi - }% - \EQ@fallback{#2}% - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@d} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@d#1#2{\eq@trial@c{#1}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@check@density} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@check@density{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Checking density for layout L}% - \if\@Or{\@Not\EQ@hasLHS}{\eq@shortLHS}% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: No LHS, or is short; OK}% - \eq@trial@succeed - \else\if\eq@dense@enough - \eq@trial@succeed - \fi\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@shortLHS} -% Test to see if we need to apply the \cs{eq@dense@enough} test. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@shortLHS{\ifdim\eq@wdL>.44\eq@wdT 1\else 0\fi 0} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -%\verb|\def\eq@shortLHS{\@False}| -%======================================== -% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@p} -% Run a trial with the current \cs{@parshape} and measure it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@trial@p{% - \@parshape % - \eq@dump@box\unhcopy\EQ@copy - {\@@par}% leave \parshape readable - \eq@lines\prevgraf - \eq@fix@lastline - \let\eq@badline\@False - \if i\eq@layout \ifnum\eq@lines>\@ne \let\eq@badline\@True \fi\fi - \eq@curline\eq@lines % loop counter for eq@measure@lines - \let\eq@measurements\@empty - \eq@ml@record@indents - \eq@measure@lines - \eq@recalc -%<trace> \debug@showmeasurements -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\adjust@rel@penalty} -% Normally this is a no-op. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\adjust@rel@penalty\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@fix@lastline} -% Remove parfillskip from the last line box. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@fix@lastline{% - \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@ - \eq@dp\dp\tw@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Remove \cs{parfillskip} but retain \cs{rightskip}. -% Need to keep the original line width for later shrink testing. -% \begin{macrocode} - \nointerlineskip\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@ - \skip@c\lastskip \unskip\unskip\hskip\skip@c - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc} -% Calculate \cs{eq@wdT} et cetera. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@recalc{% - \eq@wdT\z@ \eq@wdMin\maxdimen \eq@vspan\z@skip \eq@badness\z@ - \let\@elt\eq@recalc@a \eq@measurements \let\@elt\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc@a} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@recalc@a#1x#2+#3\@endelt{% - \eq@firstht#2\relax - \let\@elt\eq@recalc@b - \@elt#1x#2+#3\@endelt -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc@b} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@recalc@b#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{% - \setlength\dim@a{#2+#3}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdT \eq@wdT\dim@a \fi - \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@wdMin \eq@wdMin\dim@a \fi - \eq@dp#5\relax - \addtolength\eq@vspan{#1+#4+\eq@dp}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Record the max badness of all the lines in \cs{eq@badness}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#6>\eq@badness \eq@badness#6\relax\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@layout} -% A value of \verb"?" for \cs{eq@layout} means that we should -% deduce which layout to use by looking at the size of the components. -% Any other value means we have a user-specified override on the -% layout. -% -% Layout Definitions. -% Based on initial equation measurements, we can choose a sequence of -% candidate parshapes that the equation might fit into. -% We accept the first shape that `works', else fall to next one. -% [The sequence is hardcoded in the \cs{eq@try@layout@}<shape> -% Would it be useful be more flexible? (eg. try layouts LDA, in order...)] -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@layout{?} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@?} -% This is a branching function used to choose a suitable layout if -% the user didn't specify one in particular. -% -% Default layout: -% Try Single line layout first, else try Multiline layouts -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{eq@try@layout@?}{% - \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@c - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% -% \eq@trial@b{i}{\eq@try@layout@multi}% - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-2em}% Fudge; can't shrink more than this? - % if we're in a numbered group, try hard to fit within the numbers - \dim@b\eq@linewidth - \if\eq@shiftnumber\else\if\eq@group - \if\eq@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\EQ@numbox-\eqnumsep}% - \else\if\grp@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\GRP@numbox-\eqnumsep}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b% Do we even have a chance of fitting to one line? -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: (\the\wd\EQ@copy) may fit in \the\dim@b}% -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: assuming it might fit, don't push too hard -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength\dim@b{\columnwidth-\dim@a+\eq@wdCond}% - \rightskip\z@\@plus\dim@b\@minus\hfuzz - \eq@trial@b{i}{\eq@try@layout@multi}% - \else -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: Too long (\the\wd\EQ@copy) for one line - (free width=\the\dim@b)}% -%</trace> - \eq@try@layout@multi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Layout Multiline layout: -% If no LHS, try Stepped(S) layout -% Else try Stepped(S), Ladder(L), Drop-ladder(D) or Stepladder(l), depending on LHS length. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@multi{% - \if\EQ@hasLHS - \ifdim\eq@wdL>\eq@linewidth -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS \the\eq@wdL > linewidth}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Find the total width of the RHS. -% If it is relatively short, a step layout is the thing to try. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-\eq@wdL}% - \ifdim\dim@a<.25\eq@linewidth \eq@try@layout@S - \else \eq@try@layout@l - \fi - % BRM: Originally .7: Extreme for L since rhs has to wrap within the remaining 30+%! - \else\ifdim\eq@wdL>.50\eq@linewidth -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS (\the\eq@wdL) > .50 linewidth (linewidth=\the\eq@linewidth)}% -%</trace> - \eq@try@layout@D - \else -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS (\the\eq@wdL) not extraordinarily wide}% - \eq@try@layout@L - \fi\fi - \else -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: No LHS here}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Try one-line layout first, then step layout. -% \begin{macrocode} - \eq@try@layout@S % (already checked case i) - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@D} -% Change the penalty before the first mathrel symbol to encourage a -% break there. -% -% Layout D=Drop-Ladder Layout, for wide LHS. -% \begin{literalcode} -% LOOOOOOOONG LHS -% = RHS -% = ... -% \end{literalcode} -% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@D{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 - 0pt \the\eq@wdL\space \the\eq@indentstep\space \the\dim@a\relax - }% - \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }% - \eq@trial@b{D}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@L} -% Try a straight ladder layout. -% Preliminary filtering ensures that \cs{eq@wdL} is less than 70% -% of the current line width. -% \begin{literalcode} -% Layout L=Ladder layout -% LHS = RHS -% = RHS -% ... -% \end{literalcode} -% If fails, try Drop-ladder layout. -% NOTE: This is great for some cases (multi relations?), but -% tends to break really badly when it fails.... -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@L{% - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdL}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\space - \the\eq@wdL\space \the\dim@b\relax - }% - \eq@trial@b{L}{\eq@try@layout@D}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@S} -% In the \dquoted{stepped} layout there is no LHS, or LHS -% is greater than the line width and RHS is small. -% Then we want to split up the equation into lines of roughly equal -% width and stagger them downwards to the right, leaving a small amount of -% whitespace on both sides. -% But also, if there is an equation number, we want to try first a -% layout that leaves room for the number. -% Otherwise it would nearly always be the case that the number would -% get thrown on a separate line. -% -% Layout S=Stepped layout, typically no LHS or very long, variations on -% \begin{literalcode} -% STUFF .... -% + MORE STUFF ... -% + MORE STUFF ... -% \end{literalcode} -% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@S{% - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-2\eqmargin}% \advance\dim@b-1em% -% \end{macrocode} -% About how many lines will we need if dim@b is the line width? -% \begin{macrocode} - \int@a\wd\EQ@copy \divide\int@a\dim@b -% \end{macrocode} -% Adjust the target width by number of lines times indentstep. -% We don't need to decrement \cs{int@a} because \tex -% division is integer division with truncation. -% \begin{macrocode} - \addtolength\dim@b{-\int@a\eq@indentstep}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Adjust for equation number. -% But try not to leave too little room for the equation body. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@hasNumber - \ifdim\dim@b>15em% -% \advance\dim@b-\eqnumsep \advance\dim@b-\wd\EQ@numbox - \addtolength\dim@b{-\eq@wdNum}% - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Now some hand-waving to set up the parshape. -% \begin{macrocode} - \int@b\z@ - \def\@tempa{\dim}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\dim@b\space - \the\eqmargin\space\the\dim@b\relax}% - \eq@trial@b{S}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@l} -% This is the \dquoted{step-ladder} layout: similar to the drop-ladder -% layout but the LHS is too wide and needs to be broken up. -% -% Layout l = Stepladder -% Similar to Drop-Ladder, but LHS is long and needs to be broken up. -% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@l{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}% - \int@a\eq@wdL \divide\int@a\dim@a - \advance\int@a\tw@ - \edef\@parshape{\parshape \number\int@a\space - 0pt \the\eq@linewidth - }% - \advance\int@a-\tw@ - \setlength\dim@b{2\eq@indentstep}% - \setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth -\dim@b}% - \edef\@parshape{\@parshape - \replicate{\int@a}{\space\the\eq@indentstep\space\the\dim@a}% - \space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c\relax - }% - \eq@trial@b{l}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@A} -% In the \dquoted{almost-columnar} layout, which is the layout of last -% resort, we let all lines run to the full width and leave the adjusting -% of the indents to later. -% -% Layout A = Almost-Columnar layout. -% Pretty much straight full width, more of a last-resort. -% If fails, give up. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@A{% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% - \if\EQ@hasLHS \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }\fi - \eq@trial@b{A}{}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@shiftnumber} -% MH: Should be moved to a section where all keys are set to defaults. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\eq@shiftnumber\@False -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@retry@with@number@a} -% Number placement adjustments -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@retry@with@number{% - \if\eq@shiftnumber -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Shifted number requested}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Condition and right numbers? We're just going to have to shift. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@\if R\eqnumside -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Condition w/Right number => Shift number}% - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Compute free space. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \dim@b\eqnumsep\advance\dim@b\wd\EQ@numbox - \dim@b\eq@wdNum - \if L\eqnumside - \ifdim\@totalleftmargin>\dim@b\dim@b\@totalleftmargin\fi - \else - \addtolength\dim@b{\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\dim@b}%\advance\dim@a1em\relax% Allowance for shrink? -% \end{macrocode} -% Set up test against 1-line case only if not in a group -% \begin{macrocode} - \int@a\@ne\if\eq@group\int@a\maxint\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Now check for cases. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@shiftnumber % Already know we need to shift - \else\ifdim\eq@wdT<\dim@a % Fits! -% \end{macrocode} -% left \& right skips will be done later, and parshape adjusted if -% needed. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: eqn and number fit together}% -% \else\ifnum\eq@lines=\int@a % Shift, if single line, unless inside a dgroup. -% \end{macrocode} -% NOTE: this is too strong for dgroup! -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*trace> -% \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: single line too long with number => Shift number \the\int@a}% -%</trace> -% \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% % Retry: use leftskip for space for number(for now; whether -% % right/left) \& adjust parshape -% \begin{macrocode} -% \leftskip\wd\EQ@numbox\advance\leftskip\eqnumsep - \setlength\leftskip{\eq@wdNum}% - \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@a}% - \adjust@parshape\@parshape -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Try with \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip, - \MessageBreak==== parshape\space\@xp\@gobble\@parshape}% -%</trace> - \nointerlineskip - \edef\eq@prev@lines{\the\eq@lines}% - \edef\eq@prev@badness{\the\eq@badness}% BRM - \eq@trial@p - \int@a\eq@prev@badness\relax\advance\int@a 50\relax%? - \int@b\eq@prev@lines \if\eq@group\advance\int@b\@ne\fi% Allow 1 extra line in group - \ifnum\eq@lines>\int@b % \eq@prev@lines -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment causes more breaks => Shift number}% - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else\if\eq@badline -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment causes bad lines (\the\eq@badness) => Shift}% - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else\ifnum\eq@badness>\int@a % BRM: New case -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment is badder than previous - (\the\eq@badness >> \eq@prev@badness) => Shift}% -%</trace> - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment succeeded}% - \fi\fi%\fi - \fi\fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If we got shifted, restore parshape, etc, -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \EQ@trial% Restore parshape & other params, - \leftskip\z@\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True % But set shift & leftskip - \edef\@parshape{\eq@parshape}% And copy saved parshape back to `working copy' !?!? - \fi - \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial % Either way, save the trial state. - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape} -% Varies depending on the layout. -% -% Adjust a parshape variable for a given set of left\textbar right skips. -% Note that the fixed part of the left\textbar right skips effectively -% comes out of the parshape widths (NOT in addition to it). -% We also must trim the widths so that the sum of skips, indents -% and widths add up to no more than the \cs{eq@linewidth}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\adjust@parshape#1{% - \@xp\adjust@parshape@a#1\relax - \edef#1{\temp@a}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape@a} -% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape@b} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\adjust@parshape@a#1 #2\relax{% - \setlength\dim@a{\leftskip+\rightskip}% - \edef\temp@a{#1}% - \adjust@parshape@b#2 @ @ \relax -} -\def\adjust@parshape@b#1 #2 {% - \ifx @#1\edef\temp@a{\temp@a\relax}% - \@xp\@gobble - \else - \dim@b#1\relax - \dim@c#2\relax - \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a+\dim@b}% - \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth\setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth}\fi - \addtolength\dim@c{-\dim@b}% - \edef\temp@a{\temp@a\space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c}% - \fi - \adjust@parshape@b -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@record@indents} -% Plunk the parshape's indent values into an array for easy access -% when constructing \cs{eq@measurements}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@ml@record@indents{% - \int@a\z@ - \def\@tempa{% - \advance\int@a\@ne - \@xp\edef\csname eq@i\number\int@a\endcsname{\the\dim@a}% - \ifnum\int@a<\int@b \afterassignment\@tempb \fi - \dim@a - }% - \def\@tempb{\afterassignment\@tempa \dim@a}% - \def\@tempc##1##2 {\int@b##2\afterassignment\@tempa\dim@a}% - \@xp\@tempc\@parshape -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@endelt} -% This is a scan marker. -% It should get a non-expandable definition. -% It could be \cs{relax}, but let's try a chardef instead. -% \begin{macrocode} -\chardef\@endelt=`\? -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@measurements} -% This is similar to a parshape spec but for each line we record more -% info: space above, indent, width x height + dp, and badness. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@measurements{% - \@elt 4.5pt/5.0pt,66.0ptx6.8pt+2.4pt@27\@endelt - ... -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@measure@lines} -% Loop through the list of boxes to measure things like total -% height (including interline stretch), \etc . We check the -% actual width of the current line against the natural width \mdash -% after removing rightskip \mdash in case the former is -% \emph{less} than the latter because of shrinkage. In that -% case we do not want to use the natural width for RHS-max-width because -% it might unnecessarily exceed the right margin. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@measure@lines{% - \let\eq@ml@continue\eq@measure@lines - \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@ % find target width of line - \setbox\z@\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@}% check for overfull - \eq@badness\badness - \ifnum\eq@badness<\inf@bad \else \let\eq@badline\@True \fi - \eq@ml@a \eq@ml@continue -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@a} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@ml@a{% - \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ \unskip}% find natural width -%<*trace> - \ifnum\eq@badness<\inf@bad\else\breqn@debugmsg{!?! Overfull: \the\wd\tw@ >\the\dim@b}\fi -%</trace> -% \end{macrocode} -% Is actual width less than natural width? -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\dim@b<\wd\tw@ \setlength\dim@a{\dim@b}% shrunken line - \else \setlength\dim@a{\wd\tw@}% OK to use natural width - \fi - \addtolength\dim@a{-\leftskip}% BRM: Deduct the skip if we're retrying w/number -% \end{macrocode} -% If there's no aboveskip, assume we've reached the top of the -% equation. -% \begin{macrocode} - \skip@a\lastskip \unskip \unpenalty - \ifdim\skip@a=\z@ - \let\eq@ml@continue\relax % end the recursion - \else - % Sum repeated vskips if present - \def\@tempa{% - \ifdim \lastskip=\z@ - \else \addtolength\skip@a{\lastskip}\unskip\unpenalty \@xp\@tempa - \fi - }% - \fi - \edef\eq@measurements{\@elt - \the\skip@a\space X% extra space to facilitate extracting only the - % dimen part later - \csname eq@i% - \ifnum\eq@curline<\parshape \number\eq@curline - \else\number\parshape - \fi - \endcsname,\the\dim@a x\the\ht\tw@+\the\dp\tw@ @\the\eq@badness\@endelt - \eq@measurements - }% - \advance\eq@curline\m@ne - \ifnum\eq@curline=\z@ \let\eq@ml@continue\relax\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@vspace} -% -% Handle an embedded vspace. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@ml@vspace{% - \global\advance\eq@vspan\lastskip \unskip\unpenalty - \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ \else \@xp\eq@ml@vspace \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@dense@enough{% - \ifnum\eq@lines<\thr@@ -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: less than 3 lines; OK}% - \@True - \else - \ifdim\eq@wdL >.7\eq@wdT -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: LHS too long; NOT OK}% - \@False - \else \@xp\@xp\@xp\eq@dense@enough@a - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\true@true@true} -% \begin{macro}{\true@false@true} -% \begin{macro}{\false@true@false} -% \begin{macro}{\false@false@false} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\true@true@true {\fi\fi\iftrue \iftrue \iftrue } -\def\true@false@true {\fi\fi\iftrue \iffalse\iftrue } -\def\false@true@false {\fi\fi\iffalse\iftrue \iffalse} -\def\false@false@false{\fi\fi\iffalse\iffalse\iffalse} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@density@factor} -% -% This number specifies, for the ladder layout, how much of the -% equation's bounding box should contain visible material rather than -% whitespace. -% If the amount of visible material drops below this value, then we -% switch to the drop-ladder layout. -% The optimality of this factor is highly dependent on the equation -% contents; .475 was chosen as the default just because it worked well -% with the sample equation, designed to be as average as possible, that I -% used for testing. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@density@factor{.475} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough@a} -% -% Calculate whether there is more -% visible material than whitespace within the equation's bounding box. -% Sum up the actual line widths and compare to the total -% \dquoted{area} of the bounding box. -% But if we have an extremely large number of lines, fall back to an -% approximate calculation that is more conservative about the danger of -% exceeding \cs{maxdimen}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@dense@enough@a{% - \@True \fi - \ifnum\eq@lines>\sixt@@n - \eq@dense@enough@b - \else - \dim@b\z@ \let\@elt\eq@delt \eq@measurements - \dim@c\eq@density@factor\eq@wdT \multiply\dim@c\eq@lines -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: black \the\dim@b/\eq@density@factor total \the\dim@c}% - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@c \true@false@true \else \false@false@false \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@delt} -% Args are space-above, indent, width, height, depth, badness. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@delt#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{\addtolength\dim@b{#3}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough@b} -% This is an approximate calculation used to keep from going over -% \cs{maxdimen} if the number of lines in our trial break is large -% enough to make that a threat. -% If l, t, n represent left-side-width, total-width, and number of -% lines, the formula is -% \begin{literalcode} -% l/t < .4n/(.9n-1) -% \end{literalcode} -% or equivalently, since rational arithmetic is awkward in \tex : -% b -% \begin{literalcode} -% l/t < 4n/(9n-10) -% \end{literalcode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@dense@enough@b{% - \int@b\eq@wdT \divide\int@b\p@ - \dim@b\eq@wdL \divide\dim@b\int@b - \dim@c\eq@lines\p@ \multiply\dim@c\f@ur - \int@b\eq@lines \multiply\int@b 9 \advance\int@b -10% - \divide\dim@c\int@b -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: l/t \the\dim@b\space< \the\dim@c\space 4n/(9n-10)?}% - \ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c \true@true@true \else \false@true@false \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@parshape} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\eq@parshape\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@params} -% The interline spacing and penalties in \cs{eq@params} -% are used during both preliminary line breaking and final typesetting. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@params{% - \baselineskip\eqlinespacing - \lineskip\eqlineskip \lineskiplimit\eqlineskiplimit -% \end{macrocode} -% Forbid absolutely a pagebreak that separates the first line or last -% line of a multiline equation from the rest of it. Or in other -% words: no equation of three lines or less will be broken at the bottom -% of a page; instead it will be moved whole to the top of the next -% page. If you really really need a page break that splits the -% first or last line from the rest of the equation, you can always fall -% back to\cs{pagebreak}, I suppose. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \clubpenalty\@M \widowpenalty\@M \interlinepenalty\eqinterlinepenalty - \linepenalty199 \exhyphenpenalty5000 % was 9999: make breaks at, eg. \* a bit easier. -% \end{macrocode} -% For equations, hfuzz should be at least 1pt. -% But we have to fake it a little because we are running the equation -% through \tex 's paragrapher. -% In our trials we use minus 1pt in the rightskip rather than hfuzz; -% and we must do the same during final breaking of the equation, otherwise -% in borderline cases \tex will use two lines instead of one when our -% trial indicated that one line would be enough. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\hfuzz<\p@ \hfuzz\p@ \fi -%\hfuzz=2pt -% \ifdim\hfuzz<2pt\relax \hfuzz2pt \fi - \parfillskip\z@skip -% \hfuzz\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure we skip \tex 's preliminary line-breaking pass to save -% processing time. -% \begin{macrocode} - \tolerance9999 \pretolerance\m@ne -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Equation layout options} -% Using the notation C centered, I indented (applied to -% the equation body), T top, B bottom, M -% middle, L left, R right (applied to the equation number), -% the commonly used equation types are C, CRM, CRB, CLM, CLT, -% I, IRM, IRB, ILM, ILT. In other words, CLM stands for Centered equation -% body with Left-hand Middle-placed equation number, and IRB stands for -% Indented equation with Right-hand Bottom-placed equation number. -% -% Here are some general thoughts on how to place an equation -% tag. Currently it does not work as desired: the L option positions -% the tag app. 10 lines below the math expression, the RM doesn't -% position the tag on the baseline for single-line math -% expressions. Therefore I am going to first write what I think is -% supposed to happen and then implement it. -% -% Below is a small list where especially the two three specifications -% should be quite obvious, I just don't want to forget anything and it -% is important to the implementation. -% \begin{description} -% \item[Definition 1] If a display consists of exactly one line, the -% tag should always be placed on the same baseline as the math -% expression. -% \end{description} -% The remaining comments refer to multi-line displays. -% \begin{description} -% \item[Definition 2] If a tag is to be positioned at the top (T), it -% should be placed such that the baseline of the tag aligns with the -% baseline of the top line of the display. -% -% \item[Definition 3] If a tag is to be positioned at the bottom (B), -% it should be placed such that the baseline of the tag aligns with -% the baseline of the bottom line of the display. -% -% \item[Definition 4] If a tag is to be positioned vertically centered -% (M), it should be placed such that the baseline of the tag is -% positioned exactly halfway between the baseline of the top line of -% the display and the baseline of the bottom line of the display. -% \end{description} -% -% Definitions 1--3 are almost axiomatic in their -% simplicity. Definition~4 is different because I saw at least two -% possibilities for which area to span: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Calculate distance from top of top line to the bottom of the -% bottom line, position the vertical center of the tag exactly -% halfway between those two extremes. -% -% \item Calculate the distance from the baseline of the top line to -% the baseline of the bottom line, position the baseline of the tag -% exactly halfway between these two extremes. -% \end{itemize} -% Additional combinations of these methods are possible but make -% little sense in my opinion. I have two reasons for choosing the -% latter of these possibilities: Firstly, two expressions looking -% completely identical with the exception of a superscript in the -% first line or a subscript in the last line will have the tag -% positioned identically. Secondly, then M means halfway between T and -% B positions which makes good sense and then also automatically -% fulfills Definition~1. -% -% From an implementation perspective, these definitions should also -% make it possible to fix a deficiency in the current implementation, -% namely that the tag does not influence the height of a display, even -% if the display is a single line. This means that two single-line -% expressions in a \env{dgroup} can be closer together than -% \cs{intereqskip} if the math expressions are (vertically) smaller -% than the tag. -% -% \section{Centered Right-Number Equations} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@dump@box} -% \arg1 might be \cs{unhbox} or \cs{unhcopy}; \arg2 is -% the box name. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@dump@box#1#2{% -%\debug@box#1% - \noindent #1#2\setbox\f@ur\lastbox \setbox\tw@\lastbox -% \end{macrocode} -% If the LHS contains shrinkable glue, in an L layout the alignment -% could be thrown off if the first line is shrunk noticeably. -% For the time being, disable shrinking on the left-hand side. -% The proper solution requires more work \begin{dn} -% mjd,1999/03/17 -% \end{dn} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} - \if L\eq@layout \box\tw@ \else\unhbox\tw@\fi - \adjust@rel@penalty \unhbox\f@ur -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Various typesetting bits, invoked from \cs{eq@finish} -% BRM: This has been extensively refactored from the original breqn, -% initially to get left\textbar right skips and parshape used consistently, -% ultimately to get most things handled the same way, in the same order. -% -% Given that left and right skips have been set, -% typeset the frame, number and equation with the -% given number side and placement -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@Unnumbered{% - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@LM{% - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}% - \eq@typeset@leftnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset equation and left-top number (and shifted) -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@LT{% - \dim@a\eq@firstht - \eq@typeset@leftnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset equation and left shifted number -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@LShifted{% - % place number - \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M - \dim@a\eqlineskip - \if F\eq@frame\else - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \kern\dim@a - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset equation and right middle number -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@RM{% - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}% - \eq@typeset@rightnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset equation and right bottom number -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@RB{% - % NOTE: is \eq@dp useful here - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@vspan-\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox}% - \eq@typeset@rightnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset equation and right shifted number -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@RShifted{% - % place number - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation - \penalty\@M - \dim@a\eqlineskip - \if F\eq@frame\else - \addtolength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \parskip\dim@a - \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\@@par% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Debugging aid to show all relevant formatting info for a given eqn. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*trace> -\def\debug@showformat{% - \breqn@debugmsg{Formatting Layout:\eq@layout\space Center/indent: \eqindent\space - Number placement \eqnumside\eqnumplace: - \MessageBreak==== \eq@linewidth=\the\eq@linewidth, \@totalleftmargin=\the\@totalleftmargin, - \MessageBreak==== Centered Lines=\theb@@le\eq@centerlines, Shift Number=\theb@@le\eq@shiftnumber, - \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdT=\the\eq@wdT, \eq@wdMin=\the\eq@wdMin, - \MessageBreak==== LHS=\theb@@le\EQ@hasLHS: \eq@wdL=\the\eq@wdL, - \MessageBreak==== \eq@firstht=\the\eq@firstht, \eq@vspan=\the\eq@vspan - \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdNum=\the\eq@wdNum - \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdCond=\the\eq@wdCond, \conditionsep=\the\conditionsep, - \MessageBreak==== \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip, - \MessageBreak==== \abovedisplayskip=\the\abovedisplayskip, - \MessageBreak==== \belowdisplayskip=\the\belowdisplayskip - \MessageBreak==== parshape=\eq@parshape}% -} -%</trace> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Set left \& right skips for centered equations, -% making allowances for numbers (if any, right, left) and constraint. -% -% Amazingly, I've managed to collect all the positioning logic for -% centered equations in one place, so it's more manageable. -% Unfortunately, by the time it does all it needs to do, -% it has evolved I'm (re)using so many temp variables, it's becoming -% unmanageble! -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@C@setsides{% - % \dim@c = space for number, if any, and not shifted. - \dim@c\z@ - \if\eq@hasNumber\if\eq@shiftnumber\else - \dim@c\eq@wdNum - \fi\fi - % \dim@e = space for condition(on right), if any and formula is only a single line.(to center nicely) - % but only count it as being right-aligned if we're not framing, since the frame must enclose it. - \dim@e\z@ - \if F\eq@frame - \ifnum\eq@lines=\@ne\ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@ - \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdCond+\conditionsep}% - \fi\fi\fi - % \dim@b = minimum needed on left max(totalleftmargin, left number space) - \dim@b\z@ - \if L\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi\fi - \ifdim\dim@b<\@totalleftmargin - \dim@b\z@ - \else - \addtolength\dim@b{-\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - % \dim@d = minimum needed on right max(condition, right number space) - \dim@d\dim@e - \if R\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@d<\dim@c - \dim@d\dim@c - \fi\fi - % \dim@a = left margin; initially half available space - % \dim@c = right margin; ditto - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT+\dim@e+\@totalleftmargin)/2}% - \dim@c=\dim@a - % If too far to the left - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b - \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a-\dim@b}% - \ifdim\dim@c<\z@\dim@c=\z@\fi - \dim@a=\dim@b - % Or if too far to the right - \else\ifdim\dim@c<\dim@d - \addtolength\dim@a{\dim@c-\dim@d}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi - \dim@c=\dim@d - \fi\fi - % Now, \dim@d,\dim@e is the left & right glue to center each line for centerlines - \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdMin}\dim@d=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% NOTE: Need some work here centering when there's a condition -% \begin{macrocode} -% \advance\dim@e-\eq@wdT\multiply\dim@e-1\relax -% \if\eq@wdMin<\dim@e\dim@e\eq@wdMin\fi -% \multiply\dim@e-1\relax\advance\dim@e\eq@wdT - \dim@d\z@ - \if\eq@centerlines - \divide\dim@e2\relax - \dim@d=\dim@e - \fi - \setlength\leftskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@d}% - \addtolength\dim@e{\dim@c}% - \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@e}%\@minus5\p@ - % Special case: if framing, reduce the stretchiness of the formula (eg. condition) - % Or if we have a right number, FORCE space for it - \dim@b\z@ - \if F\eq@frame\else - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi - \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}% - \if R\eqnumside - \dim@c\eq@wdNum - \ifdim\dim@c>\dim@b - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi - \fi - \fi - % If either of those cases requires hard rightskip, move that part from glue. - \ifdim\dim@b>\z@ - \addtolength\dim@e{-\dim@c}% - \rightskip\dim@b\@plus\dim@e%\@minus5\p@ - \fi - % And peculiar further special case: in indented environs, width isn't where it would seem - \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@ - \addtolength\rightskip{-\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - \parfillskip\z@skip -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Set the left and right side spacing for indented equations -% Some things handled by eq@C@setsides that probably apply here???? -% \begin{itemize} -% \item centerlines -% \item \cs{@totalleftmargin}: SHOULD we move farther right? -% \end{itemize} -% Leftskip is normally just the requested indentation -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@I@setsides{% - \leftskip\mathindent -% \end{macrocode} -% But move left, if shifted number presumably because of clashed w/ number? -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT-\mathindent}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@ - \leftskip=\z@ % Or something minimal? - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Push gently from right. -% \begin{macrocode} - \dim@a=\z@ - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdMin}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Special case: if framing be much more rigid(?) -% \begin{macrocode} - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdT} - \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@a}% - \fi - % Or force the space for right number, if needed -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}% - \if R\eqnumside - \dim@c=\eq@wdNum - \if\dim@c>\dim@a - \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@c}% - \dim@a=\dim@c - \fi - \fi - \fi - \setlength\rightskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@b \@minus\hfuzz }%\hfuzz\z@ - \parfillskip\z@skip -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \paragraph{Typesetting pieces: frame, equation and number (if any)} -% \cs{dim@a} should contain the downward displacement of number's baseline -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@typeset@leftnumber{% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M - \kern-\dim@a -} -\def\eq@typeset@rightnumber{% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \hbox to \hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\penalty\@M - \kern-\dim@a -} -\def\eq@typeset@equation{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box\@@par -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Framing an equation} -% \begin{macro}{\eqframe} -% The \cs{eqframe} function is called in vertical mode -% with the reference point at the top left corner of the equation, including -% any allowance for \cs{fboxsep}. Its arguments are the width -% and height of the equation body, plus fboxsep. -% \changes{v0.95}{2007/12/03}{Made \cs{eqframe} obey the key settings -% for frame and framesep.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\eqframe[2]{% - \begingroup - \fboxrule=\eq@framewd\relax\fboxsep=\eq@framesep\relax - \framebox{\z@rule\@height#2\kern#1}% - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The frame is not typeset at the correct horizontal position. Will -% fix later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@addframe{% - \hbox to\z@{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \kern-\dim@a - \vbox to\z@{\kern-\dim@a - \hbox{\eqframe{\eq@wdT}{\eq@vspan}}% - \vss - }% - \hss - }% -} -\def\eq@typeset@frame{% - \if F\eq@frame\else - % Tricky: put before \noindent, so it's not affected by glue in \leftskip - \nobreak\nointerlineskip - \vbox to\eq@firstht{\moveright\leftskip\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}\vss}% - \kern-\eq@firstht - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Delimiter handling} -% The special handling of delimiters is rather complex, but -% everything is driven by two motives: to mark line breaks inside -% delimiters as less desirable than line breaks elsewhere, and to make it -% possible to break open left-right boxes so that line breaks between -% \cs{left} and \cs{right} delimiters are not absolutely -% prohibited. To control the extent to which line breaks will be -% allowed inside delimiters, set \cs{eqbreakdepth} to the maximum -% nesting depth. Depth 0 means never break inside delimiters. -% -% Note: \cs{eqbreakdepth} is not implemented as a \latex -% counter because changes done by \cs{setcounter} \etc are always -% global. -% -% It would be natural to use grouping in the implementation -% \mdash at an open delimiter, start a group and increase mathbin -% penalties; at a close delimiter, close the group. But this gives us -% trouble in situations like the \env{array} environment, where a -% close delimiter might fall in a different cell of the \cs{halign} -% than the open delimiter. -% Ok then, here's what we want the various possibilities to -% expand to. Note that \cs{right} and \cs{biggr} are -% being unnaturally applied to a naturally open-type delimiter. -% \begin{literalcode} -% ( -> \delimiter"4... \after@open -% \left( -> -% \@@left \delimiter"4... \after@open -% \right( -> -% \@@right \delimiter"4... \after@close -% \biggl( -> -% \mathopen{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.} -% \after@open -% \biggr( -> -% \mathclose{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.} -% \after@close -% \bigg\vert -> -% \mathord{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.} -% \biggm\vert -> -% \mathrel{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.} -% \end{literalcode} -% -% First save the primitive meanings of \cs{left} and -% \cs{right}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@saveprimitive\left\@@left -\@saveprimitive\right\@@right -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The variable \cs{lr@level} is used by the first mathrel in -% an equation to tell whether it is at top level: yes? break and measure -% the LHS, no? keep going. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\lr@level -% \end{macrocode} -% -% It would be nice to have better error checking here if the -% argument is not a delimiter symbol at all. -% -% Ah, a small problem when renaming commands. In the original version, -% |\delimiter| is hijacked in order to remove the |\after@bidir| (or -% open or close) instruction following the delimiter declaration. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\def\eq@left{% - \@ifnext .{\eq@nullleft}{\begingroup \let\math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@left@a}% -} -\def\eq@right{% - \@ifnext .{\eq@nullright}{\begingroup \let \math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@right@a}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The arguments are: \arg1 delim symbol, \arg2 . -% \begin{macrocode} -%\def\eq@left@a#1 #2{\endgroup\@@left\delimiter#1\space \after@open} -\def\eq@left@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup - \@@left \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@open} -\def\eq@right@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup - \@@right \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@close \ss@scan{#1#2{#3}#4{#5}}% -} -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% The null versions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@nullleft#1{\@@left#1\after@open} -\def\eq@nullright#1{\@@right#1\after@close} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Here is the normal operation of \cs{biggl}, for example. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \biggl ->\mathopen \bigg -% {\mathopen} -% -% \bigg #1->{\hbox {$\left #1\vbox to14.5\p@ {}\right .\n@space $}} -% #1<-( -% \end{literalcode} -% ^^AFor paren matching: ) -% Like \cs{left}, \cs{biggl} coerces its delimiter to be of -% mathopen type even if its natural inclination is towards closing. -% -% The function \cs{delim@reset} makes delimiter characters -% work just about the same as they would in normal \latex . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\delim@reset{% - \let\after@open\relax \let\after@close\relax - \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right -} -% \end{macrocode} -% If the \pkg{amsmath} or \pkg{exscale} package is loaded, it -% will have defined \cs{bBigg@}; if not, the macros \cs{big} and -% variants will have hard-coded point sizes as inherited through the ages -% from \fn{plain.tex}. In this case we can kluge a little by -% setting \cs{big@size} to \cs{p@}, so that our definition of -% \cs{bBigg@} will work equally well with the different multipliers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{bBigg@}{% not defined - \let\big@size\p@ - \def\big{\bBigg@{8.5}}\def\Big{\bBigg@{11.5}}% - \def\bigg{\bBigg@{14.5}}\def\Bigg{\bBigg@{17.5}}% - \def\biggg{\bBigg@{20.5}}\def\Biggg{\bBigg@{23.5}}% -}{} -\def\bBigg@#1#2{% - {\delim@reset - \left#2% - \vrule\@height#1\big@size\@width-\nulldelimiterspace - \right. - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\bigl#1{\mathopen\big{#1}\after@open} -\def\Bigl#1{\mathopen\Big{#1}\after@open} -\def\biggl#1{\mathopen\bigg{#1}\after@open} -\def\Biggl#1{\mathopen\Bigg{#1}\after@open} -\def\bigggl#1{\mathopen\biggg{#1}\after@open} -\def\Bigggl#1{\mathopen\Biggg{#1}\after@open} - -\def\bigr#1{\mathclose\big{#1}\after@close} -\def\Bigr#1{\mathclose\Big{#1}\after@close} -\def\biggr#1{\mathclose\bigg{#1}\after@close} -\def\Biggr#1{\mathclose\Bigg{#1}\after@close} -\def\bigggr#1{\mathclose\biggg{#1}\after@close} -\def\Bigggr#1{\mathclose\Biggg{#1}\after@close} - -%% No change needed, I think. [mjd,1998/12/04] -%%\def\bigm{\mathrel\big} -%%\def\Bigm{\mathrel\Big} -%%\def\biggm{\mathrel\bigg} -%%\def\Biggm{\mathrel\Bigg} -%%\def\bigggm{\mathrel\biggg} -%%\def\Bigggm{\mathrel\Biggg} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeL} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeL} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeR} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeR} -% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeB} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeB} -% Original definition of \cs{m@DeL} from -% \pkg{flexisym} is as follows. \cs{m@DeR} and -% \cs{m@DeB} are the same except for the math class number. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \def\m@DeL#1#2#3{% -% \delimiter"4\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 } -% \end{literalcode} -% -% Save the existing meanings of \cs{m@De[LRB]}. -% -% Define display variants of DeL, DeR, DeB -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeL:Nn #1{#2}\after@open} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeR:Nn #1{#2}\after@close} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeB:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeB:Nn #1{#2}\after@bidir} - -%%%%% -%%%%%\let\m@@DeL\m@DeL \let\m@@DeR\m@DeR \let\m@@DeB\m@DeB -%%%%%\def\d@@DeL#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"4\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@open -%%%%%} -%%%%%\def\d@@DeR#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"5\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@close -%%%%%} -%%%%%\def\d@@DeB#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"0\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@bidir -%%%%%} -% \end{macrocode} -%%BRM: These weren't defined, but apparently should be. -% Are these the right values??? -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%%%\let\m@@DeA\m@DeA\let\d@@DeA\m@DeA% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\after@open} -% \begin{macro}{\after@close} -% \begin{macro}{\after@bidir} -% \begin{macro}{\zero@bop} -% \begin{macro}{\bop@incr} -% \cs{after@open} and \cs{after@close} are carefully -% written to avoid the use of grouping and to run as fast as possible. -% \cs{zero@bop} is the value used for \cs{prebinoppenalty} at -% delimiter level 0, while \cs{bop@incr} is added for each level of -% nesting. The standard values provide that breaks will be prohibited -% within delimiters below nesting level 2. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\after@bidir\@empty -\mathchardef\zero@bop=888 \relax -\mathchardef\bop@incr=4444 \relax -\def\after@open{% - \global\advance\lr@level\@ne - \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level - \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop - \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin -% \end{macrocode} -% Inside delimiters, add some fillglue before binops so that a broken off -% portion will get thrown flush right. Also shift it slightly -% further to the right to ensure that it clears the opening delimiter. -% \begin{macrocode} - \else - \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset - \advance\eq@binoffset\lr@level\eqdelimoffset plus1fill\relax - \def\dt@fill@cancel{\hskip\z@ minus1fill\relax}% - \fi - \penalty\@M % BRM: discourage break after an open fence? -} -\def\after@close{% - \global\advance\lr@level\m@ne - \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level - \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop - \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level - \else \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% When we get back to level 0, no delimiters, remove the stretch -% component of \cs{eqbinoffset}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset\relax \fi -} - -\ExplSyntaxOff - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\subsup@flag} -% \begin{macro}{\ss@scan} -% \cs{ss@scan} is called after a \cs{right} delimiter and -% looks ahead for sub and superscript tokens. -% If sub and/or superscripts are present, we adjust the line-ending -% penalty to distinguish the various cases (sub, sup, or both). -% This facilitates the later work of excising the sub/sup box and -% reattaching it with proper shifting. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% Sub/Superscript measurement -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% BRM: There's possibly a problem here. -% When \cs{ss@scan} gets invoked after a \cs{left}...\cs{right} pair in the LHS -% during \cs{eq@measure}, it produces an extra box (marked with \cs{penalty} 3); -% Apparently \cs{eq@repack} expects only one for the LHS. -% The end result is \cs{eq@wdL} => 0.0pt !!! (or at least very small) -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\subsup@flag=\count@ -\def\ss@delim@a@new#1#2#3#4#5{\xdef\right@delim@code{\number"#4#5}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The argument of \cs{ss@scan} is an expanded form of a -% right-delimiter macro. -% We want to use the last three digits in the expansion -% to define \cs{right@delim@code}. -% The assignment to a temp register is just a way to scan away the -% leading digits that we don't care about. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ss@scan#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% This part of the code. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \ss@delim@a@new #1% - \endgroup - \subsup@flag\@M \afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=} -\def\ss@scan@a{% - \let\breqn@next\ss@scan@b - \ifx\@let@token\sb \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\sp \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ss@finish - \let\breqn@next\relax - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \breqn@next\@let@token -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\def\ss@scan@b#1#2{#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% hack! coff! -% \begin{macrocode} - %%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_isym_Rel:Nn - #2}\afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=}% -\ExplSyntaxOff -% \end{macrocode} -% We need to keep following glue from disappearing -% \mdash \eg , a thickmuskip or medmuskip from a following mathrel or -% mathbin symbol. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ss@finish{% - \@@vadjust{\penalty\thr@@}% - \penalty\right@delim@code \penalty-\subsup@flag \keep@glue -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@lrunpack} -% For \cs{eq@lrunpack} we need to break open a left-right box and -% reset it just in case it contains any more special breaks. After -% it is unpacked the recursion of \cs{eq@repack} will continue, -% acting on the newly created lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@lrunpack{\setbox\z@\lastbox -% \end{macrocode} -% We remove the preceding glue item and deactivate -% baselineskip for the next line, otherwise we would end up with -% three items of glue (counting parskip) at this point instead of -% the single one expected by our recursive repacking -% procedure. -% \begin{macrocode} - \unskip \nointerlineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% Then we open box 0, take the left-right box at the right end of -% it, and break that open. If the line-ending penalty is greater than -% 10000, it means a sub and/or superscript is present on the right -% delimiter and the box containing them must be taken off first. -% \begin{macrocode} - \noindent\unhbox\z@ \unskip - \subsup@flag-\lastpenalty \unpenalty - \xdef\right@delim@code{\number\lastpenalty}% - \unpenalty - \ifnum\subsup@flag>\@M - \advance\subsup@flag-\@M - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \else \setbox\tw@\box\voidb@x - \fi - \setbox\z@\lastbox - \ifvoid\tw@ \unhbox\z@ - \else \lrss@reattach % uses \subsup@flag, box\z@, box\tw@ - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% The reason for adding a null last line here is that the last -% line will contain parfillskip in addition to rightskip, and a final -% penalty of $10000$ instead of $-1000N$ -% ($1\leq N\leq 9$), which would interfere with the usual -% processing. Setting a null last line and discarding it dodges -% this complication. The penalty value $-10001$ is a no-op case -% in the case statement of \cs{eq@repacka}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \penalty-\@Mi\z@rule\@@par - \setbox\z@\lastbox \unskip\unpenalty -%%{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\lrss@reattach} -% -% Well, for a small self-contained computation, carefully -% hand-allocated dimens should be safe enough. But let the -% maintainer beware! This code cannot be arbitrarily transplanted -% or shaken up without regard to grouping and interaction with other -% hand-allocated dimens. -% \begin{macrocode} -\dimendef\sub@depth=8 \dimendef\sup@base=6 -\dimendef\prelim@sub@depth=4 \dimendef\prelim@sup@base=2 -\def\sym@xheight{\fontdimen5\textfont\tw@} -\def\sup@base@one{\fontdimen13\textfont\tw@} -\def\sub@base@one{\fontdimen16\textfont\tw@} -\def\sub@base@two{\fontdimen17\textfont\tw@} -% \end{macrocode} -% Note that only \cs{sup@drop} and \cs{sub@drop} come from -% the next smaller math style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sup@drop{\fontdimen18\scriptfont\tw@} -\def\sub@drop{\fontdimen19\scriptfont\tw@} -% \end{macrocode} -% Provide a mnemonic name for the math axis fontdimen, if it's not -% already defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand{\mathaxis}{\fontdimen22\textfont\tw@} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Assumes box 2 contains the sub/sup and box 0 contains the left-right -% box. This is just a repeat of the algorithm in \fn{tex.web}, -% with some modest simplifications from knowing that this is only going to -% be called at top level in a displayed equation, thus always mathstyle = -% uncramped displaystyle. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lrss@reattach{% - \begingroup - % "The TeXbook" Appendix G step 18: - \setlength\prelim@sup@base{\ht\z@-\sup@drop}% - \setlength\prelim@sub@depth{\dp\z@ +\sub@drop}% - \unhbox\z@ - \ifcase\subsup@flag % case 0: this can't happen - \or \lr@subscript % case 1: subscript only - \or \lr@superscript % case 2: superscript only - \else \lr@subsup % case 3: sub and superscript both - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lr@subscript{% - \sub@depth\sub@base@one - \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth\fi - \setlength\dim@a{\ht\tw@ -.8\sym@xheight}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\sub@depth \sub@depth=\dim@a \fi - \twang@adjust\sub@depth - \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lr@superscript{% - \sup@base\sup@base@one - \ifdim\prelim@sup@base>\sup@base \sup@base\prelim@sup@base\fi - \setlength\dim@a{\dp\tw@ -.25\sym@xheight}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\sup@base \sup@base\dim@a \fi - \twang@adjust\sup@base - \raise\sup@base\box\tw@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lr@subsup{% - \sub@depth\sub@base@two - \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth \fi - \twang@adjust\sub@depth - \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% For delimiters that curve top and bottom, the twang factor allows -% horizontal shifting of the sub and superscripts so they don't -% fall too far away (or too close for that matter). This is -% accomplished by arranging for (\eg ) \verb"\right\rangle" to leave -% a penalty $N$ in the math list before the subsup penalty that triggers -% \cs{lrss@reattach}, where $N$ is the mathcode of -% \cs{rangle} (ignoring \dquoted{small} variant). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\twang@adjust#1{% - \begingroup - \@ifundefined{twang@\right@delim@code}{}{% - \setlength\dim@d{#1-\mathaxis}% - % put an upper limit on the adjustment - \ifdim\dim@d>1em \dim@d 1em \fi - \kern\csname twang@\right@delim@code\endcsname\dim@d - }% - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The method used to apply a \dquoted{twang} adjustment is just an -% approximate solution to a complicated problem. -% We make the following assumptions that hold true, approximately, -% for the most common kinds of delimiters: -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item -% The right delimiter is symmetrical top to bottom. -% -% -% \item There is an upper limit on the size of the adjustment. -% -% -% \item When we have a superscript, the amount of left-skew that we -% want to apply is linearly proportional to the distance of the bottom -% left corner of the superscript from the math axis, with the ratio -% depending on the shape of the delimiter symbol. -% -% -% \end{enumerate} -% . -% By symmetry, Assumption 3 is true also for subscripts (upper left -% corner). -% Assumption 2 is more obviously true for parens and braces, where the -% largest super-extended versions consist of truly vertical parts with -% slight bending on the ends, than it is for a \cs{rangle}. -% But suppose for the sake of expediency that it is -% approximately true for rangle symbols also. -% -% -% Here are some passable twang factors for the most common types of -% delimiters in \fn{cmex10}, as determined by rough measurements from -% magnified printouts. -% \begin{literalcode} -% vert bar, double vert: 0 -% square bracket: -.1 -% curly brace: -.25 -% parenthesis: -.33 -% rangle: -.4 -% \end{literalcode} -% Let's provide a non-private command for changing the twang factor of -% a given symbol. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\DeclareTwang}[2]{% - \ifcat.\@nx#1\begingroup - \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup \DeclareTwang{~}}{#2}% - \else - \@xp\decl@twang#1?\@nil{#2}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Note that this is dependent on a fixed interpretation of the -% mathgroup number \arg4 . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\decl@twang#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@nil#8{% - \@namedef{twang@\number"#4#5#6}{#8}% -} -\DeclareTwang{\rangle}{-.4} -\DeclareTwang{)}{-.33} -\DeclareTwang{\rbrace}{-.25} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% \section{Series of expressions} -% The \env{dseries} environment is for a display -% containing a series of expressions of the form \quoted{A, B} or \quoted{A and -% B} or \quoted{A, B, and C} and so on. Typically the expressions -% are separated by a double quad of space. If the expressions in a -% series don't all fit in a single line, they are continued onto extra -% lines in a ragged-center format. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dseries}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}% -\def\enddseries#1{\check@punct@or@qed}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% And the unnumbered version of same. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dseries*}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}% -\@namedef{enddseries*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed}% -\@namedef{end@dseries*}{\end@dseries}% -\def\@dseries[#1]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Turn off the special breaking behavior of mathrels \etc for math -% formulas embedded in a \env{dseries} environment. -% -%BRM: DS Expermient: Use alternative display setup. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \def\display@setup{\displaystyle}% - \let\display@setup\dseries@display@setup - % Question: should this be the default for dseries??? -% \let\eq@centerlines\@True - \global\eq@wdCond\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: use special layout for dseries -% \begin{macrocode} -% \@dmath[#1]% - \@dmath[layout={M},#1]% - \mathsurround\z@\@@math \penalty\@Mi - \let\endmath\ends@math - \def\premath{% -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: Tricky to cleanup space OR add space ONLY BETWEEN math! -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\lastskip<.3em \unskip - \else\ifnum\lastpenalty<\@M \dquad\fi\fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -%BRM: Tricky; if a subformula breaks, we'd like to start the next on new line! -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\postmath{\unpenalty\eq@addpunct \penalty\intermath@penalty \dquad \@ignoretrue}% -\ignorespaces -} -\def\end@dseries{% - \unskip\unpenalty - \@@endmath \mathsurround\z@ \end@dmath -} -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: Try this layout for dseries: Essentially layout i, but w/o -% limit to 1 line. And no fallback! -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eq@try@layout@M{% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% - \eq@trial@b{M}{}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: Tricky to get right value here. -% Prefer breaks between formula if we've got to break at all. -% \begin{macrocode} -%\def\intermath@penalty{-201}% -\def\intermath@penalty{-221}% -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: A bit tighter than it was ( 1em minus.25em ) -% \begin{macrocode} -%\newcommand\dquad{\hskip0.4em} -\newcommand\dquad{\hskip0.6em minus.3em} -\newcommand\premath{}\newcommand\postmath{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Change the \env{math} environment to add -% \cs{premath} and \cs{postmath}. They are no-ops except -% inside a \env{dseries} environment. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% Redefinition of math environment to take advantage of dseries env. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewenvironment{math}{% - \leavevmode \premath - \ifmmode\@badmath\else\@@math\fi -}{% - \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi -} -\def\ends@math#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@math{% - \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi - \postmath -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Equation groups} -% For many equation groups the strategy is easy: just center each -% equation individually following the normal rules for a single -% equation. In some groups, each equation gets its own number; in -% others, a single number applies to the whole group (and may need to be -% vertically centered on the height of the group). In still other -% groups, the equations share a parent number but get individual equation -% numbers consisting of parent number plus a letter. -% -% If the main relation symbols in a group of equations are to be -% aligned, then the final alignment computations cannot be done until the -% end of the group \mdash \ie , the horizontal positioning of the first -% $n - 1$ equations cannot be done immediately. Yet because of -% the automatic line breaking, we cannot calculate an initial value of -% RHS-max over the whole group unless we do a trial run on each equation -% first to find an RHS-max for that equation. Once we know RHS-group-max -% and LHS-group-max we must redo the trial set of each equation because -% they may affect the line breaks. If the second trial for an -% equation fails (one of its lines exceeds the available width), but -% the first one succeeded, fall back to the first trial, \ie let that -% equation fall out of alignment with the rest of the group. -% -% -% All right then, here is the general idea of the whole algorithm for -% group alignment. -% To start with, ignore the possibility of equation numbers so that -% our equation group has the form: -% \begin{literalcode} -% LHS[1] RHS[1,1] RHS[1,2] ... RHS[1,n[1]] -% LHS[2] RHS[2,1] RHS[2,2] ... RHS[2,n[2]] -% ... -% LHS[3] RHS[3,1] RHS[3,2] ... RHS[3,n[3]] -% \end{literalcode} -% The number of RHS's might not be the same for all of the -% equations. -% First, accumulate all of the equation contents in a queue, checking -% along the way to find the maximum width of all the LHS's and the maximum -% width of all the RHS's. -% Call these widths maxwd\_L and maxwd\_R. -% Clearly if maxwd\_L + maxwd\_R is less than or equal to the available -% equation width then aligning all of the equations is going to be simple. -% -% -% Otherwise we are going to have to break at least one of the RHS's -% and/or at least one of the LHS's. -% The first thing to try is using maxwd\_L for the LHS's and breaking -% all the RHS's as needed to fit in the remaining space. -% However, this might be a really dumb strategy if one or more of the -% LHS's is extraordinarily wide. -% So before trying that we check whether maxwd\_L exceeds some -% threshold width beyond which it would be unsensible not to break the LHS. -% Such as, max(one-third of the available width; six ems), or -% something like that. -% Or how about this? -% Compare the average LHS width and RHS width and divide up the available -% width in the same ratio for line breaking purposes. -% -% -% BRM: Fairly broad changes; it mostly didn't work before (for me). -% -% \begin{description} -% \item[\cs{begin}\csarg{dgroup} produces a `numbered' group] -% The number is the next equation number. -% There are 2 cases: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item If ANY contained equations are numbered (|\begin{dmath}|), -% then they will be subnumbered: eg 1.1a -% and the group number is not otherwise displayed. -% \item If ALL contained equations are unnumbered (|\begin{dmath*}|) -% then the group, as a whole, gets a number displayed, -% using the same number placement as for equations. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[\cs{begin}\csarg{dgroup*} produces an unnumbered group.] -% Contained equations are numbered, or not, as normal. -% But note that in the mixed case, it's too late to -% force the unnumbered eqns to \cs{retry@with@number} -% We'll just do a simple check of dimensions, after the fact, -% and force a shiftnumber if we're stuck. -% -% NOTE: Does this work for dseries, as well? (alignment?) -% -% NOTE: Does \cs{label} attach to the expected thing? -% -% \item[For number placement] We use shiftnumber placement on ALL equations -% if ANY equations need it, or if an unnumbered equation is too -% wide to be aligned, given that the group or other eqns are numbered. -% [does this latter case interract with the chosen alignment?] -% -% \item[For Alignment] -% As currently coded, it tries to align on relations, by default. -% If LHS's are not all present, or too long, it switches to left-justify. -% Maybe there are other cases that should switch? -% Should there be a case for centered? -% -% NOTE: Should there be some options to choose alignment? -% \end{description} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eq@group} -% \begin{macro}{\GRP@top} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\eq@group\@False -\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False -\let\grp@hasNumber\@False -\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False -\let\grp@aligned\@True -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% Definition of the \env{dgroup} environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dgroup}{% - \let\grp@hasNumber\@True\@optarg\@dgroup{}% -}{% - \end@dgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% And the. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\GRP@queue -\newenvironment{dgroup*}{% - \let\grp@hasNumber\@False\@optarg\@dgroup{}% -}{% - \end@dgroup -} -\def\@dgroup[#1]{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{=== DGROUP ==================================================}% - \let\eq@group\@True \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True - \global\GRP@queue\@emptytoks \global\setbox\GRP@box\box\voidb@x - \global\let\GRP@label\@empty - \global\grp@wdL\z@\global\grp@wdR\z@\global\grp@wdT\z@ - \global\grp@linewidth\z@\global\grp@wdNum\z@ - \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False - \global\let\grp@aligned\@True - \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False - \eq@prelim - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \if\grp@hasNumber \grp@setnumber \fi -} -\def\end@dgroup{% - \EQ@displayinfo \grp@finish - \if\grp@hasNumber\grp@resetnumber\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% If the \pkg{amsmath} package is not loaded the parentequation -% counter will not be defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{c@parentequation}{\newcounter{parentequation}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Init. -% \begin{macrocode} -\global\let\GRP@label\@empty -\def\add@grp@label{% - \ifx\@empty\GRP@label - \else \GRP@label \global\let\GRP@label\@empty - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Before sending down the `equation' counter to the subordinate level, -% set the current number in \cs{EQ@numbox}. The -% \cs{eq@setnumber} function does everything we need here. If -% the child equations are unnumbered, \cs{EQ@numbox} will retain the -% group number at the end of the group. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\grp@setnumber{% - \global\let\GRP@label\next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty - % Trick \eq@setnumber to doing our work for us. - \let\eq@hasNumber\@True - \eq@setnumber -% \end{macrocode} -% Define \cn{theparentequation} equivalent to current -% \cn{theequation}. \cn{edef} is necessary to expand the -% current value of the equation counter. This might in rare cases -% cause something to blow up, in which case the user needs to add -% \cn{protect}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\sbox\GRP@numbox{\unhbox\EQ@numbox}% - \grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum - \let\eq@hasNumber\@False - \let\eq@number\@empty - \eq@wdNum\z@ -% - \protected@edef\theparentequation{\theequation}% - \setcounter{parentequation}{\value{equation}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% And set the equation counter to 0, so that the normal incrementing -% processes will produce the desired results if the child equations are -% numbered. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setcounter{equation}{0}% - \def\theequation{\theparentequation\alph{equation}}% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Group Number \theequation}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% At the end of a group, need to reset the equation counter. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\grp@resetnumber{% - \setcounter{equation}{\value{parentequation}}% -} -\newbox\GRP@box -\newbox\GRP@wholebox -% \end{macrocode} -% Save data for this equation in the group -% \begin{itemize} -% \item push the trial data onto end of \cs{GRP@queue}. -% \item push an hbox onto the front of \cs{GRP@box} containing: -% \cs{EQ@box}, \cs{EQ@copy}, \cs{penalty} 1 and \cs{EQ@numbox}. -% \end{itemize} -% \begin{macro}{\grp@push} -% -% For putting the equation on a queue. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\grp@push{% - \global\GRP@queue\@xp\@xp\@xp{\@xp\the\@xp\GRP@queue - \@xp\@elt\@xp{\EQ@trial}% - }% - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \hbox{\box\EQ@box\box\EQ@copy\penalty\@ne\copy\EQ@numbox}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% - \EQ@trial - \if\eq@isIntertext\else - \ifdim\eq@wdL>\grp@wdL \global\grp@wdL\eq@wdL \fi - \ifdim\eq@wdT>\grp@wdT \global\grp@wdT\eq@wdT \fi - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdL}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@wdR \global\grp@wdR\dim@a \fi - \ifdim\eq@linewidth>\grp@linewidth \global\grp@linewidth\eq@linewidth\fi - \if\eq@hasNumber - \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@True - \ifdim\eq@wdNum>\grp@wdNum\global\grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum\fi - \fi - \if\EQ@hasLHS\else\global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi - \if D\eq@layout \global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi % Layout D (usually) puts rel on 2nd line. - \if\eq@shiftnumber\global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True\fi % One eq shifted forces all. - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\grp@finish} -% -% Set accumulated equations from a \env{dgroup} environment. -% -% BRM: Questionable patch!! -% When processing the \cs{GRP@queue}, put it into a \cs{vbox}, then \cs{unvbox} it. -% This since there's a bizarre problem when the \cs{output} routine -% gets invoked at an inopportune moment: All the not-yet-processed -% \cs{GRP@queue} ends up in the \cs{@freelist} and bad name clashes happen. -% Of course, it could be due to some other problem entirely!!! -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\grp@finish{% -% \debug@box\GRP@box -% \breqn@debugmsg{\GRP@queue: \the\GRP@queue}% -% \end{macrocode} -% == Now that we know the collective measurements, make final decision -% about alignment \& shifting. Check if alignment is still possible -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength\dim@a{\grp@wdL+\grp@wdR-4em}% Allowance for shrink? - \if\grp@aligned - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth - \global\let\grp@aligned\@False - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If we're adding an unshifted group number that equations didn't know -% about, re-check shifting -% \begin{macrocode} - \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdNum }% Effective length - \if\grp@shiftnumber - \else - \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not\grp@eqs@numbered} - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth - \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True - \fi - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If we can still align, total width is sum of maximum LHS \& RHS -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\grp@aligned - \global\grp@wdT\grp@wdL - \global\advance\grp@wdT\grp@wdR - \fi -%<*trace> - \breqn@debugmsg{======= DGROUP Formatting - \MessageBreak==== \grp@wdL=\the\grp@wdL, \grp@wdR=\the\grp@wdR - \MessageBreak==== Shift Number=\theb@@le\grp@shiftnumber, Eqns. numbered=\theb@@le\grp@eqs@numbered - \MessageBreak==== Aligned=\theb@@le\grp@aligned - \MessageBreak==== \grp@wdNum=\the\grp@wdNum}% -%</trace> -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM: Originally this stuff was dumped directly, without capturing it -% in a \cs{vbox} -% \begin{macrocode} - \setbox\GRP@wholebox\vbox{% - \let\@elt\eqgrp@elt - \the\GRP@queue - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% If we're placing a group number (not individual eqn numbers) -% NOTE: For now, just code up LM number -% NOTE: Come back and handle other cases. -% NOTE: Vertical spacing is off, perhaps because of inter eqn. glue -% -% A bit of a hack to get the top spacing correct. Fix this logic -% properly some day. Also, we do the calculation in a group for -% maximum safety. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True - \begingroup - \dmath@first@leftskip - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% - \endgroup - \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not{\grp@eqs@numbered}}% -% \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% - \if\grp@shiftnumber - \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M - \kern\eqlineskip - \else - \setlength\dim@a{% - (\ht\GRP@wholebox+\dp\GRP@wholebox+\ht\GRP@numbox-\dp\GRP@numbox)/2}% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\GRP@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M -%<*trace> -\breqn@debugmsg{GROUP NUMBER: preskip:\the\skip@c, postkern:\the\dim@a, height:\the\ht\GRP@wholebox, - \MessageBreak==== box height:\the\ht\GRP@numbox, box depth:\the\dp\GRP@numbox}% -%</trace> - \kern-\dim@a - \kern-\abovedisplayskip % To cancel the topspace above the first eqn. - \fi - \fi -%<*trace> -%\debug@box\GRP@wholebox -%</trace> - \unvbox\GRP@wholebox - \let\@elt\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% We'd need to handle shifted, right number here, too!!! -% \begin{macrocode} - \eq@botspace % not needed unless bottom number? -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\eqgrp@elt} -% -% Mission is to typeset the next equation from the group queue. -% -% The arg is an \cs{EQ@trial} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\eqgrp@elt#1{% - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \unvbox\GRP@box - \setbox\z@\lastbox - \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ - \ifnum\lastpenalty=\@ne - \else - \global\setbox\EQ@numbox\lastbox - \fi - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\lastbox - }% - }% - \begingroup \let\eq@botspace\relax - #1% - \if\eq@isIntertext - \vskip\belowdisplayskip - \unvbox\EQ@copy - \else - \grp@override - \eq@finish - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Override the \cs{eq@trial} data as needed for this equation in this group -% NOTE: w/ numbering variations (see above), we may need to tell -% \cs{eq@finish} to allocate space for a number, but not actually have one -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\grp@override{% -% \end{macrocode} -% For aligned (possibly becomes an option?) -% For now ASSUMING we started out as CLM!!! -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\eqindent{I}% -% \end{macrocode} -% compute nominal left for centering the group -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength\dim@a{(\grp@linewidth-\grp@wdT)/2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure L+R not too wide; should already have unset alignment -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi - \dim@b\if L\eqnumside\grp@wdNum\else\z@\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% make sure room for number on left, if needed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if\grp@shiftnumber\else - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a\dim@a\dim@b\fi - \fi - \if\grp@aligned - \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdL-\eq@wdL}% - \fi - \mathindent\dim@a - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Could set |\def\eqnumplace{T}| (or even (m) if indentation is enough). -% -% NOTE: Work out how this should interact with the various formats!!! -% NOTE: should recognize the case where the LHS's are a bit Wild, -% and then do simple left align (not on relation) -% \begin{macrocode} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% \section{The \env{darray} environment} -% There are two potential applications for darray. One -% is like eqnarray where the natural structure of the material crosses the -% table cell boundaries, and math operator spacing needs to be preserved -% across cell boundaries. And there is also the feature of -% attaching an equation number to each row. The other application -% is like a regular array but with automatic displaystyle math in each -% cell and better interline spacing to accommodate outsize cell -% contents. In this case it is difficult to keep the vert ruling -% capabilities of the standard \env{array} environment without -% redoing the implementation along the lines of Arseneau's -% \pkg{tabls} package. Because the vert ruling feature is at -% cross purposes with the feature of allowing interline stretch and page -% breaks within a multiline array of equations, the \env{darray} -% environment is targeted primarily as an alternative to -% \env{eqnarray}, and does not support vertical ruling. -% -% Overall strategy for \env{darray} is to use -% \cs{halign} for the body. In the case of a group, use a -% single halign for the whole group! -% \begin{aside} -% What about intertext? -% \end{aside} -% -% That's the most reliable way -% to get accurate column widths. Don't spread the halign to the -% column width, just use the natural width. Then, if we repack the -% contents of the halign into \cs{EQ@box} and \cs{EQ@copy}, as -% done for dmath, and twiddle a bit with the widths of the first and last -% cell in each row, we can use the same algorithms for centering and -% equation number placement as dmath! As well as handling footnotes -% and vadjust objects the same way. -% -% We can't just use \cs{arraycolsep} for \env{darray}, if -% we want to be able to change it without screwing up interior arrays. -% So let's make a new colsep variable. The initial value is -% \quoted{2em, but let it shrink if necessary}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newskip\darraycolsep \darraycolsep 20pt plus1fil minus12pt -% \end{macrocode} -% Let's make a nice big default setup with eighteen columns, split up -% into six sets of lcr like \env{eqnarray}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\cur@row \newcount\cur@col -\def\@tempa#1#2#3{% - \cur@col#1 \hfil - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \tabskip\z@skip - &\cur@col#2 \hfil - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle\mathord{}####\mathord{}\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \hfil - &\cur@col#3 \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \hfil\tabskip\darraycolsep -} -\xdef\darray@preamble{% - \@tempa 123&\@tempa 456&\@tempa 789% - &\@tempa{10}{11}{12}&\@tempa{13}{14}{15}&\@tempa{16}{17}{18}% - \cr -} -\@ifundefined{Mathstrut@}{\let\Mathstrut@\strut}{} -\def\darray@cr{\Mathstrut@\cr} -\def\col@box{% -%<*trace> -%\breqn@debugmsg{Col \number\cur@row,\number\cur@col: \the\wd\z@\space x \the\ht\z@+\the\dp\z@}% -%</trace> - \unhbox\z@ -} -\newenvironment{darray}{\@optarg\@darray{}}{} -\def\@darray[#1]{% -%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{=== DARRAY ==================================================}% - \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Init the halign preamble to empty, then unless the \quoted{cols} key is -% used to provide a non-null preamble just use the -% default darray preamble which is a multiple lcr. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\let\@preamble\@empty - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \the\eqstyle \eq@setnumber - \ifx\@preamble\@empty \global\let\@preamble\darray@preamble \fi - \check@mathfonts - % \let\check@mathfonts\relax % tempting, but too risky - \@xp\let\csname\string\ \endcsname\darray@cr - \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup - \everycr{\noalign{\global\advance\cur@row\@ne}}% - \tabskip\z@skip \cur@col\z@ - \global\cur@row\z@ - \penalty\@ne % flag for \dar@repack - \halign\@xp\bgroup\@preamble -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Assimilate following punctuation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\enddarray#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@darray{% - \ifvmode\else \eq@addpunct \Mathstrut@\fi\crcr \egroup - \dar@capture - \egroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The \cs{dar@capture} function steps back through the -% list of row boxes and grinds them up in the best possible way. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dar@capture{% -%% \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists - \eq@wdL\z@ \eq@wdRmax\z@ - \dar@repack -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The \cs{dar@repack} function is a variation of -% \cs{eq@repack}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dar@repack{% - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox -%\batchmode{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showbox\tw@}\errorstopmode - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@box}% - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@copy}% - \unskip - \ifcase\lastpenalty \else\@xp\@gobble\fi - \dar@repack -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Miscellaneous} -% The \cs{condition} command. With -% the star form, set the argument in math mode instead of text mode. -% In a series of conditions, use less space between members of the -% series than between the conditions and the main equation body. -% -% WSPR: tidied/fixed things up as it made sense to me but might have -% broken something else! -% \begin{macrocode} -\newskip\conditionsep \conditionsep=10pt minus5pt% -\newcommand{\conditionpunct}{,} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\condition} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\condition{% - \begingroup\@tempswatrue - \@ifstar{\@tempswafalse \condition@a}{\condition@a}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\condition@a} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\condition@a[2][\conditionpunct]{% - \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip % BRM Added - \hbox{#1}% - \penalty -201\relax\hbox{}% Penalty to allow breaks here. - \hskip\conditionsep - \setbox\z@\if@tempswa\hbox{#2}\else\hbox{$\textmath@setup #2$}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% BRM's layout is achieved with this line commented out but it has the nasty side-effect of shifting the equation number to the next line: -% \begin{macrocode} -% \global\eq@wdCond\wd\z@ - \usebox\z@ - \endgroup} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% The \env{dsuspend} environment. First the old one that didn't work. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{XXXXdsuspend}{% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore -% \end{macrocode} -% If we are inside a list environment, \cs{displayindent} and -% \cs{displaywidth} give us \cs{@totalleftmargin} and -% \cs{linewidth}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax - \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces -}{% - \par\egroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Let's try giving \cs{EQ@box} the correct height for the first -% line and \cs{EQ@copy} the depth of the last line. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \vbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Need to add a dummy element to \cs{GRP@queue}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue - \@elt{\gdef\EQ@trial{}}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% And then the one that does work. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{dsuspend}{% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore - \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax - \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces -}{% - \par\egroup - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \hbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% - \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue -% \@elt{\gdef\EQ@trial{\let\eq@isIntertext\@True}}% - \@elt{\let\eq@isIntertext\@True}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Allow \cn{intertext} as a short form of the \env{dsuspend} -% environment; it's more convenient to write, but it doesn't support -% embedded verbatim because it reads the material as a macro argument. -% To support simultaneous use of \pkg{amsmath} and -% \pkg{breqn}, the user command \cs{intertext} is left alone -% until we enter a \pkg{breqn} environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\breqn@intertext[1]{\dsuspend#1\enddsuspend} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\*} -% \begin{macro}{\discretionarytimes} -% Discretionary times sign. Standard \latex definition -% serves only for inline math. Should the thin space be -% included? Not sure. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand{\*}{% - \if@display -% \end{macrocode} -% Since \cs{eq@binoffset} is mu-glue, we can't use it directly -% with \cs{kern} but have to measure it separately in a box. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setbox\z@\hbox{\mathsurround\z@$\mkern\eq@binoffset$}% - \discretionary{}{% - \kern\the\wd\z@ \textchar\discretionarytimes - }{}% - \thinspace - \else - \discretionary{\thinspace\textchar\discretionarytimes}{}{}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% This is only the symbol; it can be changed to some other symbol if -% desired. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\discretionarytimes}{\times} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\nref} -% -% This is like \cs{ref} but doesn't apply font changes or other -% guff if the reference is undefined. -% And it is fully expandable for use as a label value. -% \begin{aside} -% -% Can break with Babel if author uses active characters in label key; -% need to address that \begin{dn} -% mjd,1999/01/21 -% \end{dn} -% . -% \end{aside} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\nref#1{\@xp\@nref\csname r@#1\endcsname} -\def\@nref#1#2{\ifx\relax#1??\else \@xp\@firstoftwo#1\fi} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% -% \section{Wrap-up} -% The usual endinput. -% \begin{macrocode} -%</package> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{To do} -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item Alignment for equation groups. -% -% -% \item -% Use dpc's code for package options in keyval form. -% -% \item -% Encapsulate \dquoted{break math} into a subroutine taking suitable -% arguments. -% -% \item -% Need a density check for layout S when linewidth is very small. -% -% \item -% Make \verb":=" trigger a warning about using \cs{coloneq} -% instead. -% -% \item Ill-centered multiline equation (three-line case) in -% test008. -% -% \item Attaching a single group number. -% -% -% \item -% Make sure to dump out box registers after done using them. -% -% \item Do the implementation for \cs{eq@resume@parshape}. -% -% -% \item Check on stackrel and buildrel and relbar and ???. -% -% -% \item Test math symbols at the beginning of array cells. -% -% \item Test \dbslash cmd in and out of delims. -% -% \item Framing the equation body: the parshape and number placement -% need adjusting when a frame is present. -% -% -% \item Cascading line widths in list env. -% -% -% \item Noalign option for dmath = multline arrangement? -% -% -% \item Nocompact option, suggested 1998/05/19 by Andrew -% Swann. -% -% -% \item \cs{delbreak} cmd to add discretionary space at a break -% within delimiters. -% -% -% \item Reduce above/below skip when the number is shifted. -% -% -% \item Need a \cs{middelim} command for marking a delimiter symbol -% as nondirectional if it has an innate directionality \verb"()[]" \etc . -% -% -% \item -% \cs{xrightarrow} from amsmath won't participate in line -% breaking unless something extra is done. -% Make \cs{BreakingRel} and \cs{BreakingBin} functions? -% -% \item Placement of number in an indented quotation or -% abstract. -% -% \item If $LHSwd > 2em$, it might be a good idea to try with -% eq@indentstep = 2em before shifting the number. Currently this -% doesn't happen if the first trial pass (without the number) -% succeeds with $indentstep = LHSwd > 2em$. -% -% -% \item Read past \verb"\end{enumerate}" when checking -% for \verb"\end{proof}"? -% -% \item -% Look into using a \dquoted{qed-list} of environment names instead of -% checking the existence of \cs{proofqed}. -% -% \item Pick up the vadjust\slash footnote\slash mark handling. -% -% -% \item Forcing\slash prohibiting page breaks after\slash before -% an equation. -% -% -% \item Adding a spanner brace on the left and individual numbers on -% the right (indy-numbered cases). -% -% -% \item Provide \cs{shiftnumber}, \cs{holdnumber} to -% override the decision. -% -% \item Provide a mechanism for adjusting the vertical position of -% the number. Here a version-specific selection macro would be -% useful. -% \begin{literalcode} -% \begin{dmath}[ -% style={\foredition{1}{\raisenumber{13pt}}} -% ] -% \end{literalcode} -% -% -% \item -% Add an alignleft option for an equation group to mean, break and -% align to a ladder layout as usual within the equations, but for the -% group alignment used the leftmost point (for equations that don't -% have an LHS, this makes no difference). -% -% \item -% Test with Arseneau's wrapfig for parshape\slash everypar -% interaction. -% -% -% \item Fix up the macro/def elements. -% -% \item Convert the literal examples in section \quoted{Equation types and -% forms} to typeset form. -% -% -% \item Compile comparison-examples: \eg , a standard equation -% env with big left-right objects that don't shrink, versus how shrinking -% can allow it to fit. -% -% -% \item Frame the \dquoted{figures} since they are mostly -% text. -% -% \end{enumerate} -% -% -% -% Possible enhancements: -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item Provide a \opt{pull} option meaning to pull the first -% and last lines out to the margin, like the \env{multline} -% environment of the \pkg{amsmath} package. Maybe this should -% get an optional argument, actually, to specify the amount of space left -% at the margin. -% -% \item With the draft option, one would like to see the equation -% labels in the left margin. Need to check with the -% \pkg{showkeys} package. -% -% -% \item Options for break preferences: if there's not enough room, do -% we first shift the number, or first try to break up the equation -% body?. In an aligned group, does sticking to the group alignment -% take precedence over minimizing the number of line breaks needed for -% individual equations?. And the general preferences probably need -% to be overridable for individual instances. -% -% \item Extend suppress-breaks-inside-delimiters support to inline -% math (suggestion of Michael Doob). -% -% \item Use belowdisplayshortskip above a dsuspend fragment if the -% fragment is only one line and short enough compared to the equation line -% above it. -% -% -% \item Add \cs{eqfuzz} distinct from \cs{hfuzz}. -% Make use of it in the measuring phase. -% -% -% \item Provision for putting in a \quoted{continued} note. -% -% \item Conserve box mem: modify frac, sub, sup, overline, underline, -% sqrt, to turn off \cs{bin@break} and (less urgently) -% \cs{rel@break}. -% -% -% \item More explicit support for Russian typesetting conventions (cf -% Grinchuk article). -% -% -% \item With package option \opt{refnumbers}, -% leave unnumbered all uncited equations, even if they are not done with -% the star form (Bertolazzi's easyeqn idea). -% -% \item In an equation group, use a vertical bracket with the -% equation number to mark the lines contained in that equation. -% -% -% \item For a two-line multline thingamabob, try to -% make sure that the lines overlap in the middle by 2 em or whatever -% (settable design variable). -% -% \item Provide a separate vertical column for the principal mathrel -% symbols and center them within the column if they aren't all the same -% width. Maybe an option for \env{dmath}: relwidth=x, so that two -% passes are not required to get the max width of all the mathrels. -% Or, no, just require it to be an halign or provide a macro to be -% applied to all the shorter rels: -% \begin{literalcode} -% lhs \widerel{19pt}{=} ... -% \xrightarrow{foo} ... -% \end{literalcode} -% -% -% \item try to use vadjust for keepglue -% -% \end{enumerate} -% -% \PrintIndex -% -% \Finale diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/empheq.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/empheq.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 5edb64bcf0a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/empheq.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4280 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 2002-2007 by Morten Hoegholm -% Copyright (C) 2012 by Lars Madsen -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -% -% This work consists of the main source file empheq.dtx -% and the derived files -% empheq.sty, empheq.pdf, empheq.ins, empheq.drv. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/empheq.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/empheq.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If empheq.ins is present: -% tex empheq.ins -% (b) Without empheq.ins: -% tex empheq.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{empheq.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If empheq.drv is present: -% latex empheq.drv -% (b) Without empheq.drv: -% latex empheq.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex empheq.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist empheq.idx -% pdflatex empheq.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist empheq.idx -% pdflatex empheq.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/empheq.sty -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/empheq.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/empheq.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: empheq 2007/12/03 v2.12 empheq (MH)} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 2002-2007 by Morten Hoegholm -Copyright (C) 2012 by Lars Madsen - - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file empheq.dtx -and the derived files - empheq.sty, empheq.pdf, empheq.ins, empheq.drv. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{empheq.ins}{\from{empheq.dtx}{install}}% - \file{empheq.drv}{\from{empheq.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{empheq.sty}{\from{empheq.dtx}{package}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* empheq.sty} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `empheq.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{empheq.drv}% - [2013/02/12 v2.13 Emphasizing equations] -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{mathpazo} -\usepackage[overload]{empheq} -\usepackage{xcolor,varioref,booktabs,fancybox} -\usepackage[overload]{textcase} - -\pagestyle{headings} -\hyphenation{emph-eq} -\makeatletter -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\texttt{#1}}} -\providecommand*\mode[1]{\texttt{[#1]}} -\providecommand*\file[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\addtolength\marginparwidth{-30pt} - - -\newcommand*\AddDescribe[3]{% - \@namedef{Describe#1}{\leavevmode\@bsphack\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters - \@nameuse{Describe@#1}} - \@namedef{Describe@#1}##1{\endgroup - \marginpar{\raggedleft\@nameuse{PrintDescribe#1}{##1}}% - \@nameuse{Special#1Index}{##1}\@esphack\ignorespaces} - \@namedef{Special#1Index}##1{\@bsphack - \index{##1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily ##1} - (#2)\encapchar usage}% - \index{#3:\levelchar##1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily ##1}\encapchar - usage}\@esphack} - \@namedef{PrintDescribe#1}##1{\strut \MacroFont ##1\ }% - \@namedef{Print#1Name}##1{\strut \MacroFont ##1\ }% -} -\AddDescribe{Color}{color}{colors} -\AddDescribe{KeyFamily}{key family}{key families} -\newcommand*\DescribeDelimiter[1]{% - \cs{#1}&\SpecialMkhIndex{empheq#1}\cs{empheq}\texttt{#1} & - \SpecialMkhIndex{empheqbig#1}\cs{empheqbig}\texttt{#1} & - $\@nameuse{#1}$\tabularnewline} -\newcommand*\SpecialMkhIndex[1]{% - \@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily \protect\bslash\space#1} - (` $\bslash#1$ ')\encapchar usage}% - \@esphack -} -\newcommand\TabDescribeOption[3][(default)]{% - \SpecialOptIndex{#2}\opt{#2} & #3 \tabularnewline -} -\newcommand*\TabDescribeAmsKey[2][]{% - \SpecialKeyIndex{#2}\env{#2} & - \texttt{\{#2#1\}} & - \SpecialKeyIndex{#2*}\env{#2*} & - \texttt{\{#2*#1\}} \tabularnewline -} -\newcommand*\TabDescribeOptKey[3][]{% - \SpecialKeyIndex{#2}\key{#2} & - \texttt{#2=}\meta{#3} & #1 \tabularnewline -} - -\newenvironment{codesyntax} - {\par\small\addvspace{4.5ex plus 1ex}% - \vskip -\parskip - \noindent - \begin{tabular}{|l|}\hline\ignorespaces}% - {\\\hline\end{tabular}\nobreak\par\nobreak - \vspace{2.3ex}\vskip -\parskip\noindent\ignorespacesafterend} -\makeatletter - -\newcommand*\FeatureRequest[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Feature request by\\#1\\#2% - } - }% -} - -\newcommand*\cttPosting[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Posted on \texttt{comp.text.tex} \\#1\\#2% - }% - }% -} - -\expandafter\def\expandafter\MakePrivateLetters\expandafter{% - \MakePrivateLetters \catcode`\_=11\relax -} - -\providecommand*\SpecialOptIndex[1]{% - \@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1} - (option)\encapchar usage}% - \index{options:\levelchar#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1}\encapchar - usage}\@esphack} -\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}} - -\providecommand*\SpecialKeyIndex[1]{% - \@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1} - (key)\encapchar usage}% - \index{keys:\levelchar#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1}\encapchar - usage}\@esphack} -\providecommand*\key[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\keyfam[1]{\textsf{#1}} - -\providecommand*\eTeX{$\m@th\varepsilon$-\TeX} - -\def\MTmeta#1{% - \ensuremath\langle - \ifmmode \expandafter \nfss@text \fi - {% - \meta@font@select - \edef\meta@hyphen@restore - {\hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}% - \hyphenchar\font\m@ne - \language\l@nohyphenation - #1\/% - \meta@hyphen@restore - }\ensuremath\rangle - \endgroup -} -\makeatother -\DeclareRobustCommand\meta{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MTmeta}% -\def\MToarg#1{{\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\oarg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MToarg}% -\def\MHmarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\marg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHmarg}% -\def\MHarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{#1\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\arg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHarg}% -\def\MHcs#1{\texttt{\char`\\#1}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\cs{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHcs} -\def\MHbool#1{{\ttfamily #1}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\bool{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHbool}% - -\def\endverbatim{\if@newlist -\leavevmode\fi\endtrivlist\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim - -\let\MTtheindex\theindex -\def\theindex{\MTtheindex\MakePrivateLetters} - -\newcommand*\widefbox[1]{\fbox{\hspace{1em}#1\hspace{1em}}} -\definecolor{myblue}{rgb}{.8, .8, 1} -\newcommand*\mybluebox[1]{% - \colorbox{myblue}{\hspace{1em}#1\hspace{1em}}} -\newenvironment{important}[2][]{% - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{#2}% - \setkeys{EmphEqOpt}{box=\mybluebox,#1}% - \EmphEqMainEnv}% - {\endEmphEqMainEnv} -\definecolor{shadecolor}{cmyk}{0,0,0.41,0} -\definecolor{light-blue}{cmyk}{0.25,0,0,0} -\newsavebox{\mysaveboxM} % M for math -\newsavebox{\mysaveboxT} % T for text -\newcommand*\Garybox[2][Example]{% - \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{#2}% - \sbox{\mysaveboxT}{\fcolorbox{black}{light-blue}{#1}}% - \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{% - \parbox[b][\ht\mysaveboxM+.5\ht\mysaveboxT+.5\dp\mysaveboxT][b]{% - \wd\mysaveboxM}{#2}% - }% - \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{% - \fcolorbox{black}{shadecolor}{% - \makebox[\linewidth-10em]{\usebox{\mysaveboxM}}% - }% - }% - \usebox{\mysaveboxM}% - \makebox[0pt][r]{% - \makebox[\wd\mysaveboxM][c]{% - \raisebox{\ht\mysaveboxM-0.5\ht\mysaveboxT - +0.5\dp\mysaveboxT-0.5\fboxrule}{\usebox{\mysaveboxT}}% - }% - }% -} - -\newcommand\EmphEqpart{% - \def\partname{\EmphEqpartname}% - \part} - -\def\EmphEqpartname{Part} -\makeatother - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage[final,breaklinks=true,hyperindex=false]{hyperref} -\renewcommand*\usage[1]{\textit{\hyperpage{#1}}} - -\OnlyDescription -\begin{document} -\DocInput{empheq.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \changes{v2.11}{2004/08/03}{Removed interface to the obsolete empheq -% package \pkg{empheq07}} -% -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Rewrote most of the documentation} -% -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Moved options \texttt{fixamsmath} and -% \texttt{donotfixamsmathbugs} to \pkg{mathtools}} -% -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Added support for \pkg{showkeys}} -% -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added options \opt{overload}, -% \opt{overload2}, \texttt{fixamsmath}, and -% \texttt{donotfixamsmathbugs} plus descriptions of their use} -% -% \changes{v1.06}{2004/03/13}{Upgraded license to LPPL version 1.3} -% -% \changes{v1.00}{2004/02/15}{Complete rewrite of the package hence -% no description of the changes made} -% -% \changes{v0.7a}{2004/02/15}{Made the old package obsolete and -% changed its name to \pkg{empheq-obsolete}} -% -% \changes{v0.7}{2003/05/11}{Added further examples and changed -% existing ones} -% \changes{v0.6b}{2003/03/04}{Added example for changing margins -% inside the boxtype} -% \changes{v0.6a}{2003/01/28}{Minor updates to documentation} -% -% \changes{v0.5}{2002/12/30}{First experimental and very limited -% release} -% -% \GetFileInfo{empheq.drv} -% \CheckSum{2495} -% -% \title{The \pkg{empheq} package\thanks{This file has version number -% \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}\\ -% Emphasizing equations in \LaTeXe} -% \author{Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph -% Wright\\ (maintainers)\thanks{The maintainers would like to thank -% Morten H\o gholm for his contributions to this package}} -% -% \date{\filedate} -% -% \maketitle -% -% \begin{abstract} -% The \pkg{empheq} package can best be described as a visual markup -% extension to \pkg{amsmath}. In short it offers a)~a multi line -% equivalent of \cs{boxed} from \pkg{amsmath} and b)~a way to -% produce arbitrary delimiters that span entire math displays. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \tableofcontents -% -% \clearpage -% \EmphEqpart{Basic user's guide} -% -% There can be little doubt that the de facto standard for -% mathematical typesetting in \LaTeX{} is the \pkg{amsmath} package. -% For the creation of \pkg{empheq}, a visual markup package for use -% in math, it made perfect sense to have \pkg{amsmath} as the -% backbone. -% -% The main idea of \pkg{empheq} is to maintain the familiar syntax -% of the \pkg{amsmath} environments while still providing an easy -% way of specifying markup instructions. This manual is plastered -% with examples showing just how. -% -% -% \section{Basic use of the package} -% -% So what is it \pkg{empheq} does? Well, it allows you to produce -% displays like this: -% \begin{subequations} -% \begin{empheq}[ -% box=\mybluebox, -% right={\;\makebox[.9em]{$\raisebox{-.5\totalheight+\fontdimen22\textfont2} -% {\resizebox{!}{\EmphEqdisplayheight+\EmphEqdisplaydepth}{!}}$}}, -% left={X=Y\Rightarrow\empheqlbrace} -% ]{alignat=3} -% A_1&=b_1 & \qquad c_1&=d_1 & \qquad e_1&= f_1 -% \tag*{\_A\raisebox{1ex}{silly}\raisebox{-1ex}{tag}\_}\\ -% A_2&=b_2 & \qquad c_2&=d_2 & \qquad e_2&= f_2 \\ -% A_3&=b_3 & \qquad c_3&=d_3 & \qquad e_3&= f_3 -% \end{empheq} -% \end{subequations} -% In short \pkg{empheq} enables the user to put things on every side -% of the display without said user having to worry about what -% happens to the equation numbers. For example you can now have a -% display containing multiple lines and still get the effect of the -% \cs{boxed} command from \pkg{amsmath}. -% -% -% \subsection{Using the \env{empheq} environment} -% -% The package defines a single environment -% \SpecialEnvIndex{empheq}\env{empheq} and the usage is kind of straight -% forward: -% \begin{codesyntax} -% |\begin{empheq}|\oarg{markup instructions}\marg{\AmS{} env_name}\\ -% \mbox{}\quad\meta{contents of \AmS{} environment}\\ -% |\end{empheq}| -% \end{codesyntax} -% A first minimal example file would then be something like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \documentclass{minimal} -% \usepackage{empheq} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{empheq}{align*} -% a&=b \tag{*}\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{document} -% \end{verbatim} -% This gives the following display: -% \begin{empheq}{align*} -% a&=b \tag{*}\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% Maybe not the most impressive example, but as you can see the -% contents of the environment is exactly the same as for the regular -% \env{align*} evironment from \pkg{amsmath}. The rest of the \AmS{} -% environments are chosen the same way by typing the name as the -% mandatory argument of \env{empheq} with the exception of the -% \env{alignat} environment. For this you have to specify the number -% of columns as shown below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{alignat=2} -% a &= b &\quad c &= d \\ -% \text{this} &= \text{that} &\quad \mathit{fish}&\neq fish -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{alignat=2} -% a &= b &\quad c &= d \\ -% \text{this} &= \text{that} &\quad \mathit{fish}&\neq fish -% \end{empheq} -% To choose the starred version of \env{alignat}, simply type -% \arg{alignat*=2} instead in the above example. -% -% The supported \AmS{} environments are listed in Table -% \vref{tab:environments}. Not supported is the standard \LaTeX{} -% \env{eqnarray} environment as it is fundamentally -% deficient.\footnote{See for instance -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=eqnarray}} -% -% \begin{table} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{llll}\toprule -% Environment & Usage & Environment & Usage \\ \midrule -% \TabDescribeAmsKey{equation} -% \TabDescribeAmsKey{align} -% \TabDescribeAmsKey{gather} -% \TabDescribeAmsKey{flalign} -% \TabDescribeAmsKey[=\textrm{\meta{cols}}]{alignat} -% \TabDescribeAmsKey{multline} \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption{The supported \pkg{amsmath} -% environments}\label{tab:environments} -% \end{table} -% -% -% \subsection{Markup instructions} -% -% The optional argument of the \env{empheq} environment will take -% markup instructions consisting of a $\meta{key}=\meta{value}$ list -% of assignments. There are currently five such keys (a sixth is -% added for naming consistency). They're shown in Table -% \vref{tab:keys}. -% -% \begin{table} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{llp{13em}}\toprule -% Key & Usage & Additional Info \tabularnewline \midrule -% \TabDescribeOptKey{box}{box command} -% \TabDescribeOptKey{innerbox}{box command} -% \TabDescribeOptKey[Use \cs{text}\arg{...} if you need text -% material.]{left}{math material} -% \TabDescribeOptKey[Use \cs{text}\arg{...} if you need text -% material.]{right}{math material} -% \TabDescribeOptKey[Alias for \key{box}.]{outerbox}{box command} -% \TabDescribeOptKey[Contents must be horizontally centered; -% can only be used in \mode{fleqn} mode.] -% {marginbox}{box command} -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption{The six keys for the optional argument of the -% \env{empheq} environment}\label{tab:keys} -% \end{table} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{left}\key{left} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The key \key{left} is for material put on the left side of the -% display. The material is typeset in math mode and centered -% vertically. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[left=L\Rightarrow]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[left=L\Rightarrow]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{right}\key{right} -% \end{codesyntax} -% As there is a \key{left} key it hopefully comes as no surprise -% that there is a companion \key{right} key for typesetting material -% on the right side of the display. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[right=\Leftarrow R]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[right=\Leftarrow R]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{box}\key{box}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{outerbox}\key{outerbox} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The key \key{box} specifies the kind of box you would like to put -% around the display. It can be any kind of box, as long as the -% contents of the box is situated on the baseline like in a -% \fbox{\cs{fbox}}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\fbox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\fbox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% The key \key{outerbox} is an alias for \key{box} and is added for -% naming consistency with the key described below. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{innerbox}\key{innerbox} -% \end{codesyntax} -% There is also an \key{innerbox} key. It is not very interesting -% unless you use one of the other keys. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[innerbox=\fbox, -% left=L\Rightarrow]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[innerbox=\fbox, -% left=L\Rightarrow]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{marginbox}\key{marginbox} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Uwe Siart}{2003/12/08} -% The last key is the \key{marginbox} key. If you typeset your math -% in \mode{fleqn} mode\footnote{Sorry, but I can't show you because -% this manual features centered math displays.} you may want the -% math display and not the outer box to align at the left margin (or -% rather: the indentation). If you make sure the contents of the -% outer box is centered horizontally inside the box, \key{marginbox} -% will align it properly. You shouldn't set both \key{box} and -% \key{marginbox} at the same time, as this is surely not what you -% want and the package will silently use the last one in the list. -% -% -% \begin{quote} -% \textbf{Warning}: \pkg{keyval} treats commas and equal signs as -% separator and assignment signs which in turn means that if you -% want to typeset either of them, they \emph{must}---and believe me, -% it's really important---be enclosed in braces. In short: -% \begin{description} -% \item[{\makebox[3em][l]{Good}}] \texttt{[left=\{(A,B)=(1,0)\}]} -% \item[{\makebox[3em][l]{Bad}}] \texttt{[left=(A,B)=(1,0)]} -% \end{description} -% \end{quote} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\empheqset}\cs{empheqset}\marg{markup instructions} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Uwe Siart}{2004/01/13} -% You can also set the keys globally\footnote{Or rather: outside the -% scope of the \env{empheq} environment. The settings will still -% obey scoping rules.} with the command -% \cs{empheqset}. This means that -% \begin{verbatim} -% \empheqset{marginbox=\psframebox} -% \end{verbatim} -% will force a |box=\psframebox| in all occurrences of the -% \env{empheq} environment, but an explicitly given \key{box} or -% \key{marginbox} will override this setting. You can only use the -% keys listed in this section as arguments to \cs{empheqset}; not -% the \AmS\ environments. -% -% -% -% \subsection{What won't work in the \env{empheq} environment} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{intertext}\cs{intertext}\marg{text}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{displaybreak}\cs{displaybreak}\oarg{num} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Now we've seen some of the things that work in the \env{empheq} -% environment but we also have to take note of what won't work. As -% this package provides a way to box multi line math displays it can -% come as no surprise that using either \cs{intertext} or -% \cs{displaybreak} inside the \env{empheq} environment makes no -% sense. Should you however happen to try them anyway, you'll -% experience that \cs{intertext} issues an error message and -% \cs{displaybreak} issues a warning. The reason only \cs{intertext} -% gives an error message is that you'll get output very different -% from what you expect, and that is not the case (so much at least) -% with \cs{displaybreak}. But of course, you'll never see either -% message because you read the manual! -% -% -% -% \subsection{Special delimiters} -% -% As you've seen a few pages back, it's possible to add material on -% both sides of the math display. When doing so you often need a -% delimiter that scales to fit the entire display, so it comes as no -% surprise that \pkg{empheq} provides such delimiters. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \cs{empheql}\meta{delim_name} \cs{empheqbigl}\meta{delim_name}\\ -% \cs{empheqr}\meta{delim_name} \cs{empheqbigr}\meta{delim_name} -% \end{codesyntax} -% For example one might need a large brace like the one in the -% \env{cases} environment: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[left=\empheqlbrace, right=\empheqrbrace]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[left=\empheqlbrace, right=\empheqrbrace]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% The naming scheme is \cs{empheq}\meta{delimiter name} and -% \cs{empheqbig}\meta{delimiter name}. Thus \cs{empheqrbrace} -% produces an auto-scaling right brace with same size as the math -% display while \cs{empheqbigrbrace} produces an even bigger version -% that spans the inner box plus the math display inside it. For a -% complete list of supported delimiters see Table -% \vref{tab:delimiters}. -% -% \begin{table} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{lllc} \toprule -% \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textbf{Delimiter}}\\ \cmidrule{1-3} -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{Original} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{Normal} & -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{Bigger} & Symbol\\ \midrule -% \DescribeDelimiter{lbrace} \DescribeDelimiter{rbrace} -% \DescribeDelimiter{lbrack} \DescribeDelimiter{rbrack} \midrule -% \DescribeDelimiter{langle} \DescribeDelimiter{rangle} -% \DescribeDelimiter{lparen} \DescribeDelimiter{rparen} \midrule -% \DescribeDelimiter{lvert} \DescribeDelimiter{rvert} -% \DescribeDelimiter{lVert} \DescribeDelimiter{rVert} \midrule -% \DescribeDelimiter{lfloor} \DescribeDelimiter{rfloor} -% \DescribeDelimiter{lceil} \DescribeDelimiter{rceil} \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption{The supported auto-scaling delimiters in -% \pkg{empheq}}\label{tab:delimiters} -% \end{table} -% -% -% -% \section{Taking things a little further} -% -% So far we have covered the basic functions of \pkg{empheq}: the -% markup instructions and the predefined auto-scaling delimiters. -% There is more to \pkg{empheq} however, and we'll cover that in -% this section. -% -% \subsection{Loading the package} -% -% The package has two main requirements: One is the -% \pkg{mathtools}\footnote{By the same author and is distributed -% with \pkg{empheq}. See its documentation for more information.} -% package which provides \pkg{empheq} with a lot of necessary tools -% for doing its thing. The other one is \pkg{amsmath} of course, and -% to make the loading procedure as easy as possible, you can simply -% substitute -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[leqno,fleqn,intlimits]{amsmath} -% \end{verbatim} -% with -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[leqno,fleqn,intlimits]{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \pkg{empheq} makes sure that the \pkg{amsmath} options are passed -% on and loaded by \pkg{amsmath}. The same goes for the options -% provided by \pkg{mathtools}. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Compatibility with the old version} -% -% The current version (\fileversion) of \pkg{empheq} is incompatible with -% versions prior to and including~0.7e. If you have documents produced -% with versions prior to~0.7e, then you have to load the package -% \pkg{empheq07} instead. \pkg{empheq07} now exists as a separate package -% package with its own documentation, but I strongly recommend switching -% to the new version because it is so much better. -% -% \subsection{Package options} -% -% In addition to the \pkg{amsmath} options, \pkg{empheq} itself -% provides a string of options listed in Table \vref{tab:options}. -% -% \begin{table}[ht] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{lp{21em}} \toprule -% Option & Short description \tabularnewline \midrule -% \TabDescribeOption[]{overload} -% {Lets you use the \pkg{empheq} visual markup extensions -% transparently in an existing document.} -% \TabDescribeOption[]{overload2} -% {A wild version of \opt{overload}. Use with care.} -% \TabDescribeOption[]{ntheorem} -% {A support module for users of \pkg{ntheorem} and its -% \opt{thmmarks} and \opt{thref} options.} -% \TabDescribeOption[]{newmultline} -% {With v2.10 of \pkg{empheq} the syntax for \env{multline} and -% \env{multlined} has been improved immensely.} -% \TabDescribeOption[]{oldmultline} -% {Support for the somewhat strange syntax for \env{multline} and -% \env{multlined} in v2.00.} -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption{Supported options in the \pkg{empheq} package} -% \label{tab:options} -% \end{table} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{ntheorem}\opt{ntheorem} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The \pkg{ntheorem} package is supported by means of the -% \opt{ntheorem} option. In order for this to work properly, an -% \pkg{amsmath} bug\footnote{See the \LaTeX{} Bugs Database -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html} under -% \AmS\LaTeX{} problem report 3624.} is fixed. For more information -% on this option see \S \vref{sec:ntheorem-support}. -% -% \subsubsection{Using \env{multline}} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{newmultline}\opt{newmultline}\\ -% \SpecialOptIndex{oldmultline}\opt{oldmultline} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Those familiar with v2.00 of this package will recognize the -% somewhat weird syntax for using \env{multline} and -% \env{multlined}. The good news is that since v2.10 there is now a -% much improved syntax available. The option \opt{newmultline} -% (default) selects this better interface, while the old interface -% is provided for compatibility reasons by the \opt{oldmultline} -% option. -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shoveleft}\cs{shoveleft}\oarg{dimen}\marg{arg}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shoveright}\cs{shoveright}\oarg{dimen}\marg{arg} -% \end{codesyntax} -% With the new interface you also get an extended syntax for -% \cs{shoveleft} and \cs{shoveright} as shown in the example below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{multline} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.5\columnwidth]{Second line} \\ -% \shoveleft{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \shoveleft[1cm]{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright[\widthof{$R+I+G+H+T$}]{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{multline} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.5\columnwidth]{Second line} \\ -% \shoveleft{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \shoveleft[1cm]{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright[\widthof{$R+I+G+H+T$}]{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} -% \end{empheq} -% -% -% There are however a few differences in the output between the -% original \pkg{amsmath} version of \env{multline} and the one -% \pkg{empheq} provides. In \pkg{amsmath} a centered line in -% \env{multline} is centered on the page without taking into account -% the \cs{multlinegap}, \cs{multlinetaggap}, and the tag width. Thus -% \pkg{amsmath} can sometimes give you horrible output without -% giving you any warning as shown below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{multline} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.9\columnwidth]{Loooong line} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} \tag{wide tag} -% \end{multline} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{AmSmultline} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.9\columnwidth]{Loooong line} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} \tag{wide tag} -% \end{AmSmultline} -% In \pkg{empheq} these parameters are taken into account, so the -% same input will produce this in \pkg{empheq}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{multline} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.9\columnwidth]{Loooong line} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} \tag{wide tag} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{multline*} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.9\columnwidth]{Loooong line} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} \tag{wide tag} -% \end{multline*} -% This results in an -% \begin{verbatim} -% Overfull \hbox (30.03783pt too wide) in paragraph ... -% \end{verbatim} -% message in the log file, indicating a visual problem. I think this -% behavior is more sensible than the one the original \env{multline} -% environment provides. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{MTmultlined}\cs{begin}\arg{MTmultlined}\oarg{pos}\oarg{width} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{MTmultlined} -% \end{codesyntax} -% When you choose the \opt{oldmultline} option you may still want to -% use the much improved \env{multlined} environment defined in -% \pkg{mathtools} but unfortunately there will be a name clash. -% Instead you can access it under the name \env{MTmultlined}. -% -% -% -% \subsubsection{The \opt{overload} option}\label{sec:overload} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{overload}\opt{overload}\\ -% \SpecialOptIndex{overload2}\opt{overload2} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/03/25} -% The \opt{overload} option redefines the original \AmS{} -% environments so that they take an optional argument. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \cs{begin}\marg{\AmS{} env_name}\oarg{markup instructions}\\ -% \meta{contents of \AmS{} environment}\\ -% \cs{end}\marg{\AmS{} env_name} -% \end{codesyntax} -% For example -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{gather}[box=\widefbox] -% a = b -% \end{gather} -% \end{verbatim} -% is then actually short for -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\widefbox]{gather} -% a = b -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% All the \AmS{} environments are supported by this option except -% for the pseudo environment |\[ ... \]| (it's not really an -% environment), \footnote{With the option \opt{oldmultline} the -% \env{multline} and \env{multline*} environments aren't supported -% either because their syntax in \pkg{empheq} then differ from their -% syntax in \pkg{amsmath}.} because a)~you don't really need markup -% instructions for a one line display, and b)~would you really like -% a syntax like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[[box=\fbox] a=b \] -% \end{verbatim} -% where its difficult to see whether or not there is a typo? -% Choosing \opt{overload} is meant for people who don't want to -% change their entire document into \pkg{empheq} syntax. I have no -% problems with that; just be careful when you fiddle with -% \cs{empheqset} as it will affect \emph{all} math displays! -% -% -% There is of course a catch (well, two actually): These redefined -% environments don't run as fast as the regular ones (about three -% times as slow), but in this day and age I seriously doubt you'll -% be able to tell the difference unless you have a vast number of -% equations. The other catch is that you cannot use \cs{intertext} -% and \cs{displaybreak} as described earlier. If you find yourself -% wanting to use one of these features in say, an \env{align} -% environment, you have to use the original \env{align} environment. -% Luckily it is available if you call it like this: -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \cs{begin}\arg{AmS\meta{\rmfamily \AmS{} env_name}} \\ -% \texttt{~~}\meta{contents of \AmS{} environment}\\ -% \cs{end}\arg{AmS\meta{\rmfamily \AmS{} env_name}} -% \end{codesyntax} -% For example the original \env{align} environment could be selected -% with -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{AmSalign} -% ... -% \end{AmSalign} -% \end{verbatim} -% These original versions with prefix \texttt{AmS} exist for all the -% environments. -% -% -% The option \opt{overload2} activates the overloading feature -% for the pseudo environment |\[ ... \]|, although I doubt you'll -% find it useful. Beware that this definition is fragile unless you -% have \eTeX{} as \LaTeX{} engine.\footnote{\eTeX{} has been the -% default engine for \LaTeX{} in most major distributions since -% 2003.} Not surprisingly \opt{overload2} activates -% \opt{overload}. -% -% -% -% Before you get all excited about these options, you should take -% note of some aspects of centered math displays in \pkg{amsmath}. -% In certain circumstances truly centering the display is not always -% the best solution as in this example: -% \begin{center} -% \mbox{}\hfill -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; not adjusted}% -% \hfill\mbox{}% -% \makebox[0pt][r]{Wide Tag} -% \end{center} -% Instead centering the display in the available space works pretty -% well: -% \begin{gather*} -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; adjusted}% -% \tag*{Wide Tag} -% \end{gather*} -% This is what \pkg{amsmath} does normally, but in the \env{gather} -% environment it does it on a per line basis. This means that we get -% results like -% \begin{AmSgather*} -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; adjusted}% -% \tag*{Wide Tag} \\ -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; not adjusted} \tag{i}% -% \end{AmSgather*} -% whether we like it or not. Inside the \env{empheq} environment we -% need to have the same adjustment for all lines else the boxing -% process will not work properly, so when activating the -% \opt{overload} option the above two-line \env{gather} will -% instead look like this: -% \begin{empheq}{gather*} -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; adjusted}% -% \tag*{Wide Tag} \\ -% \framebox[.75\linewidth]{Wide math display; adjusted} \tag*{i}% -% \end{empheq} -% I leave it to you to choose whether or not this is better (I think -% it is better). -% -% -% -% \subsection{A note on boxed displays} -% -% When browsing a 400+ pages textbook with at least twice the number -% of displayed formulae, some of them are surely more important than -% others. Thus the author of the book (in cooperation with the -% designer) should make sure that such formulae are easily found -% again i.e., they should be easily distinguishable from the rest of -% the pack. One way of doing this is putting the formula into a box -% which is something we've seen \pkg{empheq} being capable of. There -% are however a few things to keep in mind: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Don't overdo it. If you do it on half of them there's no -% point in doing it at all. I don't see much reason for applying -% this technique to more than 10\% of the formulae. -% \item Choose the type of box carefully. You want to draw -% attention to it so it might as well look good. -% \end{itemize} -% The latter point can be illustrated by defining a macro similar to -% \cs{fbox} only with a little more space to the right and left of -% the argument. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand*\widefbox[1]{\fbox{\hspace{1em}#1\hspace{1em}}} -% \end{verbatim} -% If we replace the \cs{fbox} from the \key{box} example before, we -% get this display: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\widefbox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\widefbox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% Compare it with -% \begin{empheq}[box=\fbox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% and see which one you prefer. -% -% Similarly one might be tempted to use colored boxes: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \definecolor{myblue}{rgb}{.8, .8, 1} -% \newcommand*\mybluebox[1]{% -% \colorbox{myblue}{\hspace{1em}#1\hspace{1em}}} -% \end{verbatim} -% We know the drill by now. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\mybluebox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\mybluebox]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% There is more on boxes later in this manual. If you're into the -% \pkg{fancybox} package then remember to read \S -% \vref{sec:fancybox_support}. -% -% \section{Support for other packages} -% -% With the multitude of packages for \LaTeX, it is not always easy -% to be a PWWO package (``Plays Well With Others''), but -% \pkg{empheq} tries really hard to do so. This section lists the -% packages where \pkg{empheq} has to provide workarounds and they -% can be divided into two categories. -% \begin{description} -% \item[Compatibility] Some packages affect \LaTeX' labelling -% mechanism and since \pkg{empheq} internally has to turn off -% labels and related code temporarily, hooks must be provided for -% these packages. Examples of such packages are \pkg{hyperref} and -% \pkg{showkeys}. -% -% \item[Enhancements] Other packages provide useful features that -% for some reason may not work directly or optimally with -% \pkg{empheq}. In these cases the problematic commands are -% redefined so that they not only work with \pkg{empheq}, but -% also give the same if not better output. An example of this -% would be the \cs{shadowbox} command from \pkg{fancybox} -% (described below). -% \end{description} -% % -% \subsection{Support for \pkg{fancybox}}\label{sec:fancybox_support} -% -% The \pkg{fancybox} package provides various boxes and you can use -% them with \pkg{empheq} as well. Here's \cs{ovalbox}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\ovalbox]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\ovalbox]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shadowbox}\SpecialUsageIndex{\shadowbox*} -% \cs{shadowbox*}\marg{arg} \\ -% \SpecialColorIndex{shadowcolor} \texttt{shadowcolor} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The only problem with using the \pkg{fancybox} boxes in -% conjunction with the \env{empheq} environment is \cs{shadowbox}, -% as this macro typesets the shadow on the baseline and for the -% equation numbers to be placed correctly, the box command must set -% its argument on the baseline. Thus the normal \cs{shadowbox} -% produces \shadowbox{\meta{arg}}, but we need this instead: -% \shadowbox*{\meta{arg}}. Therefore \pkg{empheq} will detect if -% \pkg{fancybox} is loaded and in that case it'll enhance -% \cs{shadowbox} in two ways: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item It defines a starred version \cs{shadowbox*} which -% typesets its argument on the baseline. -% -% \item The color \texttt{shadowcolor} is introduced. The default -% color is black. -% \end{itemize} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \definecolor{shadowcolor}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} -% \setlength\shadowsize{2pt} -% Line of text for \shadowbox*{testing of \Verb|f#&%\| verbatim} and -% showing the shadow color. -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{quote} -% \definecolor{shadowcolor}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} -% \setlength\shadowsize{2pt} -% Line of text for \shadowbox*{testing of \Verb|f#&%\| verbatim} and -% showing the shadow color. -% \end{quote} -% -% The point is that if you want a \cs{shadowbox} around your math -% display then you must use the starred version: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\shadowbox*]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\shadowbox*]{align} -% E&=mc^2 \\ -% Y&= \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{n^2} -% \end{empheq} -% -% See \S \vref{stunning} if you want -% to make a fancy box yourself. -% -% -% \subsection{Support for \pkg{ntheorem}}\label{sec:ntheorem-support} -% -% \changes{v2.13}{2012/05/09}{Added caveat} -% \textbf{Caveat:} Due to an unfortunate interaction between \pkg{empheq} and -% \pkg{ntheorem}, users may want to add -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usetagform{default} -% \end{verbatim} -% \emph{after} loading \pkg{ntheorem} otherwise the tags may be -% placed wrong and any labels within the \env{empheq} environment may -% be lost. In the future \pkg{ntheorem} should be able to test for -% this and add \verb|\usetagform{default}| automatically. -% -% Users who use \verb|\usetagform| to get another tag design, should -% make sure to postpone this configuration until \emph{after} loading -% \pkg{ntheorem}. -% -% \bigskip -% -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added description of the -% \opt{ntheorem} option} -% \changes{v1.05}{2004/02/16}{Added support for the end-of-theorem -% marker mechanism of \pkg{ntheorem}} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{ntheorem}\opt{ntheorem} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The \pkg{ntheorem} package is supported by the means of the -% \opt{ntheorem} option of \pkg{empheq}. This loads a set of -% extra macros which fixes various compatibility problems between -% \pkg{ntheorem} and \pkg{amsmath} and furthermore introduces -% special (internal) macros for optimum positioning of -% end-of-theorem markers, while retaining a user friendly interface. -% -% -% When you want to use the automatic end-of-theorem marker mechanism -% from \pkg{ntheorem} you sometimes run into problems as you would -% want the marker to be placed aligned at the bottom of the math -% display but still keeping the tags in their proper place. In -% \mode{leqno} mode this is not that much of a problem as the tags -% and the marker are set on either side of the math display like -% in Figure \vref{fig:markerI}. -% \changes{v1.05a}{2004/02/17}{Added explanatory drawings for -% \pkg{ntheorem}} -% -% \begin{figure}[btp]\centering -% \unitlength2.5pt \thicklines -% \begin{picture}(90,30)(-30,40) -% \put(0,50){\framebox(25,20){Math Height}} -% \put(0,40){\framebox(25,10){Math Depth}} -% \put(-30,50){\framebox(20,10){Tag height}} -% \put(-30,45){\framebox(20,5){Tag depth}} -% \put(40,40){\framebox(20,10){Marker}} -% \multiput(26,40)(2,0){7}{\line(1,0){1}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Marker placement in \mode{leqno} mode} -% \label{fig:markerI} -% \end{figure} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mintagvsep}\cs{mintagvsep} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Unfortunately things are not this easy in \mode{reqno} mode. There -% are two possible situations as shown in Figure \vref{fig:markerII}. -% \begin{figure}[btp] -% \unitlength2.5pt \thicklines -% \begin{picture}(60,45)(0,25) -% \put(0,50){\framebox(25,20){Math Height}} -% \put(0,25){\framebox(25,25){Math Depth}} -% \put(40,50){\framebox(20,10){Tag height}} -% \put(40,45){\framebox(20,5){Tag depth}} -% \put(40,25){\framebox(20,10){Marker}} -% \put(50,35){\vector(0,1){10}} -% \put(50,45){\vector(0,-1){10}} -% \put(50,39){\ \ $>\delta$} -% \multiput(26,25)(2,0){7}{\line(1,0){1}} -% \end{picture} \hfill\vrule\hfill -% \begin{picture}(60,45)(0,25) -% \put(0,50){\framebox(25,20){Math Height}} -% \put(0,40){\framebox(25,10){Math Depth}} -% \put(40,50){\framebox(20,10){Tag height}} -% \put(40,45){\framebox(20,5){Tag depth}} -% \put(40,28){\framebox(20,10){Marker}} -% \put(50,38){\vector(0,1){7}} -% \put(50,45){\vector(0,-1){7}} -% \put(50,40){\ \ $=\delta$} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{The two possible situations for end marks in \mode{reqno} -% mode} -% \label{fig:markerII} -% \end{figure} -% If possible we want the bottom of the marker to be aligned with -% the bottom of the math display, but at the same time we want to -% ensure a minimum vertical separation $\delta$ between marker and -% tag. In \pkg{empheq} this is controlled by the length parameter -% \cs{mintagvsep} which by default is 5\,pt. -% -% The good news is that this is where \pkg{empheq} sets in. -% Basically all you need to do is to use the \env{empheq} -% environment to type set your equations inside the theorem -% environments: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{Theorem} -% Some text at first and then a math display -% \begin{empheq}{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{Theorem} -% \end{verbatim} -% Then the tag placement and the end-of-theorem marker will be set -% properly (after a couple of runs as usual). -% -% To ensure the correct outcome remember to load the packages like -% this: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[ntheorem]{empheq} % this loads amsmath as well -% \usepackage[thmmarks,amsmath]{ntheorem} -% \end{verbatim} -% Remember that if you use the \opt{overload} option you -% can just use the regular math environments to get the desired -% result with the end mark. The exception is the |\[ ... \]| -% environment which will only work if you use the option -% \opt{overload2}. -% -% \clearpage -% -% \EmphEqpart{Advanced user's guide} -% -% The \pkg{empheq} package has more to offer than you have seen, but -% I found some of the functionality so dangerous it was best to hide -% it for a little while. The commands you have encountered so far in -% this manual all have one thing in common: They have only lower -% case letters in their names. Now it's time to reveal those that -% have \emph{mixed-case} names, thus implying that you should take -% great care when using them. -% -% \section{Delimiters revisited} -% Let's go back to delimiters, shall we? -% -% \subsection{Creating your own delimiters} -% As a convenience for the user, this interface is extended in a -% more general way so that it is also possible to declare delimiters -% with the following two commands: \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclareLeftDelimiter} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclareRightDelimiter} -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \cs{DeclareLeftDelimiter}\oarg{space adjustment}\marg{delimiter}\\ -% \cs{DeclareRightDelimiter}\oarg{space adjustment}\marg{delimiter} -% \end{codesyntax} -% While \pkg{empheq} provides auto-scaling versions of the most -% common delimiters, you may sometimes want some new ones. Say for -% instance you have loaded the \pkg{stmaryrd} package and you want -% to use the double bracket commands \cs{llbracket} and -% \cs{rrbracket} with \pkg{empheq}. Then you simply do this: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclareLeftDelimiter{\llbracket} -% \DeclareRightDelimiter{\rrbracket} -% \end{verbatim} -% This defines the new delimiters \cs{empheqllbracket}, -% \cs{empheqbigllbracket}, \cs{empheqrrbracket} and -% \cs{empheqbigrrbracket}. -% -% You can use \cs{big...} delimiters as well if you don't like the -% automatic scaling. There are however ways to fine-tune if you -% really want it. -% -% \subsection{Fine-tuning of delimiters} -% -% \TeX{} provides two primitives to control the scaling of -% delimiters produced with \cs{left} and \cs{right}, namely the -% dimension \cs{delimitershortfall} (denoted by $\delta$ here) and -% the integer \cs{delimiterfactor} ($f$). The idea is that the -% sub-formula inside the \cs{left}-\cs{right} pair is to be -% vertically centered and given its height $h_1$ and its depth $h_2$ -% we want to produce a delimiter with total height $h$, where $h = -% 2 \max(h_1,h_2)$. \TeX' rules on this is that the minimum -% delimiter size $h_{\min}$ must meet the requirements -% \[ -% h_{\min}\geq h \frac{f}{1000} \quad\land \quad h_{\min}\geq h-\delta -% \] -% \LaTeX{} sets $\cs{delimitershortfall} = \text{\the\delimitershortfall} $ -% and $\cs{delimiterfactor} = \the\delimiterfactor$, but in our case -% we will almost always want a delimiter that spans the entire -% \cs{left}-\cs{right} pair (the math display), thus a change of -% these settings is needed. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\EmphEqdelimitershortfall} -% \cs{EmphEqdelimitershortfall}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\EmphEqdelimiterfactor} -% \cs{EmphEqdelimiterfactor} -% \end{codesyntax} -% However it is a bad idea to just change these two settings without -% thinking of the effect it'll have on the rest of the mathematics -% in your document. Therefore \pkg{empheq} provides the parameters -% \cs{EmphEqdelimitershortfall} (default setting is -% \the\EmphEqdelimitershortfall) and \cs{EmphEqdelimiterfactor} -% (default is \the\EmphEqdelimiterfactor) to cater for this. -% -% -% \subsection{Scaling material yourself} -% -% The attentive reader may have noticed that I still haven't -% revealed how I managed to get the right size of that big -% exclamation mark in the first example of this manual, so I guess -% it's about time. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\EmphEqdisplayheight}\cs{EmphEqdisplayheight} \\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\EmphEqdisplaydepth}\cs{EmphEqdisplaydepth} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The height of the math display plus the surrounding inner box is -% given by \cs{EmphEqdisplayheight} and the depth by -% \cs{EmphEqdisplaydepth}. These can be used when constructing -% something that should scale to fit the display and can't be done -% with ``auto-scaling'' commands like \cs{vrule} or \cs{left} or -% \cs{right}. There is a catch however: If you do any horizontal -% resizing of the material you want to scale, then you must specify -% the width \emph{manually}:\footnote{The -% \cs{fontdimen22}\cs{textfont2} in the \meta{length} argument of -% \cs{raisebox} is the \emph{math axis} of the font. It is needed in -% order to get the vertical positioning of the oversized exclamation -% mark just right.} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[ -% box=\colorbox{myblue}, -% right={\; -% \makebox[.9em]{% -% $\raisebox{-.5\totalheight+\fontdimen22\textfont2} -% {\resizebox{!}{% -% \EmphEqdisplayheight+\EmphEqdisplaydepth}{!}}$% -% }}, -% left={X=Y\Rightarrow} -% ]{alignat=3} -% A_1&=b_1 & \qquad c_1&=d_1 & \qquad e_1&= f_1 -% \tag*{\_A\raisebox{1ex}{silly}\raisebox{-1ex}{tag}\_}\\ -% A_2&=b_2 & \qquad c_2&=d_2 & \qquad e_2&= f_2 \\ -% A_3&=b_3 & \qquad c_3&=d_3 & \qquad e_3&= f_3 -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% Here's another example. We want to be able to put a \cs{parbox} -% with some descriptive text top-aligned on the side of the display. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[ -% left={\parbox[c][\EmphEqdisplayheight+\EmphEqdisplaydepth][t] -% {4.5cm} -% {You may find this kind of description useful.}\enspace}] -% {align} -% a&=\int_0^1 x\,dx +\frac{foo + bar}{baz}\\ -% E&= mc^2 -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[ -% left={\parbox[c][\EmphEqdisplayheight+\EmphEqdisplaydepth][t] -% {4.5cm} -% {You may find this kind of description useful.}\enspace}] -% {align} -% a&=\int_0^1 x\,dx +\frac{foo + bar}{baz}\\ -% E&= mc^2 -% \end{empheq} -% -% -% \section{A few short notes} -% -% \subsection{About $\cs{eqref}$} -% -% Internally \env{empheq} separate the displayed math from -% the corresponding equation numbers such that we can add special -% delimiters or boxes. This is done by nullifying (or rather -% conveniently redefining) an internal command called -% \cs{maketag@@@}. Unfortunately, this component is also used by -% \cs{eqref} to typeset a reference to an equation number, so in -% earlier versions, \cs{eqref} would not work inside an \env{empheq} -% environment. -% -% In the current version this should now be working, but if you ever -% need to mess with \cs{eqref} it may be handy to know what is being -% done. In essence we do something similar to this: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \let\empheqeqrefbase\textup -% ... % next go inside empheq env -% \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% -% \let\maketag@@@\EQsavedmaketag% -% \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} -% \end{verbatim} -% Thus if you need to alter things inside \cs{eqref} and need that to -% work within \env{empheq} as well, you may get away with redefining -% \cs{empheqeqrefbase}. -% -% -% -% \subsection{About changes to $\cs{baselineskip}$} -% -% Users should never mess with \cs{baselineskip} directly, it is not -% the correct manner to get double spacing. Have a look at say the -% \pkg{setspace} package or similar, or play with -% \cs{baselinestretch} followed by \cs{normalsize} to initiate. -% -% Explanation: We use \cs{parbox} inside to place the display box and -% the box containing the eqn numbers. To do its stuff \cs{parbox} -% resets some internal settings, in this case, \cs{baselineskip} is -% reset to \cs{normalbaselineskip}. So if you don't remember to reset -% that one as well\dots -% -% -% \section{Creating something new} -% -% You can create your own environments and boxes to go with -% \pkg{empheq}, but there are certain things that must be fulfilled -% to get it to work properly. -% -% \subsection{New \env{empheq}-like environments} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{EmphEqMainEnv}\env{EmphEqMainEnv}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\EmphEqMainEnv}\cs{EmphEqMainEnv}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\endEmphEqMainEnv}\cs{endEmphEqMainEnv} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Although the real work in \pkg{empheq} is done by an environment -% (\env{EmphEqMainEnv}), you cannot use it like that yourself when -% you want to define an \env{empheq}-like environment. Due to -% technical reasons (see~\cite{Ams99}), you have to use a slightly -% different syntax: -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \cs{newenvironment} -% \marg{env_name} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}\\ -% \texttt{~~}\arg{\meta{other commands} \cs{EmpheqMainEnv}}\\ -% \texttt{~~}\arg{\cs{endEmpheqMainEnv}} -% \end{codesyntax} -% In the above environment the \meta{other commands} part must -% contain certain things before it'll work. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyFamilyIndex{EmphEqEnv}\keyfam{EmphEqEnv}\\ -% \SpecialKeyFamilyIndex{EmphEqOpt}\keyfam{EmphEqOpt} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Before your homemade environment will work you must set at least -% one key. The key family \keyfam{EmphEqOpt} is for all the markup -% instructions like \key{left} and \key{box}, while -% \keyfam{EmphEqEnv} controls the type of \AmS{} environment. You -% must set the \keyfam{EmphEqEnv} family before \cs{EmhpEqMainEnv} -% else you'll get an error message. -% -% One example could be something like this: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newenvironment{important}[2][]{% -% \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{#2}% -% \setkeys{EmphEqOpt}{box=\mybluebox,#1}% -% \EmphEqMainEnv}% -% {\endEmphEqMainEnv} -% \end{verbatim} -% Thus -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{important}{gather} -% a = b + c +d \\ e = f -% \end{important} -% \end{verbatim} -% produces -% \begin{important}{gather} -% a = b + c +d \\ e = f -% \end{important} -% while -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{important}[left={A=B \Rightarrow \empheqlbrace}]{alignat=2} -% a &= b &\quad c &= d \\ -% \text{this} &= \text{that} &\quad \mathit{fish}&\neq fish -% \end{important} -% \end{verbatim} -% produces -% \begin{important}[left={A=B \Rightarrow \empheqlbrace}]{alignat=2} -% a &= b &\quad c &= d \\ -% \text{this} &= \text{that} &\quad \mathit{fish}&\neq fish -% \end{important} -% -% -% \subsection{Creating fancy boxes}\label{stunning} -% -% As a final example I will show you how to create complicated -% displays involving (vertically) asymmetrical boxes like -% \cs{shadowbox*}. In order to get the correct output, the contents -% of the box must be placed on the baseline as in \fbox{\cs{fbox}}. -% In this example we want to put a set of equations into a bright -% yellow box and then add another box with some explanatory text at -% the top of the yellow box making them overlap. -% -% First we define the colors used and allocate the boxes. We could -% probably use scratch boxes, but this is safer. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \definecolor{shadecolor}{cmyk}{0,0,0.41,0} -% \definecolor{light-blue}{cmyk}{0.25,0,0,0} -% \newsavebox{\mysaveboxM} % M for math -% \newsavebox{\mysaveboxT} % T for text -% \end{verbatim} -% Save the display body in \cs{mysaveboxM} and the text argument in -% \cs{mysaveboxT}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand*\Garybox[2][Example]{% -% \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{#2}% -% \sbox{\mysaveboxT}{\fcolorbox{black}{light-blue}{#1}}% -% \end{verbatim} -% Then typeset the math display in a \cs{parbox} where we control -% the height and save it in \cs{mysaveboxM}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{% -% \parbox[b][\ht\mysaveboxM+.5\ht\mysaveboxT+.5\dp\mysaveboxT][b]{% -% \wd\mysaveboxM}{#2}% -% }% -% \end{verbatim} -% We put it into the colored box with the desired width. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \sbox{\mysaveboxM}{% -% \fcolorbox{black}{shadecolor}{% -% \makebox[\linewidth-10em]{\usebox{\mysaveboxM}}% -% }% -% }% -% \end{verbatim} -% Then finally we get to the real typesetting. We just insert the -% math display and then make a box of zero width right next to it. -% In that box we lift the text argument and center it at the top of -% the display. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usebox{\mysaveboxM}% -% \makebox[0pt][r]{% -% \makebox[\wd\mysaveboxM][c]{% -% \raisebox{\ht\mysaveboxM-0.5\ht\mysaveboxT -% +0.5\dp\mysaveboxT-0.5\fboxrule}{\usebox{\mysaveboxT}}% -% }% -% }% -% } -% \end{verbatim} -% Let's see what it looks like. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\Garybox]{align} -% \sum \mathbf{F} &= \mathbf{0} \\ -% \sum F_{x} \,\mathbf{i} + \sum F_{y} \,\mathbf{j} -% + \sum F_{z} \,\mathbf{k} &= \mathbf{0} \\ -% \sum F_{x} &= 0 \\ \sum F_{y} &= 0 \\ \sum F_{z} &= 0 -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{subequations} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\Garybox]{align} -% \sum \mathbf{F} &= \mathbf{0} \\ -% \sum F_{x} \,\mathbf{i} + \sum F_{y} \,\mathbf{j} + \sum F_{z} -% \,\mathbf{k} &= \mathbf{0}\\ -% \sum F_{x} &= 0 \\ \sum F_{y} &= 0 \\ \sum F_{z} &= 0 -% \end{empheq} -% If we use the optional argument of \cs{Garybox} we have to enclose -% the entire argument of \key{box} in braces because we're in -% \env{empheq}'s optional argument (as described in \cite[page -% 167]{Lamp94}): -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box={\Garybox[Same old example again]}]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box={\Garybox[Same old example again]}]{align} -% a&=b\\ -% E&=mc^2 + \int_a^a x\, dx -% \end{empheq} -% \end{subequations} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Contact information} -% -% Should you have any feature request, suggestions, or bug reports -% then feel free to contact us at -% \begin{quote} -% \email{mh.ctan@gmail.com} -% \end{quote} -% Please put `empheq' in the subject line. -% -% \subsection*{Contributors} -% -% \begin{itemize} -% \item In November 2002 Lars Madsen (\email{daleif@imf.au.dk}) -% asked for some features that wasn't readily available with -% \pkg{amsmath} or any other package. This was the start of -% \pkg{empheq}. -% -% \item Gary Gray (\email{gray@engr.psu.edu}) gave me some bug -% reports on the old version (v0.7) which convinced me to rewrite -% the package completely. The \cs{Garybox} example is inspired by -% a wish from Gary. -% -% \item Uwe Siart (\email{uwe.siart@tum.de}) has been a thorough -% beta-tester on v1.00 of the package. -% -% \item Bernard Alfonsi (\email{alfonsi@math.u-psud.fr}) reported -% a problem with the \opt{ntheorem} option. It turned out to be a -% bug in the \pkg{ntheorem} package itself but it's fixed in the -% option. -% -% \item I have received reports on weird behavior from -% \pkg{empheq} when used with the \pkg{color} package on some -% dvi-viewers, which is caused by the lack of color support in -% those dvi-viewers. Both Andrew B.~Collier (\email{colliera@ukzn.ac.za}) -% and Andr\'e M.~de Roos (\email{aroos@science.uva.nl}) have -% notified me of this. The solution is to either upgrade you -% dvi-viewer if possible or convert the document in question to -% PDF or PS. -% \end{itemize} -% Thank you all. -% -% -% \begin{thebibliography}{99} -% \bibitem{Lamp94} -% Leslie Lamport, -% \emph{LaTeX User's Guide and Reference Manual}, 2nd edition, -% Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, -% 1994. -% \bibitem{Goos-etal94} -% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin, -% \emph{The \LaTeX\ Companion}, -% Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, -% 1994. -% \bibitem{Knut86} -% Donald Ervin Knuth, -% \emph{The \TeX book}, -% Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mas\-sa\-chu\-setts, -% 1986. -% \bibitem{Ams99} -% American Mathematical Society and Michael Downes, -% \emph{Technical notes on the \pkg{amsmath} package} Version 2.0, -% 1999/10/29. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{technote.tex}.) -% \bibitem{Ams00} -% Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Sch\"opf, Michael Downes, and David M.~Jones, -% \emph{The \pkg{amsmath} package} Version 2.13, -% 2000/07/18. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{amsmath.dtx}.) -% -% \changes{v1.05b}{2004/02/18}{Added \pkg{fancybox} and -% \pkg{ntheorem} to the \refname} -% \bibitem{fancybox} -% Timothy Van Zandt, -% \emph{The \pkg{fancybox} package} Version 1.3, -% 2000/09/19 -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{fancybox.sty}.) -% -% \bibitem{Raht03} -% Sebastian Rahtz, -% \emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX} Version v6.74m, -% 2003/11/30. -% (Available from \url{http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref} as file -% \texttt{hyperref.dtx}.) -% -% \bibitem{Carl99} -% David Carlisle, -% \emph{The \pkg{keyval} Package}, -% Version 1.13, 1999/03/16. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{keyval.dtx}.) -% -% \changes{v1.06}{2004/03/13}{Added \pkg{calc} to the \refname} -% \bibitem{Thorup:calc:1998} -% Kresten~Krab Thorup, Frank Jensen, and Chris Rowley. -% \emph{The {\pkg{calc}} package}, Version 4.1b, 1998/07/07, -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{calc.dtx}.) -% -% \bibitem{ntheorem} -% Wolfgang May and Andreas Schlechte, -% \emph{The \pkg{ntheorem} package} Version 1.203, -% 2002/01/07, -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{ntheorem.dtx}.) -% -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Added \pkg{showkeys} to the \refname} -% \bibitem{Carlisle:showkeys:1997} -% David Carlisle. \emph{The {\pkg{showkeys}} package}, v3.12, -% 1997/06/12, (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{showkeys.dtx}.) -% -% \end{thebibliography} -% -% \StopEventually{} -% -% \EmphEqpart{Implementation} -% -% \section{Requirements, Options, and Strategy} -% Lets start the package. We'll need the tools from \pkg{mhsetup}. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -\ProvidesPackage{empheq}% - [2013/02/12 v2.13 Emphasizing equations] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{mhsetup}[2004/10/10] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Requirements, Options, and Allocation} -% -% The \opt{overload} option allows the user to type -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{gather}[box=\fbox] -% a = b -% \end{gather} -% \end{verbatim} -% when they really mean -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}[box=\fbox]{gather} -% a = b -% \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {overload_ams} -\DeclareOption{overload}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_ams} -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {overload_amsII} -\DeclareOption{overload2}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_ams} - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_amsII} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Old crappy \env{multline} interface or the new dazzling? -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {good_mult} -\DeclareOption{oldmultline}{\MH_set_boolean_F:n {good_mult}} -\DeclareOption{newmultline}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {good_mult}} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% Load the \pkg{ntheorem} support file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\gdef\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool{01} -\DeclareOption{ntheorem}{\gdef\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool{00}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Pass other options to \pkg{mathtools}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption*{ - \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{mathtools} -} -\ExecuteOptions{newmultline} -\ProcessOptions\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% The name of the game is \pkg{amsmath} so we'll need that of -% course. Since v2.10 that is now taken care of in the -% \pkg{mathtools} package which'll pass on the options to -% \pkg{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\RequirePackage{mathtools}[2004/10/10] -% \end{macrocode} -% Activate the internal syntax. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Changed description of naming -% conventions. Altered \emph{all} private macros; this is not -% mentioned at each macro as this would just be too troublesome} -% -% \begin{macro}{\l_EQ_equationtype_int} -% \begin{macro}{\l_EQ_alignmentmode_int} -% I'll use the following numbering scheme for the equation types, -% and store the value in \cs{l_EQ_equationtype_int}: -% \begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{enumerate}\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} -% \item align -% \item align* -% \item gather -% \item gather* -% \item flalign -% \item flalign* -% \item alignat -% \item alignat* -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{multicols} -% As you notice \env{equation} and \env{equation*} are missing. This -% is because \env{gather} and \env{gather*} work the same way, only -% they are `nicer'. Cuts down on the amount of code as well. I will -% add an alias so that a user can use the key \key{equation}, but -% then \key{gather} will kick in instead behind the scenes. Also the -% \env{multline} environments are missing here, but again it's -% because I'm faking it. See \S~\vref{sec:flalign+multline} for -% further details. The value $0$ isn't used for any of the -% environments and thus serves as a checkpoint (see -% page~\pageref{ZeroCheckpoint}). -% -% Similarly I'll use the counter \cs{l_EQ_alignmentmode_int} to -% store the standard options for placement of math displays and -% equation numbering. -% \begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{enumerate}\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} -% \item reqno -% \item leqno -% \item fleqn, reqno -% \item fleqn, leqno -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{multicols} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\l_EQ_equationtype_int -\newcount\l_EQ_alignmentmode_int -\if@fleqn - \iftagsleft@ - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=4 - \else: - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\thr@@ - \fi: -\else: - \iftagsleft@ - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\tw@ - \else: - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\@ne - \fi: -\fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\EmphEqdelimitershortfall} -% \begin{macro}{\EmphEqdelimiterfactor} -% \begin{macro}{\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} -% \begin{macro}{\g_EQ_widesttag_dim} -% Some lengths we'll need. Could possibly be scratch registers but we -% have to make global assignments so that road is a little -% dangerous. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim -\newdimen\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim -% \end{macrocode} -% Just to make it accessible. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EmphEqdisplaywidth{\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim} -\newdimen\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim -\newdimen\EmphEqdelimitershortfall -\newcount\EmphEqdelimiterfactor -\EmphEqdelimiterfactor950 -\EmphEqdelimitershortfall\p@ -\newdimen\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_widesttag_dim -\def\EmphEqtagwidth{\g_EQ_widesttag_dim} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_outerbox:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_innerbox:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_left_side:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_right_side:} -% The two boxes and the material on either side of the math display. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_outerbox:{} -\def\EQ_innerbox:{} -\def\EQ_left_side:{} -\def\EQ_right_side:{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Strategy} -% -% In non-\mode{fleqn} math displays are centered---even when having -% tags. However this can look rather appalling when either the tag -% or the math display are very wide like in the following example. -% \begin{center} -% \makebox[\linewidth][s]{\mbox{}\hfill \mbox{$\displaystyle -% a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o$} \hfill\mbox{} \llap{(wide tag)}} -% \end{center} -% Not exactly pleasing to look at. \pkg{amsmath} takes care to do -% this adjustment for us, so the user instead obtains the far better -% \begin{gather*} -% a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o \tag{wide tag} -% \end{gather*} -% So \pkg{amsmath} handles this quite well. That's good. It looks -% like \pkg{amsmath} has an internal threshold that matches the -% width of the math display against the width of the tags. But what -% if we have a multiple line display and one of the lines causes an -% adjustment to kick in while the others don't need it? Then we -% cannot keep track of the complete display anymore. Furthermore we -% may want to add material on either side of the math display making -% the whole thing even more complicated, if not impossible to do -% without some sort of different approach. -% -% Luckily we have such an approach. The idea that comes to mind is -% to see if one can typeset the labels and the math displays -% \emph{separately}, store them in separate boxes and then put them -% back together again afterwards. Is this really possible? Yes. -% Come, I'll show you. -% -% \subsection{The Main Environment} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_mathdisplay_box} -% \begin{macro}{\EmphEqdisplayheight} -% \begin{macro}{\EmphEqdisplaydepth} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_tag_box} -% Okay, we'll start by allocating two box registers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newsavebox\EQ_mathdisplay_box -\def\EmphEqdisplayheight{\ht\EQ_mathdisplay_box} -\def\EmphEqdisplaydepth{\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box} -\newsavebox\EQ_tag_box -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_getbody:n} -% \begin{environment}{EmphEqMainEnv} -% The \env{EmphEqMainEnv} is (as the name implies) the main -% environment. I decided to go with the environment form because -% that's what \pkg{amsmath} users are accustomed to. But the code -% will require the contents of the environment to be handled as an -% argument to a command, so we use \cs{collect@body} from -% \pkg{amsmath} itself to collect it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{} -\def\EQ_getbody:n #1{% - \def\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{}\def\EQ_mathbody:{#1}} -\newenvironment{EmphEqMainEnv}{\collect@body\EQ_getbody:n}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% If the user didn't specify the mandatory argument we will catch it -% because \cs{l_EQ_equationtype_int} is zero. An error is -% issued\label{ZeroCheckpoint}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=\z@ %ZeroCheckpoint - \EQ_upgrade_error: - \else: -% \end{macrocode} -% Those that read the manual get the reward here: The package will -% actually work! -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_post_process: - \ignorespacesafterend - \fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \subsection{Post Processing} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_post_process:} -% I know: it almost looked easy for a while didn't it? Sadly the -% post-processing step of the code is also by far the most -% complicated. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_post_process:{% -% \end{macrocode} -% First a hook where we initialize a few things like storing the -% line width for later manipulation. Also we want to measure the -% height of the top row and the depth of the bottom row for best -% possible placement of the math display and the boxes around it -% (same with the tags). Those four dimensions are globally set -% during the code, hence this assignment. Most other stuff is local. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_initialize: -% \end{macrocode} -% Then we proceed by completing the input. We store it in the -% control sequence \cs{EQ_complete_mathdisplay}. -% \cs{EQ_begin_equation:} adds the start of the environment and -% \cs{EQ_end_equation:} adds the corresponding end. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_begin_equation: -% \end{macrocode} -% In case we face a \env{multline} we add what's necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {outer_mult}{ - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - firstline-afterskip=0pt, - lastline-preskip=0pt, - multlined-width=0pt, - } - \ifodd \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{multlined-pos=b} - \else: - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{multlined-pos=t} - \fi: - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{ - \begin{MTmultlined}\relax} - } - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:\EQ_mathbody: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {outer_mult}{ - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{\end{MTmultlined}} - } - \EQ_end_equation: -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the value of the \pkg{hyperref} link counter -% \cs{Hy@linkcounter}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\EQ_hyperref_link_fint{\number\Hy@linkcounter} -% \end{macrocode} -% Firstly we call \cs{EQ_typeset_tags:} which suppresses all -% output from the equations with the exception of the \cs{tag}'s. -% This also allows us to find the widest tag which we'll need for -% the environments that set's the math displays flush to the -% margins, namely the \env{flalign} family. We save the counters -% first though. As an extra treat we're also able to measure the -% height and depth of the tags and the math display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \savecounters@ - \EQ_typeset_tags: -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.05d}{2004/02/26}{Removed one instance of -% \cs{EQ_typeset_display:}} -% Then find the widest tag. In an earlier implementation it was -% necessary to typeset the display twice---a very costly procedure! -% Now we save roughly 2120 lines of output from \cs{tracingall} on a -% simple \env{gather} and 2600 lines with \env{align}. That's a -% little more than 21\% saved\ldots -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Removed \cs{find_widesttag:}} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Added check for equation number to -% make sure the labelling/printing mechanism of \pkg{mathtools} work -% properly} -% Then we restore the counters and measure the extra material. -% Save the value of the equation counter for later in case the -% special equation numbering scheme from \pkg{mathtools} is in -% effect. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\l_EQ_equation_fint{\number\c@equation} - \restorecounters@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore the value of the \pkg{hyperref} link counter -% \cs{Hy@linkcounter}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \Hy@linkcounter=\EQ_hyperref_link_fint - \settowidth\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim{% - $\EQ_left_side:\EQ_innerbox:{}\EQ_right_side:$}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Then call the appropriate \cs{EQ_modify_linewidth_}\meta{num}\texttt{:} -% where \meta{num} is taken from the numbering scheme shown earlier. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {outer_mult} - { \def\EQ_next:{_mult} } - { \def\EQ_next:{} } - \@nameuse{EQ_modify_linewidth_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :}% -% \end{macrocode} -% We can then typeset the display knowing that all modifications -% have been made correctly. \cs{EQ_typeset_display:} gobbles the -% \cs{tag}'s, which in turn is equivalent to setting the display -% centered in non-\mode{fleqn} mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_typeset_display: -% \end{macrocode} -% Call the appropriate \cs{find_displaywidth_}\meta{num}\texttt{:} -% which extracts the display width (\cs{l_EQ_displaywidth_dim}). -% \begin{macrocode} - \@nameuse{find_displaywidth_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :} - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_totalwidth_dim{\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim} -% \end{macrocode} -% We save the math display in a box of the correct size. -% \begin{macrocode} - \savebox\EQ_mathdisplay_box[\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim][c]{% - $\EQ_left_side: - \EQ_innerbox:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int\or: -% \end{macrocode} -% If the equation is centered we make the box centered -% \begin{macrocode} - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][c] - {\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][c] - {\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: -% \end{macrocode} -% Else we set it in a left aligned box and take care of the -% \cs{@mathmargin} unless we're in \env{flalign} or \env{flalign*}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][l]{% - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=5 \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=6 \else: - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][l]{% - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=5 \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=6 \else: - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \fi:}% - \EQ_right_side:$}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Then we're ready for typesetting. We just use an ordinary -% |\begin{equation*}| | ... | |\end{equation*}| construction. -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Used a saved definition of -% \env{equation*} instead to allow overloading} -% With v2.00 this changed to using a copy of the original -% \env{equation*} environment. All this because of the -% \opt{overload} option. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{AmSequation*} - \@nameuse{EQ_place_display_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :} -% \end{macrocode} -% \cs{tag} must have a non-zero width argument in order to function -% properly, so we make sure there is a tag before we try to typeset -% it. Also make sure that the boolean |show_manual_tags| is true -% just for this tag. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_manual_tags} -% \end{macrocode} -% Set the tag in a left aligned box when in \mode{leqno} mode and -% right aligned when in \mode{reqno} mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N r %#1 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N l %#2 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N r %#3 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N l %#4 - \fi: - \fi: - \end{AmSequation*} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.11}{2004/08/03}{Use raw \TeX{} commands to speed it up} -% Restore the equation counter. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\c@equation=\l_EQ_equation_fint\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Initializing the Equations} -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_initialize:} -% We save all the initializations in this hook: -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_initialize:{% - \m@th -% \end{macrocode} -% More support for \pkg{ntheorem}. We use special versions of -% the tag setting commands in order to produce the correct result. -% For instance in \mode{leqno} mode you would still want the end of -% theorem symbol at the bottom of the math display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\SetTagPlusEndMark\EQ_tag_plus_endmark: - \MH_let:NwN\SetOnlyEndMark\EQ_only_endmark: - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim\linewidth - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_widesttag_dim\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.11}{2004/08/03}{Added a \cs{g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint}} -% \begin{macrocode} - \xdef\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\z@} - \edef\EQ_restore_tex_delimiter:{% - \delimiterfactor\the\delimiterfactor - \delimitershortfall\the\delimitershortfall\relax}% - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay: - \EQ_restore_tex_delimiter: - \delimitershortfall\EmphEqdelimitershortfall - \delimiterfactor\EmphEqdelimiterfactor -% \end{macrocode} -% Disable \cs{intertext} and issue an error message. Using the -% normal error message for an invalid \cs{intertext} would be less -% than great because it would say -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Package amsmath Error: Invalid use of \intertext. -% -% See the amsmath package documentation for explanation. -% Type H <return> for immediate help. -% ... -% \end{verbatim} -% That's not good enough, so we redefine things a bit. In -% \pkg{amsmath} the command \cs{intertext@} is called inside the -% math environments and defines \cs{intertext}. We hook into this. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\intertext@\EQ_intertext: - \EQ_displaybreak:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_intertext:} -% Then we issue a suitable error message. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_intertext:{% - \def\intertext##1{\PackageError{empheq}{% - You~cannot~use~\string\intertext\space inside~the~`empheq' - \MessageBreak - environment,~as~`empheq'~creates~an~unbreakable~box}\@eha}} -\def\EQ_displaybreak:{% - \def\dspbrk@[##1]{\PackageWarning{empheq}{% - You~cannot~use~\string\displaybreak\space inside~the~`empheq'% - \MessageBreak - environment,~as~`empheq'~creates~an~unbreakable~box.}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn} -% We have to inform \env{EmphEqMainEnv} which equation type we're -% using, so we define an interface for that. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn #1#2#3{% - \define@key{#1}{#2}[true]{% - \l_EQ_equationtype_int=#3\relax - \def\EQ_begin_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\begin{#2}}}% - \def\EQ_end_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\end{#2}}}}} -\def\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn #1#2#3{% - \define@key{#1}{#2}{% - \l_EQ_equationtype_int=#3\relax - \def\EQ_begin_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\begin{#2}{##1}}}% - \def\EQ_end_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\end{#2}}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Separating Tags and Display} -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_typeset_tags:} -% Typesetting the tags without the display. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_typeset_tags:{% - \sbox\EQ_tag_box{% - \parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \hbadness\@M -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure all skips are zero ands support \pkg{ntheorem}. -% \changes{v1.05a}{2004/02/17}{Forgot to support \pkg{ntheorem} in -% both \cs{EQ_typeset_tags:} and \cs{EQ_typeset_display:}.} -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: -% \end{macrocode} -% Support for \pkg{ntheorem}. This package patches \cs{endgather} -% and \cs{endalign} with the commands \cs{TagsPlusEndmarks} and -% \cs{RestoreTags} but we do not want them disturbing our output so -% we disable them when typesetting the display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_typeset_tags_hook: -% \end{macrocode} -% Then use our own versions of \cs{set@gather@field} and -% \cs{set@field}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\set@gather@field\EQ_set_gather_field: - \MH_let:NwN\set@field\EQ_set_align_field: -% \end{macrocode} -% Next two lines are for measuring of the first and last row of a -% display of the \env{align}, \env{alignat} or \env{flalign} family. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {continue_measuring} - \global\g_EQ_temprow_int\m@ne - \MH_let:NwN \EQ_saved_maketag:n \maketag@@@ - \def\maketag@@@##1{ - \EQ_maketag:Nn \EQ_saved_maketag:n {##1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then typeset the display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_predisplay_adjustment:} -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Added \cs{EQ_predisplay_adjustment:}} -% -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added a missing \cs{normallineskip} in -% case of extremely big tag height} -% -% For adjusting vertical spacing in the display. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_predisplay_adjustment:{% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\baselineskip - \vskip\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \vskip-\baselineskip - \else: - \vskip-\normallineskip - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\baselineskip - \vskip-\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim - \vskip\baselineskip - \vskip-\normallineskip - \fi: - \fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:} -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Added \cs{EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}} -% Name says it all. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:{% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\dp\strutbox - \vskip\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \vskip-\dp\strutbox - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\dp\strutbox - \vskip-\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim - \vskip\dp\strutbox - \fi: - \fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_typeset_display:} -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Now takes two arguments: Either both -% empty or \cs{EQ_predisplay_adjustment:} \& -% \cs{EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}} -% \changes{v1.05d}{2004/02/26}{Changed again. Uses only -% \cs{EQ_predisplay_adjustment:} \& \cs{EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}} -% We typeset the display without the tags and save it in a box. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_typeset_display:{% - \sbox\EQ_mathdisplay_box{% - \parbox{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% We adjust the vertical spacing if needed: -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: -% \end{macrocode} -% Support for \pkg{ntheorem}. This package patches \cs{endgather} -% and \cs{endalign} with the commands \cs{TagsPlusEndmarks} and -% \cs{RestoreTags} but we do not want them disturbing our output so -% we disable them when typesetting the display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_typeset_display_hook: -% \end{macrocode} -% Instead of gobbling the tags it's better to use \cs{phantom} since -% a tall tag will ruin the vertical spacing. We use a special -% version of \cs{phantom} to help us with other things as well. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\maketag@@@##1{\EQ_maketag:Nn \vphantom{##1}}% - \EQ_complete_mathdisplay: -% \end{macrocode} -% More space adjustment. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% We need a few little helpers: -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_prevent_vertical_space:} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Used \cs{nointerlineskip} instead} -% As we typeset the math display inside a \cs{parbox} the math -% environment will add \cs{abovedisplayskip} at the top and -% \cs{belowdisplayskip} at the bottom. Also we suppress interline -% skip with \cs{nointerlineskip}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_prevent_vertical_space:{% - \nointerlineskip - \abovedisplayskip\z@ \belowdisplayskip\z@\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_maketag:Nn} -% \changes{v1.05d}{2004/02/26}{Changed name from -% \cs{EmphEqphantom} to \cs{EmphEqMaketag}} -% This takes care of two things: We need to store the height of the -% top tag and the depth of the bottom tag for later, but we also -% need to use a \cs{vphantom} of the tag as it may be taller than -% the line of math it is attached to (say, if you are using node -% connectors from \pkg{pstricks} or some other weird stuff). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_maketag:Nn #1#2{% - \setboxz@h{#2}% - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \global \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim = \ht\z@ - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% Similarly the depth of the last row is determined by measuring the -% depth of box zero for each row and then using the last of the -% values. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim=\dp\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.11}{2004/08/03}{Added a check for being in the last row.} -% Save the row number for later as the \opt{ntheorem} option will need -% it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \xdef\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\number\row@} - \@tempdima=\wd\z@ - \if_dim:w \@tempdima > \g_EQ_widesttag_dim - \global \g_EQ_widesttag_dim = \@tempdima - \fi: - #1{#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Measuring \env{gather}} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_set_gather_field:} -% Box zero (\cs{z@}) contains the entire line of math in a -% \env{gather}, so instead of typesetting it we typeset the phantom -% of it and call \cs{EQ_measure_gather:}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_set_gather_field:{% - \iftagsleft@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \else: - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \kern\eqnshift@ - %\boxz@ % Original amsmath version - \EQ_measure_gather: - \phantom{\boxz@}% - \hfil} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_measure_gather:} -% Measuring the height of the individual lines in a \env{gather} is -% fairly easy. If \cs{row@} is equal to one, we're in the first -% line, and the height of the top row is simply given by the height -% of box zero. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_measure_gather:{% - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim=\ht\z@ - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% Similarly the depth of the last row is determined by measuring the -% depth of box zero for each row and then using the last of the -% values. -% \begin{macrocode} - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\dp\z@ - \global\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Measuring \env{align}, \env{alignat} and \env{flalign}} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_set_align_field:} -% Same technique as for \cs{EQ_set_gather_field}. Only this time -% we have to stop the underlying \cs{start@align} from going over -% the measuring phase twice. That's when the conditional -% \bool{continue_measuring} comes into the picture. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_set_align_field:{% - \column@plus - \iftagsleft@ - \if_dim:w \ht\z@>\lineht@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \fi: - \else: - \if_dim:w \dp\z@>\lineht@ - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \fi: - %\boxz@ % Original amsmath version - \MH_if_boolean:nT {continue_measuring}{ \EQ_measure_align: } - \phantom{\boxz@}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_measure_align:} -% We have to measure every single field of the \cs{align@} \ldots\@ -% Oh well, here it comes: -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\g_EQ_temprow_int -\MH_new_boolean:n {still_in_samerow} -\MH_new_boolean:n {continue_measuring} -\def\EQ_measure_align:{% - \if_num:w \g_EQ_temprow_int=\row@ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {still_in_samerow} - \else: - \if_num:w \g_EQ_temprow_int>\row@ - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {continue_measuring} - \fi: - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {still_in_samerow} - \global\@tempdimc=\@tempdimb - \global\@tempdimb=\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {continue_measuring}{ - \global\g_EQ_temprow_int=\row@ - \@tempcnta=\row@ - \if_num:w \@tempcnta=\z@ - \@tempdima=\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim=\ht\z@\relax - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\@tempdima - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\@tempdima - \fi: - \fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {still_in_samerow}{ - \@tempdima=\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\dp\z@\relax - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\@tempdima - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\@tempdima - \fi: - }{ - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\dp\z@\relax - } - }{ - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\@tempdimc - } - \global\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \subsubsection{Typesetting the Tags} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_place_tag:N} -% Fool \LaTeX\ into thinking the tag is only as wide as the widest -% tag (remember the real width of the \cs{EQ_tag_box} is -% $0.5$\cs{maxdimen}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_place_tag:N #1{% - \tag*{\makebox[\g_EQ_widesttag_dim][#1]{% - \EQ_vertical_tag_adjustment:n {\usebox{\EQ_tag_box}}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_vertical_tag_adjustment:n} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added a missing \cs{normallineskip} in -% case of extremely big tag height} -% This is a little tricky. We have measured the height of the top -% row and top tag and the depth of the bottom row and bottom tag. -% Now we have to adjust the vertical spacing so it comes out just -% right. Remember we have separated the tags and the math display -% but we would still like to have them line up as they should! We do -% it all inside a group so we can use the scratch dimensions safely. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_vertical_tag_adjustment:n #1{{% - \@tempdima\z@\@tempdimb\z@ - \@tempdimc=\dp\strutbox - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\baselineskip - \MH_setlength:dn - \@tempdima{\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim-\baselineskip} - \else: - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{-\normallineskip} - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\baselineskip - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdima - {-\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim+\baselineskip-\normallineskip} - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\@tempdimc - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdimb - {\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim-\@tempdimc} - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Fixed minor bug} -% If the last condition is fulfilled we also need to cancel the -% first condition. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim<\@tempdimc - \else: - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdimb - {-\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim+\@tempdimc} - \fi: - \fi: - \raisebox{-0.5\@tempdima+0.5\@tempdimb}{#1}}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \section{Adding the Equation Types} -% Adding an equation type is fairly easy. The outline is this: -% \begin{list}{}{\leftmargin2em} -% \item[]|\EQ_new_equationtype{EmphEqEnv}|\marg{\AmS\ -% env}\marg{arabic num}\texttt{:} -% \item[]|\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_|\meta{roman num}\texttt{:}\\ -% \hspace*{2em}\marg{Optionally alter \cs{l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}} -% \item[]|\def\find_displaywidth_|\meta{roman num}\texttt{:}\\ -% \hspace*{2em}\marg{Set \cs{l_EQ_displaywidth_dim}} -% \item[]|\def\EQ_place_display_|\meta{roman num}\texttt{:}\\ -% \hspace*{2em}\marg{Make use of \cs{EQ_use_mathdisplay:}} -% \end{list} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -% A shorthand. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_use_mathdisplay:{% - \EQ_outerbox:{\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_options_name:{EmphEqOpt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \subsection{The \env{equation} Family} -% Just a few aliases because \env{equation} and \env{equation*} -% behave strangely. Much better to use \env{gather} instead as this -% is easier to measure. Besides it's less work (for us, not the -% compiler). ;-) -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{equation}{gather} - {\EQ_disable_linebreak:} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{equation*}{gather*} - {\EQ_disable_linebreak:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_disable_linebreak:} -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Introduced -% \cs{EQ_disable_linebreak:} to prevent multi line -% \env{equation}'s} -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Fixed it so that it works better} -% Disable the line breaks in \env{equation} as these are actually -% possible now, since we're in a \env{gather}! \cs{Let@} does it in -% the environment, so that's the place to hack. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_disable_linebreak:{% - \MH_let:NwN \EQ_saved_Let: \Let@ - \def\Let@{\def\\{% - \PackageError{empheq}{You~ cannot~ use~ \string\\~ in~ equation!} - {\@eha}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then restore the meaning of \cs{Let@} in case there is a -% \env{gathered} or alike coming up. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN \Let@ \EQ_saved_Let: - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{The \env{align} Family} -% \begin{macrocode} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align}{1} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align*}{2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_i:{% -% \end{macrocode} -% If $\cs{maxfields@}=2$ we're in a single column \env{align} and -% thus there is no flexible space. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_num:w \maxfields@=\tw@ - \else: -% \end{macrocode} -% But if there is any flexible space we would very much like to -% adjust it because we add material to the right and left of the -% math display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \fi:} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_ii:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_i:} -\def\find_displaywidth_i:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim - {\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim-\alignsep@} - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\alignsep@}% - \or: % #2: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\alignsep@}% - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_ii:{\find_displaywidth_i:} -\def\EQ_place_display_i: {\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_ii:{\EQ_place_display_i:} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{The \env{gather} Family} -% This is a gem. Notice how easy it is once we got the framework for -% it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather}{3} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather*}{4} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii:{} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iv:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iii:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int \or: \or: % #1 & #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iv:{\find_displaywidth_iii:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iii:{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iv: {\EQ_place_display_iii:} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{The \env{flalign} Family}\label{sec:flalign+multline} -% This was fairly easy, but then I had to take care of \ldots -% -% \subsubsection{The \env{multline} Family} -% This was quite a pickle. Its implementation in \pkg{amsmath} is -% very strange indeed; for instance the tag is typeset in the -% measuring phase! So instead I thought I could fake it, but how -% should I do it? -% -% The basic idea of \env{multline} is to typeset the first line -% flush left, the last line flush right and the rest centered. -% ``Aha,'' I thought, ``what if I make three columns, fool \LaTeX{} -% into thinking the contents of the columns take no space and then -% just put each line into a column?'' Thus the \env{flalign} -% environment came to mind. I also distinctly remembered to have -% seen an article about the equivalent of \cs{rlap} and \cs{llap} in -% math mode, namely an article by Alexander R.~Perlis. This works -% pretty well, and so does the same trick for producing a -% \env{multlined} environment. That one uses an \env{alignedat} with -% three columns. -% -% \changes{v1.05c}{2004/02/25}{Makes use of -% \cs{MakeKeyvalAliasAddon} now} -% Then we make \env{multline} into an alias for {flalign} but with -% an extra switch \cs{ifEQ_multline:} set to true. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline} - {flalign}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline*} - {flalign*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\if_EQ_multline:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn} -% We make a general command that'll provide the correct spacing and -% then just define the user commands in terms of that single generic -% one. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {multline} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag:} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag:} -% There is a big difference between the spacing in \env{multline} -% depending on the presence of a tag. Therefore we split it up in -% two cases. I made this choice because we need these adjustments -% inside the adjustments for \env{flalign} and that makes it -% incredibly difficult to see what happens. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\@mathmargin-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \fi: -} -\def\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int\or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-2\multlinegap} - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-2\multlinegap} - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{environment}{MTmultlined} -% Save the superior \env{multlined} from \pkg{mathtools} under a new -% name. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \MTmultlined \multlined -\MH_let:NwN \endMTmultlined \endmultlined -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% We make a choice here: the good \env{multline} or the bad? -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_if_boolean:nTF {good_mult}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% The good: -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline}{gather} - {\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline*}{gather*} - {\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii_mult:{ - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag: - \else: - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag: - \fi: - \MH_setlength:dn \l_MT_multwidth_dim{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim} -} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iv_mult:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii_mult:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iii_mult:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int \or: \or: % #1 & #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iv_mult:{\find_displaywidth_iii_mult:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iii_mult:{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \abovedisplayshortskip=\abovedisplayskip - \rlap{ - \kern-.5\linewidth - \kern\multlinegap - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #2: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \llap{ - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern-.5\linewidth - \kern\multlinegap - }% - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #3: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \or: % #4: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: -} -\def\EQ_place_display_iv_mult: {\EQ_place_display_iii_mult:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% The bad -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5{% -% \end{macrocode} -% This is a very tricky little detail. If we're in \mode{leqno} mode -% we need just a we little width inside the \env{flalign}, so we put -% in the smallest possible amount. Otherwise we wind up in a -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Arithmetic overflow. -% <recently read> \count@ -% -% l.304 % \end{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% If you scroll past this error it will be typeset correctly, but -% how many users can fix this by themselves? -% \begin{macrocode} - \hskip1sp#2#3{{}#5}#4% - \if:w *#1\relax\else:\notag\fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\multleft} -% \begin{macro}{\multcenter} -% \begin{macro}{\multright} -% Then the commands that use \cs{EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn}. The -% first three are the general purpose ones that also have a starred -% version. The other three are for normal use. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\multleft{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n} - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{}{\mathrlap}{&&&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n}% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{}{\mathrlap}{&&&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}}% -\def\multcenter{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_center:n}% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{&&}{\mathclap}{&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_center:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{&&}{\mathclap}{&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}}% -\def\multright{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{&&&&&}{\mathllap}{}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{&&&&&}{\mathllap}{}} - } - \EQ_next:}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\multfirst} -% \begin{macro}{\multmiddle} -% \begin{macro}{\multlast} -% If we're using the \mode{leqno} option, the equation number should -% be placed in the first line. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\multfirst{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n }% - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft}% - \or: % #2: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft*}% - \or: % #3: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft}% - \or: % #4: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft*}% - \fi: - } - \EQ_next:} -% \end{macrocode} -% Pretend the star was never there. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\multmiddle{% - \def\EQ_next:{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \expandafter\EQ_multlined_center:n - }{ - \expandafter\multcenter - } - }% - \@ifstar{\EQ_next:}{\EQ_next:}} -% \end{macrocode} -% If we're using the \mode{reqno} option, the equation number -% should be placed in the last line. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\multlast{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright*}% - \or: % #2: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright}% - \or: % #3: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright*}% - \or: % #4: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright}% - \fi: - } - \EQ_next:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\multlinedwidth} -% Here begins the code for \env{multlined}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {multlined} -\newdimen\multlinedwidth -\MH_setlength:dn \multlinedwidth{.7\linewidth} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{multlined} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Disallow spaces before optional -% arguments.} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_I:w} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_II:w} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_III:nn} -% Some trickery as we want to scan for two optional arguments that -% may be interchanged. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewenvironment{multlined}% - {\MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn [ {\EQ_multlined_I:w} - {\EQ_multlined_I:w[c]} - } - { \endaligned } -\def\EQ_multlined_I:w[#1]{% - \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn[ {\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1]} - {\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1][\multlinedwidth]}} -\def\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1][#2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% We tell \LaTeX\ that we're in \env{multlined}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {multlined} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Fixed restoration of \cmd{\\}} -% Restore the meaning of \cmd{\\} inside \env{multlined}, else it -% wouldn't work in the \env{equation} environment. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN \Let@\MT_saved_Let: -% \end{macrocode} -% Then check the first optional argument and call -% \cs{EQ_multlined_III:w}, which sets \cs{multlinewidth} if -% specified and calls \cs{start@aligned} (an \env{alignedat} with -% three columns). -% \begin{macrocode} - \if:w t#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \if:w b#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \if:w c#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#2}{#1}% - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \EQ_next:} -\def\EQ_multlined_III:nn #1#2{% - \def\EQ_next:{\setlength\multlinedwidth{#2}% - \start@aligned{#1}{\thr@@}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_left:n} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_center:n} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multlined_right:n} -% The internal versions of \cs{multleft} etc.\ adapted for -% \env{multlined}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_multlined_left:n #1{% - \mathrlap{#1}&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&} -\def\EQ_multlined_center:n #1{% - &\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\mathclap{#1}\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&} -\def\EQ_multlined_right:n #1{% - &\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\mathllap{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% End of bad multline. -% \begin{macrocode} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsubsection{The Code for \env{flalign} \& \env{multline}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign}{5} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign*}{6} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_v:{% - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag: - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep} - \or: % #2: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep}% - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep} - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\@mathmargin} - \fi: - } - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {multline}{ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag: - } - \fi:} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_vi:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_v:} -\def\find_displaywidth_v:{% - \MH_setlength:dn - \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}} -\def\find_displaywidth_vi:{\find_displaywidth_v:} -\def\EQ_place_display_v:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \rlap{\kern\multlinegap \kern-.5\linewidth - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern-\mintagsep \kern\multlinetaggap}% - }{ - \rlap{\kern-.5\linewidth\EQ_use_mathdisplay:}% - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #2: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \llap{\kern-\mintagsep \kern\multlinetaggap - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern\multlinegap \kern-.5\linewidth}% - }{ - \llap{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:\kern-.5\linewidth}% - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #3: - \MH_if_boolean:nF {multline}{ \kern-\multlinetaggap } - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \or: % #4: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nF {multline}{ \kern-\@mathmargin } - \fi: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {multline}} -\def\EQ_place_display_vi:{\EQ_place_display_v:} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{The \env{alignat} Family} -% This is just as easy as \env{gather}. Actually only one line is -% different from \env{gather}! -% \begin{macrocode} -\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat}{7} -\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat*}{8} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_vii:{} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_viii:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_vii:} -\def\find_displaywidth_vii:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \or: % #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\eqnshift@}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_viii:{\find_displaywidth_vii:} -\def\EQ_place_display_vii:{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_viii:{\EQ_place_display_vii:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \section{The User Interface} -% The different keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{box}{\def\EQ_outerbox:{#1}} -\MH_keyval_alias:nnn {\EQ_options_name:}{outerbox}{box} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_marginbox:nn} -% The margin box. Uwe Siart wanted it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_marginbox:nn #1#2{% - \settowidth{\@tempdima}{#2}% - \makebox[\z@]{\hspace{\@tempdima}#1{#2}}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{marginbox}{% - \def\EQ_outerbox:{\EQ_marginbox:nn {#1}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Almost self-explanatory, isn't? -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{innerbox}{\def\EQ_innerbox:{#1}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{left}{\def\EQ_left_side:{#1}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{right}{\def\EQ_right_side:{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\empheqset} -% Just a user friendly way to set keys. Uwe Siart again. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\empheqset[1]{\setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The old keys from the original version are no longer supported. -% Instead they give an error message (RM): -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_upgrade_error:{% - \PackageError{empheq} - {You~ are~ using~ the~ old~ syntax!\MessageBreak - The~ `empheq'~ environment~ takes~ a~ mandatory~ - argument~ now.\MessageBreak - You~ need~ to~ exit~ and~ change~ your~ source~ file.} - {It~ won't~ work,~ trust me.~ Press~ `X'~ now.}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{boxtype}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{Left}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{Right}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\empheqeqrefbase} -% This macro is used to locally redefine \cs{eqref}, it will just -% point at \cs{textup}, the user can then redefine it if nessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\empheqeqrefbase\textup -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{empheq} -% The environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{empheq}[2][]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_saved_maketag} -% \changes{v2.13}{2013/02/11}{Fixing \cs{eqref}} -% We start with a small caveat: During processing \cs{maketag@@@} is -% redefined, enabling us to separate math and eqn numbers. But the -% user may have used \cs{eqref} in a comment in the math, and -% \cs{eqref} use \cs{maketag@@@}\dots{} First save the original \cs{maketag@@@}: -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% -% \end{macrocode} -% Next redefine \cs{eqref} to locally bring back the original: -% \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{#2}\setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1}% - \EmphEqMainEnv}{\endEmphEqMainEnv} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareLeftDelimiter} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRightDelimiter} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn} -% The delimiter interface. -% \changes{v0.7}{2003/05/11}{Introduced delimiter interface} -% \changes{v1.05d}{2004/02/26}{Changed the definitions.} -% We now use the \cs{EQ_tag_box} to calculate the height but -% adjust the vertical spacing. All this to prevent running -% \cs{EQ_typeset_display:} twice. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclareLeftDelimiter[2][]{% - \EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{}{}% - \EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{big}{\EQ_innerbox:}} -\def\EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn #1#2#3#4{% - \@namedef{empheq#3\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}{% - \left#2% - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \vphantom{#4{\parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \usebox{\EQ_tag_box}% - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}}% - \right.% - \kern-\nulldelimiterspace #1}} -\newcommand*\DeclareRightDelimiter[2][]{% - \EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{}{}% - \EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{big}{\EQ_innerbox:}} -\def\EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn #1#2#3#4{% - \@namedef{empheq#3\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}{% - \kern-\nulldelimiterspace - #1% - \left.% - \vphantom{#4{\parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \usebox{\EQ_tag_box}% - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}}% - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \right#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% The actual declarations. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lbrace} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rbrace} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lbrack} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rbrack} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\langle} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rangle} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lvert} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rvert} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lVert} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rVert} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lfloor} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rfloor} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lceil} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rceil} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lparen} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rparen} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Support for Other Packages} -% -% Support for various other packages is found in this section. The -% \pkg{ntheorem} package now has a dedicated section (\S -% \vref{sec:impl:ntheorem}), as it now a module. -% -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{} -\def\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{\pkg{showkeys}} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Added support for the \pkg{showkeys} -% package} -% We just disable \pkg{showkeys} when typesetting the labels. -% \begin{macrocode} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \def\SK@@label#1>#2\SK@{} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% If we overload the \AmS{} equation types we should still be able -% to use \pkg{showkeys}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{SK@AmSequation} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSequation*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalign} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalign*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalignat} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalignat*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSgather} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSgather*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSmultline} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSmultline*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSflalign} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSflalign*} {\SK@equationtrue} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{\pkg{hyperref}} -% -% -% A little trick to avoid the (in)famous warning -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier -% (name{equation.1a }) has been already used, duplicate ignored -% <to be read again> -% \endgroup \set@typeset@protect -% \end{verbatim} -% This doesn't require \pkg{hyperref}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \@ifundefined{Hy@linkcounter}{\newcount\Hy@linkcounter}{} -} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN \hyper@refstepcounter\@gobble -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{\pkg{nccmath}} -% -% Must disable this macro, otherwise the spacing is wrong. -% \begin{macrocode} - \g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \let\NCC@ignorepar\relax - } - \g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{ - \let\NCC@ignorepar\relax - } -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Basic \pkg{ntheorem} support} -% \begin{macrocode} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\TagsPlusEndmarks\relax - \MH_let:NwN\RestoreTags\relax -} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\TagsPlusEndmarks\relax - \MH_let:NwN\RestoreTags\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \subsection{Basic \LaTeXe{} support} -% Gobble the \cs{ltx@label} and disable most error messages. -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Make a special label-gobbling command -% to support \pkg{ntheorem} even more} -% \begin{macrocode} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\ltx@label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \MH_let:NwN \GenericError \@gobblefour -} -% \end{macrode} -% \subsection{Support for \pkg{fancybox}} -% First check if \pkg{fancybox} is loaded and then see if -% \pkg{color} is loaded. If the latter is loaded we define -% \texttt{shadowcolor} else we let \cs{textcolor} gobble the first -% argument (the color). -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifpackageloaded{fancybox}{% - \@ifpackageloaded{color}{\definecolor{shadowcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}}% - {\newcommand*\textcolor[2]{\normalcolor{#2}}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\shadowbox} -% Then define the \cs{shadowbox}. Use a conditional to let us know if -% it was starred or not. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_new_boolean:n {shadowbox_star} - \renewcommand*\shadowbox{% - \@ifstar{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {shadowbox_star} - \VerbBox\EQ_shadowbox:n} - {\MH_set_boolean_F:n {shadowbox_star} - \VerbBox\EQ_shadowbox:n}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_shadowbox:n} -% The internal version of \cs{shadowbox}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\EQ_shadowbox:n #1{% - \sbox{\z@}{\fbox{#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The difference between the two versions is that \cs{shadowbox} -% aligns the bottom of the shadow at the baseline whereas -% \cs{shadowbox*} aligns the argument on the baseline, so for the -% starred version the trick is to raise the box by the depth of the -% argument plus the size of the shadow. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {shadowbox_star}{ - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{\z@}% - }{ - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{\dp\z@+\shadowsize}% - } - \raisebox{\@tempdima}{% - \makebox[\z@][l]{% - \kern\shadowsize \textcolor{shadowcolor}{% - \rule[-\dp\z@-\shadowsize]{\wd\z@}{\shadowsize}}% - }% - \usebox\z@\textcolor{shadowcolor}{% - \rule[-\dp\z@-\shadowsize]{\shadowsize}{\ht\z@+\dp\z@}}}}% - }{}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{The \opt{overload} option} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_overload_ams_begin:n} -% A helper for saving snapshots: -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_overload_ams_begin:n #1{% - \MH_let:cc {AmS#1}{#1}% - \MH_let:cc {AmS#1*}{#1*} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_overload_ams_end:n} -% All but one of the aligned variations must be set to the original -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_overload_ams_end:n #1{% - \MH_let:cc {endAmS#1}{endAmSalign} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{AmSequation} -% \begin{environment}{AmSequation*} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Moved redefinitions to -% \cs{AtBeginDocument} to give \pkg{hyperref} a chance} -% Before we start redefining environments, we'll need a basic -% \env{equation} environment that is not redefined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {equation} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSequation}{endequation} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSequation*}{endequation*} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% Lets start overloading. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {overload_ams}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_renew_ams_environment:n} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Disallow spaces before the optional -% argument.} -% Then we can renew the environments. Syntax is -% \cs{begin}\marg{\AmS{} env}\oarg{markup}. Exception to this rule -% is \env{alignat} (see further down). -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\EQ_renew_ams_environment:n #1{% - \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \renewenvironment{#1}[1][]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.13}{2013/02/11}{Adding \cs{eqref} fix} -% Remember to add \cs{eqref} fix to the overloaded envs as well. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{####1}}}} - \setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{##1}% - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmS#1}% - \EmphEqMainEnv - }{\endEmphEqMainEnv} - \MHPrecedingSpacesOn - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Add equation type: \emph{Must} have same number as original type! -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalign} {1} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalign*} {2} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSgather} {3} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSgather*} {4} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSflalign} {5} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSflalign*}{6} - \EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat} {7} - \EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat*}{8} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then overload by saving the snapshots of the old definitions. We -% do it via \cs{AtBeginDocument}, because a package like -% \pkg{ntheorem} redefines \cs{endgather} etc. -% -% First the \env{gather} and \env{equation} families. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {gather} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSgather}{endgather} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSgather*}{endAmSgather} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {gather} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {gather*} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {equation} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv} {AmSequation} - {AmSgather}{\EQ_disable_linebreak:} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSequation*} - {AmSgather*}{\EQ_disable_linebreak:} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {equation} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {equation*} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \env{align} family. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {align} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSalign}{endalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {align*} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {align} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {align*} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \env{flalign} family. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {flalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {flalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {flalign*} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {flalign} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {flalign*} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \env{alignat} family. -% \begin{macrocode} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {alignat} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {alignat} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {alignat*} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_alignat_optional:w} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Disallow spaces before the optional -% argument.} -% \begin{environment}{alignat} -% \begin{environment}{alignat*} -% This one is a little different because we want a syntax like -% \cs{begin\{alignat\}}\linebreak[0]\marg{cols}\oarg{markup}, so we -% have to make a separate command for testing the trailing optional -% argument. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \newcommand*\EQ_alignat_optional:w [1][]{ - \setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1} - \EmphEqMainEnv} - \MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.13}{2013/02/11}{Adding \cs{eqref} fix} -% Remember to add \cs{eqref} fix to the overloaded envs as well. -% \begin{macrocode} - \renewenvironment{alignat}[1]{ - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat=#1} - \EQ_alignat_optional:w} - {\endEmphEqMainEnv} - \renewenvironment{alignat*}[1]{% - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat*=#1}% - \EQ_alignat_optional:w}% - {\endEmphEqMainEnv} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\[} -% \begin{macro}{\]} -% Then restore \cs{[} and \cs{]}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareRobustCommand{\[}{\begin{AmSequation*}} - \DeclareRobustCommand{\]}{\end{AmSequation*}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% Finally a string of aliases so that we can blend \opt{overload} -% syntax with regular syntax. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather} {AmSgather} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather*} {AmSgather*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align} {AmSalign} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align*} {AmSalign*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign} {AmSflalign} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign*}{AmSflalign*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat} {AmSalignat} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat*}{AmSalignat*} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {good_mult}{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {multline} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSmultline}{endmultline} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSmultline*}{endAmSmultline} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline} - {AmSgather}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline*} - {AmSgather*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline*} - } -% \end{macrocode} -% End of \opt{overload}. We go into \opt{overload2}\ldots This -% is dangerous, but will probably work. The macro \cs{[} is now -% fragile except if you're running \eTeX{} as engine for \LaTeX. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {overload_amsII}{ - \MH_protected:\def\[#1\]{\begin{equation*} #1\end{equation*}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then we add the \env{multline} family. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nF {good_mult}{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {multline} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline} - {AmSflalign}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline*} - {AmSflalign*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline*} - } - } - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% End of \cs{AtBeginDocument} additions. -% -% If we need to load \pkg{ntheorem} support this is where it -% happens. Otherwise we just stop here. -% \begin{macrocode} -\if\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool -\else - \expandafter\endinput -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Patching Things up for \pkg{ntheorem}} -% \label{sec:impl:ntheorem} -% -% Although \pkg{ntheorem} provides a lot of useful features it -% does however ruin things in the \pkg{amsmath} environments, -% because of the alternative syntax of its \cs{label} command. -% \begin{macro}{\default_raisetag} -% \begin{macro}{\raisetag} -% \begin{macro}{\raise@tag} -% \changes{v1.06}{2004/03/13}{Fixed \pkg{amsmath} bug \# 3624} -% This corrects a bug\footnote{See -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=amslatex/3624}} -% in \pkg{amsmath} that could cause tags to cross page boundaries -% without warning. The \cs{nobreak} is the addition. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\default_raisetag:{\nobreak} -\def\raisetag#1{ - \skip@#1\relax - \xdef\raise@tag{\default_raisetag: - \vskip\iftagsleft@\else:-\fi:\the\skip@\relax}} -\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\displ@y@} -% Patch it so that it doesn't set \cs{raise@tag} to \cs{@empty} -% globally. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\displ@y@{\@display@init{% - \global\column@\z@ \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne - \global\tag@false \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: -}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_gobblelabel:w} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added \cs{MT_gobblelabel:w}} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_gobbleoptional:w} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Added \cs{EQ_gobbleoptional:w}} -% Macros for gobbling the `unorthodox' \cs{label} syntax of -% \pkg{ntheorem}. Also overrides the normal \cs{label}-gobbling. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_gobblelabel:w #1{\@ifnextchar[{\EQ_gobbleoptional:w}{}} -\def\EQ_gobbleoptional:w [#1]{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \subsection{Fixing \env{gather}} -% The measuring phase of \env{gather} is patched by letting -% \cs{label} be a copy of the internal \cs{MT_gobblelabel:w} -% instead of \cs{@gobble}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\gmeasure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true - \totwidth@\z@ - \global\MH_let:NwN\tag@lengths\@empty - \savecounters@ - \setbox\@ne\vbox{% - \everycr{\noalign{\global\tag@false -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch for \cs{raisetag}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \global\column@\z@}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch for \cs{label}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \halign{% - \setboxz@h{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$}% - \if_dim:w \wdz@>\totwidth@ - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \fi: - &\setboxz@h{\strut@{##}}% - \savetaglength@ - \crcr - #1% - \math@cr@@@ - }% - }% - \restorecounters@ - \if@fleqn - \global\advance\totwidth@\@mathmargin - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ - \if_dim:w \totwidth@>\displaywidth - \global\MH_let:NwN\gdisplaywidth@\totwidth@ - \else: - \global\MH_let:NwN\gdisplaywidth@\displaywidth - \fi: - \fi: - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Fixing \env{align}, \env{alignat}, and \env{flalign}} -% Just copy the definition of \cs{measure@} from \pkg{amsmath} and -% change one (1!) line like we did for \env{gather}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\measure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \global\alignsep@\z@ - \global\MH_let:NwN\tag@lengths\@empty - \global\MH_let:NwN\field@lengths\@empty - \savecounters@ - \global\setbox0\vbox{% - \MH_let:NwN\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align@measure - \everycr{\noalign{\global\tag@false -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch for \cs{raisetag}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \global\column@\z@}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \global\row@\z@ - \tabskip\z@ - \halign{\span\align@preamble\crcr - #1% - \math@cr@@@ - \global\column@\z@ - \add@amps\maxfields@\cr - }% - }% - \restorecounters@ - \ifodd\maxfields@ - \global\advance\maxfields@\@ne - \fi: - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \if_num:w \maxfields@<\thr@@ - \MH_let:NwN\xatlevel@\z@ - \fi: - \fi: - \setbox\z@\vbox{% - \unvbox\z@ \unpenalty \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox - }% - \global\totwidth@\wd\@ne - \if@fleqn \global\advance\totwidth@\@mathmargin \fi: - \global\MH_let:NwN\maxcolumn@widths\@empty - \begingroup - \MH_let:NwN\or:\relax - \loop - \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{% - \unhbox\@ne \unskip \global\setbox\thr@@\lastbox - }% - \ifhbox\thr@@ - \xdef\maxcolumn@widths{ \or: \the\wd\thr@@ \maxcolumn@widths}% - \repeat - \endgroup - \dimen@\displaywidth - \advance\dimen@-\totwidth@ - \if_case:w \xatlevel@ - \global\alignsep@\z@ - \MH_let:NwN\minalignsep\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \if@fleqn - \@tempcnta\@ne - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin - \else: - \@tempcnta\tw@ - \global\eqnshift@\dimen@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\@tempcnta - \fi: - \or: - \@tempcntb\maxfields@ - \divide\@tempcntb\tw@ - \@tempcnta\@tempcntb - \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne - \if@fleqn - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin - \global\alignsep@\dimen@ - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcnta - \else: - \global\advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \global\eqnshift@\dimen@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\@tempcnta - \global\alignsep@\eqnshift@ - \fi: - \or: - \@tempcntb\maxfields@ - \divide\@tempcntb\tw@ - \global\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne - \global\@tempcnta\@tempcntb - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \global\alignsep@\dimen@ - \if@fleqn - \global\advance\alignsep@\@mathmargin\relax - \fi: - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcntb - \fi: - \if_dim:w \alignsep@<\minalignsep\relax - \global\alignsep@\minalignsep\relax - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@>\z@ - \if@fleqn\else: - \global\eqnshift@\displaywidth - \global\advance\eqnshift@-\totwidth@ - \global\advance\eqnshift@-\@tempcntb\alignsep@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\tw@ - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@<\z@ - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \fi: - \calc@shift@align - \global\tagshift@\totwidth@ - \global\advance\tagshift@\@tempcntb\alignsep@ - \if@fleqn - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \global\advance\tagshift@-\@mathmargin\relax - \fi: - \else: - \global\advance\tagshift@\eqnshift@ - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ \else: - \global\advance\tagshift@-\displaywidth - \fi: - \dimen@\minalignsep\relax - \global\advance\totwidth@\@tempcntb\dimen@ - \if_dim:w \totwidth@>\displaywidth - \global\MH_let:NwN\displaywidth@\totwidth@ - \else: - \global\MH_let:NwN\displaywidth@\displaywidth - \fi: - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Fixing \env{multline}} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multline_labelhack:n} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_multline_labelhack_opt:nw} -% As \pkg{ntheorem} defines \cs{label} to have the syntax -% \cs{label}\marg{label}\oarg{name}, we need to make sure that it -% has that inside \env{multline} as well. Especially since the -% measuring phase of \env{multline} \emph{defines} \cs{label} as -% well. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_multline_labelhack:n #1{% - \begingroup\measuring@false\label@in@display{#1}\endgroup} -\def\EQ_multline_labelhack_opt:nw #1[#2]{% - \begingroup\measuring@false\label@in@display{#1}[#2]\endgroup} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\multline@} -% Patching \env{multline} takes more work because it does its -% processing differently, so we need to apply hooks twice: One in -% the measuring phase \cs{mmeasure@} where \cs{label} is redefined -% and one in the production phase \cs{multline@} where the ordinary -% \cs{label} is gobbled (we use \cs{MT_gobblelabel:w} as -% before). First the typesetting phase. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\multline@#1{% - \Let@ - \@display@init{\global\advance\row@\@ne \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne}% - \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@ - \restore@math@cr - \MH_let:NwN\tag\tag@in@align -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch for \cs{raisetag}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\tag@false \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \mmeasure@{#1}% - \MH_let:NwN\tag\gobble@tag -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \tabskip \if@fleqn \@mathmargin \else: \z@skip \fi: - \totwidth@\displaywidth - \if@fleqn - \advance\totwidth@-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \halign\bgroup - \hbox to\totwidth@{% - \if@fleqn - \hskip \@centering \relax - \else: - \hfil - \fi: - \strut@ - $\m@th\displaystyle{}##\endmultline@math%$ - \hfil - }% - \crcr - \if@fleqn - \hskip-\@mathmargin - \def\multline@indent{\hskip\@mathmargin}% put it back - \else: - \hfilneg - \def\multline@indent{\hskip\multlinegap}% - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ - \iftag@ - \begingroup - \ifshifttag@ - \rlap{\vbox{% - \normalbaselines - \hbox{% - \strut@ - \make@display@tag - }% - \vbox to\lineht@{}% - \raise@tag - }}% - \multline@indent - \else: - \setbox\z@\hbox{\make@display@tag}% - \dimen@\@mathmargin \advance\dimen@-\wd\z@ - \if_dim:w \dimen@<\multlinetaggap - \dimen@\multlinetaggap - \fi: - \box\z@ \hskip\dimen@\relax - \fi: - \endgroup - \else: - \multline@indent - \fi: - \else: - \multline@indent - \fi: - #1% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mmeasure@} -% Then redefine the label correctly. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mmeasure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true -% \end{macrocode} -% The patch. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\label##1{% - \@ifnextchar[ - {\EQ_multline_labelhack_opt:nw {##1}} - {\EQ_multline_labelhack:n {##1}} - } - \def\math@cr@@@{\cr}% - \MH_let:NwN\shoveleft\@iden \MH_let:NwN\shoveright\@iden - \savecounters@ - \global\row@\z@ - \setbox\@ne\vbox{% - \global\MH_let:NwN\df@tag\@empty - \halign{% - \setboxz@h{\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$}% - \iftagsleft@ - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \fi: - \else: - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \crcr - #1% - \crcr - }% - }% - \if_meaning:NN - \df@tag\@empty - \else: - \global\tag@true - \fi: - \if@eqnsw\global\tag@true\fi: - \iftag@ - \setboxz@h{% - \if@eqnsw - \stepcounter{equation}% - \tagform@\theequation - \else: - \df@tag - \fi: - }% - \global\tagwidth@\wdz@ - \dimen@\totwidth@ - \advance\dimen@\tagwidth@ - \advance\dimen@\multlinetaggap - \iftagsleft@\else: - \if@fleqn - \advance\dimen@\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \dimen@>\displaywidth - \global\shifttag@true - \else: - \global\shifttag@false - \fi: - \fi: - \restorecounters@ - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Setting End Marks Correctly} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mintagvsep} -% \changes{v1.05}{2004/02/16}{Introduced \cs{mintagvsep} to -% support the \pkg{ntheorem} package} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_only_endmark:} -% \changes{v1.05}{2004/02/16}{Introduced \cs{EQ_only_endmark:} -% to support the \pkg{ntheorem} package} -% \changes{v2.11}{2004/08/03}{Make sure the tag is printed even with the -% \pkg{mathtools} key \key{showonlyrefs} activated} -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_tag_plus_endmark:} -% \changes{v1.05}{2004/02/16}{Introduced -% \cs{EQ_tag_plus_endmark:} to support the \pkg{ntheorem} package} -% \pkg{ntheorem} provides an extension to the theorem environment -% and also supports automatic end of theorem marks. To do so it must -% redefine parts of the \pkg{amsmath} code and it eventually ends up -% in problems when the tags and the marker are all typeset at the -% right margin. -% -% There are basically two different possibilities: -% \begin{center}\hfill -% \unitlength2.5pt \thicklines -% \begin{picture}(60,45)(0,25) -% \put(0,50){\framebox(25,20){Math Height}} -% \put(0,25){\framebox(25,25){Math Depth}} -% \put(40,50){\framebox(20,10){Tag height}} -% \put(40,45){\framebox(20,5){Tag depth}} -% \put(40,25){\framebox(20,10){Marker}} -% \put(50,35){\vector(0,1){10}} -% \put(50,45){\vector(0,-1){10}} -% \put(50,39){\ \ $\delta>0$} -% \multiput(26,25)(2,0){7}{\line(1,0){1}} -% \end{picture} \hfill\vrule\hfill -% \begin{picture}(60,45)(0,25) -% \put(0,50){\framebox(25,20){Math Height}} -% \put(0,40){\framebox(25,10){Math Depth}} -% \put(40,50){\framebox(20,10){Tag height}} -% \put(40,45){\framebox(20,5){Tag depth}} -% \put(40,28){\framebox(20,10){Marker}} -% \put(50,38){\vector(0,1){7}} -% \put(50,45){\vector(0,-1){7}} -% \put(50,40){\ \ $\delta=0$} -% \end{picture}\hfill\mbox{} -% \end{center} -% Let's look closer at this. $h_M$ is the height of the end of -% theorem marker, which we'll try to place so that its baseline -% aligns with the bottom of the math display. $d_D$ is the depth of -% the the last line of the math display including the depth of the -% surrounding boxes while $d_T$ is the depth of the tag. Also we let -% $m$ denote the minimum vertical distance between tag and marker -% and $\delta$ is some positive length that may be added to $m$ -% depending on the other values. To ensure a ``proper'' placement of -% the marker we simply test the inequality -% \begin{gather} -% h_M + d_T + m > d_D \label{eq:tag_placement} -% \end{gather} -% If the test is true we're done and just have to set the marker so -% that the top of it is placed at a distance of $m$ from the bottom -% of the tag. If it's not we can safely put the marker at the bottom -% of the display. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newlength\mintagvsep -\mintagvsep5pt -\def\EQ_only_endmark:{% - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_manual_tags} - \global\tag@true - \iftagsleft@ - \gdef\df@tag{% - \hbox to \displaywidth{% - \hss -% \end{macrocode} -% If the tags are set to the left we just have to lower the end mark -% by the total depth of the display including its surrounding box. -% Also we have to take care of \cs{normallineskip}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \raisebox{-\normallineskip - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - -\heightof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - -\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\ht\EQ_mathdisplay_box} - [0pt][0pt]{\PotEndMark{\maketag@@@}}}} - \else: - \gdef\df@tag{% - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}} - {\PotEndMark{\maketag@@@}}}% - \fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v2.00}{2004/04/14}{Fixed another bug in placement of the -% marker} -% \changes{v2.10}{2004/07/26}{Fixed horizontal spacing in \env{equation}} -% In v2.00 I fixed another bug I had overlooked. This is getting -% embarrassing. The outer box must be taken into account as well. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\EQ_tag_plus_endmark:{% - \iftagsleft@ - \gdef\maketag@@@##1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% The following fixes a bug when there is a wide tag in an -% \env{equation} environment and was reported by Bernard -% Alfonsi.\footnote{\email{alfonsi@math.u-psud.fr}} The problem -% arises when \pkg{ntheorem} tries to typeset a tag and an end mark, -% because the tag is set at the left margin and the end mark at the -% right margin and \pkg{ntheorem} over-simplifies this and forgets -% to take the displayed math into account! The right solution is to -% wrap the tag in a box of the correct size, namely |\widthof{##1}| -% and then push the end mark to the right margin. Then the displayed -% math is set correcly. -% \begin{macrocode} - \hfuzz\displaywidth - \makebox[\widthof{##1}][l]{% - \hbox to \displaywidth{\m@th\normalfont##1\hss - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}} - {\PotEndMark{\hss}}}}}% - \else: - \gdef\maketag@@@##1{% - \hbox{\m@th\normalfont##1\llap{\hss\PotEndMark{% - \settoheight{\@tempdima}{\@nameuse{\InTheoType Symbol}}% - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdima - {\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim+\mintagvsep} - \setlength{\@tempdimb} - {\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim+\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - +\depthof{\EQ_innerbox:{}}} - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\@tempdimb - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\@tempdima+\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} - \addtolength{\@tempdima}{\depthof{\EQ_innerbox:{}}}% - \def\EQ_next:{\raisebox{\@tempdima}}% - \else: -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.06}{2004/03/13}{Fixed bug in placement of the marker -% and re-arranged some code} -% In v1.06 I fixed a stupid bug regarding placement of the marker. -% If I had done a proper test I would have discovered it -% immediately! -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\EQ_next:{ - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}}% - \fi:\EQ_next:}}}}% - \fi:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_nonumber:} -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_nonumber: \nonumber -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\nonumber} -% Redefine \cs{nonumber} to reset depth of bottom tag. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\z@} -\renewcommand*\nonumber{ - \@tempcnta=\row@ - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=\thr@@ - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=4\relax - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \fi: - \fi: - \if_num:w \g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint=\@tempcnta - \else: - \global\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim=-\baselineskip - \fi: - \MT_nonumber: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% End of \pkg{ntheorem} patches and package. -% \begin{macrocode} -%</package> -% \end{macrocode} -% Finale -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/flexisym.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/flexisym.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 587210590e5..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/flexisym.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1604 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -% Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -% -% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -% and the derived files -% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/flexisym.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/flexisym.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If flexisym.ins is present: -% tex flexisym.ins -% (b) Without flexisym.ins: -% tex flexisym.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{flexisym.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If flexisym.drv is present: -% latex flexisym.drv -% (b) Without flexisym.drv: -% latex flexisym.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex flexisym.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist flexisym.idx -% pdflatex flexisym.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist flexisym.idx -% pdflatex flexisym.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/flexisym.sty -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/cmbase.sym -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/mathpazo.sym -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/mathptmx.sym -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/msabm.sym -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/flexisym.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/flexisym.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: flexisym 2010/09/17 v0.97b Flexisym (MH)} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -and the derived files - flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, - cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{flexisym.ins}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{install}}% - \file{flexisym.drv}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{flexisym.sty}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{package}}% - \file{cmbase.sym}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{cmbase}}% - \file{mathpazo.sym}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{mathpazo}}% - \file{mathptmx.sym}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{mathptmx}}% - \file{msabm.sym}{\from{flexisym.dtx}{msabm}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* flexisym.sty, cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `flexisym.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{flexisym.drv}% - [2010/09/17 v0.97b flexisym (MH)] -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\CodelineIndex -\EnableCrossrefs -\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -%\providecommand*\meta[1]{\ensuremath\langle\textit{#1}\ensuremath\rangle} -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\cls[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\fn[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\makeatletter -\providecommand{\AmS}{{\protect\AmSfont - A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}} -\providecommand{\AmSfont}{% - \usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{\if\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil bb\else m\fi}{n}} -\makeatother -\newenvironment{aside}{\begin{quote}\bfseries}{\end{quote}} -\begin{document} - \DocInput{flexisym.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \title{The \textsf{flexisym} package} -% \date{2008/08/08 v0.97a} -% \author{Morten H\o gholm \\Maintainers: \texttt{mh.ctan@gmail.com}} -% -% \maketitle -% -% \part*{User's guide} -% -% For now, the user's guide is in breqn. -% -% \StopEventually{} -% \part*{Implementation} -% -% \section{flexisym} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2009/08/05] -\ProvidesExplPackage{flexisym}{2013/03/16}{0.97c}{Make math characters macros} - -\edef\do{% - \noexpand\AtEndOfPackage{% - \catcode\number`\"=\number\catcode`\" - \relax - }% -} -\do \let\do\relax -\catcode`\"=12 -\let\@sym\@gobble -\DeclareOption{robust}{% - \def\@sym#1{% - \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect \else\protect#1\exp_after:wN\use_none:nnnn\fi - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The math groups (mg) here relate to |\textfont|$n$. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mg@bin{2}% binary operators -\def\mg@rel{2}% relations -%%\def\mg@nre{B}% negated relations -\def\mg@del{3}% delimiters -%%\def\mg@arr{B}% arrows -\def\mg@acc{0}% accents -\def\mg@cop{3}% cumulative operators (sum, int) -\def\mg@latin{1}% (Latin) letters -\def\mg@greek{1}% (lowercase) Greek -\def\mg@Greek{0}% (capital) Greek -%%\def\mg@bflatin{4}% bold upright Latin letters ? -%%\def\mg@Bbb{B}% blackboard bold -\def\mg@cal{2}% script/calligraphic -%%\def\mg@frak{5}% Fraktur letters -\def\mg@digit{0}% decimal digits % 1 = oldstyle, 0 = capital -% \end{macrocode} -% This is how we insert mathchars. The command has three arguments: -% class, fam and slot postion and so it is always given as -% hexadecimal. This way of separating things should make it easier -% to get this to work with XeTeX et al.\ which have many more slot -% positions -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_char:NNn { - \tex_mathchar:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3 \__int_eval_end: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Delimiters and radicals are similar except here we have both small -% and large variant. Radicals have no class. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_delimiter:NNnNn { - \tex_delimiter:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3#4#5 \__int_eval_end: -} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_radical:NnNn { - \tex_radical:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3#4 \__int_eval_end: -} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_accent:NNnn { - \tex_mathaccent:D \__int_eval:w " #1 #2 #3 \__int_eval_end: {#4} -} - -\let\sumlimits\displaylimits -\let\intlimits\nolimits -\let\namelimits\displaylimits -% \end{macrocode} -% \TeX\ defines eight types of atoms. -% \begin{enumerate}\addtocounter{enumi}{-1} -% \item Ordinary -% \item Operators -% \item Binary -% \item Relation -% \item Open -% \item Close -% \item Punctuation -% \item Inner -% \end{enumerate} -% \TeX\ defines eight math classes. -% \begin{enumerate}\addtocounter{enumi}{-1} -% \item Ordinary -% \item Operators -% \item Binary -% \item Relation -% \item Open -% \item Close -% \item Punctuation -% \item Variable family -% \end{enumerate} -% flexisym/breqn extends this to types of classes. -% \begin{enumerate}\addtocounter{enumi}{-1} -% \item Ordinary: (Ord), Bidirectional delimiters (DeB), Radicals -% (Rad), Accented items (Acc) -% \item Operators: Cumulative Operators sum-like (COs), Cumulative -% Operators integral-like (COi) -% \item Binary: (Bin) -% \item Relation: (Rel), Arrow delimiters (DeA) -% \item Open: (DeL) -% \item Close (DeR) -% \item Punctuation: (Pun) -% \item Variable family: (Var) -% \end{enumerate} -% -% Here's an overview of what we are about to do. Math chars of each -% type as defined by us need a basic operation for inserting it. We -% will call that function |\math_bsym_|\meta{type}|:Nn|. Next there -% are compund symbols for each type which we name -% |\math_bcsym_|\meta{type}|:Nn|. Also, there is inline mode and -% display mode which are different. We will call them for -% |\math_isym_|\meta{type}|:Nn| |\math_icsym_|\meta{type}|:Nn| for -% inline mode and |\math_dsym_|\meta{type}|:Nn| and -% |\math_dcsym_|\meta{type}|:Nn|. The code uses the terms -% |\math_sym_|\meta{type}|:Nn| and |\math_csym_|\meta{type}|:Nn| for -% the current meaning of things. First up the basic definitions. |#1| -% is the math group it is from and |#2| is the slot position. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Ord:Nn {\math_char:NNn 0 }% \m@Ord -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Var:Nn {\math_char:NNn 7 }% \m@Var -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Bin:Nn {\math_char:NNn 2}% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Rel:Nn {\math_char:NNn 3 }% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Pun:Nn {\math_char:NNn 6 }%\m@Pun -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_COs:Nn { \math_char:NNn 1#1{#2} \sumlimits}% \m@COs -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_COi:Nn { \math_char:NNn 1#1{#2} \intlimits}% \m@COi -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeL:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 4 #1{#2} }%\m@DeL -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeR:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 5 #1{#2} } %\m@DeR -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeB:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 0 #1{#2} }%\m@DeB -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeA:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 3 #1{#2} }%\m@DeA -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_Rad:Nn { \math_sd_rad_aux:Nn #1{#2} }%\m@Rad -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Acc:Nn #1#2#3#4 {\math_accent:NNnn #1#2{#3}{#4}}% name is wrong - -% \end{macrocode} -% Next is somewhat complicated internally. The way it is done is that -% delimiters and radicals need information about the smallest version -% of the symbol. If this smallest delimiter (SD) is defined, then use -% it. We have these functions to help us return the number. Extract -% the numbers to use and stick a function in front of it. -% -% Code changed because now we require the smallest delimiter to be -% defined (it may be the same, no problem in that). So the two -% arguments present in |\math_bsym_DeL:Nn| are the location of -% extensible version (where the font will do the rest for us -% automatically). For each delimiter, a pointer is defined using the -% extensible characters family and slot as name and value equal to -% family and position of the smallest version. For |(| in standard -% \LaTeX\ this is |{del}{00}| and |{OT1}{28}| respectively. Hence, -% |\math_bsym_DeL:Nn \mg@del {00}| must expand to -% |\math_delimiter:NNnNn 4 \mg@OT1 {28}\mg@del{00}|. So first expand -% away to get to the smallest version. Then call next function which -% shuffles the arguments around. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn #1#2#3{ - \exp_args:Nf \math_sd_del_auxi:nN {\use:c{sd@#2#3}} #1 #2{#3} -} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_del_auxi:nN #1#2{ \math_delimiter:NNnNn #2 #1 } -% \end{macrocode} -% Same for radicals. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_rad_aux:Nn #1#2{ - \exp_args:Nf \math_sd_rad_auxi:n {\use:c{sd@#1#2}} #1 {#2} -} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_rad_auxi:n #1{ \math_radical:NnNn #1 } - - -% \cs_set:Npn \math_sd_aux:nn #1#2 { -% %\exp_args:Nnf \use:nn { #1} { \math_sd_auxi:Nn #2 } -% \exp_args:Nnf \use:nn { #1} { \use:c{sd@\use:nn#2} } -% } -% \cs_set:Npn \math_sd_auxi:Nn #1#2 { -% \cs_if_free:cTF {sd@#1#2} -% { #1{#2} } -% { \use:c{sd@#1#2} } -% } -% \end{macrocode} -% compound symbols here -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Ord:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symOrd -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Var:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Bin:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathbin{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symBin -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Rel:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathrel{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symRel -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Pun:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathpunct{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symPun -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_COi:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathop{\OrdSymbol{#2}\intlimits}}%\@symCOi -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_COs:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathop{\OrdSymbol{#2}\sumlimits}}%\@symCOs -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeL:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathopen{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeL -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeR:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathclose{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeR -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeB:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeB -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeA:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathrel{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeA -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Acc:Nn {\@sym}%\@symAcc FIX! -% These three? -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Ope:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathopen{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Clo:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathclose{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Inn:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathinner{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar - -\let\@symtype\@firstofone -\let\sym@global\global -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% The inline variants, using the basic operations. Currently we do not -% do anything to inline math. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Ord:Nn {\math_bsym_Ord:Nn }% \m@Ord -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Var:Nn {\math_bsym_Var:Nn }% \m@Var -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Bin:Nn {\math_bsym_Bin:Nn}% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Rel:Nn {\math_bsym_Rel:Nn }% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Pun:Nn {\math_bsym_Pun:Nn }%\m@Pun -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_COs:Nn {\math_bsym_COs:Nn}% \m@COs -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_COi:Nn {\math_bsym_COi:Nn}% \m@COi -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeL:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn}%\m@DeL -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeR:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeR:Nn}%\m@DeR -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeB:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeB:Nn }%\m@DeB -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeA:Nn { \math_bsym_DeA:Nn }%\m@DeA -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Rad:Nn { \math_bsym_Rad:Nn}%\m@Rad -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Acc:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn}% name is wrong -% inline compound -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ord:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Var:Nn {\math_bcsym_Var:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bcsym_Pun:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_COi:Nn {\math_bcsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_COs:Nn {\math_bcsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeR:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeB:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeB:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeA:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeA:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bcsym_Acc:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Ope:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ope:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Clo:Nn {\math_bcsym_Clo:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Inn:Nn {\math_bcsym_Inn:Nn} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The display variants, using the basic operations. Currently we do -% not do anything to inline math. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bsym_Ord:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Var:Nn {\math_bsym_Var:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bsym_Rel:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bsym_Pun:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_COs:Nn {\math_bsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_COi:Nn {\math_bsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeB:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeB:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeA:Nn { \math_bsym_DeA:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Rad:Nn { \math_bsym_Rad:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn} -% inline compound -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ord:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Var:Nn {\math_bcsym_Var:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bcsym_Pun:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_COi:Nn {\math_bcsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_COs:Nn {\math_bcsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeR:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeB:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeB:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeA:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeA:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bcsym_Acc:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Ope:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ope:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Clo:Nn {\math_bcsym_Clo:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Inn:Nn {\math_bcsym_Inn:Nn} -% \end{macrocode} -% Almost ready now! Now just need two commands to initialize these -% settings. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_set:Npn \math_setup_inline_symbols:{ - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Ord:Nn \math_isym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Var:Nn \math_isym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_isym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Pun:Nn \math_isym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COs:Nn \math_isym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COi:Nn \math_isym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeL:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeR:Nn \math_isym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeB:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeA:Nn \math_isym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rad:Nn \math_isym_Rad:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Acc:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ord:Nn \math_icsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Var:Nn \math_icsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \math_icsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \math_icsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Pun:Nn \math_icsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COi:Nn \math_icsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COs:Nn \math_icsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \math_icsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \math_icsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \math_icsym_DeB:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeA:Nn \math_icsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Acc:Nn \math_icsym_Acc:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ope:Nn \math_icsym_Ope:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Clo:Nn \math_icsym_Clo:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Inn:Nn \math_icsym_Inn:Nn -} - -\cs_set:Npn \math_setup_display_symbols:{ - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Ord:Nn \math_dsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Var:Nn \math_dsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Pun:Nn \math_dsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COs:Nn \math_dsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COi:Nn \math_dsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeL:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeR:Nn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeB:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeA:Nn \math_dsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rad:Nn \math_dsym_Rad:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Acc:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ord:Nn \math_dcsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Var:Nn \math_dcsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Pun:Nn \math_dcsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COi:Nn \math_dcsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COs:Nn \math_dcsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \math_dcsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \math_dcsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \math_dcsym_DeB:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeA:Nn \math_dcsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Acc:Nn \math_dcsym_Acc:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ope:Nn \math_dcsym_Ope:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Clo:Nn \math_dcsym_Clo:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Inn:Nn \math_dcsym_Inn:Nn -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Phew, that was it. -% -% Well, almost. We need to set them up for use properly. Should they -% be added to |\everymath|? Probably, for math within -% displays. However, this is a lot of extra processing which we could -% tackle in the display setup. -% \begin{macrocode} -\math_setup_inline_symbols: -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Need an active character for a second. Don't rely on |~| being -% active! -% \begin{macrocode} -\edef\tmp{\catcode\z@=\the\catcode\z@} -\catcode\z@=\active -\def\DeclareFlexSymbol#1#2#3#4{% - \begingroup - \cs_set_protected:Npx\@tempb{ - \exp_not:N\@sym\exp_not:N#1\exp_not:c{math_sym_#2:Nn} - \exp_not:c{mg@#3}{#4} - } - \ifcat\exp_not:N#1\relax - \sym@global\let#1\@tempb - \else - \sym@global\mathcode`#1="8000\relax - \lccode\z@=`#1\relax - \lowercase{\sym@global\let^^@\@tempb}% zero char - \fi - \endgroup -} -\tmp % restore catcode -\cs_set:Npn \DeclareFlexDelimiter #1#2#3#4#5#6{ - \DeclareFlexSymbol{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} - \cs_gset:cpx{sd@\use:c{mg@#3}#4}{\exp_not:c{mg@#5}{#6}} -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% |\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cdots}{Inn}{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}| -% |\def\@symInn#1#2{\@symtype\mathinner{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}| -% |\@symtype \mathinner{\OrdSymbol{\cdtop\cdotp\cdotp}}| -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol#1#2#3{% - \exp_args:NNo \DeclareRobustCommand#1{\csname math_csym_#2:Nn\endcsname#1{#3}}% - \sym@global\let#1#1\relax -} -\DeclareRobustCommand\textchar{\text@char\textfont} -\DeclareRobustCommand\scriptchar{\text@char\scriptfont}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Simplified the next bit because now the slot is read as one argument -% so no afterassignment and what have you. Just drop the char -% directly. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\text@char@sym#1#2#3#4{% #3=fam, #4=slot - \begingroup - \cs_set_eq:NN \@sym \prg_do_nothing: % defense against infinite loops -% \end{macrocode} -% the next line will result in |\scriptfont|\meta{num}, where |#3| -% provides the \meta{num}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \the\text@script@char#3% - \char"#4\endgroup -} -\edef\tmp{\catcode\z@=\the\catcode\z@} -\catcode\z@=\active -\def\text@char#1#2{\begingroup - \check@mathfonts - \cs_set_eq:NN \text@script@char#1 - \cs_set_eq:NN \@sym\text@char@sym - \cs_set_eq:NN \@symtype\use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN\OrdSymbol\use:n - \cs_set_eq:NN\ifmmode\iftrue - \everymath{$\use_none:n}%$ - \def\mkern{\muskip\z@} - \cs_set_eq:NN\mskip\mkern - \ifcat\relax\noexpand#2% true if #2 is a cs. - #2% - \else - \lccode\z@=\expandafter`\string#2\relax - \lowercase{^^@}% - \fi - \endgroup -} -\tmp % restore catcode -\providecommand\textprime{} -\DeclareRobustCommand\textprime{\leavevmode - \raise.8ex\hbox{\text@char\scriptfont\prime}% -} -\@ifundefined{resetMathstrut@}{}{% - \def\resetMathstrut@{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{\textchar\vert}% - \ht\Mathstrutbox@\ht\z@ \dp\Mathstrutbox@\dp\z@ - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Arrow fills. changed to 7mu as in amsmath -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{rightarrowfill@}{}{% - \def\rightarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\copy\z@\mkern-7mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\box\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-6mu\OrdSymbol{\rightarrow}$} - \def\leftarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\OrdSymbol{\leftarrow}\mkern-6mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\copy\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-7mu\box\z@$} - \def\leftrightarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\OrdSymbol{\leftarrow}\mkern-6mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\box\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-6mu\OrdSymbol{\rightarrow}$} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% hey, this looks like a simple case switch... -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\binrel@sym#1#2#3#4{% - \xdef\binrel@@##1{% - \ifx\math_sym_Ord:Nn #2 \math_csym_Ord:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Var:Nn#2 \math_csym_Var:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_COs:Nn#2 \math_csym_COs:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_COi:Nn#2 \math_csym_COi:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Bin:Nn#2 \math_csym_Bin:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Rel:Nn#2 \math_csym_Rel:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Pun:Nn#2 \math_csym_Pun:Nn - \else\exp_not:N\@symErr \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - ?{\exp_not:N\OrdSymbol{##1}}}% -} - -\def\binrel@a{% - \def\math_sym_Ord:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Ord:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Var:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Var:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_COs:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_COs:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_COi:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_COi:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Bin:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Bin:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Rel:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Rel:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Pun:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Pun:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% -} -\def\binrel@#1{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{$% - \let\mathchoice\@gobblethree - \let\@sym\binrel@sym \binrel@a - #1$}% -} -\def\@symextension{sym} -\newcommand\usesymbols[1]{% - \clist_map_variable:nNn{#1}\@tempb{% - \exp_args:No\@onefilewithoptions{\@tempb}[][]\@symextension - }% -} -% Need to introduce \ProvidesExplFile somehow -\newcommand\ProvidesSymbols[1]{\ProvidesFile{#1.sym}} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\not}[1]{\math_csym_Rel:Nn\not{\OrdSymbol{\notRel#1}}} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\OrdSymbol}[1]{% - \begingroup\mathchars@reset#1\endgroup -} -\def\mathchars@reset{\let\@sym\@sym@ord \let\@symtype\@symtype@ord - \let\OrdSymbol\relax} -\def\@symtype@ord#1#{}% a strange sort of \@gobble -\def\@sym@ord#1#2{\exp_after:wN\@sym@ord@a\string#2\@nil}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Read delimited argument here. We want to find first character of -% DeA, Bin, etc. and the control sequence checked agains is |\m@DeL|, -% |\m@Pun|, etc. The lccode trick makes the . into an @ with catcode -% 12. This is what results when the code is called with -% |\string|. Beware of this when we change internal names for math -% groups! If a Delimiter is found, insert it with class 0 but use the -% smallest version available. Otherwise just insert math char of class -% 0. The code here is not pretty and it indicates it should be tackled -% differently! -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup -\lccode`\.=`\_ \lowercase{\endgroup -\def\@sym@ord@a#1.#2.}#3#4\@nil#5#6{% - \if D#3 - %\math_ord_delim_aux:Nn #5{#6} - \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 0 #5{#6}% check if this works! - \else - \math_char:NNn 0 #5{#6} - \fi -} -\cs_set:Nn \math_ord_delim_aux:Nn { - \math_sd_aux:nn { \math_char:NNn 0 } {#1{#2}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% Before declaring any math characters active, we have to take care of -% a small problem with \pkg{amsmath} v2.x, if it is loaded before -% \pkg{flexisym}. \cs{std@minus} and \cs{std@equal} are defined as -% \begin{verbatim} -% \mathchardef\std@minus\mathcode`\-\relax -% \mathchardef\std@equal\mathcode`\=\relax -% \end{verbatim} -% in \fn{amsmath.sty} and again \cs{AtBeginDocument}. The -% latter is because -% \begin{quote} -% In case some alternative math fonts are loaded -% later. [\fn{amsmath.dtx}] -% \end{quote} -% The problem arises because \pkg{flexisym} sets the mathcode of all -% symbols to $32768$ which is illegal for a \cs{mathchardef}. -% -% We have to remove the assignments from the \cs{AtBeginDocument} hook -% as they will cause an error there. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% - \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Split the contents of \cs{@begindocumenthook} by reading what we -% search for as a delimited argument and ensure these two assignments -% do not take place. It is questionable if anything reasonable can be -% done to them. In the case of a package such as \pkg{mathpazo} which defines -% \begin{verbatim} -%\DeclareMathSymbol{=}{\mathrel}{upright}{"3D} -% \end{verbatim} -% the \cs{Relbar} will look wrong if we don't use the correct -% symbol. The way to solve this is define additional \fn{.sym} files -% which contain the definition of \cs{relbar} and \cs{Relbar} -% needed. We need those additional files anyway for things like -% \cs{joinord}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\next#1\mathchardef\std@minus\mathcode`\-\relax - \mathchardef\std@equal\mathcode`\=\relax#2\flexi@stop{% - \toks@{#1#2}% - \xdef\@begindocumenthook{\the\toks@}% - }% - \expandafter\next\@begindocumenthook\flexi@stop - \endgroup -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% There is problem when using \cs{DeclareMathOperator} as the -% operators defined call a command \cs{newmcodes@} which relies on the -% mathcode of \texttt{-} being less than 32768. We delay the -% definition \cs{AtBeginDocument} in case \pkg{amssymb} hasn't been -% loaded yet. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% -\def\newmcodes@{% - \mathcode `\'39\space - \mathcode `\*42\space - \mathcode `\."613A\space - \ifnum\mathcode`\-=45\space - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% The extra check. Don't do anything if \texttt{-} is math active. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\mathcode`\-=32768\space - \else - \mathchardef \std@minus \mathcode `\-\relax - \fi - \fi - \mathcode `\-45\space - \mathcode `\/47\space - \mathcode `\:"603A\space\relax -}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% And we then continue with the options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{mathstyleoff}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{noactivechars}{mathstyle}} -\DeclareOption{cmbase}{\usesymbols{cmbase}} -\DeclareOption{mathpazo}{\usesymbols{mathpazo}} -\DeclareOption{mathptmx}{\usesymbols{mathptmx}} -\ExecuteOptions{cmbase} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\renewcommand{\lnot}{\neg} -\renewcommand{\land}{\wedge} -\renewcommand{\lor}{\vee} -\renewcommand{\le}{\leq} -\renewcommand{\ge}{\geq} -\renewcommand{\ne}{\neq} -\renewcommand{\owns}{\ni} -\renewcommand{\gets}{\leftarrow} -\renewcommand{\to}{\rightarrow} -\renewcommand{\|}{\Vert} -\RequirePackage{mathstyle} -%</package>\endinput -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{cmbase, mathpazo, mathptmx} -% -% -% For each math font package we define a corresponding symbol file -% with extension \fn{sym}. The Computer Modern base is called -% \opt{cmbase} and \opt{mathpazo} and \opt{mathptmx} corresponds to -% the packages. The definitions are almost identical as they mostly -% concern the positions in the math font encodings. Look for -% differences in \cs{joinord}, \cs{relbar} and \cs{Relbar}. If you -% inspect the source code, you'll see that the support for -% \pkg{mathptmx} didn't require any work but I thought it better to -% create a \fn{sym} file to maintain a uniform interface. -% -% \begin{aside} -% Open question on \verb"!" and \verb"?": maybe they -% should have type `Pun' instead of `DeR'. Need to -% search for uses in math in AMS archives. Or, maybe add a special -% `Clo' type for them: non-extensible closing delimiter. -% \end{aside} -% -% -% -% Default mathgroup setup. -% \changes{v0.3}{2010/07/11}{fixed bugs regarding capital greek -% letters in mathpazo and mathptmx} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*cmbase|mathpazo|mathptmx> -%<cmbase>\ProvidesSymbols{cmbase}[2007/12/19 v0.92] -%<mathpazo>\ProvidesSymbols{mathpazo}[2010/07/11 v0.3] -%<mathptmx>\ProvidesSymbols{mathptmx}[2010/07/11 v0.3] -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OT1}{\hexnumber@\symoperators} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OML}{\hexnumber@\symletters} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMS}{\hexnumber@\symsymbols} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMX}{\hexnumber@\symlargesymbols} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@bin{\mg@OMS} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@del{\mg@OMX} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@digit{\exp_not:c{mg@OT1}} -\cs_gset:Npn\mg@latin{\mg@OML} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Latin\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@greek\mg@latin -%<cmbase|mathptmx>\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@digit -% \end{macrocode} -% Mathpazo takes the upper case greeks from the letter font if -% slantedGreek is in effect, but from \emph{upright} if not. Mathptmx -% also takes the slanted greek from the letter font. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<mathpazo>\@ifpackagewith{mathpazo}{slantedGreek}{% -%<mathpazo> \cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@latin -%<mathpazo>}{% -%<mathpazo> \cs_gset:cpx{mg@Greek}{\hexnumber@\symupright} -%<mathpazo>} -%<mathptmx>\@ifpackagewith{mathptmx}{slantedGreek}{% -%<mathptmx> \cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@latin -%<mathptmx>}{} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@rel\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@ord\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@cop\mg@del -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% Symbols from the 128-character \fn{cmr} encoding. -% Paren and square bracket delimiters from this encoding are covered -% by the definitions in the \fn{cmex} section, however. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{!} {Pun}{OT1}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{+} {Bin}{OT1}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{:} {Rel}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\colon}{Pun}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{;} {Pun}{OT1}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{=} {Rel}{OT1}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{?} {Pun}{OT1}{3F} -% \end{macrocode} -% \AmS\TeX, and therefore the \pkg{amsmath} package, make the -% uppercase Greek letters class 0 (nonvariable) instead of 7 -% (variable), to eliminate the glaring inconsistency with lowercase -% Greek. (In plain \TeX , \verb"{\bf\Delta}" works, while -% \verb"{\bf\delta}" doesn't.) Let us try to make them both -% variable (fonts permitting) instead of nonvariable. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Gamma} {Var}{Greek}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Delta} {Var}{Greek}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Theta} {Var}{Greek}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lambda} {Var}{Greek}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Xi} {Var}{Greek}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Pi} {Var}{Greek}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Sigma} {Var}{Greek}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Upsilon}{Var}{Greek}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Phi} {Var}{Greek}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Psi} {Var}{Greek}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Omega} {Var}{Greek}{0A} -% \end{macrocode} -% Decimal digits. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{0}{Var}{digit}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{1}{Var}{digit}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{2}{Var}{digit}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{3}{Var}{digit}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{4}{Var}{digit}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{5}{Var}{digit}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{6}{Var}{digit}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{7}{Var}{digit}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{8}{Var}{digit}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{9}{Var}{digit}{39} -% \end{macrocode} -% Symbols from the 128-character \fn{cmmi} encoding. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{,}{Pun}{OML}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{.}{Ord}{OML}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{/}{Ord}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{<}{Rel}{OML}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{>}{Rel}{OML}{3E} -% \end{macrocode} -% To do: make the Var property of lc Greek work properly. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\alpha}{Var}{greek}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beta}{Var}{greek}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gamma}{Var}{greek}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\delta}{Var}{greek}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\epsilon}{Var}{greek}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\zeta}{Var}{greek}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eta}{Var}{greek}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\theta}{Var}{greek}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\iota}{Var}{greek}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\kappa}{Var}{greek}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lambda}{Var}{greek}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mu}{Var}{greek}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nu}{Var}{greek}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\xi}{Var}{greek}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pi}{Var}{greek}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rho}{Var}{greek}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sigma}{Var}{greek}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\tau}{Var}{greek}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upsilon}{Var}{greek}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\phi}{Var}{greek}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\chi}{Var}{greek}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\psi}{Var}{greek}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\omega}{Var}{greek}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varepsilon}{Var}{greek}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartheta}{Var}{greek}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpi}{Var}{greek}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varrho}{Var}{greek}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsigma}{Var}{greek}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varphi}{Var}{greek}{27} -% \end{macrocode} -% Note that in plain \TeX\ \cs{imath} and \cs{jmath} are -% not variable-font. But if a \verb"j" changes font to, let's -% say, sans serif or calligraphic, a dotless \verb"j" in the same -% context should change font in the same way. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\imath}{Var}{OML}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\jmath}{Var}{OML}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ell}{Ord}{OML}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wp}{Ord}{OML}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\partial}{Ord}{OML}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\flat}{Ord}{OML}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\natural}{Ord}{OML}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sharp}{Ord}{OML}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleleft}{Bin}{OML}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleright}{Bin}{OML}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\star}{Bin}{OML}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smile}{Rel}{OML}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\frown}{Rel}{OML}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{a}{Var}{latin}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{b}{Var}{latin}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{c}{Var}{latin}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{d}{Var}{latin}{64} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{e}{Var}{latin}{65} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{f}{Var}{latin}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{g}{Var}{latin}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{h}{Var}{latin}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{i}{Var}{latin}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{j}{Var}{latin}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{k}{Var}{latin}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{l}{Var}{latin}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{m}{Var}{latin}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{n}{Var}{latin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{o}{Var}{latin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{p}{Var}{latin}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{q}{Var}{latin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{r}{Var}{latin}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{s}{Var}{latin}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{t}{Var}{latin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{u}{Var}{latin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{v}{Var}{latin}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{w}{Var}{latin}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{x}{Var}{latin}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{y}{Var}{latin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{z}{Var}{latin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{A}{Var}{Latin}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{B}{Var}{Latin}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{C}{Var}{Latin}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{D}{Var}{Latin}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{E}{Var}{Latin}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{F}{Var}{Latin}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{G}{Var}{Latin}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{H}{Var}{Latin}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{I}{Var}{Latin}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{J}{Var}{Latin}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{K}{Var}{Latin}{4B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{L}{Var}{Latin}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{M}{Var}{Latin}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{N}{Var}{Latin}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{O}{Var}{Latin}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{P}{Var}{Latin}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Q}{Var}{Latin}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{R}{Var}{Latin}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{S}{Var}{Latin}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{T}{Var}{Latin}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{U}{Var}{Latin}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{V}{Var}{Latin}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{W}{Var}{Latin}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{X}{Var}{Latin}{58} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Y}{Var}{Latin}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Z}{Var}{Latin}{5A} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{ldotPun} glyph is used in constructing the -% \cs{ldots} symbol. It is just a period with a different math -% symbol class. \cs{lhookRel} and \cs{rhookRel} are used -% in a similar way for building hooked arrow symbols. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ldotPun}{Pun}{OML}{3A} -\def\ldotp{\ldotPun} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2D} -% \end{macrocode} -% Symbols from the 128-character \fn{cmsy} encoding. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{*}{Bin}{bin}{03} % \ast -\DeclareFlexSymbol{-}{Bin}{bin}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{|}{Ord}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\aleph}{Ord}{ord}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Re}{Ord}{ord}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Im}{Ord}{ord}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\infty}{Ord}{ord}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prime}{Ord}{ord}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\emptyset}{Ord}{ord}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nabla}{Ord}{ord}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\top}{Ord}{ord}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bot}{Ord}{ord}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangle}{Ord}{ord}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\forall}{Ord}{ord}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\exists}{Ord}{ord}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\neg}{Ord}{ord}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\clubsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamondsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\heartsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\spadesuit}{Ord}{ord}{7F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallint}{COs}{OMS}{73} -% \end{macrocode} -% Binary operators. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangleup}{Bin}{bin}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangledown}{Bin}{bin}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wedge}{Bin}{bin}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vee}{Bin}{bin}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cap}{Bin}{bin}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cup}{Bin}{bin}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ddagger}{Bin}{bin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dagger}{Bin}{bin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcap}{Bin}{bin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcup}{Bin}{bin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\uplus}{Bin}{bin}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\amalg}{Bin}{bin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamond}{Bin}{bin}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bullet}{Bin}{bin}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wr}{Bin}{bin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\div}{Bin}{bin}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\odot}{Bin}{bin}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oslash}{Bin}{bin}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\otimes}{Bin}{bin}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ominus}{Bin}{bin}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oplus}{Bin}{bin}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mp}{Bin}{bin}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pm}{Bin}{bin}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circ}{Bin}{bin}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcirc}{Bin}{bin}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\setminus}{Bin}{bin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdot}{Bin}{bin}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ast}{Bin}{bin}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\times}{Bin}{bin}{02} -% \end{macrocode} -% Relation symbols. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\propto}{Rel}{rel}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubseteq}{Rel}{rel}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupseteq}{Rel}{rel}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\parallel}{Rel}{rel}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mid}{Rel}{rel}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dashv}{Rel}{rel}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vdash}{Rel}{rel}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nearrow}{Rel}{rel}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\searrow}{Rel}{rel}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nwarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\swarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leq}{Rel}{rel}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geq}{Rel}{rel}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succ}{Rel}{rel}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prec}{Rel}{rel}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approx}{Rel}{rel}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succeq}{Rel}{rel}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preceq}{Rel}{rel}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supset}{Rel}{rel}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subset}{Rel}{rel}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteq}{Rel}{rel}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteq}{Rel}{rel}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\in}{Rel}{rel}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ni}{Rel}{rel}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gg}{Rel}{rel}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ll}{Rel}{rel}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sim}{Rel}{rel}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\simeq}{Rel}{rel}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\perp}{Rel}{rel}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\equiv}{Rel}{rel}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\asymp}{Rel}{rel}{10} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{notRel} glyph is a special zero-width glyph intended only -% for use in constructing negated symbols. \cs{mapstoRel} and -% \cs{cdotPun} have similar but more restricted applications. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\notRel}{Rel}{rel}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mapstoOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdotOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{01} -\cs_set:Npn\cdotp{\mathpunct{\cdotOrd}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Symbols from the 128-character \fn{cmex} encoding. -% \verb"COs" stands for `cumulative operator -% (sum-like)'. -% \verb"COi" stands for `cumulative operator -% (integral-like)'. These typically differ only in the -% default placement of limits. \verb"cop" stands for -% `cumulative operator math group'. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\coprod}{COs}{cop}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigvee}{COs}{cop}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigwedge}{COs}{cop}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\biguplus}{COs}{cop}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcap}{COs}{cop}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcup}{COs}{cop}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\int}{COi}{cop}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prod}{COs}{cop}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sum}{COs}{cop}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigotimes}{COs}{cop}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigoplus}{COs}{cop}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigodot}{COs}{cop}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oint}{COi}{cop}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigsqcup}{COs}{cop}{46} -% \end{macrocode} -% Delimiter symbols. -% \verb"DeL" stands for `delimiter (left)'. -% \verb"DeR" stands for `delimiter (right)'. -% \verb"DeB" stands for `delimiter (bidirectional)'. -% The principal encoding point for an extensible delimiter is the -% first link in the list of linked sizes as specified in the font metric -% information. -% For a math encoding such as OT1/OML/OMS/OMX where not all sizes of a -% given delimiter reside in a given font, the extra encoding point for the -% smallest delimiter must be supplied by defining -% \begin{verbatim} -% \sd@GXX -% \end{verbatim} -% where G is the mathgroup and XX is the hexadecimal glyph -% position. |\DeclareFlexDelimiter| does that for us. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rangle}{DeR}{del}{0B}{OMS}{69} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\langle}{DeL}{del}{0A}{OMS}{68} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rbrace}{DeR}{del}{09}{OMS}{67} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lbrace}{DeL}{del}{08}{OMS}{66} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rceil}{DeR}{del}{07}{OMS}{65} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lceil}{DeL}{del}{06}{OMS}{64} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rfloor}{DeR}{del}{05}{OMS}{63} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lfloor}{DeL}{del}{04}{OMS}{62} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{(}{DeL}{del}{00}{OT1}{28} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{)}{DeR}{del}{01}{OT1}{29} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{[}{DeL}{del}{02}{OT1}{5B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{]}{DeR}{del}{03}{OT1}{5D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lVert}{DeL}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rVert}{DeR}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lvert}{DeL}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rvert}{DeR}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Vert}{DeB}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\vert}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -% \end{macrocode} -% Maybe make the vert bars mathord instead of delimiter, to discourage -% poor usage. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{|}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{/}{DeB}{del}{0E}{OML}{3D} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% These wacky delimiters need to be supported I guess for -% compabitility reasons. -% The DeA delimiter type is a special case used only for these -% arrows. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lmoustache}{DeL}{del}{40}{del}{7A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rmoustache}{DeR}{del}{41}{del}{7B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lgroup}{DeL}{del}{3A}{del}{3A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rgroup}{DeR}{del}{3B}{del}{3B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\bracevert}{DeB}{del}{3E}{del}{3E} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\uparrow}{DeA}{del}{78}{OMS}{22} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\downarrow}{DeA}{del}{79}{OMS}{23} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{3F}{OMS}{6C} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Uparrow}{DeA}{del}{7E}{OMS}{2A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Downarrow}{DeA}{del}{7F}{OMS}{2B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{77}{OMS}{6D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\backslash}{DeB}{del}{0F}{OMS}{6E} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Some compound symbols} -% The following symbols are not robust in standard \LaTeX\ -% because they use \verb"#" or \cs{mathpalette} (which is not -% robust and contains a \verb"#" in its expansion): \cs{angle}, -% \cs{cong}, \cs{notin}, \cs{rightleftharpoons}. -% -% In this definition of \cs{hbar}, the symbol is cobbled together -% from a math italic h and the cmr overbar accent glyph. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbarOrd}{Ord}{OT1}{16} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hbar}{Ord}{\hbarOrd\mkern-9mu h} -% \end{macrocode} -% For \cs{surd}, the interior symbol gets math class 1 -% (cumulative operator) to make the glyph vertically centered on the -% math axis, but the desired horizontal spacing is the spacing for a -% mathord. (Couldn't it just be class mathopen, though?) -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\surdOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{70} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\surd}{Ord}{\mathop{\surdOrd}} -% \end{macrocode} -% As shown in this definition of \cs{angle}, rule dimens are not -% allowed to use math-units, unfortunately. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\angle}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\ialign{% - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr - \notRel\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip}% - \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule \@height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr - }}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{not} function, which is defined in the \pkg{flexisym} -% package, requires a suitably defined \cs{notRel} symbol. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\neq}{Rel}{\not{=}} -% \end{macrocode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\mapsto}{Rel}{\mapstoOrd\rightarrow} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{@vereq} function ends by centering the whole -% construction on the math axis, unlike \cs{buildrel} where the base -% symbol remains at its normal altitude. Furthermore, -% \cs{@vereq} leaves the math style of the top symbol as given -% instead of downsizing to scriptstyle. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cong}{Rel}{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{m@th} in the \fn{fontmath.ltx} definition of -% \cs{notin} is superfluous unless \cs{c@ncel} doesn't include -% it (which was perhaps true in an older version of -% \fn{plain.tex}?). -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\joinord{} -%<cmbase|mathptmx>\renewcommand*\joinord{\mkern-3mu } -%<mathpazo>\renewcommand*\joinord{\mkern-3.45mu } -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\notin}{Rel}{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{\mathpalette\rlh@{}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\doteq}{Rel}{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookrightarrow}{Rel}{\lhookRel\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rhookRel} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\bowtie}{Rel}{\triangleright\joinord\triangleleft} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\models}{Rel}{\vert\joinord=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longrightarrow}{Rel}{\Relbar\joinord\Rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longrightarrow}{Rel}{\relbar\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longmapsto}{Rel}{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Rightarrow} -% \end{macrocode} -% Here is what you get from the old definition of \cs{iff}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \glue 2.77771 plus 2.77771 -% \glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 plus 2.77771 -% \OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 ( -% \hbox(0.0+0.0)x-1.66663 -% .\kern -1.66663 -% \OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 ) -% \penalty 500 -% \glue 2.77771 plus 2.77771 -% \glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 plus 2.77771 -% \end{verbatim} -% Looks like it could be simplified slightly. But it's not so -% easy as it looks to do it without screwing up the line breaking -% possibilities. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*\iff{% - \mskip\thickmuskip\Longleftrightarrow\mskip\thickmuskip -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some dotly symbols. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cdots}{Inn}{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}% -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\vdots}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ - \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\ddots}{Inn}{% - \mkern1mu\raise7\p@ - \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu% - \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% . -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\relbar{\begingroup \def\smash@{tb}% in case amsmath is loaded - \mathpalette\mathsm@sh{\mathchar"200 }\endgroup} -% \end{macrocode} -% For \cs{Relbar} we take an equal sign of class $0$ (Ord) from the -% operator family. For \fn{cmr} and \pkg{mathptmx} we know this is -% family $0$. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<cmbase|mathptmx>\def\Relbar{\mathchar"3D } -% \end{macrocode} -% For the \pkg{mathpazo} setup we need to use the equal sign from -% \fn{cmr} and so must insert class $0$ and use the symbol from the -% upright symbols. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<mathpazo>\edef\Relbar{\mathchar\string"\hexnumber@\symupright3D } -% \end{macrocode} -% Done. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExplSyntaxOff -%</cmbase|mathpazo|mathptmx> -% \end{macrocode} -% Various synonyms such as \cs{le} for \cs{leq} and -% \cs{to} for \cs{rightarrow} are defined in -% \pkg{flexisym} with \cs{def} instead of \cs{let}, for -% slower execution speed but smaller chance of synchronization -% problems. -% -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*msabm> -\ProvidesSymbols{msabm}[2001/09/08 v0.91] -\ExplSyntaxOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{amsfonts}\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@MSA}{\hexnumber@\symAMSa}% -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@MSB}{\hexnumber@\symAMSb}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxdot} {Bin}{MSA}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxplus} {Bin}{MSA}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxtimes} {Bin}{MSA}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\square} {Ord}{MSA}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacksquare} {Ord}{MSA}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\centerdot} {Bin}{MSA}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lozenge} {Ord}{MSA}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacklozenge} {Ord}{MSA}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circlearrowright} {Rel}{MSA}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circlearrowleft} {Rel}{MSA}{09} -% \end{macrocode} -% In amsfonts.sty: -% \begin{macrocode} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{MSA}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightharpoons} {Rel}{MSA}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxminus} {Bin}{MSA}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Vdash} {Rel}{MSA}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Vvdash} {Rel}{MSA}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vDash} {Rel}{MSA}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\twoheadrightarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\twoheadleftarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftleftarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightrightarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upuparrows} {Rel}{MSA}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downdownarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upharpoonright} {Rel}{MSA}{16} - \let\restriction\upharpoonright -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downharpoonright} {Rel}{MSA}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upharpoonleft} {Rel}{MSA}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downharpoonleft}{Rel}{MSA}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrowtail} {Rel}{MSA}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrowtail} {Rel}{MSA}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrows}{Rel}{MSA}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightleftarrows}{Rel}{MSA}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lsh} {Rel}{MSA}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rsh} {Rel}{MSA}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightsquigarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightsquigarrow}{Rel}{MSA}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\looparrowleft} {Rel}{MSA}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\looparrowright} {Rel}{MSA}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circeq} {Rel}{MSA}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succsim} {Rel}{MSA}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrsim} {Rel}{MSA}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrapprox} {Rel}{MSA}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\multimap} {Rel}{MSA}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\therefore} {Rel}{MSA}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\because} {Rel}{MSA}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\doteqdot} {Rel}{MSA}{2B} - \let\Doteq\doteqdot -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleq} {Rel}{MSA}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precsim} {Rel}{MSA}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesssim} {Rel}{MSA}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessapprox} {Rel}{MSA}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqslantless} {Rel}{MSA}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqslantgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyeqprec} {Rel}{MSA}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyeqsucc} {Rel}{MSA}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preccurlyeq} {Rel}{MSA}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leqq} {Rel}{MSA}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leqslant} {Rel}{MSA}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backprime} {Ord}{MSA}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\risingdotseq} {Rel}{MSA}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\fallingdotseq}{Rel}{MSA}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succcurlyeq} {Rel}{MSA}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geqq} {Rel}{MSA}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geqslant} {Rel}{MSA}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrless} {Rel}{MSA}{3F} -% \end{macrocode} -% in amsfonts.sty -% \begin{macrocode} -%% \DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubset} {Rel}{MSA}{40} -%% \DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupset} {Rel}{MSA}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangleright}{Rel}{MSA}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangleleft} {Rel}{MSA}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\trianglerighteq} {Rel}{MSA}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\trianglelefteq} {Rel}{MSA}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigstar} {Ord}{MSA}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\between} {Rel}{MSA}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangledown} {Ord}{MSA}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangleright} {Rel}{MSA}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangleleft} {Rel}{MSA}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangle} {Rel}{MSA}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangle} {Ord}{MSA}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangledown} {Ord}{MSA}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqcirc} {Rel}{MSA}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesseqgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtreqless} {Rel}{MSA}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesseqqgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtreqqless} {Rel}{MSA}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rrightarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lleftarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\veebar} {Bin}{MSA}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\barwedge} {Bin}{MSA}{5A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\doublebarwedge} {Bin}{MSA}{5B} -% \end{macrocode} -% In amsfonts.sty -% \begin{macrocode} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\angle} {Ord}{MSA}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\measuredangle} {Ord}{MSA}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sphericalangle} {Ord}{MSA}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpropto} {Rel}{MSA}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallsmile} {Rel}{MSA}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallfrown} {Rel}{MSA}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Subset} {Rel}{MSA}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Supset} {Rel}{MSA}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Cup} {Bin}{MSA}{64} - \let\doublecup\Cup -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Cap} {Bin}{MSA}{65} - \let\doublecap\Cap -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlywedge} {Bin}{MSA}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyvee} {Bin}{MSA}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftthreetimes} {Bin}{MSA}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightthreetimes}{Bin}{MSA}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteqq} {Rel}{MSA}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteqq} {Rel}{MSA}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bumpeq} {Rel}{MSA}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Bumpeq} {Rel}{MSA}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lll} {Rel}{MSA}{6E} - \let\llless\lll -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ggg} {Rel}{MSA}{6F} - \let\gggtr\ggg -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledS} {Ord}{MSA}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pitchfork} {Rel}{MSA}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dotplus} {Bin}{MSA}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backsim} {Rel}{MSA}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backsimeq} {Rel}{MSA}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\complement} {Ord}{MSA}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\intercal} {Bin}{MSA}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledcirc} {Bin}{MSA}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledast} {Bin}{MSA}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circleddash} {Bin}{MSA}{7F} -% \end{macrocode} -% Begin AMSb declarations -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lvertneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gvertneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleq} {Rel}{MSB}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeq} {Rel}{MSB}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nless} {Rel}{MSB}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngtr} {Rel}{MSB}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nprec} {Rel}{MSB}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsucc} {Rel}{MSB}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleqslant} {Rel}{MSB}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeqslant} {Rel}{MSB}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lneq} {Rel}{MSB}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gneq} {Rel}{MSB}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\npreceq} {Rel}{MSB}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsucceq} {Rel}{MSB}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleqq} {Rel}{MSB}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeqq} {Rel}{MSB}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsim} {Rel}{MSB}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ncong} {Rel}{MSB}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diagup} {Ord}{MSB}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diagdown} {Ord}{MSB}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsubsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsupsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsubseteqq} {Rel}{MSB}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsupseteqq} {Rel}{MSB}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsubsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsupsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsubseteq} {Rel}{MSB}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsupseteq} {Rel}{MSB}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nmid} {Rel}{MSB}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nshortmid} {Rel}{MSB}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nshortparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nvdash} {Rel}{MSB}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nVdash} {Rel}{MSB}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nvDash} {Rel}{MSB}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nVDash} {Rel}{MSB}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntrianglerighteq}{Rel}{MSB}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntrianglelefteq}{Rel}{MSB}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntriangleleft} {Rel}{MSB}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntriangleright} {Rel}{MSB}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleftarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nrightarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nLeftarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nRightarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nLeftrightarrow}{Rel}{MSB}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleftrightarrow}{Rel}{MSB}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\divideontimes} {Bin}{MSB}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varnothing} {Ord}{MSB}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nexists} {Ord}{MSB}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Finv} {Ord}{MSB}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Game} {Ord}{MSB}{61} -% \end{macrocode} -% In amsfonts.sty: -% \begin{macrocode} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mho} {Ord}{MSB}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eth} {Ord}{MSB}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqsim} {Rel}{MSB}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beth} {Ord}{MSB}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gimel} {Ord}{MSB}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\daleth} {Ord}{MSB}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessdot} {Bin}{MSB}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrdot} {Bin}{MSB}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ltimes} {Bin}{MSB}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rtimes} {Bin}{MSB}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\shortmid} {Rel}{MSB}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\shortparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallsetminus} {Bin}{MSB}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\thicksim} {Rel}{MSB}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\thickapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approxeq} {Rel}{MSB}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curvearrowleft} {Rel}{MSB}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curvearrowright}{Rel}{MSB}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\digamma} {Ord}{MSB}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varkappa} {Ord}{MSB}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Bbbk} {Ord}{MSB}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hslash} {Ord}{MSB}{7D} -% \end{macrocode} -% In amsfonts.sty: -% \begin{macrocode} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbar} {Ord}{MSB}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backepsilon} {Rel}{MSB}{7F} -\ExplSyntaxOff -%</msabm> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \PrintIndex -% -% \Finale diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathstyle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathstyle.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index a3d33a58efa..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathstyle.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,493 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -% Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -% -% This work consists of the main source file mathstyle.dtx -% and the derived files -% mathstyle.sty, mathstyle.pdf, mathstyle.ins, mathstyle.drv. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathstyle.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathstyle.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If mathstyle.ins is present: -% tex mathstyle.ins -% (b) Without mathstyle.ins: -% tex mathstyle.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{mathstyle.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If mathstyle.drv is present: -% latex mathstyle.drv -% (b) Without mathstyle.drv: -% latex mathstyle.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex mathstyle.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mathstyle.idx -% pdflatex mathstyle.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mathstyle.idx -% pdflatex mathstyle.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/mathstyle.sty -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/mathstyle.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/mathstyle.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation for package: mathstyle} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by Morten Hoegholm et al - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file mathstyle.dtx -and the derived files - mathstyle.sty, mathstyle.pdf, mathstyle.ins, mathstyle.drv. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{mathstyle.ins}{\from{mathstyle.dtx}{install}}% - \file{mathstyle.drv}{\from{mathstyle.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{mathstyle.sty}{\from{mathstyle.dtx}{package}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* mathstyle.sty} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `mathstyle.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -% -%<*driver> -\ProvidesFile{mathstyle.drv} -%</driver> -%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -%<package>\ProvidesPackage{mathstyle} -%<*package|driver> - [2011/08/03 v0.90 Tracking mathstyle implicitly] -%</package|driver> -%<*driver> -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\CodelineIndex -\EnableCrossrefs -\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\begin{document} - \DocInput{mathstyle.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \GetFileInfo{mathstyle.drv} -% \title{The \textsf{mathstyle} package} -% \date{\filedate\quad\fileversion} -% \author{Morten H\o gholm \\Maintainers: \texttt{mh.ctan@gmail.com}} -% -% -% \maketitle -% -% \part*{User's guide} -% -% This package exists for two reasons: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The primitive operations for creating a super- or subscript in -% \TeX\ work almost as if \verb|^| and \verb|_| are macros taking an -% argument. However, that is not quite the case, and -% some things that you'd expect to work don't (e.g., \verb|^\cong|) -% whereas others which you'd think shouldn't work actually -% do (such as |^\mathsf{s}|). We do everyone a favor if it behaves -% consistently, i.e., if the superscript and subscript operations -% act as if they are macros taking exactly one argument. -% -% \item Because the \TeX\ math typesetting engine uses infix notation -% for fractions, one has to use \cs{mathchoice} or \cs{mathpalette} -% whenever trying to do anything requiring boxing or measuring -% math. This creates problems for loading fonts on demand as the -% font loading mechanism has to load fonts for all styles without -% even knowing if the font is going to be used. Getting the timing -% of \cs{mathchoice} right can be tricky as well. Since \LaTeX\ does -% not promote the primitive infix notation, this package keeps track -% of a current mathstyle parameter. -% \end{itemize} -% -% -% \section{Some usage tips} -% -% If you want to use this package with \pkg{amsmath}, it is important -% \pkg{mathstyle} is loaded \emph{after} \pkg{amsmath}. -% -% The current mathstyle is stored in the variable \cs{mathstyle}. The -% command \cs{currentmathstyle} can be used to switch to the mode -% currently active. Below is shown how the macro \cs{mathrlap} from -% \pkg{mathtools} is implemented without knowing about the current -% mathstyle using \cs{mathpalette}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \providecommand*\mathrlap[1][]{% -% \ifx\@empty#1\@empty -% \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \@mathrlap -% \else -% \expandafter \@mathrlap \expandafter #1% -% \fi} -% \providecommand*\@mathrlap #1#2{{}\rlap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -% \end{verbatim} -% The same definition using \cs{currentmathstyle} from this package. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \providecommand*\mathrlap[2][]{% -% #1 {}\rlap{$\m@th \currentmathstyle {#2}$}} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \subsection{Package options} -% -% This package has one set of options affecting the \verb|_| and \verb|^| characters: -% -% \begin{itemize} -% \item\verb|\usepackage[mathactivechars]{mathstyle}| -% -% This is the default behaviour. Here, \verb|_| and \verb|^| are made into harmless -% characters in text mode and behave as expected (for entering sub/superscript) when -% inside math mode. -% Certain code that assumes the catcodes of these characters may get confused about -% this; see below for a possible fix. -% -% \item\verb|\usepackage[activechars]{mathstyle}| -% -% With this option, \verb|_| and \verb|^| are made into active characters for -% entering sub/superscript mode in all cases---therefore, in text mode they will -% produce a regular error (`Missing \$ inserted') indicating they are being used -% out of place. -% -% \item\verb|\usepackage[noactivechars]{mathstyle}| -% -% This is the option most like to solve any compatibility problems. Here, -% \verb|_| and \verb|^| retain their regular catcodes at all times and behave -% in their default fashion. \textbf{However}, certain other features of this -% package (such as \cs{currentmathstyle} inside a subscript) will then fail -% to work, so only use this option as a last resort. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \StopEventually{} -% \part*{Implementation} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@saveprimitive} -% A straight copy from \pkg{breqn}, see implementation details -% there. Of course, with a recent pdf\TeX\ (v1.40+), one can just -% use \cs{primitive} to get the original. We will implement that -% some day. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\@saveprimitive[2]{% - \begingroup - \edef\@tempa{\string#1}\edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \else \@saveprimitive@a#1#2% - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -\providecommand\@saveprimitive@a[2]{% - \begingroup - \def\@tempb##1#1##2{\edef\@tempb{##2}\@car{}}% - \@tempb\nullfont{select font nullfont}% - \topmark{\string\topmark:}% - \firstmark{\string\firstmark:}% - \botmark{\string\botmark:}% - \splitfirstmark{\string\splitfirstmark:}% - \splitbotmark{\string\splitbotmark:}% - #1{\string#1}% - \@nil % for the \@car - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempb}% - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \PackageError{mathstyle}% - {Unable to properly define \string#2; primitive - \noexpand#1no longer primitive}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\everydisplay} -% We need to keep track of whether we're in inline or display maths, and the only -% way to do that is to add a switch inside \verb|\everydisplay|. -% We act sensibly and preserve any of the previous contents of that token register -% before adding our own code here. -% \begin{macrocode} -\everydisplay=\expandafter{\the\everydisplay\chardef\mathstyle\z@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mathstyle} -% A counter for the math style: 0--display, 1--text, 2--script, 3--scriptscript. -% The logic is that display maths will explicitly -% set \verb|\mathstyle| to zero (see above), so by default it is set to the -% `text' maths style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\chardef\mathstyle\@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Save the four style changing primitives, \cs{mathchoice} and the -% fraction commands. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@saveprimitive\displaystyle\@@displaystyle -\@saveprimitive\textstyle\@@textstyle -\@saveprimitive\scriptstyle\@@scriptstyle -\@saveprimitive\scriptscriptstyle\@@scriptscriptstyle -\@saveprimitive\mathchoice\@@mathchoice -\@saveprimitive\over\@@over -\@saveprimitive\atop\@@atop -\@saveprimitive\above\@@above -\@saveprimitive\overwithdelims\@@overwithdelims -\@saveprimitive\atopwithdelims\@@atopwithdelims -\@saveprimitive\abovewithdelims\@@abovewithdelims -% \end{macrocode} -% Then we redeclare the four style changing primitives. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\displaystyle}{% - \@@displaystyle \chardef\mathstyle\z@} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\textstyle}{% - \@@textstyle \chardef\mathstyle\@ne} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\scriptstyle}{% - \@@scriptstyle \chardef\mathstyle\tw@} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\scriptscriptstyle}{% - \@@scriptscriptstyle \chardef\mathstyle\thr@@} -% \end{macrocode} -% First we get the primitive operations. These should have been -% control sequences in \TeX\ just like operations for begin math, end -% math, begin display, end display. -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup \catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax % just in case -\lowercase{\endgroup -\let\@@superscript=^ \let\@@subscript=_ -}% -\begingroup \catcode`\^=12\relax \catcode`\_=12\relax % just in case -\lowercase{\endgroup -\let\@@superscript@other=^ \let\@@subscript@other=_ -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If we enter a sub- or superscript the \cs{mathstyle} must be -% adjusted. Since all is happening in a group, we do not have to worry -% about resetting. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\subsupstyle{% - \ifnum\mathstyle<\tw@ \chardef\mathstyle\tw@ - \else \chardef\mathstyle\thr@@ - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Provide commands with meaningful names for the two primitives, cf.\ -% \cs{mathrel}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mathsup=\@@superscript -\let\mathsub=\@@subscript -% \end{macrocode} -% \cs{sb} and \cs{sp} are then defined as macros. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sb#1{\mathsub{\protect\subsupstyle#1}}% -\def\sp#1{\mathsup{\protect\subsupstyle#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mathchoice} -% \cs{mathchoice} is now just a switch. Note that this redefinition -% does not allow the arbitrary \meta{filler} of the \TeX\ -% primitive. Very rarely used anyway. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mathchoice{% - \relax\ifcase\mathstyle - \expandafter\@firstoffour - \or - \expandafter\@secondoffour - \or - \expandafter\@thirdoffour - \else - \expandafter\@fourthoffour - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Helper macros. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\@firstoffour[4]{#1} -\providecommand\@secondoffour[4]{#2} -\providecommand\@thirdoffour[4]{#3} -\providecommand\@fourthoffour[4]{#4} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\genfrac} -% The fractions. Note that this uses the same names as in -% \pkg{amsmath}. Much the same except here they call \cs{fracstyle}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand\genfrac[6]{% - {#1\fracstyle - {\begingroup #5\endgroup - \csname @@\ifx\maxdimen#4\maxdimen over\else above\fi - \if @#2@\else withdelims\fi\endcsname #2#3#4\relax - #6}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v0.90}{2011/08/03}{\cs{fracstyle} must be called \emph{after} -% changing to the required style} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand{\frac}{\genfrac{}{}{}{}} -\providecommand{\dfrac}{} -\providecommand{\tfrac}{} -\renewcommand{\dfrac}{\genfrac\displaystyle{}{}{}} -\renewcommand{\tfrac}{\genfrac\textstyle{}{}{}} -\providecommand{\binom}{} -\providecommand{\tbinom}{} -\providecommand{\dbinom}{} -\renewcommand{\binom}{\genfrac{}(){0pt}} -\renewcommand{\dbinom}{\genfrac\displaystyle(){0pt}} -\renewcommand{\tbinom}{\genfrac\textstyle(){0pt}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{fracstyle} command is a switch to go one level down but no -% further than three. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fracstyle{\ifcase\mathstyle - \chardef\mathstyle=\@ne - \or - \chardef\mathstyle=\tw@ - \else - \chardef\mathstyle=\thr@@ - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \cs{currentmathstyle} checks the value of \cs{mathstyle} and -% switches to it so it is in essence the opposite of \cs{displaystyle} -% and friends. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\currentmathstyle{% - \ifcase\mathstyle - \@@displaystyle - \or - \@@textstyle - \or - \@@scriptstyle - \or - \@@scriptscriptstyle - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% Finally, we declare the package options. -% \changes{v0.89}{2010/11/17}{Options should only change catcodes at -% begin document, not straight away} -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{mathactivechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=12\relax - % \catcode`\_=12\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=12\relax \catcode`\_=12\relax}% -} -\DeclareOption{activechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=13\relax - % \catcode`\_=13\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=13\relax \catcode`\_=13\relax}% -} -\DeclareOption{noactivechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=7\relax - % \catcode`\_=8\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax}% -} -\ExecuteOptions{mathactivechars} -\ProcessOptions\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% WSPR: Set up the active behaviours: (this is set even in the -% |noactivechars| case but they are never activated. no worries?) -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\catcode`\^=13\relax - \let^=\sp \let_=\sb -\else - \mathcode`\^="8000\relax - \mathcode`\_="8000\relax - \begingroup - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \global\let^=\sp - \global\let_=\sb - \endgroup -\fi -%</package> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \PrintIndex -% -% \Finale diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathtools.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathtools.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 350f21ee8bc..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mathtools.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5705 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 2004-2011 by Morten Hoegholm -% Copyright (C) 2012- by Lars Madsen -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright -% -% This work consists of the main source file mathtools.dtx -% and the derived files -% mathtools.sty, mathtools.pdf, mathtools.ins, mathtools.drv. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathtools.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathtools.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If mathtools.ins is present: -% tex mathtools.ins -% (b) Without mathtools.ins: -% tex mathtools.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{mathtools.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If mathtools.drv is present: -% latex mathtools.drv -% (b) Without mathtools.drv: -% latex mathtools.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex mathtools.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mathtools.idx -% pdflatex mathtools.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mathtools.idx -% pdflatex mathtools.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/mathtools.sty -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/mathtools.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/mathtools.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: mathtools 2014/05/21 v1.14} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 2002-2011 by Morten Hoegholm -Copyright (C) 2012- by Lars Madsen - - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file mathtools.dtx -and the derived files - mathtools.sty, mathtools.pdf, mathtools.ins, mathtools.drv. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{mathtools.ins}{\from{mathtools.dtx}{install}}% - \file{mathtools.drv}{\from{mathtools.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{mathtools.sty}{\from{mathtools.dtx}{package}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* mathtools.sty} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `mathtools.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{mathtools.drv}% - [2014/05/21 v1.14 mathematical typesetting tools] -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\IfFileExists{fourier.sty}{\usepackage{fourier}}{} -\addtolength\marginparwidth{-25pt} -\usepackage{mathtools} - -\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\texttt{#1}}} -\providecommand*\mode[1]{\texttt{[#1]}} -\providecommand*\file[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\usepackage{xcolor,varioref,amssymb} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\thinfbox[2][black]{\fboxsep0pt\textcolor{#1}{\rulebox{{\normalcolor#2}}}} -\newcommand*\thinboxed[2][black]{\thinfbox[#1]{\ensuremath{\displaystyle#2}}} -\newcommand*\rulebox[1]{% - \sbox\z@{\ensuremath{\displaystyle#1}}% - \@tempdima\dp\z@ - \hbox{% - \lower\@tempdima\hbox{% - \vbox{\hrule height\fboxrule\box\z@\hrule height\fboxrule}% - }% - }% -} - -\newenvironment{codesyntax} - {\par\small\addvspace{4.5ex plus 1ex}% - \vskip -\parskip - \noindent - \begin{tabular}{|l|}\hline\ignorespaces}% - {\\\hline\end{tabular}\nobreak\par\nobreak - \vspace{2.3ex}\vskip -\parskip\noindent\ignorespacesafterend} -\makeatletter - -\newcommand*\FeatureRequest[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Feature request by\\#1\\#2% - } - }% -} - - -\newcommand*\ProvidedBy[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Feature provided by\\#1\\#2% - } - }% -} - -\newcommand*\cttPosting[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Posted on \texttt{comp.text.tex} \\#1\\#2% - }% - }% -} - -\newcommand*\tsxPosting[2]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Posted on \texttt{\small tex.stackexchange.com} \\#1\\#2% - }% - }% -} -\newcommand*\CommentAdded[1]{% - \hskip1sp - \marginpar{% - \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright - \strut Comment added\\#1% - }% - }% -} - - -\expandafter\def\expandafter\MakePrivateLetters\expandafter{% - \MakePrivateLetters \catcode`\_=11\relax -} - -\providecommand*\SpecialOptIndex[1]{% - \@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1} - (option)\encapchar usage}% - \index{options:\levelchar#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1}\encapchar - usage}\@esphack} -\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}} - -\providecommand*\SpecialKeyIndex[1]{% - \@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1} - (key)\encapchar usage}% - \index{keys:\levelchar#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily #1}\encapchar - usage}\@esphack} -\providecommand*\key[1]{\textsf{#1}} - -\providecommand*\eTeX{$\m@th\varepsilon$-\TeX} - -\def\MTmeta#1{% - \ensuremath\langle - \ifmmode \expandafter \nfss@text \fi - {% - \meta@font@select - \edef\meta@hyphen@restore - {\hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}% - \hyphenchar\font\m@ne - \language\l@nohyphenation - #1\/% - \meta@hyphen@restore - }\ensuremath\rangle - \endgroup -} -\makeatother -\DeclareRobustCommand\meta{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MTmeta}% -\def\MToarg#1{{\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\oarg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MToarg}% -\def\MHmarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\marg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHmarg}% -\def\MHarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{#1\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\arg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHarg}% -\def\MHcs#1{\texttt{\char`\\#1}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\cs{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHcs} - -\def\endverbatim{\if@newlist -\leavevmode\fi\endtrivlist\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim - -\let\MTtheindex\theindex -\def\theindex{\MTtheindex\MakePrivateLetters} - -\usepackage[final,hyperindex=false]{hyperref} -\renewcommand*\usage[1]{\textit{\hyperpage{#1}}} - -\OnlyDescription -\begin{document} - \DocInput{mathtools.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \changes{v1.0}{2004/07/26}{Initial release} -% -% \GetFileInfo{mathtools.drv} -% -% \CheckSum{3095} -% -% \title{The \pkg{mathtools} package\thanks{This file has version number -% \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}} -% -% \author{Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph -% Wright\\ (maintainers)\thanks{The maintainers would like to thank -% Morten H\o gholm for his contributions to this package}} -% \date{\filedate} -% -% \maketitle -% -% \begin{abstract} -% The \pkg{mathtools} package is an extension package to -% \pkg{amsmath}. There are two things on \pkg{mathtools}' agenda: -% 1)~correct various bugs/defeciencies in \pkg{amsmath} until -% these are fixed by the \AmS{} and 2)~provide useful tools -% for mathematical typesetting, be it a small macro for -% typesetting a prescript or an underbracket, or entirely new -% display math constructs such as a \env{multlined} environment. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \tableofcontents -% -% \section{Introduction} -% -% Although \pkg{amsmath} provides many handy tools for mathematical -% typesetting, it is nonetheless a static package. This is not a bad -% thing, because what it does, it mostly does quite well and having -% a stable math typesetting package is ``a good thing.'' However, -% \pkg{amsmath} does not fulfill all the needs of the mathematical -% part of the \LaTeX{} community, resulting in many authors writing -% small snippets of code for tweaking the mathematical layout. Some -% of these snippets has also been posted to newsgroups and mailing -% lists over the years, although more often than not without being -% released as stand-alone packages. -% -% -% The \pkg{mathtools} package is exactly what its name implies: tools -% for mathematical typesetting. It is a collection of many of these -% often needed small tweaks---with some big tweaks added as well. It -% can only do so by having harvesting newsgroups for code and/or you -% writing the maintainers with wishes for code to be included, so if -% you have any good macros or just macros that help you when writing -% mathematics, then don't hesitate to report them to us. We can be -% reached at -% \begin{quote}\email{mh.ctan@gmail.com}\end{quote} -% This is of course also the address to use in case of bug reports. -% -% -% \medskip\noindent -% Update 2013: We now makes \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs[\cs] -% robust (can be disabled via \texttt{nonrobust} package option). -% -% \section{Package loading} -% -% -% The \pkg{mathtools} package requires \pkg{amsmath} but is able to -% pass options to it as well. Thus a line like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[fleqn,tbtags]{mathtools} -% \end{verbatim} -% is equivalent to -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[fleqn,tbtags]{amsmath} -% \usepackage{mathtools} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% -% \subsection{Special \pkg{mathtools} options} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{fixamsmath}\opt{fixamsmath}\texttt{~~~~} -% \SpecialOptIndex{donotfixamsmathbugs}\opt{donotfixamsmathbugs} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The option \opt{fixamsmath} (default) fixes two bugs in -% \pkg{amsmath}.\footnote{See the online \LaTeX{} bugs database -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html} under -% \AmS\LaTeX{} problem reports 3591 and 3614.} Should you for some -% reason not want to fix these bugs then just add the option -% \opt{donotfixamsmathbugs} (if you can do it without typos). The -% reason for this extremely long name is that I really don't see why -% you wouldn't want these bugs to be fixed, so I've made it slightly -% difficult not to fix them. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialOptIndex{allowspaces}\opt{allowspaces}\texttt{~~~~} -% \SpecialOptIndex{disallowspaces}\opt{disallowspaces} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Sometimes \pkg{amsmath} gives you nasty surprises, as here where -% things look seemingly innocent: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{gathered} -% [p] = 100 \\ -% [v] = 200 -% \end{gathered} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% Without \pkg{mathtools} this will result in this output: -% \[ -% \begin{gathered}[c] -% = 100 \\ -% [v] = 200 -% \end{gathered} -% \] -% Yes, the \texttt{[p]} has been gobbled without any warning -% whatsoever.\footnote{\pkg{amsmath} thought the \texttt[p] was an -% optional argument, checked if it was \texttt{t} or \texttt{b} and -% when both tests failed, assumed it was a \texttt{c}.} This is -% hardly what you'd expect as an end user, as the desired output was -% probably something like this instead: -% \[ -% \begin{gathered}[c] -% [p] = 100 \\ -% [v] = 200 -% \end{gathered} -% \] -% With the option \opt{disallowspaces} (default) \pkg{mathtools} -% disallows spaces in front of optional arguments where it could -% possibly cause problems just as \pkg{amsmath} does with |\\| -% inside the display environments. This includes the environments -% \env{gathered} (and also those shown in \S -% \vref{subsec:gathered}), \env{aligned}, \env{multlined}, and the -% extended \env{matrix}-environments (\S \vref{subsubsec:matrices}). -% If you however want to preserve the more dangerous standard -% optional spaces, simply choose the option \opt{allowspaces}. -% -% -% \section{Tools for mathematical typesetting} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathtoolsset}\cs{mathtoolsset}\marg{key val list} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Many of the tools shown in this manual can be turned on and off by -% setting a switch to either true or false. In all cases it is done -% with the command \cs{mathtoolsset}. A typical use could be something like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \mathtoolsset{ -% showonlyrefs, -% mathic % or mathic = true -% } -% \end{verbatim} -% More information on the keys later on. -% -% \subsection{Fine-tuning mathematical layout} -% -% Sometimes you need to tweak the layout of formulas a little to get -% the best result and this part of the manual describes the various -% macros \pkg{mathtools} provides for this. -% -% \subsubsection{A complement to \texttt{\textbackslash smash}, -% \texttt{\textbackslash llap}, and \texttt{\textbackslash rlap}} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathllap} -% \cs{mathllap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathclap} -% \cs{mathclap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathrlap} -% \cs{mathrlap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\clap} -% \cs{clap}\marg{text}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathmbox} -% \cs{mathmbox}\marg{math}\phantom{\meta{mathstyle}}\texttt{~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\mathmakebox} -% \cs{mathmakebox}\oarg{width}\oarg{pos}\marg{math} -% \end{codesyntax} -% In \cite{Perlis01}, Alexander R.~Perlis describes some simple yet -% useful macros for use in math displays. For example the display -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% X = \sum_{1\le i\le j\le n} X_{ij} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% X = \sum_{1\le i\le j\le n} X_{ij} -% \] -% contains a lot of excessive white space. The idea that comes to -% mind is to fake the width of the subscript. The command -% \cs{mathclap} puts its argument in a zero width box and centers -% it, so it could possibly be of use here. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% X = \sum_{\mathclap{1\le i\le j\le n}} X_{ij} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% X = \sum_{\mathclap{1\le i\le j\le n}} X_{ij} -% \] -% For an in-depth discussion of -% these macros I find it better to read the article; an online -% version can be found at -% \begin{quote} -% \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-4/tb72perlS.pdf} -% \end{quote} -% Note that the definitions shown in the article do not exactly -% match the definitions in \pkg{mathtools}. Besides providing an -% optional argument for specifying the desired math style, these -% versions also work around a most unfortunate \TeX{} -% ``feature.''\footnote{The faulty reboxing procedure.} The -% \cs{smash} macro is fixed too. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Forcing a cramped style} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\cramped} -% \cs{cramped}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael Herschorn}{1992/07/21} -% Let's look at another example where we have used \cs{mathclap}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{equation}\label{eq:mathclap} -% \sum_{\mathclap{a^2<b^2<c}}\qquad -% \sum_{a^2<b^2<c} -% \end{equation} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{equation}\label{eq:mathclap} -% \sum_{\mathclap{a^2<b^2<c}}\qquad -% \sum_{a^2<b^2<c} -% \end{equation} -% Do you see the difference? Maybe if I zoomed in a bit: -% \begingroup \fontsize{24}{\baselineskip}\selectfont -% \[ -% \sum_{\mathclap{a^2<b^2<c}}\qquad -% \sum_{a^2<b^2<c} -% \] -% \endgroup -% Notice how the limit of the right summation sign is typeset in a -% more compact style than the left. It is because \TeX{} sets the -% limits of operators in a \emph{cramped} style. For each of \TeX' -% four math styles (\cs{displaystyle}, \cs{textstyle}, -% \cs{scriptstyle}, and \cs{scriptscriptstyle}), there also exists a -% cramped style that doesn't raise exponents as much. Besides in the -% limits of operators, \TeX{} also automatically uses these cramped -% styles in radicals such as \cs{sqrt} and in the denominators of -% fractions, but unfortunately there are no primitive commands that -% allows you to detect crampedness or switch to it. -% -% \pkg{mathtools} offers the command \cs{cramped} which forces a -% cramped style in normal un-cramped math. Additionally you can -% choose which of the four styles you want it in as well by -% specifying it as the optional argument: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \cramped{x^2} \leftrightarrow x^2 \quad -% \cramped[\scriptstyle]{x^2} \leftrightarrow {\scriptstyle x^2} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \cramped{x^2} \leftrightarrow x^2 \quad -% \cramped[\scriptstyle]{x^2} \leftrightarrow {\scriptstyle x^2} -% \] -% You may be surprised how often the cramped style can be -% beneficial yo your output. Take a look at this example: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{quote} -% The 2005 Euro\TeX{} conference is held in Abbaye des -% Pr\'emontr\'es, France, marking the 16th ($2^{2^2}$) anniversary -% of both Dante and GUTenberg (the German and French \TeX{} users -% group resp.). -% \end{quote} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{quote} -% The 2005 Euro\TeX{} conference is held in Abbaye des -% Pr\'emontr\'es, France, marking the 16th ($2^{2^2}$) anniversary -% of both Dante and GUTenberg (the German and French \TeX{} users -% group resp.). -% \end{quote} -% Typesetting on a grid is generally considered quite desirable, but -% as the second line of the example shows, the exponents of $2$ -% causes the line to be too tall for the normal value of -% \cs{baselineskip}, so \TeX{} inserts a \cs{lineskip} (normal value -% is \the\lineskip). In order to circumvent the problem, we can -% force a cramped style so that the exponents aren't raised as much: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{quote} -% The 2005 Euro\TeX{} ... 16th ($\cramped{2^{2^2}}$) ... -% \end{quote} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{quote} -% The 2005 Euro\TeX{} conference is held in Abbaye des -% Pr\'emontr\'es, France, marking the 16th ($\cramped{2^{2^2}}$) -% anniversary of both Dante and GUTenberg (the German and French -% \TeX{} users group resp.). -% \end{quote} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\crampedllap} -% \cs{crampedllap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\crampedclap} -% \cs{crampedclap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\crampedrlap} -% \cs{crampedrlap}\oarg{mathstyle}\marg{math} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The commands \cs{crampedllap}, \cs{crampedclap}, and -% \cs{crampedrlap} are identical to the three \cs{mathXlap} commands -% described earlier except the argument is typeset in cramped style. -% You need this in order to typeset \eqref{eq:mathclap} correctly -% while still faking the width of the limit. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{equation*}\label{eq:mathclap-b} -% \sum_{\crampedclap{a^2<b^2<c}} -% \tag{\ref{eq:mathclap}*} -% \end{equation*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{equation*}\label{eq:mathclap-b} -% \sum_{\crampedclap{a^2<b^2<c}} -% \tag{\ref{eq:mathclap}*} -% \end{equation*} -% Of course you could just type -% \begin{verbatim} -% \sum_{\mathclap{\cramped{a^2<b^2<c}}} -% \end{verbatim} -% but it has one major disadvantage: In order for \cs{mathXlap} and -% \cs{cramped} to get the right size, \TeX{} has to process them -% four times, meaning that nesting them as shown above will cause -% \TeX{} to typeset $4^2$ instances before choosing the right one. -% In this situation however, we will of course need the same style -% for both commands so it makes sense to combine the commands in -% one, thus letting \TeX{} make the choice only once rather than -% twice. -% -% -% -% \subsubsection{Smashing an operator} -% -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\smashoperator} -% \cs{smashoperator}\oarg{pos}\marg{operator with limits} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/05/04} -% Above we shoved how to get \LaTeX{} to ignore the width of the -% subscript of an operator. However this approach takes a lot of -% extra typing, especially if you have a wide superscript, meaning -% you have to put in \cs{crampedclap} in both sub- and superscript. -% To make things easier, \pkg{mathtools} provides a -% \cs{smashoperator} command, which simply ignores the width of the -% sub- and superscript. It also takes an optional argument, -% \texttt{l}, \texttt{r}, or \texttt{lr} (default), denoting which -% side of the operator should be ignored (smashed). -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% V = \sum_{1\le i\le j\le n}^{\infty} V_{ij} \quad -% X = \smashoperator{\sum_{1\le i\le j\le n}^{3456}} X_{ij} \quad -% Y = \smashoperator[r]{\sum\limits_{1\le i\le j\le n}} Y_{ij} \quad -% Z = \smashoperator[l]{\mathop{T}_{1\le i\le j\le n}} Z_{ij} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% V = \sum_{1\le i\le j\le n}^{\infty} V_{ij} \quad -% X = \smashoperator{\sum_{1\le i\le j\le n}^{3456}} X_{ij} \quad -% Y = \smashoperator[r]{\sum\limits_{1\le i\le j\le n}} Y_{ij} \quad -% Z = \smashoperator[l]{\mathop{T}_{1\le i\le j\le n}} Z_{ij} -% \] -% Note that \cs{smashoperator} always sets its argument in display -% style and with limits even if you have used the \opt{nosumlimits} -% option of \pkg{amsmath}. If you wish, you can use shorthands for -% \texttt{\_} and \texttt{\textasciicircum} such as \cs{sb} and -% \cs{sp}. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Adjusting limits of operators} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\adjustlimits} -% \cs{adjustlimits}\marg{operator$\sb1$}\texttt{\_}\marg{limit$\sb1$} -% \marg{operator$\sb2$}\texttt{\_}\marg{limit$\sb2$} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/07/09} -% When typesetting two consecutive operators with limits one often -% wishes the limits of the operators were better aligned. Look -% closely at these examples: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \text{a)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} \quad -% \text{b)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p^2\ge n} \quad -% \text{c)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \sup_{p^2\ge nK} \quad -% \text{d)} \limsup_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \text{a)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} \quad -% \text{b)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p^2\ge n} \quad -% \text{c)} \lim_{n\to\infty} \sup_{p^2\ge nK} \quad -% \text{d)} \limsup_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} -% \] -% a) looks okay, but b) is not quite as good because the second -% limit ($\cramped{p^2\ge n}$) is significantly taller than the -% first ($n\to\infty$). With c)~things begin to look really bad, -% because the second operator has a descender while the first -% doesn't, and finally we have d)~which looks just as bad as~c). The -% command \cs{adjustlimits} is useful in these cases, as you can -% just put it in front of these consecutive operators and it'll make -% the limits line up. -% \medskip\par\noindent -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \text{a)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} \quad -% \text{b)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p^2\ge n} \quad -% \text{c)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \sup_{p^2\ge nK} \quad -% \text{d)} \adjustlimits\limsup_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \end{minipage} -% \[ -% \text{a)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} \quad -% \text{b)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \max_{p^2\ge n} \quad -% \text{c)} \adjustlimits\lim_{n\to\infty} \sup_{p^2\ge nK} \quad -% \text{d)} \adjustlimits\limsup_{n\to\infty} \max_{p\ge n} -% \] -% The use of \cs{sb} instead of \texttt{\_} is allowed. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Swapping space above \texorpdfstring{\AmS}{AMS} display math environments } -% \label{sec:swapping} -% -% One feature that the plain old \env{equation} environment has that -% the \AmS\ environments does not (because of thechnical reasons), is -% the feature of using less space above the equation if the situation -% presents itself. The \AmS\ environments cannot do this, but one can -% manually, using -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\SwapAboveDisplaySkip} -% \cs{SwapAboveDisplaySkip} -% \end{codesyntax} -% as the very first content within an \AmS\ display math -% environment. It will then issue an \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} -% instead of the normal \cs{abovedisplayskip}. -% -% Note it will not work with the \env{equation} or \env{multline} environments. -% -% Here is an example of the effect -% \begin{verbatim} -% \noindent\rule\textwidth{1pt} -% \begin{align*} A &= B \end{align*} -% \noindent\rule\textwidth{1pt} -% \begin{align*} -% \SwapAboveDisplaySkip -% A &= B -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \noindent\rule\textwidth{1pt} -% \begin{align*} A &= B \end{align*} -% \noindent\rule\textwidth{1pt} -% \begin{align*} -% \SwapAboveDisplaySkip -% A &= B -% \end{align*} -% -% -% \subsection{Controlling tags} -% -% In this section various tools for altering the appearance of tags -% are shown. All of the tools here can be used at any point in the -% document but they should probably be affect the whole document, so -% the preamble is the best place to issue them. -% -% \subsubsection{The appearance of tags} -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\newtagform} -% \cs{newtagform}\marg{name}\oarg{inner_format}\marg{left}\marg{right}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\renewtagform} -% \cs{renewtagform}\marg{name}\oarg{inner_format}\marg{left}\marg{right}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\usetagform} -% \cs{usetagform}\marg{name} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Altering the layout of equation numbers in \pkg{amsmath} is not -% very user friendly (it involves a macro with three \texttt{@}'s in -% its name), so \pkg{mathtools} provides an interface somewhat -% reminiscent of the page style concept. This way you can define -% several different tag forms and then choose the one you prefer. -% -% As an example let's try to define a tag form which puts the -% equation number in square brackets. First we define a brand new tag -% form: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newtagform{brackets}{[}{]} -% \end{verbatim} -% Then we activate it: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usetagform{brackets} -% \end{verbatim} -% The result is then -% \newtagform{brackets}{[}{]} -% \usetagform{brackets} -% \begin{equation} -% E \neq m c^3 -% \end{equation} -% -% Similarly you could define a second version of the brackets that -% prints the equation number in bold face instead -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newtagform{brackets2}[\textbf]{[}{]} -% \usetagform{brackets2} -% \begin{equation} -% E \neq m c^3 -% \end{equation} -% \end{verbatim} -% \newtagform{brackets2}[\textbf]{[}{]} -% \usetagform{brackets2} -% \begin{equation} -% E \neq m c^3 -% \end{equation} -% When you reference an equation with \cs{eqref}, the tag form in -% effect at the time of referencing controls the formatting, so be -% careful if you use different tag forms throughout your document. -% -% If you want to renew a tag form, then use the command -% \cs{renewtagform}. Should you want to -% return to the standard setting then choose\usetagform{default} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usetagform{default} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \changes{v1.12}{2012/05/09}{Added caveat} -% \noindent\textbf{Caveat regarding \pkg{ntheorem}}: If you like to -% change the appearence of the tags \emph{and} you are also using the -% \pkg{ntheorem} package, then please postpone the change of -% appearance until \emph{after} loading \pkg{ntheorem}. (In order to -% do its thing, \pkg{ntheorem} has to mess with the tags\dots) -% -% \subsubsection{Showing only referenced tags} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{showonlyrefs}$\key{showonlyrefs}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{showmanualtags}$\key{showmanualtags}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\refeq}\cs{refeq}\marg{label} -% \end{codesyntax} -% An equation where the tag is produced with a manual \cs{tag*} -% shouldn't be referenced with the normal \cs{eqref} because that -% would format it according to the current tag format. Using just -% \cs{ref} on the other hand may not be a good solution either as -% the argument of \cs{tag*} is always set in upright shape in the -% equation and you may be referencing it in italic text. In the -% example below, the command \cs{refeq} is used to avoid what could -% possibly lead to confusion in cases where the tag font has very -% different form in upright and italic shape (here we switch to -% Palatino in the example): -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{quote}\renewcommand*\rmdefault{ppl}\normalfont\itshape -% \begin{equation*} -% a=b \label{eq:example}\tag*{Q\&A} -% \end{equation*} -% See \ref{eq:example} or is it better with \refeq{eq:example}? -% \end{quote} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{quote}\renewcommand*\rmdefault{ppl}\normalfont\itshape -% \begin{equation*} -% a=b \label{eq:example}\tag*{Q\&A} -% \end{equation*} -% See \ref{eq:example} or is it better with \refeq{eq:example}? -% \end{quote} -% -% -% Another problem sometimes faced is the need for showing the -% equation numbers for only those equations actually referenced. In -% \pkg{mathtools} this can be done by setting the key -% \key{showonlyrefs} to either true or false by using -% \cs{mathtoolsset}. You can also choose whether or not to show the -% manual tags specified with \cs{tag} or \cs{tag*} by setting the -% option \key{showmanualtags} to true or false.\footnote{I recommend -% setting \key{showmanualtags} to true, else the whole idea of using -% \cs{tag} doesn't really make sense, does it?} For both keys just -% typing the name of it chooses true as shown in the following -% example. -% -% \begin{verbatim} -% \mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs,showmanualtags} -% \usetagform{brackets} -% \begin{gather} -% a=a \label{eq:a} \\ -% b=b \label{eq:b} \tag{**} -% \end{gather} -% This should refer to the equation containing $a=a$: \eqref{eq:a}. -% Then a switch of tag forms. -% \usetagform{default} -% \begin{align} -% c&=c \label{eq:c} \\ -% d&=d \label{eq:d} -% \end{align} -% This should refer to the equation containing $d=d$: \eqref{eq:d}. -% \begin{equation} -% e=e -% \end{equation} -% Back to normal.\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs=false} -% \begin{equation} -% f=f -% \end{equation} -% \end{verbatim} -% \mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs,showmanualtags} -% \usetagform{brackets} -% \begin{gather} -% a=a \label{eq:a} \\ -% b=b \label{eq:b} \tag{**} -% \end{gather} -% This should refer to the equation containing $a=a$: \eqref{eq:a}. -% Then a switch of tag forms. -% \usetagform{default} -% \begin{align} -% c&=c \label{eq:c} \\ -% d&=d \label{eq:d} -% \end{align} -% This should refer to the equation containing $d=d$: \eqref{eq:d}. -% \begin{equation} -% e=e -% \end{equation} -% Back to normal.\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs=false} -% \begin{equation} -% f=f -% \end{equation} -% -% Note that this feature only works if you use \cs{eqref} or -% \cs{refeq} to reference your equations. -% -% When using \key{showonlyrefs} it might be useful to be able to -% actually add a few equation numbers without directly referring to -% them. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\noeqref}\cs{noeqref}\marg{label,label,\dots} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Rasmus Villemoes}{2008/03/26} -% The syntax is somewhat similar to \cs{nocite}. If a label in the -% list is undefined we will throw a warning in the same manner as -% \cs{ref}. -% -% \medskip\noindent\textbf{BUG 1:} Unfortunately the use of the -% \key{showonlyref} introduce a bug within amsmath's typesetting -% of formula versus equation number. This bug manifest itself by -% allowing formulas to be typeset close to or over the equation -% number. Currently no general fix is known, other than making sure -% that one's formulas are not long enough to touch the equation -% number. -% -% To make a long story stort, amsmath typesets its math environments -% twice, one time for measuring and one time for the actual -% typesetting. In the measuring part, the width of the equation -% number is recorded such that the formula or the equation number can -% be moved (if necessary) in the typesetting part. When -% \key{showonlyref} is enabled, the width of the equation number -% depend on whether or not this number is referred~to. To determine -% this, we need to know the current label. But the current label is -% \emph{not} known in the measuring phase. Thus the measured width is -% always zero (because no label equals not referred to) and therefore -% the typesetting phase does not take the equation number into -% account. -% -% \medskip\noindent\textbf{BUG 2:} Currently there is a bug between -% \key{showonlyrefs} and the \pkg{ntheorem} package, when the -% \pkg{ntheorem} option \key{thmmarks} is active. The shown equation -% numbers may come out wrong (seems to be multiplied by 2). Or the end -% marker may be placed in the wrong place if a proof ends with a -% displayed formula, and that formula is not refered to. -% -% There are two possible solutions to this both involving \pkg{empheq}. -% The easiest fix is to add the following line -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage[overload,ntheorem]{empheq} -% \end{verbatim} -% before loading \pkg{ntheorem}. But the \texttt{overload} option of -% course disables things like \cs{intertext} and \cs{shotintertext}. -% -% The other thing to try is to use drop the \texttt{overload} option -% and use \env{empheq} on the very last expression, as in -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{empheq}{align} -% A &= B \label {eq:32}\\ -% & = 1. \label{eq:31} -% \end{empheq} -% \end{proof} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% The \pkg{empheq} package fixes some -% problems with \pkg{ntheorem} and lets \pkg{mathtools} get correct -% access to the equation numbers again. -% -% \subsection{Extensible symbols} -% -% The number of horizontally extensible symbols in standard \LaTeX{} -% and \pkg{amsmath} is somewhat low. This part of the manual -% describes what \pkg{mathtools} does to help this situation. -% -% \subsubsection{Arrow-like symbols} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xleftrightarrow} -% \cs{xleftrightarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~~~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xRightarrow} -% \cs{xRightarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xLeftarrow} -% \cs{xLeftarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~~~~~~~~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xLeftrightarrow} -% \cs{xLeftrightarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xhookleftarrow} -% \cs{xhookleftarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~~~~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xhookrightarrow} -% \cs{xhookrightarrow}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xmapsto} -% \cs{xmapsto}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Extensible arrows are part of \pkg{amsmath} in the form of the -% commands -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{xrightarrow}\oarg{subscript}\marg{superscript}\quad and\\ -% \cs{xleftarrow}\oarg{subscript}\marg{superscript} -% \end{quote} -% But what about extensible versions of say, \cs{leftrightarrow} or -% \cs{Longleftarrow}? It turns out that the above mentioned -% extensible arrows are the only two of their kind defined by -% \pkg{amsmath}, but luckily \pkg{mathtools} helps with that. The -% extensible arrow-like symbols in \pkg{mathtools} follow the same -% naming scheme as the one's in \pkg{amsmath} so to get an extensible -% \cs{Leftarrow} you simply do a -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% A \xLeftarrow[under]{over} B -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% A \xLeftarrow[under]{over} B -% \] -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xrightharpoondown} -% \cs{xrightharpoondown}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xrightharpoonup} -% \cs{xrightharpoonup}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xleftharpoondown} -% \cs{xleftharpoondown}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xleftharpoonup} -% \cs{xleftharpoonup}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xrightleftharpoons} -% \cs{xrightleftharpoons}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup}\texttt{~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\xleftrightharpoons} -% \cs{xleftrightharpoons}\oarg{sub}\marg{sup} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \pkg{mathtools} also provides the extensible harpoons shown above. -% They're taken from~\cite{Voss:2004}. For those liking visuals, here -% are the macros in use in the order listed in the two boxes above. -% \begin{align*} -% A &\xleftrightarrow[below]{above} B & -% A &\xRightarrow[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xLeftarrow[below]{above} B & -% A &\xLeftrightarrow[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xhookleftarrow[below]{above} B & -% A &\xhookrightarrow[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xmapsto[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xrightharpoondown[below]{above} B & -% A &\xrightharpoonup[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xleftharpoondown[below]{above} B & -% A &\xleftharpoonup[below]{above} B \\ -% A &\xrightleftharpoons[below]{above} B & -% A &\xleftrightharpoons[below]{above} B \\ -% \end{align*} -% -% -% -% \subsubsection{Braces and brackets} -% -% \LaTeX{} defines other kinds of extensible symbols like -% \cs{overbrace} and \cs{underbrace}, but sometimes you may want -% another symbol, say, a bracket. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\underbracket}\cs{underbracket}\oarg{rule thickness} -% \oarg{bracket height}\marg{arg}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\overbracket}\cs{overbracket}\oarg{rule thickness} -% \oarg{bracket height}\marg{arg} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The commands \cs{underbracket} and \cs{overbracket} are inspired -% by \cite{Voss:2004}, although the implementation here is slightly -% different. -% Used without the optional arguments the bracket commands produce this: -% \begin{quote} -% |$\underbracket {foo\ bar}_{baz}$|\quad $\underbracket {foo\ bar}_{baz}$ \\ -% |$\overbracket {foo\ bar}^{baz}$ |\quad $\overbracket {foo\ bar}^{baz}$ -% \end{quote} -% The default rule thickness is equal to that of \cs{underbrace} -% (app.~$5/18$\,ex) while the default bracket height is equal to -% app.~$0.7$\,ex. These values give really pleasing results in all -% font sizes, but feel free to use the optional arguments. That way -% you may get ``beauties'' like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \underbracket[3pt]{xxx\ yyy}_{zzz} \quad \text{and} \quad -% \underbracket[1pt][7pt]{xxx\ yyy}_{zzz} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \underbracket[3pt]{xxx\ yyy}_{zzz} \quad \text{and} \quad -% \underbracket[1pt][7pt]{xxx\ yyy}_{zzz} -% \] -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\underbrace}\cs{underbrace}\marg{arg}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\LaTeXunderbrace}\cs{LaTeXunderbrace}\marg{arg}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\overbrace}\cs{overbrace}\marg{arg}\texttt{~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\LaTeXoverbrace}\cs{LaTeXoverbrace}\marg{arg} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The standard implementation of the math operators \cs{underbrace} -% and \cs{overbrace} in \LaTeX{} has some deficiencies. For example, -% all lengths used internally are \emph{fixed} and optimized for -% 10\,pt typesetting. As a direct consequence thereof, using font -% sizes other than 10 will produce less than optimal results. -% Another unfortunate feature is the size of the braces. In the -% example below, notice how the math operator \cs{sum} places its -% limit compared to \cs{underbrace}. -% \[ -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\sum}}_{n} -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\LaTeXunderbrace{\thinboxed[green]{foof}}}}_{zzz} -% \] -% The blue lines indicate the dimensions of the math operator and -% the green lines the dimensions of $foof$. As you can see, there -% seems to be too much space between the brace and the $zzz$ whereas -% the space between brace and $foof$ is okay. Let's see what happens -% when we use a bigger font size:\par\Huge\vskip-\baselineskip -% \[ -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\sum}}_{n} -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\LaTeXunderbrace{\thinboxed[green]{foof}}}}_{zzz} -% \] -% \normalsize Now there's too little space between the brace and the -% $zzz$ and also too little space between the brace and the $foof$. -% If you use Computer Modern you'll actually see that the $f$ -% overlaps with the brace! Let's try in \cs{footnotesize}: -% \par\footnotesize -% \[ -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\sum}}_{n} -% \mathop{\thinboxed[blue]{\LaTeXunderbrace{\thinboxed[green]{foof}}}}_{zzz} -% \]\normalsize -% Here the spacing above and below the brace is quite excessive. -% -% As \cs{overbrace} has the exact same problems, there are good -% reasons for \pkg{mathtools} to make redefinitions of -% \cs{underbrace} and \cs{overbrace}. These new versions work -% equally well in all font sizes and fixes the spacing issues and -% apart from working with the default Computer Modern fonts, they -% also work with the packages \pkg{mathpazo}, \pkg{pamath}, -% \pkg{fourier}, \pkg{eulervm}, \pkg{cmbright}, and \pkg{mathptmx}. -% If you use the \pkg{ccfonts} to get the full Concrete fonts, the -% original version saved under the names \cs{LaTeXunderbrace} and -% \cs{LaTeXoverbrace} are better, due to of the special design of -% the Concrete extensible braces. In that case you should probably -% just add the lines -% \begin{verbatim} -% \let\underbrace\LaTeXunderbrace -% \let\overbrace\LaTeXoverbrace -% \end{verbatim} -% to your preamble after loading \pkg{mathtools} which will restore -% the original definitions of \cs{overbrace} and \cs{underbrace}. -% -% -% -% -% \subsection{New mathematical building blocks} -% -% In this part of the manual, various mathematical environments are -% described. -% -% \subsubsection{Matrices}\label{subsubsec:matrices} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{matrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{matrix*}\texttt{ }\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{matrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{pmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{pmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{pmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{bmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{bmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{bmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Bmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{Bmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Bmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{vmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{vmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{vmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Vmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{Vmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Vmatrix*} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/04/05} -% All of the \pkg{amsmath} \env{matrix} environments center the -% columns by default, which is not always what you want. Thus -% \pkg{mathtools} provides a starred version for each of the original -% environments. These starred environments take an optional argument -% specifying the alignment of the columns, so that -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{pmatrix*}[r] -% -1 & 3 \\ -% 2 & -4 -% \end{pmatrix*} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% yields -% \[ -% \begin{pmatrix*}[r] -% -1 & 3 \\ -% 2 & -4 -% \end{pmatrix*} -% \] -% The optional argument (default is \texttt{[c]}) can be any column -% type valid in the usual \env{array} environment. -% -% While we are at it, we also provide fenced versions of the -% \env{smallmatrix} environment, To keep up with the naming of the -% large matrix environments, we provide both a starred and a -% non-starred version. Since \env{smallmatrix} is defined in a -% different manner than the \env{matrix} environment, the option to -% say \env{smallmatrix*} \emph{has} to be either \texttt{c}, -% \texttt{l} \emph{or}~\texttt{r}. The default is \texttt{c}, which -% can be changed globally using the \key{smallmatrix-align}=\meta{c,l -% or r}. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{smallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{smallmatrix*}\texttt{ }\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{smallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{psmallmatrix}\cs{begin}\arg{psmallmatrix} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{psmallmatrix}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{psmallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{psmallmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{psmallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{bsmallmatrix}\cs{begin}\arg{bsmallmatrix} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{bsmallmatrix}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{bsmallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{bsmallmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{bsmallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Bsmallmatrix}\cs{begin}\arg{Bsmallmatrix} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Bsmallmatrix}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Bsmallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{Bsmallmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Bsmallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{vsmallmatrix}\cs{begin}\arg{vsmallmatrix} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{vsmallmatrix}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{vsmallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{vsmallmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{vsmallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Vsmallmatrix}\cs{begin}\arg{Vsmallmatrix} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Vsmallmatrix}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{Vsmallmatrix*}\cs{begin}\arg{Vsmallmatrix*}\oarg{col} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{Vsmallmatrix*}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{smallmatrix-align}\makebox{$\key{smallmatrix-align}=\meta{c,l or r}$}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{smallmatrix-inner-space}\makebox{$\key{smallmatrix-inner-space}=\cs{,}$} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \ProvidedBy{Rasmus Villemoes}{2011/01/17} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{bsmallmatrix} a & -b \\ -c & d \end{bsmallmatrix} -% \begin{bsmallmatrix*}[r] a & -b \\ -c & d \end{bsmallmatrix*} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% yields -% \[ -% \begin{bsmallmatrix} a & -b \\ -c & d \end{bsmallmatrix} -% \begin{bsmallmatrix*}[r] a & -b \\ -c & d \end{bsmallmatrix*} -% \] -% Inside the \verb?Xsmallmatrix? construction a small space is -% inserted between the fences and the contents, the size of it can be -% changed using \key{smallmatrix-align}=\meta{some spacing command}, -% the default is \cs{,}. -% -% As an extra trick the fences will behave as open and closing fences -% in constract to their auto-scaling nature.\footnote{\cs{left} and -% \cs{right} do \emph{not} produce open and closing fences, thus -% the space before or after may be too large. Inside this -% construction they behave.} -% -% \subsubsection{The \env{multlined} environment} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{multlined}\cs{begin}\arg{multlined}\oarg{pos}\oarg{width} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{multlined}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shoveleft}\cs{shoveleft}\oarg{dimen}\marg{arg}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shoveright}\cs{shoveright}\oarg{dimen}\marg{arg}\\ -% \makeatletter\settowidth\@tempdimc{\cs{shoveleft}\oarg{dimen}\marg{arg}}\global\@tempdimc\@tempdimc -% \SpecialKeyIndex{firstline-afterskip}\makebox[\@tempdimc][l]{$\key{firstline-afterskip}=\meta{dimen}$}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{lastline-preskip}$\key{lastline-preskip}=\meta{dimen}$\\ -% \makeatletter\SpecialKeyIndex{multlined-width}\makebox[\@tempdimc][l]{$\key{multlined-width}=\meta{dimen}$}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{multlined-pos}$\key{multlined-pos}=\texttt{c}\vert\texttt{b}\vert\texttt{t}$ -% \end{codesyntax} -% Some of the \pkg{amsmath} environments exist in two forms: an -% outer and an inner environment. One example is the pair -% \env{gather} \& \env{gathered}. There is one important omission on -% this list however, as there is no inner \env{multlined} -% environment, so this is where \pkg{mathtools} steps in. -% -% One might wonder what the sensible behavior should be. We want it -% to be an inner environment so that it is not wider than necessary, -% but on the other hand we would like to be able to control the -% width. The current implementation of \env{multlined} handles both -% cases. The idea is this: Set the first line flush left and add a -% hard space after it; this space is governed by the -% \key{firstline-afterskip} key. The last line should be set flush -% right and preceded by a hard space of size \key{lastline-preskip}. -% Both these hard spaces have a default value of \cs{multlinegap}. -% Here we use a `t' in the first optional argument denoting a -% top-aligned building block (the default is `c'). -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% A = \begin{multlined}[t] -% \framebox[4cm]{first} \\ -% \framebox[4cm]{last} -% \end{multlined} B -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% A = \begin{multlined}[t] -% \framebox[4cm]{first} \\ -% \framebox[4cm]{last} -% \end{multlined} B -% \] -% Note also that \env{multlined} gives you access to an extended -% syntax for \cs{shoveleft} and \cs{shoveright} as shown in the -% example below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{multlined} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.5\columnwidth]{Second line} \\ -% \shoveleft{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \shoveleft[1cm]{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright[\widthof{$R+I+G+H+T$}]{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} -% \end{multlined} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{multlined} -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{First line} \\ -% \framebox[.5\columnwidth]{Second line} \\ -% \shoveleft{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \shoveleft[1cm]{L+E+F+T} \\ -% \shoveright[\widthof{$R+I+G+H+T$}]{R+I+G+H+T} \\ -% \framebox[.65\columnwidth]{Last line} -% \end{multlined} -% \] -% -% You can also choose the width yourself by specifying it as an -% optional argument: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{multlined}[b][7cm] -% \framebox[4cm]{first} \\ -% \framebox[4cm]{last} -% \end{multlined} = B -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{multlined}[b][7cm] -% \framebox[4cm]{first} \\ -% \framebox[4cm]{last} -% \end{multlined} = B -% \] -% There can be two optional arguments (position and width) and -% they're interchangeable. -% -% \medskip\noindent -% \textbf{Bug:} -% \CommentAdded{2014/05/11} -% If used inside an \env{array} or -% a derivative (say, a \env{matrix} variant), \env{multlined} does -% not work as expected. The implementation contains an `invisible' -% line after the first \env{multline} row, inside an \env{array} this -% line is no longer `invisible' because \env{array} sets -% \cs{baselineskip} to zero. Currently we have no workaround for this. -% -% \subsubsection{More \env{cases}-like environments} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{dcases} -% \cs{begin}\arg{dcases}\texttt{~} \meta{math_column} |&| \meta{math_column} -% \cs{end}\arg{dcases}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{dcases*} -% \cs{begin}\arg{dcases*} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{text\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{dcases*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{rcases} -% \cs{begin}\arg{rcases}\texttt{~~} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{math\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{rcases}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{rcases*} -% \cs{begin}\arg{rcases*}\texttt{~} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{text\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{rcases*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{drcases} -% \cs{begin}\arg{drcases}\texttt{~} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{math\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{drcases}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{drcases*} -% \cs{begin}\arg{drcases*} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{text\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{drcases*}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{cases*} -% \cs{begin}\arg{cases*}\texttt{~} \meta{math_column} |&| \makebox[\widthof{\meta{math\_column}}][l]{\meta{text\_column}} -% \cs{end}\arg{cases*} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/07/01} -% Anyone who have tried to use an integral in the regular -% \env{cases} environment from \pkg{amsmath} will have noticed that -% it is set as -% \[ -% a=\begin{cases} -% E = m c^2 & \text{Nothing to see here} \\ -% \int x-3\, dx & \text{Integral is text style} -% \end{cases} -% \] -% \pkg{mathtools} provides two environments similar to \env{cases}. -% Using the \env{dcases} environment you get the same output as with -% \env{cases} except that the rows are set in display style. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{dcases} -% E = m c^2 & c \approx 3.00\times 10^{8}\,\mathrm{m}/\mathrm{s} \\ -% \int x-3\, dx & \text{Integral is display style} -% \end{dcases} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{dcases} -% E = m c^2 & c \approx 3.00\times 10^{8}\,\mathrm{m}/\mathrm{s} \\ -% \int x-3\, dx & \text{Integral is display style} -% \end{dcases} -% \] -% Additionally the environment \env{dcases*} acts just the same, but -% the second column is set in the normal roman font of the -% document.\footnote{Or rather: it inherits the font characteristics -% active just before the \env{dcases*} environment.} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% a= \begin{dcases*} -% E = m c^2 & Nothing to see here \\ -% \int x-3\, dx & Integral is display style -% \end{dcases*} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% a= \begin{dcases*} -% E = m c^2 & Nothing to see here \\ -% \int x-3\, dx & Integral is display style -% \end{dcases*} -% \] -% The environments \env{rcases}, \env{rcases*}, \env{drcases} and -% \env{drcases*} are equivalent to \env{cases} and \env{dcases}, but -% here the brace is placed on the right instead of on the left. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{rcases*} -% x^2 & for $x>0$\\ -% x^3 & else -% \end{rcases*} \quad \Rightarrow \cdots -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{rcases*} -% x^2 & for $x>0$\\ -% x^3 & else -% \end{rcases*} \quad \Rightarrow\cdots -% \] -% -% -% \subsubsection{Emulating indented lines in alignments} -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{\MoveEqLeft}\cs{MoveEqLeft}\oarg{number} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \ProvidedBy{Lars Madsen}{2008/06/05} In \cite{Swanson}, Ellen -% Swanson recommends that when ever one has a long displayed formula, -% spanning several lines, and it is unfeasible to align against a -% relation within the first line, then all lines in the display -% should be aligned at the left most edge of the first line, and all -% subsequent lines should be indented by 2\,em (or if needed by a -% smaller amount). That is we are talking about displayes that end up -% looking like this -% \begin{align*} -% \MoveEqLeft \framebox[10cm][c]{Long first line}\\ -% & = \framebox[6cm][c]{ \hphantom{g} 2nd line}\\ -% & \leq \dots -% \end{align*} -% Traditionally one could do this by starting subsequent lines by -% \verb+&\qquad ...+, but that is tedious. Instead the example above -% was made using \cs{MoveEqLeft}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \MoveEqLeft \framebox[10cm][c]{Long first line}\\ -% & = \framebox[6cm][c]{ \hphantom{g} 2nd line}\\ -% & \leq \dots -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \cs{MoveEqLeft} is placed instead of the \verb+&+ on the first -% line, and will effectively \emph{move} the entire first line -% \oarg{number} of ems to the left (default is 2). If you choose to -% align to the right of the relation, use \cs{MoveEqLeft}\verb+[3]+ -% to accommodate the extra distance to the alignment point: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \MoveEqLeft[3] \framebox[10cm][c]{Part 1}\\ -% = {} & \framebox[8cm][c]{2nd line}\\ -% & + \framebox[4cm][c]{ last part} -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \MoveEqLeft[3] \framebox[10cm][c]{Long first line}\\ -% = {} & \framebox[6cm][c]{ 2nd line}\\ -% & + \framebox[4cm][c]{ last part} -% \end{align*} -% -% \subsubsection{Boxing a single line in an alignment} -% -% The \texttt{amsmath} package provie the \cs{boxed} macro to box -% material in math mode. But this of course will not work if the box -% should cross an alignment point. We provide a macro that -% can.\footnote{Note that internally \cs{Aboxed} does use \cs{boxed}.} -% \hskip1sp -% \marginpar{% -% \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright -% \strut Evolved from a request by\\Merciadri Luca\\ -% 2010/06/28\\on comp.text.tex% -% }\strut -% }% -% \marginpar{\strut\\% -% \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright -% \strut Reimplemented by\\Florent Chervet (GL) \\ -% 2011/06/11\\on comp.text.tex% -% }\strut -% }% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{\Aboxed}\cs{Aboxed}\marg{left hand side -% \quad\texttt{\textnormal{\&}}\quad right hand side} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Example -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \Aboxed{ f(x) & = \int h(x)\, dx} \\ -% & = g(x) -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% Resulting in: -% \begin{align*} -% \Aboxed{ f(x) & = \int h(x)\, dx} \\ -% & = g(x) -% \end{align*} -% One can have multiple boxes on each line, and the -% >>\texttt{\textnormal{\&}}\quad right hand side<< can even be -% missing. Here is an example of how the padding in the box can be changed -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \setlength\fboxsep{1em} -% \Aboxed{ f(x) &= 0 } & \Aboxed{ g(x) &= b} \\ -% \Aboxed{ h(x) } & \Aboxed{ i(x) } -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% \setlength\fboxsep{1em} -% \Aboxed{ f(x) &= 0 } & \Aboxed{ g(x) &= b} \\ -% \Aboxed{ h(x) } & \Aboxed{ i(x) } -% \end{align*} -% Note how the \cs{fboxsep} change only affect the box coming -% immediately after it. -% -% \marginpar{\strut\\% -% \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright -% \strut Comment by Qrrbrbirlbel on \url{tex.stackexchange.com}, 2013/05/20. -% }\strut -% }% -% As \cs{Aboxed} looks for the alignment \texttt{\&} it may be -% necessary to \emph{hide} constructions like matrices that also make -% use of \texttt{\&}. Just add a set of braces around the construction -% you want to hide. -% -% \subsubsection{Adding arrows between lines in an alignment} -% -% This first macro is a bit misleading, it is only intended to be -% used in combination with the \env{alignat(*)} environment. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{\ArrowBetweenLines}\cs{ArrowBetweenLines}\oarg{symbol}\\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{\ArrowBetweenLines*}\cs{ArrowBetweenLines*}\oarg{symbol} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \hskip1sp -% \marginpar{% -% \parbox[b]{\marginparwidth}{\small\sffamily\raggedright -% \strut Evolved from a request by\\Christian -% Bohr-Halling\\2004/03/31\\on dk.edb.tekst% -% } -% }% -% To add, say $\Updownarrow$ between two lines in an alignment use -% \cs{ArrowBetweenLines} and the \env{alignat} environment (note the -% extra pair of \texttt{\&}'s in front): -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{alignat}{2} -% && \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[3cm]{}\\ -% \ArrowBetweenLines % \Updownarrow is the default -% && \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[2cm]{} -% \end{alignat} -% \end{verbatim} -% resulting in -% \begin{alignat}{2} -% && \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[3cm]{}\\ -% \ArrowBetweenLines -% && \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[2cm]{} -% \end{alignat} -% Note the use of \verb+&&+ starting each \emph{regular} line of -% math. For adding the arrow on the right, use -% \cs{ArrowBetweenLines*}\oarg{symbol}, and end each line of math -% with \verb+&&+. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{alignat*}{2} -% \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[3cm]{} &&\\ -% \ArrowBetweenLines*[\Downarrow] -% \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[2cm]{} && -% \end{alignat*} -% \end{verbatim} -% resulting in -% \begin{alignat*}{2} -% \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[3cm]{} &&\\ -% \ArrowBetweenLines*[\Downarrow] -% \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[2cm]{} && -% \end{alignat*} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Centered \cs{vdots}} -% -% If one want to mark a vertical continuation, there is -% the \verb?\vdots? command, but combine this with an alignment and -% we get something rather suboptimal -% \FeatureRequest{Bruno Le Floch \\(and many others)}{2011/01/25} -% \begin{align*} -% \framebox[1.5cm]{} &= \framebox[3cm]{}\\ -% & \vdots\\ -% &= \framebox[3cm]{} -% \end{align*} -% It would be nice to have (1) a \verb?\vdots? centered within the -% width of another symbol, and (2) a construction similar to -% \verb?\ArrowBetweenLines? that does not take up so much space. -% We provide both. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\vdotswithin}\cs{vdotswithin}\marg{symbol}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shortvdotswithin}\cs{shortvdotswithin}\marg{symbol}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shortvdotswithin*}\cs{shortvdotswithin*}\marg{symbol}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\MTFlushSpaceAbove}\cs{MTFlushSpaceAbove}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\MTFlushSpaceBelow}\cs{MTFlushSpaceBelow}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{shortvdotsadjustabove}\makebox{$\key{shortvdotsadjustabove}=\meta{length}$}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{shortvdotsadjustbelow}\makebox{$\key{shortvdotsadjustbelow}=\meta{length}$} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Two examples in one -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% a &= b \\ -% & \vdotswithin{=} \\ -% & = c \\ -% \shortvdotswithin{=} -% & = d -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% yielding -% \begin{align*} -% a &= b \\ -% & \vdotswithin{=} \\ -% & = c \\ -% \shortvdotswithin{=} -% & = d -% \end{align*} -% Thus \verb?\vdotswithin{=}? create a box corersponding to -% \verb?{}={}? and typeset a >>$\vdots$<< centered inside it. When doing -% this as a normal line in an alignment leaves us with excessive space -% which \verb?\shortvdotswithin{=}? takes care with for us. -% -% \verb?\shortvdotswithin{=}? corresponds to -% \begin{verbatim} -% \MTFlushSpaceAbove -% & \vdotswithin{=} \\ -% \MTFlushSpaceBelow -% \end{verbatim} -% whereas \verb?\shortvdotswithin*{=}? is the case with -% \verb?\vdotswithin{=} & \\?. This also means one cannot write more -% on the line when using \verb?\shortvdotswithin? or the starred -% version. But one can de-construct the macro and arrive at -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{alignat*}{3} -% A&+ B &&= C &&+ D \\ -% \MTFlushSpaceAbove -% &\vdotswithin{+} &&&& \vdotswithin{+} -% \MTFlushSpaceBelow -% C &+ D &&= Y &&+K -% \end{alignat*} -% \end{verbatim} -% yielding -% \begin{alignat*}{3} -% A&+ B &&= C &&+ D \\ -% \MTFlushSpaceAbove -% &\vdotswithin{+} &&&& \vdotswithin{+} -% \MTFlushSpaceBelow -% C &+ D &&= Y &&+K -% \end{alignat*} -% If one has the need for such a construction. -% -% The de-spaced version does support the \env{spreadlines} -% environment. The actual amount of space being \emph{flushed} above -% and below can be controlled by the user using the two options -% indicated. Their original values are \verb?2.15\origjot? and -% \verb?\origjot? respectively (\verb?\origjot? is usually 3pt). -% -% \subsection{Intertext and short intertext} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shortintertext}\cs{shortintertext}\marg{text} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Gabriel Zachmann and Donald Arseneau}{2000/05/12--13} -% \pkg{amsmath} provides the command \cs{intertext} for interrupting -% a multiline display while still maintaining the alignment points. -% However the spacing often seems quite excessive as seen below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align} -% a&=b \intertext{Some text} -% c&=d -% \end{align} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{align} -% a&=b \intertext{Some text} -% c&=d -% \end{align} -% -% Using the command \cs{shortintertext} alleviates this situation -% somewhat: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align} -% a&=b \shortintertext{Some text} -% c&=d -% \end{align} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{align} -% a&=b \shortintertext{Some text} -% c&=d -% \end{align} -% -% \noindent -% It turns out that both \cs{shortintertext} and the original -% \cs{intertext} from \pkg{amsmath} has a slight problem. If we use -% the \env{spreadlines} (see section~\ref{sec:spread}) to open up -% the equations in a multiline calculation, then this opening up -% value also applies to the spacing above and below the original -% \cs{shortintertext} and \cs{intertext}. \tsxPosting{Tobias Weh -% \\(referring to a suggestion by Chung-chieh Shan)}{2011/05/29} -% It can be illustrated using the following example, an interested -% reader, can apply it with and with out the original \cs{intertext} -% and \cs{shortintertext}. -% \begin{verbatim} -% % the original \intertext and \shortintertext -% \mathtoolsset{original-intertext,original-shortintertext} -% \newcommand\myline{\par\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1mm}} -% \myline -% \begin{spreadlines}{1em} -% \begin{align*} -% AA\\ BB\\ \intertext{\myline} -% AA\\ BB\\ \shortintertext{\myline} -% AA\\ BB -% \end{align*} -% \end{spreadlines} -% \myline -% \end{verbatim} -% -% We now fix this internaly for both \cs{intertext} and -% \cs{shortintertext}, plus we add the posibility to fine tune -% spacing around these constructions. The original versions can be -% brought back using the \texttt{original-x} keys below. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\intertext}\cs{intertext}\marg{text}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\shortintertext}\cs{shortintertext}\marg{text}\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{original-intertext}$\key{original-intertext}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$ \quad(default: \texttt{false})\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{original-shortintertext}$\key{original-shortintertext}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$ -% \quad(default: \texttt{false})\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{above-intertext-sep}$\key{above-intertext-sep}=\meta{dimen}$ \quad(default: 0pt)\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{below-intertext-sep}$\key{below-intertext-sep}=\meta{dimen}$ \quad(default: 0pt)\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{above-shortintertext-sep}$\key{above-shortintertext-sep}=\meta{dimen}$ \quad(default: 3pt)\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{below-shortintertext-sep}$\key{below-shortintertext-sep}=\meta{dimen}$ \quad(default: 3pt) -% \end{codesyntax} -% The updated \cs{shortintertext} will look like the original version -% unless for areas with an enlarged \cs{jot} value (see for example -% the \env{spreadlines}, section~\ref{sec:spread}). Whereas \cs{intertext} -% will have a slightly smaller value above and below (corresponding -% to about 3pt less space above and below), the spacing around -% \cs{intertext} should now match the normal spacing going into and -% out of an \env{align}. -% -% \textbf{Tip:} \cs{intertext} and \cs{shortintertext} also works -% within \env{gather}. -% -% \subsection{Paired delimiters} -% -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclarePairedDelimiter} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}\marg{cmd}\marg{left_delim}\marg{right_delim} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Lars Madsen}{2004/06/25} -% In the \pkg{amsmath} documentation it is shown how to define a few -% commands for typesetting the absolute value and norm. These -% definitions are: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand*\abs[1]{\lvert#1\rvert} -% \newcommand*\norm[1]{\lVert#1\rVert} -% \end{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs\lvert\rvert -% While they produce correct horizontal spacing you have to be -% careful about the vertical spacing if the argument is just a -% little taller than usual as in -% \[ -% \abs{\frac{a}{b}} -% \] -% Here it won't give a nice result, so you have to manually put in -% either \cs{left}--\cs{right} pair or a \cs{bigl}--\cs{bigr} pair. -% Both methods mean that you have to delete your \cs{abs} command, -% which may not sound like an ideal solution. -% -% With the command \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} you can combine all -% these features in one easy to use command. Let's show an example: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert} -% \end{verbatim} -% This defines the command \cs{abs} just like in the -% \pkg{amsmath} documentation but with a few additions: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A starred variant: \cs{abs*} produces delimiters that are preceded -% by \cs{left} and \cs{right} resp.: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \abs*{\frac{a}{b}} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \abs*{\frac{a}{b}} -% \] -% \item A variant with an optional argument: -% \cs{abs}\oarg{size_cmd}, where -% \meta{size_cmd} is either \cs{big}, \cs{Big}, \cs{bigg}, or -% \cs{Bigg} (if you have any bigggger versions you can use them -% too). -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \abs[\Bigg]{\frac{a}{b}} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \abs[\Bigg]{\frac{a}{b}} -% \] -% \end{itemize} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclarePairedDelimiterX} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}\marg{cmd}\oarg{num args}\marg{left_delim}\marg{right_delim}\marg{body}\\ -% \cs{delimsize} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Sometimes one might want to have the capabilities of -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}, but also want a macro the takes more -% than one argument and specify plus being able to specify the body -% of the generated macro. -% -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} extends the features of -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} such that the user will get a macro -% which is fenced off at either end, plus the capability to provide -% the \meta{body} for what ever the macro should do within these -% fences. -% -% Inside the \meta{body} part, the macro \cs{delimsize} refer to the -% size of the outer fences. It can then be used inside \meta{body} to -% scale any inner fences. -% -% Thus -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}\marg{cmd}\marg{left_delim}\marg{right_delim} -% \end{quote} -% is the same thing as -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}\marg{cmd}\verb|[1]|\marg{left_delim}\marg{right_delim}\verb|{#1}| -% \end{quote} -% % -% Let us do some examples. First we want to prepare a macro for inner -% products, with two arguments such that we can hide the character -% separating the arguments (a journal style might require a -% semi-colon, so we will save a lot of hand editing). This can be -% done via -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerp[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{#1,#2} -% \end{verbatim} -% More interestingly we can refer to the size inside the -% \meta{code}. Here we do a weird three argument `braket' -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[3]{\langle}{\rangle}% -% {#1\,\delimsize\vert\,#2\,\delimsize\vert\,#3} -% \end{verbatim} -% Then we can get -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerp[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{#1,#2} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[3]{\langle}{\rangle}% -% {#1\,\delimsize\vert\,#2\,\delimsize\vert\,#3} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \innerp*{A}{ \frac{1}{2} } \quad -% \braket[\Big]{B}{\sum_{k} f_k}{C} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \innerp*{A}{ \frac{1}{2} } \quad -% \braket[\Big]{B}{\sum_{k}}{C} -% \] -% \iffalse -% \bigskip -% -% \noindent -% \textbf{\textit{Side note:}} We have changed the internal code of -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} and \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} such -% that the starred version does no longer give the odd spacings that -% \cs{left}\dots\cs{right} sometimes give. Compare this -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% 2\innerp{A}{B} \quad 2\innerp*{A}{B} \quad 2\left\langle A,B \right\rangle -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \sin\innerp{A}{B} \quad -% \sin\innerp*{A}{B} \quad -% \sin\left\langle A,B \right\rangle -% \] -% The spacing in the last one does not behave like other fences (this -% is a feature of the \cs{left}\dots\cs{right} construction). -% \fi -% -% With the inner scaling, we can provide macros whos syntax closely -% follow the mathematical meaning. Fx for building -% sets, try this\footnote{The reason for \cs{SetSymbol} can be seen -% when one want to build a complicated set where the condition has to -% span several lines, then one may have to resort to a different -% construction, giving the need to be able to refer back to the symbol -% being used.} -% \begin{verbatim} -% % just to make sure it exists -% \providecommand\given{} -% % can be useful to refer to this outside \Set -% \newcommand\SetSymbol[1][]{\nonscript\:#1\vert\nonscript\:\allowbreak} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\Set[1]\{\}{% -% \renewcommand\given{\SetSymbol[\delimsize]} -% #1 -% } -% \end{verbatim} -% \providecommand\given{} -% \newcommand\SetSymbol[1][]{\nonscript\:#1\vert\nonscript\:\allowbreak} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\Set[1]\{\}{% -% \renewcommand\given{\SetSymbol[\delimsize]} -% #1 -% } -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ \Set*{ x \in X \given \frac{\sqrt{x}}{x^2+1} > 1 } \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ \Set*{ x \in X \given \frac{\sqrt{x}}{x^2+1} > 1 } \] -% Thus we end up with a syntax much closer to how we read this -% aloud. Also we hide the `given' symbol for easy replacement. -% -% Combining with \pkg{etoolbox} it becomes easy to make a function -% that automatically provide a marker for a blank argument: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \usepackage{etoolbox} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterX\norm[1]\lVert\rVert{ -% \ifblank{#1}{\:\cdot\:}{#1} -% } -% \end{verbatim} -% Then \verb|\norm{}| will give you $\lVert\:\cdot\:\rVert$ while -% \verb|\norm{a}| gives the expected $\lVert a \rVert$. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP}\marg{cmd}\oarg{num args}\marg{pre -% code}\marg{left_delim}\\% -% \marg{right_delim}\marg{post code}\marg{body} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \FeatureRequest{Barbara Beeton (on TSE)}{2013/10/07} -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} has an annoying caveat: it is very hard -% to make a macro \verb|\lnorm{a}| that should result in $\lVert -% a\rVert_2$.\footnote{The added `\texttt{\_2}' is hard to get around -% the argument parsing.} -% -% As a consequence we provide -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP}.\footnote{Extended -% DeclarePairedDelimiter with Pre and Post code.} With the addition of -% the \marg{pre code} and \marg{post code} it is identical to -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}. It should be interpreted as -% \begin{center} -% \marg{pre code} \marg{left_delim} \marg{body} -% \marg{right_delim} \marg{post code} -% \end{center} -% -% -% An $\mathcal{L}^2$ norm can now be defined as -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\lnorm[1]{}\lVert\rVert{_2}{#1} -% \end{verbatim} -% A probability macro with build in support for conditionals -% (\cs{given} initialized as above) -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\Prop[1]{\mathbb{P}}(){}{ -% \renewcommand\given{\nonscript\:\delimsize\vert\nonscript\:} -% #1} -% \end{verbatim} -% Thus giving support for \verb|\Prob{A \given B}|. -% -% \medskip\noindent\textbf{Note:} As the number of arguments increase -% the \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter...} macros become hard for users to -% understand. A key-value interface would be better. This is planed -% for a future release. In -% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/136767/3929} there is a -% suggested replacement for \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}, that greatly -% reduces the number of macros and provides a key-val -% interface. However, the code use \pkg{xparse}, and if we want to use -% \pkg{xparse} for some of our macros, we might just as well rewrite -% the entire package in \pkg{expl3}. Also it is not obvious how to get -% \pkg{xparse} to support \verb|[3]| for the number of arguments. We -% will consider this for a future release. -% -% \subsubsection{Expert use} -% -% Within the starred version of \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} and -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} we make a few changes such that the -% auto scaled \cs{left} and \cs{right} fences behave as opening and -% closing fences, i.e.\ $\sin(x)$ vs. $\sin\left(x\right)$ (the later -% made via \verb|$\sin\left(x\right)$|), notice the gab between -% '$\sin$' and '('. In some special cases it may be useful to be -% able to tinker with the behavior. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper}\cs{reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper}\marg{macro name}\marg{\textnormal{\texttt{star}} or \textnormal{\texttt{nostar}}}\marg{code} -% \end{codesyntax} -% Internally several macros are created, including two call backs -% that take care of the formatting. There is one internal macro for -% the starred version, labeled \texttt{star}, the other one is -% labeled \texttt{nostar}. Within \meta{code}, \texttt{\#1} will be -% replaced by the scaled left fence, \texttt{\#3} the corresponding -% scaled right fence, and \texttt{\#2} the stuff in between. For -% example, here is how one might turn the content into \cs{mathinner}: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs\lvert\rvert -% \reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper\abs{star}{#1#2#3} -% \reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper\abs{nostar}{\mathinner{#1#2#3}} -% \end{verbatim} -% The default values for the call backs corresponds to -% \begin{verbatim} -% star: \mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup #1#2\aftergroup\egroup #3 -% nostar: \mathopen{#1}#2\mathclose{#3} -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \bigskip\noindent \textbf{Note:} Since we are using macros to add -% the \verb|\left...\right| constructions around some body, it -% \emph{is} (in principle) possible to make such a construction -% breakable across lines, even breakable within an \env{align} -% construction. Currently, this can only be applied to macros made -% using \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} and \emph{not} macros made using -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} or \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP} as -% the contents is typeset inside a group (to limit \cs{delimsize}) -% and thus hide any \verb|&| or \verb|\\| from \env{align} and -% \env{align} breaks down. -% -% When \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} is used, Sebastien Gouezel has -% provided the following example \ProvidedBy{Sebastien -% Gouezel}{2014/05/14} -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand\MTkillspecial[1]{% helper macro -% \bgroup -% \catcode`\&=9 -% \let\\\relax% -% \scantokens{#1}% -% \egroup -% } -% \DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs\lvert\rvert -% \reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper\abs{star}{ -% \mathopen{#1\vphantom{\MTkillspecial{#2}}\kern-\nulldelimiterspace\right.} -% #2 -% \mathclose{\left.\kern-\nulldelimiterspace\vphantom{\MTkillspecial{#2}}#3}} -% \end{verbatim} -% Then this example works just fine: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{align*} -% f(a) &= -% \!\begin{aligned}[t] -% \abs*{ & \frac{1}{2}+\cdots \\ -% & \dots+\frac{1}{2} } -% \end{aligned} -% \end{align*} -% \end{verbatim} -% \newcommand\MTkillspecial[1]{% helper macro -% \bgroup -% \catcode`\&=9 -% \let\\\relax% -% \scantokens{#1}% -% \egroup -% } -% \let\abs\relax -% \MHInternalSyntaxOn -% \MH_let:NwN\MT_delim_abs_nostar:\relax -% \MHInternalSyntaxOff -% \DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs\lvert\rvert -% \reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper\abs{star}{ -% \mathopen{#1\vphantom{\MTkillspecial{#2}}\kern-\nulldelimiterspace\right.} -% #2 -% \mathclose{\left.\kern-\nulldelimiterspace\vphantom{\MTkillspecial{#2}}#3}} -% \begin{align*} -% f(a) &= -% \!\begin{aligned}[t] -% \abs*{&\frac{1}{2}+\cdots \\ -% &\dots+\frac{1}{2}} -% \end{aligned} -% \end{align*} -% -% -% \subsection{Special symbols} -% -% This part of the manual is about special symbols. So far only one -% technique is covered, but more will come. -% -% \subsubsection{Left and right parentheses} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\lparen}\cs{lparen}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\rparen}\cs{rparen} -% \end{codesyntax} -% When you want a big parenthesis or bracket in a math display you -% usually just type -% \begin{quote} -% |\left( ... \right)|\quad or\quad |\left[ ... \right]| -% \end{quote} -% \LaTeX{} also defines the macro names \cs{lbrack} and \cs{rbrack} -% to be shorthands for the left and right square bracket resp., but -% doesn't provide similar definitions for the parentheses. Some -% packages need command names to work with\footnote{The \pkg{empheq} -% package needs command names for delimiters in order to make -% auto-scaling versions.} so \pkg{mathtools} defines the commands -% \cs{lparen} and \cs{rparen} to represent the left and right -% parenthesis resp. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Vertically centered colon} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{centercolon}$\key{centercolon}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\vcentcolon}\cs{vcentcolon}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\ordinarycolon}\cs{ordinarycolon} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Donald Arseneau}{2000/12/07} -% When trying to show assignment operations as in $ a := b $, one -% quickly notices that the colon is not centered on the math axis as -% the equal sign, leading to an odd-looking output. The command -% \cs{vcentcolon} is a shorthand for such a vertically centered -% colon, and can be used as in |$a \vcentcolon= b$| and results in -% the desired output: $a \vcentcolon= b$. % for now -% -% Typing \cs{vcentcolon} every time is quite tedious, so one can use -% the key \key{centercolon} to make the colon active instead. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \mathtoolsset{centercolon} -% \[ -% a := b -% \] -% \mathtoolsset{centercolon=false} -% \end{verbatim} -% \[\mathtoolsset{centercolon} -% a := b -% \] -% In this case the command \cs{ordinarycolon} typesets an~\ldots\ -% ordinary colon (what a surprise). -% -% \medskip -% \noindent\textbf{Warning:} \texttt{centercolon} \emph{does not} -% work with languages that make use of an active colon, most notably -% \emph{French}. Sadly the \texttt{babel} package does not distinguish -% between text and math when it comes to active characters. Nor does -% it provide any hooks to deal with math. So currently no general -% solution exists for this problem. -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\coloneqq}\cs{coloneqq}\texttt{~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Coloneqq}\cs{Coloneqq}\texttt{~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\coloneq}\cs{coloneq}\texttt{~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Coloneq}\cs{Coloneq}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\eqqcolon}\cs{eqqcolon}\texttt{~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Eqqcolon}\cs{Eqqcolon}\texttt{~~~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\eqcolon}\cs{eqcolon}\texttt{~~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Eqcolon}\cs{Eqcolon}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\colonapprox}\cs{colonapprox}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Colonapprox}\cs{Colonapprox}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\colonsim}\cs{colonsim}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\Colonsim}\cs{Colonsim}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\dblcolon}\cs{dblcolon} -% \end{codesyntax} -% The font packages \pkg{txfonts} and \pkg{pxfonts} provides various -% symbols that include a vertically centered colon but with tighter -% spacing. For example, the combination |:=| exists as the symbol -% \cs{coloneqq} which typesets as $\coloneqq$ instead of -% $\vcentcolon=$. The primary disadvantage of using these fonts are -% the support packages' lack of support for \pkg{amsmath} (and thus -% \pkg{mathtools}) and worse yet, the side-bearings are way too -% tight; see~\cite{A-W:MG04} for examples. If you're not using these -% fonts, \pkg{mathtools} provides the symbols for you. Here are a few -% examples: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% a \coloneqq b \quad c \Colonapprox d \quad e \dblcolon f -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% a \coloneqq b \quad c \Colonapprox d \quad e \dblcolon f -% \] -% -% -% -% \subsubsection{A few missing symbols} -% -% Most provided math font sets are missing the symbols \cs{nuparrow} -% and \cs{ndownarrow} (i.e.\ negated up- and downarrow) plus a `big' -% version of \cs{times}. Therefore we will provide constructed -% versions of these whenever they are not already available. -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\nuparrow}\cs{nuparrow}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\ndownarrow}\cs{ndownarrow}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\bigtimes}\cs{bigtimes} -% \end{codesyntax} -% -% \noindent -% \textbf{Note:} that these symbols are constructed via -% features from the \pkg{graphicx} package, and thus may not display -% correctly in most DVI previewers. Also note that \cs{nuparrow} and -% \cs{ndownarrow} are constructed via \cs{nrightarrow} and -% \cs{nleftarrrow} respectively, so these needs to be -% present. Usually this is done via \pkg{amssymb}, but some packages -% may be incompatible with \pkg{amssymb} so the user will have to -% load \pkg{amssymb} or a similar package, that provides -% \cs{nrightarrow} and \cs{nleftarrow}, themselves. -% -% With those requirements in place, we have -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \lim_{a\ndownarrow 0} f(a) \neq \bigtimes_n X_n \qquad -% \frac{ \bigtimes_{k=1}^7 B_k \nuparrow \Omega }{2} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% \lim_{a\ndownarrow 0} f(a) \neq \bigtimes_n X_n \qquad -% \frac{ \bigtimes_{k=1}^7 B_k \nuparrow \Omega }{2} -% \] -% -% -% -% -% \section{A tribute to Michael J.~Downes} -% -% Michael J.~Downes (1958--2003) was one of the major architects -% behind \pkg{amsmath} and member of the \LaTeX{} Team. He made many -% great contributions to the \TeX{} community; not only by the means -% of widely spread macro packages such as \pkg{amsmath} but also in -% the form of actively giving advice on newsgroups. Some of -% Michael's macro solutions on the newsgroups never made it into -% publicly available macro packages although they certainly deserved -% it, so \pkg{mathtools} tries to rectify this matter. The macros -% described in this section are either straight copies or heavily -% inspired by his original postings. -% -% \subsection{Mathematics within italic text} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{mathic}$\key{mathic}=\texttt{true}\vert\texttt{false}$ -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{1998/05/14} -% \TeX{} usually takes care of italic corrections in text, but fails -% when it comes to math. If you use the \LaTeX{} inline math -% commands \cs{(} and \cs{)} you can however work around it by -% setting the key \key{mathic} to true as shown below. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{quote}\itshape -% Compare these lines: \par -% \mathtoolsset{mathic} % or \mathtoolsset{mathic=true} -% Subset of \(V\) and subset of \(A\). \par -% \mathtoolsset{mathic=false} -% Subset of \(V\) and subset of \(A\). -% \par -% \end{quote} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{quote}\itshape -% Compare these lines: \par -% \mathtoolsset{mathic} -% Subset of \(V\) and subset of \(A\). \par -% \mathtoolsset{mathic=false} -% Subset of \(V\) and subset of \(A\). -% \par -% \end{quote} -% -% As of 2013, \cs(\cs) are robust, as is the italic corrected versions. -% -% \subsection{Left sub/superscripts} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\prescript} -% \cs{prescript}\marg{sup}\marg{sub}\marg{arg}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialKeyIndex{prescript-sup-format} -% $\key{prescript-sup-format}=\meta{cmd}$\\ -% \SpecialKeyIndex{prescript-sub-format} -% $\key{prescript-sub-format}=\meta{cmd}$\hfill -% \SpecialKeyIndex{prescript-arg-format} -% \rlap{$\key{prescript-arg-format}=\meta{cmd}$}^^A -% \phantom{$\key{prescript-sup-format}=\meta{cmd}$} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{2000/12/20} -% Sometimes one wants to put a sub- or superscript on the left of -% the argument. The \cs{prescript} command does just that: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% {}^{4}_{12}\mathbf{C}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{14}{2}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{4}{12}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{14}{}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{}{2}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% {}^{4}_{12}\mathbf{C}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{14}{2}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{4}{12}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{14}{}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} \quad -% \prescript{}{2}{\mathbf{C}}^{5+}_{2} -% \] -% -% The formatting of the arguments is controlled by three keys. This -% silly example shows you how to use them: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcommand*\myisotope[3]{% -% \begingroup % to keep changes local. We cannot use a brace group -% % as it affects spacing! -% \mathtoolsset{ -% prescript-sup-format=\mathit, -% prescript-sub-format=\mathbf, -% prescript-arg-format=\mathrm, -% }% -% \prescript{#1}{#2}{#3}% -% \endgroup -% } -% \[ -% \myisotope{A}{Z}{X}\to \myisotope{A-4}{Z-2}{Y}+ -% \myisotope{4}{2}{\alpha} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \newcommand*\myisotope[3]{% -% \begingroup -% \mathtoolsset{ -% prescript-sup-format=\mathit, -% prescript-sub-format=\mathbf, -% prescript-arg-format=\mathrm, -% }% -% \prescript{#1}{#2}{#3}% -% \endgroup -% } -% \[ -% \myisotope{A}{Z}{X}\to \myisotope{A-4}{Z-2}{Y}+ -% \myisotope{4}{2}{\alpha} -% \] -% (Though a package like \pkg{mhchem} might be more suitable for this -% type of material.) -% -% \subsection{Declaring math sizes} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\DeclareMathSizes} -% \cs{DeclareMathSizes}\marg{dimen}\marg{dimen}\marg{dimen}\marg{dimen} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{2002/10/17} -% If you don't know about \cs{DeclareMathSizes}, then skip the rest -% of this text. If you do know, then all that is needed to say is -% that with \pkg{mathtools} it is patched so that all regular -% dimension suffixes are now valid in the last three arguments. Thus -% a declaration such as -% \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclareMathSize{9.5dd}{9.5dd}{7.5dd}{6.5dd} -% \end{verbatim} -% will now work (it doesn't in standard \LaTeX). When this bug has -% been fixed in \LaTeX, this fix will be removed from -% \pkg{mathtools}. -% -% \subsection{Spreading equations}\label{sec:spread} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{spreadlines} -% \cs{begin}\arg{spreadlines}\marg{dimen} \meta{contents} -% \cs{end}\arg{spreadlines} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{2002/10/17} -% The spacing between lines in a multiline math environment such as -% \env{gather} is governed by the dimension \cs{jot}. The -% \env{spreadlines} environment takes one argument denoting the -% value of \cs{jot} inside the environment: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{spreadlines}{20pt} -% Large spaces between the lines. -% \begin{gather} -% a=b\\ -% c=d -% \end{gather} -% \end{spreadlines} -% Back to normal spacing. -% \begin{gather} -% a=b\\ -% c=d -% \end{gather} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{spreadlines}{20pt} -% Large spaces between the lines. -% \begin{gather} -% a=b\\ -% c=d -% \end{gather} -% \end{spreadlines} -% Back to normal spacing. -% \begin{gather} -% a=b\\ -% c=d -% \end{gather} -% -% -% \subsection{Gathered environments}\label{subsec:gathered} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialEnvIndex{lgathered}\cs{begin}\arg{lgathered}\oarg{pos} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{lgathered} \\ -% \SpecialEnvIndex{rgathered}\cs{begin}\arg{rgathered}\oarg{pos} -% \meta{contents} \cs{end}\arg{rgathered} \\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\newgathered}\cs{newgathered}\marg{name}\marg{pre_line}\marg{post_line}\marg{after}\\ -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\renewgathered}\cs{renewgathered}\marg{name}\marg{pre_line}\marg{post_line}\marg{after} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{2001/01/17} -% In a document set in \opt{fleqn}, you might sometimes want an -% inner \env{gathered} environment that doesn't center its lines but -% puts them flush left. The \env{lgathered} environment works just -% like the standard \env{gathered} except that it flushes its -% contents left: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{equation} -% \begin{lgathered} -% x=1,\quad x+1=2 \\ -% y=2 -% \end{lgathered} -% \end{equation} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{equation} -% \begin{lgathered} -% x=1,\quad x+1=2 \\ -% y=2 -% \end{lgathered} -% \end{equation} -% Similarly the \env{rgathered} puts it contents flush right. -% -% More interesting is probably the command \cs{newgathered}. In this -% example we define a gathered version that centers the lines and -% also prints a star and a number at the left of each line. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newcounter{steplinecnt} -% \newcommand\stepline{\stepcounter{steplinecnt}\thesteplinecnt} -% \newgathered{stargathered} -% {\llap{\stepline}$*$\quad\hfil}% \hfil for centering -% {\hfil}% \hfil for centering -% {\setcounter{steplinecnt}{0}}% reset counter -% \end{verbatim} -% \newcounter{steplinecnt} -% \newcommand\stepline{\stepcounter{steplinecnt}\thesteplinecnt} -% \newgathered{stargathered}{\llap{\stepline}$*$\quad\hfil}{\hfil}{\setcounter{steplinecnt}{0}} -% With these definitions we can get something like this: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{gather} -% \begin{stargathered} -% x=1,\quad x+1=2 \\ -% y=2 -% \end{stargathered} -% \end{gather} -% \end{verbatim} -% \begin{gather} -% \begin{stargathered} -% x=1,\quad x+1=2 \\ -% y=2 -% \end{stargathered} -% \end{gather} -% \cs{renewgathered} renews a gathered environment of course. -% -% In all fairness it should be stated that the original concept by -% Michael has been extended quite a bit in \pkg{mathtools}. Only the -% end product of \env{lgathered} is the same. -% -% \subsection{Split fractions} -% -% \begin{codesyntax} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\splitfrac}\cs{splitfrac}\marg{numer}\marg{denom}\texttt{~~} -% \SpecialUsageIndex{\splitdfrac}\cs{splitdfrac}\marg{numer}\marg{denom} -% \end{codesyntax} -% \cttPosting{Michael J.~Downes}{2001/12/06} -% These commands provide split fractions e.g., multiline fractions: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% a=\frac{ -% \splitfrac{xy + xy + xy + xy + xy} -% {+ xy + xy + xy + xy} -% } -% {z} -% =\frac{ -% \splitdfrac{xy + xy + xy + xy + xy} -% {+ xy + xy + xy + xy} -% } -% {z} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \[ -% a=\frac{ -% \splitfrac{xy + xy + xy + xy + xy} -% {+ xy + xy + xy + xy} -% } -% {z} -% =\frac{ -% \splitdfrac{xy + xy + xy + xy + xy} -% {+ xy + xy + xy + xy} -% } -% {z} -% \] -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% -% \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% \bibitem{Perlis01} -% Alexander R. Perlis, -% \emph{A complement to \cs{smash}, \cs{llap}, and \cs{rlap}}, -% TUGboat 22(4) (2001). -% \bibitem{Ams99} -% American Mathematical Society and Michael Downes, -% \emph{Technical notes on the \pkg{amsmath} package} Version 2.0, -% 1999/10/29. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{technote.tex}.) -% \bibitem{Ams00} -% Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Sch\"opf, Michael Downes, and David M.~Jones, -% \emph{The \pkg{amsmath} package} Version 2.13, -% 2000/07/18. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{amsmath.dtx}.) -% \bibitem{A-W:MG04} -% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens. -% \emph{The {\LaTeX} Companion}. -% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting. Addison-Wesley, -% Boston, Massachusetts, 2 edition, 2004. -% With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley. -% -% \bibitem{Carl99} -% David Carlisle, -% \emph{The \pkg{keyval} Package}, -% Version 1.13, 1999/03/16. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{keyval.dtx}.) -% -% \bibitem{Voss:2004} -% Herbert Vo\ss, -% \emph{Math mode}, Version 1.71, -% 2004/07/06. -% (Available from CTAN as file \texttt{Voss-Mathmode.pdf}.) -% -% \bibitem{Swanson} -% Ellen Swanson, -% \emph{Mathematics into type}. -% American Mathematical Society, updated edition, 1999. -% Updated by Arlene O'Sean and Antoinette Schleyer. -% \end{thebibliography} -% -% -% \StopEventually{} -% -% -% \section{Options and package loading} -% -% -% Lets start the package. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -\ProvidesPackage{mathtools}% - [2014/05/21 v1.14 mathematical typesetting tools] -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.10}{2011/02/12}{Might as well make sure that we need the -% latest version of \texttt{mhsetup}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{keyval,calc} -\RequirePackage{mhsetup}[2010/01/21] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.13}{2013/02/11}{Robustifying \cs{(}\cs{)}\cs{[}\cs{]}} -% We'd like to make \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs{[}\cs{]} robust. This can -% easily be done via the \pkg{fixltx2e} package, but auto loading that -% package may cause problems for some. We make copies instead. -% \begin{macro}{\EQ_MakeRobust} -% \begin{macro}{\forced_EQ_MakeRobust} -% \begin{macrocode} - % borrowed from fixltx2e -\def\EQ_MakeRobust#1{% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{% - \@latex@error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!% - \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}% - \@eha - }% - {% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}% - {% - \expandafter\let\csname - \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1% - \edef\reserved@a{\string#1}% - \def\reserved@b{#1}% - \edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b}% - \edef#1{% - \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b - \noexpand\x@protect\noexpand#1% - \fi - \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}% - }% - {\@latex@info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% We also provide a handy alternativ version, that will robustify no -% matter what. Useful for the \texttt{mathic} option. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\forced_EQ_MakeRobust#1{% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{% - \@latex@error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!% - \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}% - \@eha - }% - {% - % \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}% - % {% - \expandafter\let\csname - \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1% - \edef\reserved@a{\string#1}% - \def\reserved@b{#1}% - \edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b}% - \edef#1{% - \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b - \noexpand\x@protect\noexpand#1% - \fi - \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}% - % }% - % {\@latex@info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_options_name:} -% \begin{macro}{\mathtoolsset} -% The name for the options and a user interface for setting keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_options_name:{mathtools} -\newcommand*\mathtoolsset[1]{\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% Fix \pkg{amsmath} bugs (strongly recommended!). It requires a -% great deal of typing to avoid fixing the bugs. He he. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {fixamsmath} -\DeclareOption{fixamsmath}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {fixamsmath} -} -\DeclareOption{donotfixamsmathbugs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {fixamsmath} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Disallow spaces before optional arguments in certain \pkg{amsmath} -% building blocks. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{allowspaces}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \relax - \MH_let:NwN \MH_maybe_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn \kernel@ifnextchar -} -\DeclareOption{disallowspaces}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \MHPrecedingSpacesOff - \MH_let:NwN \MH_maybe_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.13}{2013/02/11}{Option to disable robustifying -% \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs{[}\cs{]}} -% Option to disallow robustifying \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs{[}\cs{]}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {robustify} -\MH_set_boolean_T:n {robustify} -\DeclareOption{nonrobust}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {robustify} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Pass all other options directly to \pkg{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption*{ - \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{amsmath} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Executing options -% \begin{macrocode} -\ExecuteOptions{fixamsmath,disallowspaces} -\ProcessOptions\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% We have to turn off the new syntax when \pkg{amstext} is loaded. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\RequirePackage{amsmath}[2000/07/18] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_true_false_error:} -% Make sure the user selects either `true' or `false' when asked too. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_true_false_error:{ - \PackageError{mathtools} - {You~ have~ to~ select~ either~ `true'~ or~ `false'} - {I'll~ assume~ you~ chose~ `false'~ for~ now.} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.13}{2013/02/11}{Make \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs{[}\cs{]} -% robust} -% We start of with making \cs{(}\cs{)} and \cs{[}\cs{]} robust, -% unless the user explicitly asked us not to. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_if_boolean:nT {robustify}{ - \EQ_MakeRobust\( - \EQ_MakeRobust\) - \EQ_MakeRobust\[ - \EQ_MakeRobust\] -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \section{Macros I got ideas for myself} -% -% -% -% \subsection{Tag forms} -% This is quite simple, but why isn't it then a part of some widely -% distributed package? Beats me. -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_define_tagform:nwnn} -% We start out by defining a command that will allow us to define -% commands similar to \cs{tagform@} only this will give us tag form -% \emph{types}. The actual code is very similar to the one in -% \pkg{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[#2]#3#4{ - \@namedef{MT_tagform_#1:n}##1 - {\maketag@@@{#3\ignorespaces#2{##1}\unskip\@@italiccorr#4}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\newtagform} -% Similar to \cs{newcommand}. Check if defined and scan for presence -% of optional argument. Then call generic command. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\newtagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - {\@ifnextchar[% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1}% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[]}% - }{\PackageError{mathtools} - {The~ tag~ form~ `#1'~ is~ already~ defined\MessageBreak - You~ probably~ want~ to~ look~ up~ \@backslashchar renewtagform~ - instead} - {I~ will~ just~ ignore~ your~ wish~ for~ now.}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Provide a default tag form which---surprise, surprise---is -% identical to the standard definition. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtagform{default}{(}{)} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\renewtagform} -% Similar to \cs{renewcommand}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\renewtagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - {\PackageError{mathtools} - {The~ tag~ form~ `#1'~ is~ not~ defined\MessageBreak - You~ probably~ want~ to~ look~ up~ \@backslashchar newtagform~ instead} - {I~ will~ just~ ignore~ your~ wish~ for~ now.}} - {\@ifnextchar[% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1}% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[]}% - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\usetagform} -% Then the activator. Test if the tag form is defined and then -% activate it by redefining \cs{tagform@}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\usetagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - { - \PackageError{mathtools}{% - You~ have~ chosen~ the~ tag~ form~ `#1'\MessageBreak - but~ it~ appears~ to~ be~ undefined} - {I~ will~ use~ the~ default~ tag~ form~ instead.}% - \@namedef{tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT_tagform_default:n}} - } - { \@namedef{tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT_tagform_#1:n}} } -% \end{macrocode} -% Here we patch if we're using the special ``show only referenced -% equations'' feature. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_prev_tagform:n \tagform@ - \def\tagform@##1{\MT_extended_tagform:n {##1}} - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Showing only referenced tags} -% A little more interesting is the way to print only the equation -% numbers that are actually referenced. -% -% A few booleans to help determine which situations we're in. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {manual_tag} -\MH_new_boolean:n {raw_maketag} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_AmS_tag_in_align:} -% \begin{macro}{\tag@in@align} -% \begin{macro}{\tag@in@display} -% We'll need to know when the user has put in a manual tag, and since -% \cs{tag} is \cs{let} to all sorts of things inside the \pkg{amsmath} -% code it is safer to provide a small hack to the functions it is copied -% from. Note that we can't use \cs{iftag@}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_AmS_tag_in_align: \tag@in@align -\def\tag@in@align{ - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {manual_tag} - \MT_AmS_tag_in_align: -} -\def\tag@in@display#1#{ - \relax - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {manual_tag} - \tag@in@display@a{#1} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_extended_tagform:n} -% \changes{v1.01}{2004/08/03}{Simplified quite a bit} -% The extended version of \cs{tagform@}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_extended_tagform:n #1{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {raw_maketag} -% \end{macrocode} -% We test if the equation was labelled. We already know if it was -% tagged manually. Have to watch out for \TeX\ inserting a blank line -% so do not let the tag have width zero. Rememeber -% \cs{@safe@activestrue/false} in order to handle active chars in labels. -% \changes{v1.12}{2012/04/24}{Added \cs{@safe@activestrue/false}} -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_meaning:NN \df@label\@empty - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {manual_tag}% this was \MH_if_boolean:nT before - { \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - { \stepcounter{equation} } - }{\kern1sp}% this last {\kern1sp} is new. - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {manual_tag} - { \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - { \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} -% \end{macrocode} -% Next we need to remember to deactivate the manual tags switch. This -% is usually done using \verb|\MT_extended_maketag:n|, but this is not -% the case if the show manual tags is false and the manual tag is not -% referred to. -% \changes{v1.12}{2011/06/08}{Added the falsification of manual tag -% when show manual tags is off and maual tag is not referred to} -% \begin{macrocode} - { \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {manual_tag} } - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - } - { - \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} - { } - { \refstepcounter{equation}\MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - \fi: - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {raw_maketag} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_extended_maketag:n} -% The extended version of \cs{maketag@@@}. -% \changes{v1.12}{2012/04/24}{Added \cs{@safe@activestrue/false}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_extended_maketag:n #1{ - \ifx\df@label\@empty - \MT_maketag:n {#1} - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {raw_maketag} - { - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - { \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} - { } - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - } - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% As this function is always called we let it set the marker for a manual -% tag false when exiting (well actually not true, see above). -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {manual_tag} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_extended_eqref:n} -% \changes{v1.01}{2004/08/03}{Make it robust} -% We let \cs{eqref} write the label to the \file{aux} file, which is -% read at the beginning of the next run. Then we print the equation -% number as usual. -% \changes{v1.14}{2013/03/07}{It was not really robust} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_extended_eqref:n #1{ - \protected@write\@auxout{} - {\string\MT@newlabel{#1}} - \textup{\MT_prev_tagform:n {\ref{#1}}} -} -\EQ_MakeRobust\MT_extended_eqref:n -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\refeq} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_extended_refeq:n} -% Similar to \cs{eqref} and \cs{MT_extended_eqref:n}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\refeq[1]{ - \textup{\ref{#1}} -} -\def\MT_extended_refeq:n #1{ - \protected@write\@auxout{} - {\string\MT@newlabel{#1}} - \textup{\ref{#1}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT@newlabel} -% We can't use |:| or |_| in the command name (yet). We define the -% special labels for the equations that have been referenced in the -% previous run. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\MT@newlabel[1]{ \global\@namedef{MT_r_#1}{} } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {show_only_refs} -\MH_new_boolean:n {show_manual_tags} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{showmanualtags}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{boolean_show_manual_tags_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error: - \@nameuse{boolean_show_manual_tags_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{boolean_show_manual_tags_#1:} } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_showonlyrefs_true:} -% The implementation is based on the idea that \cs{tagform@} can be -% called in two circumstances: when the tag is being printed in the -% equation and when it is being printed during a reference. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\MT_showonlyrefs_true:{ - \MH_if_boolean:nF {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_only_refs} -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the definitions of the original commands. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_incr_eqnum: \incr@eqnum - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \@empty - \MH_let:NwN \MT_array_parbox_restore: \@arrayparboxrestore - \@xp\def\@xp\@arrayparboxrestore\@xp{\@arrayparboxrestore - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \@empty - } - \MH_let:NwN \MT_prev_tagform:n \tagform@ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_eqref:n \eqref - \MH_let:NwN \MT_refeq:n \refeq - \MH_let:NwN \MT_maketag:n \maketag@@@ - \MH_let:NwN \maketag@@@ \MT_extended_maketag:n -% \end{macrocode} -% We redefine \cs{tagform@}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\tagform@##1{\MT_extended_tagform:n {##1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then \cs{eqref}: -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN \eqref \MT_extended_eqref:n - \MH_let:NwN \refeq \MT_extended_refeq:n - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_showonlyrefs_false:} -% This macro reverts the settings. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_showonlyrefs_false: { - \MH_if_boolean:nT {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {show_only_refs} - \MH_let:NwN \tagform@ \MT_prev_tagform:n - \MH_let:NwN \eqref \MT_eqref:n - \MH_let:NwN \refeq \MT_refeq:n - \MH_let:NwN \maketag@@@ \MT_maketag:n - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \MT_incr_eqnum: - \MH_let:NwN \@arrayparboxrestore \MT_array_parbox_restore: - } -} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{showonlyrefs}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_showonlyrefs_#1:} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\nonumber} -% \changes{v1.01}{2004/08/03}{Fixed using \cs{notag} or \cs{nonumber} -% with the \key{showonlyrefs} feature} -% We have to redefine \cs{nonumber} else it will subtract one from the -% equation number where we don't want it. This is probably not needed -% since \cs{nonumber} is unnecessary when \key{showonlyrefs} is in -% effect, but now you can use it with old documents as well. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand\nonumber{ - \if@eqnsw - \if_meaning:NN \incr@eqnum\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Only subtract the number if |show_only_refs| is false. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nF {show_only_refs} - {\addtocounter{equation}\m@ne} - \fi: - \fi: - \MH_let:NwN \print@eqnum\@empty \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum\@empty - \global\@eqnswfalse -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\noeqref} -% \changes{v1.04}{2008/03/26}{Added \cs{noeqref} (daleif)} -% \changes{v1.12}{2012/04/20}{Labels containing active chars (babel) -% are now allowed} -% \changes{v1.12}{2012/04/24}{\cs{noeqref} will now make a reference -% warning if users use undefined labels in \cs{noeqref}, requested -% by Tue Christensen} -% Macro for adding numbers to non-referred equations. Syntax similar -% to \cs{nocite}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\newcommand\noeqref[1]{\@bsphack - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \@safe@activestrue% - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\@firstofone\@tempa}% - \@ifundefined{r@\@tempa}{% - \protect\G@refundefinedtrue% - \@latex@warning{Reference `\@tempa' on page \thepage \space - undefined (\string\noeqref)}% - }{}% - \if@filesw\protected@write\@auxout{}% - {\string\MT@newlabel{\@tempa}}\fi% - \@safe@activesfalse} - \@esphack} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activestrue} -% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activesfalse} -% These macros are provided by babel. We \emph{provide} them here, -% just to make sure they exist. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\@safe@activestrue{}% -\providecommand\@safe@activesfalse{}% - -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Extensible arrows etc.} -% -% \begin{macro}{\xleftrightarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_leftrightarrow_fill:} -% \begin{macro}{\xLeftarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\xRightarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\xLeftrightarrow} -% -% These are straight adaptions from \pkg{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\xleftrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftrightarrow_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_leftrightarrow_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftarrow\relbar\rightarrow} -\providecommand*\xLeftarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Leftarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xRightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Rightarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xLeftrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Leftrightarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:} -% \begin{macro}{\xrightharpoondown} -% \begin{macro}{\xrightharpoonup} -% \begin{macro}{\xleftharpoondown} -% \begin{macro}{\xleftharpoonup} -% \begin{macro}{\xleftrightharpoons} -% \begin{macro}{\xrightleftharpoons} -% The harpoons. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\relbar\relbar\rightharpoondown} -\def\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\relbar\relbar\rightharpoonup} -\def\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftharpoondown\relbar\relbar} -\def\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftharpoonup\relbar\relbar} -\providecommand*\xrightharpoondown[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xrightharpoonup[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftharpoondown[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftharpoonup[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftrightharpoons[2][]{\mathrel{% - \raise.22ex\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{\phantom{#1}}{#2}$}% - \setbox0=\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{#1}{\phantom{#2}}$}% - \kern-\wd0 \lower.22ex\box0}} -\providecommand*\xrightleftharpoons[2][]{\mathrel{% - \raise.22ex\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{\phantom{#1}}{#2}$}% - \setbox0=\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{#1}{\phantom{#2}}$}% - \kern-\wd0 \lower.22ex\box0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\xhookleftarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\xhookrightarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_hookright_fill:} -% The hooks. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\xhookleftarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_hookleft_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_hookleft_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftarrow\relbar{\relbar\joinrel\rhook}} -\providecommand*\xhookrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_hookright_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_hookright_fill:{% - \arrowfill@{\lhook\joinrel\relbar}\relbar\rightarrow} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\xmapsto} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mapsto_fill:} -% The maps-to arrow. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\xmapsto[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0395\MT_mapsto_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_mapsto_fill:{% - \arrowfill@{\mapstochar\relbar}\relbar\rightarrow} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \subsection{Underbrackets etc.} -% \begin{macro}{\underbracket} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_underbracket_I:w} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_underbracket_II:w} -% \begin{macro}{\upbracketfill} -% \begin{macro}{\upbracketend} -% The \cs{underbracket} macro. Scan for two optional arguments. When -% \pkg{xparse} becomes the standard this will be so much easier. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\underbracket{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_underbracket_I:w} - {\MT_underbracket_I:w[\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim]}} -\def\MT_underbracket_I:w[#1]{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1][.7\fontdimen5\textfont2]}} -\def\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1][#2]#3{% - \mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{## - \crcr - $\hfil\displaystyle{#3}\hfil$% - \crcr - \noalign{\kern .2\fontdimen5\textfont2 \nointerlineskip}% - \upbracketfill {#1}{#2}% - \crcr}}} - \limits} -\def\upbracketfill#1#2{% - \sbox\z@{$\braceld$} - \edef\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim{\the\ht\z@}% - \upbracketend{#1}{#2} - \leaders \vrule \@height \z@ \@depth #1 \hfill - \upbracketend{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\upbracketend#1#2{\vrule \@height #2 \@width #1\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\overbracket} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_overbracket_I:w} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_overbracket_II:w} -% \begin{macro}{\downbracketfill} -% \begin{macro}{\downbracketend} -% The overbracket is quite similar. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\overbracket{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_overbracket_I:w} - {\MT_overbracket_I:w[\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim]}} -\def\MT_overbracket_I:w[#1]{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1][.7\fontdimen5\textfont2]}} -\def\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1][#2]#3{% - \mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{## - \crcr - \downbracketfill{#1}{#2}% - \crcr - \noalign{\kern .2\fontdimen5\textfont2 \nointerlineskip}% - $\hfil\displaystyle{#3}\hfil$ - \crcr}}}% - \limits} -\def\downbracketfill#1#2{% - \sbox\z@{$\braceld$}\edef\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim{\the\ht\z@} - \downbracketend{#1}{#2} - \leaders \vrule \@height #1 \@depth \z@ \hfill - \downbracketend{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\downbracketend#1#2{\vrule \@width #1\@depth #2\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXunderbrace} -% \begin{macro}{\underbrace} -% Redefinition of \cs{underbrace} and \cs{overbrace}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \LaTeXunderbrace \underbrace -\def\underbrace#1{\mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr - $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr - \noalign{\kern.7\fontdimen5\textfont2\nointerlineskip}% -% \end{macrocode} -% |.5\fontdimen5\textfont2| is the height of the tip of the brace. -% the remaining |.2\fontdimen5\textfont2| is for space between -% \begin{macrocode} - \upbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern.5\fontdimen5\textfont2}}}}\limits} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXoverbrace} -% \begin{macro}{\overbrace} -% Same technique for \cs{overbrace}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \LaTeXoverbrace \overbrace -\def\overbrace#1{\mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr - \noalign{\kern.5\fontdimen5\textfont2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Adjust for tip height -% \begin{macrocode} - \downbracefill\crcr - \noalign{\kern.7\fontdimen5\textfont2\nointerlineskip}% -% \end{macrocode} -% |.5\fontdimen5\textfont2| is the height of the tip of the brace. -% The remaining |.2\fontdimen5\textfont2| is for space between -% \begin{macrocode} - $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% -% \subsection{Special symbols} -% -% \subsubsection{Command names for parentheses} -% \begin{macro}{\lparen} -% \begin{macro}{\rparen} -% Just an addition to the \LaTeXe\ kernel. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\lparen{(} -\providecommand*\rparen{)} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} - -% \subsubsection{Vertically centered colon} -% -% \begin{macro}{\vcentcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\ordinarycolon} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_active_colon_true:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_active_colon_false:} -% This is from the hands of Donald Arseneau. Somehow it is not -% distributed, so I include it here. Here's the original text by -% Donald: -% \begin{verbatim} -% centercolon.sty Dec 7, 2000 -% Donald Arseneau asnd@triumf.ca -% Public domain. -% Vertically center colon characters (:) in math mode. -% Particularly useful for $ a:=b$, and still correct for -% $f : x\to y$. May be used in any TeX. -% \end{verbatim} -% -% Slight change: the colon meaning is given only if \verb|centercolon| -% is explicitly requested (before it was always assigned even if : remained -% catcode 12). This allows better interaction with packages like babel -% that also make colon active. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\vcentcolon{\mathrel{\mathop\ordinarycolon}} -\providecommand\ordinarycolon{:} -\begingroup - \catcode`\:=\active - \lowercase{\endgroup -\def\MT_activate_colon{% - \ifnum\mathcode`\:=32768\relax - \let\ordinarycolon= :% - \else - \mathchardef\ordinarycolon\mathcode`\: % - \fi - \let :\vcentcolon - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Option processing. -% The `false' branch can only be requested if the option has previously been set `true'. -% (By default neither are set.) -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {center_colon} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{centercolon}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{MT_active_colon_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error:n - \@nameuse{MT_active_colon_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{MT_active_colon_#1:} } -} -\def\MT_active_colon_true: { - \MT_activate_colon - \MH_if_boolean:nF {center_colon}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {center_colon} - \edef\MT_active_colon_false: - {\mathcode`\noexpand\:=\the\mathcode`\:\relax} - \mathcode`\:=32768 - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dblcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\coloneqq} -% \begin{macro}{\Coloneqq} -% \begin{macro}{\coloneq} -% \begin{macro}{\Coloneq} -% \begin{macro}{\eqqcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\Eqqcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\eqcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\Eqcolon} -% \begin{macro}{\colonapprox} -% \begin{macro}{\Colonapprox} -% \begin{macro}{\colonsim} -% \begin{macro}{\Colonsim} -% This is just to simulate all the \cs{..colon..} symbols from -% \pkg{txfonts} and \pkg{pxfonts}. -% \changes{v1.08c}{2010/11/17}{Enclosed all in \cs{mathrel}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \providecommand*\dblcolon{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-.9mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\coloneqq{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu=}} - \providecommand*\Coloneqq{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu=}} - \providecommand*\coloneq{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\mathrel{-}}} - \providecommand*\Coloneq{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\mathrel{-}}} - \providecommand*\eqqcolon{\mathrel{=\mkern-1.2mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\Eqqcolon{\mathrel{=\mkern-1.2mu\dblcolon}} - \providecommand*\eqcolon{\mathrel{\mathrel{-}\mkern-1.2mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\Eqcolon{\mathrel{\mathrel{-}\mkern-1.2mu\dblcolon}} - \providecommand*\colonapprox{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\approx}} - \providecommand*\Colonapprox{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\approx}} - \providecommand*\colonsim{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\sim}} - \providecommand*\Colonsim{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\sim}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \subsection{Multlined} -% -% \begin{macro}{\g_MT_multlinerow_int} -% \begin{macro}{\l_MT_multwidth_dim} -% Helpers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let \AMS@math@cr@@ \math@cr@@ -\MH_new_boolean:n {mult_firstline} -\MH_new_boolean:n {outer_mult} -\newcount\g_MT_multlinerow_int -\newdimen\l_MT_multwidth_dim -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn} -% This tests if the token(s) is/are equal to either t, c, or~b, or -% something entirely different. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn [1]{ - \if:w t#1\relax - \expandafter\MH_use_choice_i:nnnn - \else: - \if:w c#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\MH_use_choice_ii:nnnn - \else: - \if:w b#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \MH_use_choice_iii:nnnn - \else: - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \MH_use_choice_iv:nnnn - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mult_invisible_line:} -% An invisible line. -% \textbf{BUG:} \cs{baselineskip} is zero inside an array or matrix, -% thus in those cases the line is \emph{not} invisible. -% \changes{v1.14}{2014/05/21}{Added -\cs{jot}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mult_invisible_line: { - \crcr - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {mult_firstline} - \hbox to \l_MT_multwidth_dim{}\crcr - \noalign{\vskip-\baselineskip \vskip-\jot \vskip-\normallineskip} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mult_mathcr_atat:w} -% The normal \cs{math@cr@@} with our hooks. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mult_mathcr_atat:w [#1]{% - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {mult_firstline}{ - \kern\l_MT_mult_left_fdim - \MT_mult_invisible_line: - } - \crcr - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \global\advance\g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne - \if_num:w \g_MT_multlinerow_int=\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@\MT_mult_last_mathcr:w - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mult_firstandlast_mathcr:w} -% The special case where there is a two-line \env{multlined}. We -% insert the first kern, then the invisible line of the desired -% width, the optional vertical space and then the last kern. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mult_firstandlast_mathcr:w [#1]{% - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi: - \kern\l_MT_mult_left_fdim - \MT_mult_invisible_line: - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \kern\l_MT_mult_right_fdim -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mult_last_mathcr:w} -% The normal last \cs{math@cr@@} which inserts the last kern. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mult_last_mathcr:w [#1]{ - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi:\math@cr@@@ - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \kern\l_MT_mult_right_fdim} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_start_mult:N} -% Setup for \env{multlined}. Finds the position. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\MT_start_mult:N [1]{ - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vtop } - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vcenter } - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vbox } - { - \PackageError{mathtools} - {Invalid~ position~ specifier.~ I'll~ try~ to~ recover~ with~ - `c'}\@ehc - } - \collect@body\MT_mult_internal:n -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_shoveright:wn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_shoveleft:wn} -% Extended versions of \cs{shoveleft} and \cs{shoveright}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\MT_shoveright:wn [2][0pt]{% - #2\hfilneg - \setlength\@tempdima{#1} - \kern\@tempdima -} -\newcommand*\MT_shoveleft:wn [2][0pt]{% - \hfilneg - \setlength\@tempdima{#1} - \kern\@tempdima - #2 -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mult_internal:n} -% \changes{v1.01a}{2004/10/10}{Added Ord atom to beginning of each line} -% The real internal \env{multlined}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\MT_mult_internal:n [1]{ - \MH_if_boolean:nF {outer_mult}{\null\,} - \MT_next: - \bgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore the meaning of \cmd{\\} inside \env{multlined}, else it -% wouldn't work in the \env{equation} environment. Set the fake row -% counter to zero. -% \begin{macrocode} - \Let@ - \def\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint{0 } - \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr -% \end{macrocode} -% Use private versions. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@\MT_mult_mathcr_atat:w - \MH_let:NwN \shoveleft\MT_shoveleft:wn - \MH_let:NwN \shoveright\MT_shoveright:wn - \spread@equation - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {mult_firstline} -% \end{macrocode} -% Do some measuring. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MT_measure_mult:n {#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure the box is wide enough. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_dim:w \l_MT_multwidth_dim<\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim - \MH_setlength:dn \l_MT_multwidth_dim{\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim} - \fi - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {mult_firstline} -% \end{macrocode} -% Tricky bit: If we only encountered one \cmd{\\} then use a very -% special \cs{math@cr@@} that inserts everything needed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_num:w \l_MT_multline_lastline_fint=\@ne - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@ \MT_mult_firstandlast_mathcr:w - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% Do the typesetting. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ialign\bgroup - \hfil\strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$\hfil - \crcr - \hfilneg - #1 -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_measure_mult:n} -% \changes{v1.01a}{2004/10/10}{Added Ord atom to beginning of each line} -% Measuring. Disable all labelling and check the number of lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\MT_measure_mult:n [1]{ - \begingroup - \g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne - \MH_let:NwN \label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \MH_let:NwN \tag\gobble@tag - \setbox\z@\vbox{ - \ialign{\strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$ - \crcr - #1 - \crcr - } - } - \xdef\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim{\the\wdz@} - \advance\g_MT_multlinerow_int\m@ne - \xdef\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint{\number\g_MT_multlinerow_int} - \endgroup - \g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_multlined_second_arg:w} -% Scan for a second optional argument. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\newcommand*\MT_multlined_second_arg:w [1][\@empty]{ - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - { - \if_meaning:NN \@empty#1\@empty - \else: - \setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1} - \fi: - } - \MT_start_mult:N \MT_mult_default_pos: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{multlined} -% The user environment. Scan for an optional argument. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{multlined}[1][] - {\MH_group_align_safe_begin: - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - { - \if_meaning:NN \@empty#1\@empty - \else: - \setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1} - \fi: - } - \MT_multlined_second_arg:w - } - { - \hfilneg \endaligned \MH_group_align_safe_end: - } -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% The keys needed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {firstline-afterskip}{\def\l_MT_mult_left_fdim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {lastline-preskip}{\def\l_MT_mult_right_fdim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {multlined-width}{\setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {multlined-pos}{\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - firstline-afterskip=\multlinegap, - lastline-preskip=\multlinegap, - multlined-width=0pt, - multlined-pos=c, -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_gobblelabel:w} -% Better than to assume that \cs{label} has exactly one mandatory -% argument, hence the \texttt{w} specifier. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_gobblelabel:w #1{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% -% -% \section{Macros suggested/requested by Lars Madsen} -% -% The macros in this section are all requests made by Lars Madsen. -% -% \subsection{Paired delimiters} -% -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Extended \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter(X)}} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n} -% In some cases users may want to control the internals a bit more. We -% therefore create two call back macros each time the -% \cs{DeclarePaired...} macro is issued. The default value of these -% call backs are provided by |\MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n| -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n [1]{ - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - \mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup ##1 ##2 \aftergroup\egroup ##3 - } - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - \mathopen{##1}##2\mathclose{##3} - } - } - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper} -% Macro enabling the user to alter an existing call back. Note that -% currently no checks are performed. First argument is the name of -% the macro we are altering (as defined via \cs{DeclarePaired...}), -% the second is \texttt{star} or \texttt{nostar}. In the last -% argument \texttt{\#1} and \texttt{\#3} respectively refer to the -% scaled fences and \texttt{\#3} refer to whatever come between. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper[3]{ - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _ #2 _wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - #3 - } -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclarePairedDelimiter} -% \changes{v1.06}{2008/08/01}{Made user command robust} -% This macro defines |#1| to be a control sequence that takes either -% a star or an optional argument and one mandatory argument. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclarePairedDelimiter[3]{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% Define the starred command to just put \cs{left} and \cs{right} -% before the delimiters, wrapped in a callback function. -% \changes{1.08e}{2010/09/02}{`Fixed' \cs{left}\dots\cs{right} bad spacing} -% \changes{1.08e}{2010/09/14}{redid the \cs{left}\dots\cs{right} fix, -% see \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} for details.} -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Using call back instead} -% \begin{macrocode} - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}##1 - %{\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2 ##1 \aftergroup\egroup\right #3}% - { \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn}% - {\left#2}{##1}{\right#3} }% -% \end{macrocode} -% The command with optional argument. It should be \cs{bigg} or -% alike. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [2][\\@gobble] - { -% \end{macrocode} -% With the default optional argument we wind up with \cs{relax}, -% else we get \cs{biggr} and \cs{biggl} etc. -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Using call back instead} -% \begin{macrocode} - %\mathopen{\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 l} #2} ##2 - %\mathclose{\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 r} #3}} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn}% - {\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 l} #2} - {##2} - {\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 r} #3} - } -% \end{macrocode} -% The user command comes here. Just check for the star and choose -% the right internal command. -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DeclarePairedDelimiterX} -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/10}{Added \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}} -% It has turned out that it is convenient to have a more general -% version of \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}. In this version the user -% can specify the number of arguments the created macro has, and they -% can specify the code for the inner part of the macro. Other than -% that the code is fairly similar to \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter} -% \changes{v1.08e}{2010/09/02}{Provided better implementation of -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MHempty{} -\def\DeclarePairedDelimiterX#1[#2]#3#4#5{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% The constructor takes five arguments, the name of the macro, the -% number of arguments (1-9), the left and right delimiter, the inner -% code for the two macros. First we verify that the number of arguments fit. -% \changes{v1.14}{2014/05/20}{Factored out in separate macro for reuse} -% \begin{macrocode} - \MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n{#2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Using call back instead} -% Define the default call backs. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% We make sure to store the delimiter size in the local variable -% \cs{delimsize}. Then users can refer to the size in the fifth -% argument. In the starred version it will refer to \cs{middle} and in -% the normal version it will hold the provided optional argument. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:\endcsname - [#2] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{\middle} -% \end{macrocode} -% This is slightly controversial, \cs{left}\dots\cs{right} are known -% to produce an inner atom, thus may cause different spacing than -% normal delimiters. We `fix' this by introducing \cs{mathopen} and -% \cs{mathclose}. This change is now factored out into call backs. -% \changes{v1.08e}{2010/09/14}{redid the left/right fix, inspired by -% ctt thread named `spacing after \cs{right}) and before \cs{left})' -% started 2010-08-12.} -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Using call back instead} -% \begin{macrocode} - %\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#3 #5 \aftergroup\egroup\right#4 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn} - {\left#3}{#5}{\right#4} - \endgroup - } -% \end{macrocode} -% In order for the starred and non-starred version to have the same -% arguments, we need to introduce an extra macro to catch the optional -% argument (this means that the non-starred version can actually -% support ten arguments!). -% Here we do things a little differently than with -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiter}. The optional argument have \cs{MHempty} -% as the default. This is locally changed when we scale the -% delimiters, such that it can eat the l/r if needed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [1][\MHempty] - { -% \end{macrocode} -% We need to introduce a local group in order to support nesting. It -% is ended inside \verb|\MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:| -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{##1} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:} - } -% \end{macrocode} -% Next we provide the inner workhorse. We need a bit of expansion -% magic to get \cs{delimsize} to work. -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/05/10}{Using call back instead} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:\endcsname - [#2] - { - %\mathopen{% - % \let\MHempty\@gobble - % \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #3} - %#5 - %\mathclose{% - % \let\MHempty\@gobble - % \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #4} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #3 - } - {#5} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #4 - } - \endgroup - } - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n} -% This tests the \oarg{num args} part of -% \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX} and \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP} -% (code reuse), and complains if it is not 1,\dots,9. -% \changes{v1.14}{2014/05/20}{Added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n #1{ - \ifnum#1>9\relax - \PackageError{mathtools}{No~ more~ than~ 9~ arguments}{} - \else - \ifnum#1<1\relax - \PackageError{mathtools}{Macro~ need~ 1~ or~ more~ - arguments.\MessageBreak Please~ change~ [#1]~ to~ [1]~ ... [9]}{} - \fi - \fi - } - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP} -% \changes{v1.14}{2014/05/20}{Added} -% Similar to \cs{DeclarePairedDelimiterX}, but we can add \meta{pre} -% and \meta{pre} code before and after the delimiters. Arguments are -% interpreted as -% \marg{macro}\oarg{num}\marg{pre code}\marg{left delim}\marg{right -% delim}\marg{post code}\marg{body} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP#1[#2]#3#4#5#6#7{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ - \MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n{#2} - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:\endcsname - [#2] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{\middle} - #3 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn} - {\left#4}{#7}{\right#5} - #6 - \endgroup - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [1][\MHempty] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{##1} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:} - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:\endcsname - [#2] - { - #3 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #4 - } - {#7} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #5 - } - #6 - \endgroup - } - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} - - -% -% \subsection{A \texttt{\textbackslash displaystyle} \env{cases} environment} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_start_cases:nnn} -% We define a single command that does all the hard work. -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/10}{made \cs{MT_start_cases:nnnn} more general} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_start_cases:nnnn #1#2#3#4{ % #1=sep,#2=lpreamble,#3=rpreamble,#4=delim - \RIfM@\else - \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}} - \fi - \MH_group_align_safe_begin: - \left#4 - \vcenter \bgroup - \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr - \let \math@cr@@\AMS@math@cr@@ - \spread@equation - \ialign\bgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Set the first column flush left in \cs{displaystyle} math and the -% second as specified by the second argument. The first argument is -% the separation between the columns. It could be a \cs{quad} or -% something entirely different. -% \begin{macrocode} - \strut@#2 \strut@ - #3 - \crcr -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_end_cases:} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_end_cases:{\crcr\egroup - \restorecolumn@ - \egroup - \MH_group_align_safe_end: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\newcases} -% \begin{macro}{\renewcases} -% Easy creation of new \env{cases}-like environments. -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/10}{changed to match the change in \cs{MT_start_cases:nnnn}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\newcases[6]{% #1=name, #2=sep, #3=preamble, #4=left, #5=right - \newenvironment{#1} - {\MT_start_cases:nnnn {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}} - {\MH_end_cases:\right#6} -} -\newcommand*\renewcases[6]{ - \renewenvironment{#1} - {\MT_start_cases:nnnn {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}} - {\MH_end_cases:\right#6} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{environment}{dcases} -% \begin{environment}{dcases*} -% \begin{environment}{rcases} -% \begin{environment}{rcases*} -% \begin{environment}{drcases} -% \begin{environment}{drcases*} -% \begin{environment}{cases*} -% \env{dcases} is a traditional cases with display style math in -% both columns, while \env{dcases*} has text in the second column. -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/10}{changed to match the change in -% \cs{newcases} plus added rcases and drcases} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcases{dcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -\newcases{dcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -\newcases{rcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th{##}$\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{rcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{drcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{drcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{cases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{New matrix environments} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_matrix_begin:N} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_matrix_end:} -% Here are a few helpers for the matrices. \cs{MT_matrix_begin:N} -% takes one argument specifying the column type for the array inside -% the matrix. and \cs{MT_matrix_end:} inserts the correct ending. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_matrix_begin:N #1{% - \hskip -\arraycolsep - \MH_let:NwN \@ifnextchar \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn - \array{*\c@MaxMatrixCols #1}} -\def\MT_matrix_end:{\endarray \hskip -\arraycolsep} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% Before we define the environments we better make sure that spaces -% before the optional argument is disallowed. Else a user who types -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{pmatrix*} -% [c] & a \\ -% b & d -% \end{pmatrix*} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% will lose the \texttt{[c]}! -% \begin{macrocode} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{environment}{matrix*} -% This environment is just like \env{matrix} only it takes an -% optional argument specifying the column type. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{matrix*}[1][c] - {\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{environment}{pmatrix*} -% \begin{environment}{bmatrix*} -% \begin{environment}{Bmatrix*} -% \begin{environment}{vmatrix*} -% \begin{environment}{Vmatrix*} -% Then starred versions of the other \AmS{} matrices. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{pmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left(\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right)} -\newenvironment{bmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left[\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right]} -\newenvironment{Bmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lbrace\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\rbrace} -\newenvironment{vmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lvert\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\rvert} -\newenvironment{Vmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lVert\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\lVert} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% -% \changes{v1.10}{2011/02/12}{Added the code below, courtesy of Rasmus Villemoes} -% Now we are at it why not provide fenced versions of the -% \env{smallmatrix} construction as well. We will only provide a -% version that can be adjusted as \env{matrix*} above, thus we keep -% the * in the name. The implementation is courtesy of Rasmus -% Villemoes. Rasmus also suggested making the default alignment in -% these environments globally adjustable, so we did -% (\texttt{smallmatrix-align=c} by default). It \emph{is} possible to -% do something similar with the large matrix environments, but that -% might cause problems with the \texttt{array} package, thus for now -% we lease that feature alone. -% -% The base code is a variation over the original \env{smallmatrix} -% environmetn fround in \texttt{amsmath}, thus we will not comment it further. -% -% TODO: make the code check that the optional argument is either -% \texttt{c}, \texttt{l} or \texttt{r}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N #1{% - \Let@\restore@math@cr\default@tag - \baselineskip6\ex@ \lineskip1.5\ex@ \lineskiplimit\lineskip - \csname MT_smallmatrix_#1_begin:\endcsname -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_end:{\crcr\egroup\egroup\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_l_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil&&\thickspace - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil\crcr -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_c_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup\hfil$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil&&\thickspace\hfil - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil\crcr -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_r_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup\hfil$\m@th\scriptstyle##$&&\thickspace\hfil - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr -} -\newenvironment{smallmatrix*}[1][\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:] - {\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:} -% \end{macrocode} -% We would like to keep to the tradition of the \verb?Xmatrix? and -% \verb?Xmatrix*? macros we added earlier, since most code is similar -% we define them using a constructor macro. We also apply the trick -% used within \verb?\DeclarePairedDelimiter(X)? such that \verb?\left? -% \verb?\right? constructions produce spacings corresponding to -% \verb?\mathopen? and \verb?\mathclose?. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn #1#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#1}{% - \newenvironment{#1} - {\@nameuse{#1hook}\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N c}% - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:\aftergroup\egroup\right#3}% - }{}% - \@ifundefined{#1*}{% - \newenvironment{#1*}[1][\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:]% - {\@nameuse{#1hook}\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N ##1}% - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:\aftergroup\egroup\right#3}% - }{}% -} -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{psmallmatrix}() -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{bsmallmatrix}[] -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{Bsmallmatrix}\lbrace\rbrace -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{vsmallmatrix}\lvert\rvert -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{Vsmallmatrix}\lVert\rVert -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The options associated with this. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {smallmatrix-align}{\def\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {smallmatrix-inner-space}{\def\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - smallmatrix-align=c, - smallmatrix-inner-space=\, -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore the usual spacing behavior. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Smashing an operator with limits} -% -% \begin{macro}{\smashoperator} -% The user command. Define \cs{MT_smop_use:NNNNN} to be one of the -% specialized commands \cs{MT_smop_smash_l:NNNNN}, -% \cs{MT_smop_smash_r:NNNNN}, or the default -% \cs{MT_smop_smash_lr:NNNNN}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\smashoperator[2][lr]{ - \def\MT_smop_use:NNNNN {\@nameuse{MT_smop_smash_#1:NNNNN}} - \toks@{#2} - \expandafter\MT_smop_get_args:wwwNnNn - \the\toks@\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@@nil -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_smop_remove_nil_vi:N} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_smop_mathop:n} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_smop_limits:} -% Some helper functions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_remove_nil_vi:N #1\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil{#1} -\def\MT_smop_mathop:n {\mathop} -\def\MT_smop_limits: {\limits} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% Some conditionals. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_new_boolean:n {smop_one} -\MH_new_boolean:n {smop_two} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_smop_get_args:wwwNnNn} -% The argument stripping. There are three different valid types of -% input: -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item An operator with neither subscript nor superscript. -% \item An operator with one subscript or superscript. -% \item An operator with both subscript and superscript. -% \end{enumerate} -% Additionally an operator can be either a single macro as in -% \cs{sum} or in \cs{mathop}\arg{A} and people might be tempted to -% put a \cs{limits} after the operator, even though it's not -% necessary. Thus the input with most tokens would be something like -% \begin{verbatim} -% \mathop{TTT}\limits_{sub}^{sup} -% \end{verbatim} -% Therefore we have to scan for seven arguments, but there might -% only be one actually. So let's list the possible situations: -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item \verb|\mathop{TTT}\limits_{subsub}^{supsup}| -% \item \verb|\mathop{TTT}_{subsub}^{supsup}| -% \item \verb|\sum\limits_{subsub}^{supsup}| -% \item \verb|\sum_{subsub}^{supsup}| -% \end{enumerate} -% Furthermore the |_{subsub}^{supsup}| part can also just be -% |_{subsub}| or empty. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_get_args:wwwNnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@@nil{% - \begingroup - \def\MT_smop_arg_A: {#1} \def\MT_smop_arg_B: {#2} - \def\MT_smop_arg_C: {#3} \def\MT_smop_arg_D: {#4} - \def\MT_smop_arg_E: {#5} \def\MT_smop_arg_F: {#6} - \def\MT_smop_arg_G: {#7} -% \end{macrocode} -% Check if A is \cs{mathop}. If it is, we know that B is the argument -% of the \cs{mathop}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_A: \MT_smop_mathop:n -% \end{macrocode} -% If A was \cs{mathop} we check if C is \cs{limits} -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_C:\MT_smop_limits: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1{#2}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Now we have something like \verb|\mathop{TTT}\limits|. Then check -% if D is \cs{@nil}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \edef\MT_smop_final_arg_E: - {\expandafter\MT_smop_remove_nil_vi:N \MT_smop_arg_G: } - \fi: - \fi: - \else: -% \end{macrocode} -% Here we have something like \verb|\mathop{TTT}|. Still check -% if D is \cs{@nil}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1{#2}}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% If A was not \cs{mathop}, it is an operator in itself, so we check -% if B is \cs{limits} -% \begin{macrocode} - \else: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_B:\MT_smop_limits: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \fi: - \fi: - \else: -% \end{macrocode} -% No \cs{limits} was found, so we already have the right input. Just -% forget about the last two arguments. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_C: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_B: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% No reason to measure if there's no sub or sup. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_one}{ - \MT_smop_measure:NNNNN - \MT_smop_final_arg_A: \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_final_arg_C: - \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_final_arg_E: - } - \MT_smop_use:NNNNN - \MT_smop_final_arg_A: \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_final_arg_C: - \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_final_arg_E: - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Typeset what is necessary and ignore width of sub and sup: -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{% - \displaystyle #1 - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_one}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% Let's use the internal versions of \cs{crampedclap} now that we now -% it is set in \cs{scriptstyle}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \limits#2{\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_two}{ - #4{\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#5}} - } - } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Measure the natural width. \cs{@tempdima} holds the dimen we need to -% adjust it all with. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_measure:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{% - \MH_let:NwN \MT_saved_mathclap:Nn \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn - \MH_let:NwN \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \@secondoftwo - \sbox\z@{$\m@th\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5$} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \MT_saved_mathclap:Nn - \sbox\tw@{$\m@th\displaystyle#1$} - \@tempdima=.5\wd0 - \advance\@tempdima-.5\wd2 -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The `l' variant -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_smash_l:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5\kern\@tempdima -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The `r' variant -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_smash_r:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \kern\@tempdima\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5 -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The `lr' variant -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_smop_smash_lr:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5 -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Adjusting limits} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\MT_vphantom:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_hphantom:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_phantom:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_internal_phantom:N} -% The main advantage of \cs{phantom} et al., is the ability to -% choose the right size automatically, but it requires the input to -% be typeset four times. Since we will need to have a \cs{cramped} -% inside a \cs{vphantom} it is much, much faster to choose the style -% ourselves (we already know it). These macros make it possible. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_vphantom:Nn {\v@true\h@false\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_hphantom:Nn {\v@false\h@true\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_phantom:Nn {\v@true\h@true\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_internal_phantom:N #1{ - \ifmmode - \expandafter\mathph@nt\expandafter#1 - \else - \expandafter\makeph@nt - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\adjustlimits} -% This is for making sure limits line up on two consecutive -% operators. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\adjustlimits[6]{ -% \end{macrocode} -% We measure the two operators and save the difference of their -% depths. -% \begin{macrocode} - \sbox\z@{$\m@th \displaystyle #1$} - \sbox\tw@{$\m@th \displaystyle #4$} - \@tempdima=\dp\z@ \advance\@tempdima-\dp\tw@ -% \end{macrocode} -% We force \cs{displaystyle} for the operator and \cs{scripstyle} -% for the limit. If we make use of the regular \cs{smash}, -% \cs{vphantom}, and \cs{cramped} macros, and let \TeX{} choose the -% right style for each one of them, we get a lot of redundant code -% as we have no need for the combination -% $(\cs{displaystyle},\cs{textstyle})$ etc. Only -% $(\cs{scriptstyle},\cs{scriptstyle})$ is useful. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\z@ - \mathop{#1}\limits#2{#3} - \else: - \mathop{#1\MT_vphantom:Nn \displaystyle{#4}}\limits - #2{ - \def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \box\z@} - \mathsm@sh\scriptstyle{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \MT_vphantom:Nn \scriptstyle - {\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#6}} - } - \fi: - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\z@ - \mathop{#4\MT_vphantom:Nn \displaystyle{#1}}\limits - #5 - { - \MT_vphantom:Nn \scriptstyle - {\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \box\z@} - \mathsm@sh\scriptstyle{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#6}} - } - \else: - \mathop{#4}\limits#5{#6} - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Swapping above display skip} -% -% \begin{macro}{\SwapAboveDisplaySkip} -% This macro is intended to be used at the start of \AmS\ -% environments, in order to force it to use -% \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} instead of \cs{abovedisplayskip} above -% the displayed math. Because of the use of \cs{noalign} it will not -% work inside \env{equation} or \env{multline}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\SwapAboveDisplaySkip{% - \noalign{\vskip-\abovedisplayskip\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip} -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{An aid to alignment} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MoveEqLeft} -% \changes{v1.05}{2008/06/05}{Added \cs{MoveEqLeft} (daleif)} -% \changes{v1.05b}{2008/06/18}{We don't need \cs{setlength} here -% (daleif), after discussion about \cs{global} and \cs{setlength} -% on ctt} -% \changes{v1.12}{2011/06/12}{We don't even need lengths. GL -% suggested on ctt to just apply them directly.} -% This is a very simple macro, we `move' a line in an -% alignment backwards in order to simulate that all subsequent lines -% have been indented. Note that simply using \verb+\kern-2m+ after -% the \verb+&+ is not enough, then the alignemnt environment never -% detects that there is anything (though simulated) in the cell -% before the \verb+&+. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\MoveEqLeft[1][2]{\kern #1em & \kern -#1em} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\Aboxed} -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/29}{Added \cs{Aboxed}} -% The idea from \cs{MoveEqLeft} can be used for other things. Here we -% create a macro that will allow a user to box an equation inside an -% alignment. -% \changes{v1.12}{2011/08/17}{\cs{Aboxed} reimplemented, cudos to GL} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\Aboxed[1]{\let\bgroup{\romannumeral-`}\@Aboxed#1&&\ENDDNE} -% \end{macrocode} -% \sloppy -% The macro has been reimplemented courtesy of Florent Chervet out of -% a posting on ctt, \url{https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/5d66395f2a1b5134/93fd9661484bd8d8?#93fd9661484bd8d8} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@Aboxed#1\ENDDNE{% - \ifnum0=`{}\fi \setbox \z@ - \hbox{$\displaystyle#1{}\m@th$\kern\fboxsep \kern\fboxrule }% - \edef\@tempa {\kern \wd\z@ &\kern -\the\wd\z@ \fboxsep - \the\fboxsep \fboxrule \the\fboxrule }\@tempa \boxed {#1#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ArrowBetweenLines} -% \changes{v1.05}{2008/06/05}{Added \cs{ArrowBetweenLines} as it -% belongs here and not just in my \LaTeX book (daleif)} -% ????Implementation notes are needed???? -% \begin{macrocode} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\def\ArrowBetweenLines{\relax - \iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi - \@ifstar{\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI{00}}{\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI{01}}} -\def\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI#1{% - \@ifnextchar[% - {\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII{#1}}% - {\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII{#1}[\Updownarrow]}} -\def\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII#1[#2]{% - \ifnum0=`{\fi \iffalse}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% It turns out that for some reason the \cs{crcr} (next) removes the -% automatic equation number replacement. The replacement hack seems to -% the trick, though I have no idea why \cs{crcr} broke things (/daleif). -% \changes{v1.08}{2010/06/15}{fixed eq num replacement bug} -% \begin{macrocode} -% \crcr - \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - {alignedat,aligned,gathered}% - \ifin@ \else - \notag - \fi% - \\ - \noalign{\nobreak\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip-\lineskip}% - \noalign{\expandafter\in@\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - {alignedat,aligned,gathered}% - \ifin@ \else\notag\fi% - }% - \if#1 &&\quad #2\else #2\quad\fi - \\\noalign{\nobreak\vskip-\lineskip}} - -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \subsection{Centered vertical dots} -% -% Doing a \verb?\vdots? centered within a different sized box, is -% rather easy with the tools available. Note that it does \emph{not} -% check for the style we are running in, thus do not expect this to -% work well within \verb?\scriptstyle? and smaller. Basically we -% create a box of a width corresponding to \verb?{}#1{}? and center -% the \verb?\vdots? within it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\vdotswithin[1]{% - {\mathmakebox[\widthof{\ensuremath{{}#1{}}}][c]{{\vdots}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Next we are inspired by \verb?\ArrowBetweenLines? and provide a -% costruction to be used within alignments with much less vertical -% space above and below. -% -% First in order to support \env{spreadlines} we need to store the -% original value of \verb?\jot? (and hope the user does not mess with it). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newlength\origjot -\setlength\origjot{\jot} -% \end{macrocode} -% Next define how much we spacing we flush out, and make this user adjustable. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim -\newdimen\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {shortvdotsadjustabove}{\setlength\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {shortvdotsadjustbelow}{\setlength\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The actual defaults we found by trail and error. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - shortvdotsadjustabove=2.15\origjot, - shortvdotsadjustbelow=\origjot -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The user macro comes in two versions, starred version corresponding -% to alignment \emph{before} and \verb?&? and a non-starred version -% with alignment \emph{after} \verb?&?. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\shortvdotswithin{\relax - \@ifstar{\MT_svwi_aux:nn{00}}{\MT_svwi_aux:nn{01}}} -\def\MT_svwi_aux:nn #1#2{ - \MTFlushSpaceAbove - \if#1 \vdotswithin{#2}& \else &\vdotswithin{#2} \fi - \MTFlushSpaceBelow -} -% \end{macrocode} -% We will need a way to remove any tags (eq. numbers) on the -% \verb?\vdots? line. We cannot use the method used by -% \verb?\ArrowBetweenLines? so we use inspiration from -% \texttt{etoolbox}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n #1{% - \begingroup - \def\etb@tempa##1|#1|##2\MT@END{\endgroup - \ifx\@empty##2\@empty\notag\fi}% - \expandafter\etb@tempa\expandafter|alignedat|aligned|split|#1|\MT@END} - %| emacs -% \end{macrocode} -% These macros take care of removing the space above or below. Since -% these may be useful for the user in very special cases, we provide -% them as separate macros. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\MTFlushSpaceAbove{ - \expandafter\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n\expandafter{\@currenvir} - \\ - \noalign{% - \nobreak\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip-\lineskip% - \vskip-\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim - \vskip-\origjot - \vskip\jot - }% - \noalign{ - \expandafter\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n\expandafter{\@currenvir} - } -} -\newcommand\MTFlushSpaceBelow{ - \\\noalign{% - \nobreak\vskip-\lineskip - \vskip-\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim - \vskip-\origjot - \vskip\jot - } -} - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \section{A few extra symbols} -% -% Most math font sets are missing three symbols: \cs{nuparrow}, -% \cs{ndownarrow} and \cs{bigtimes}. We provide \emph{simulated} -% versions of these symbols in case they are missing. -% -% \subsection{Negated up- and down arrows} -% -% Note that the \cs{nuparrow} and the \cs{ndownarrow} are made from -% \cs{nrightarrow} and \cs{nleftarrow}, so these have to be -% present. If they are not, we throw an error at use. The -% implementation details are due to Enrico Gregorio -% (\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/689cc8bd604fdb51}), -% the basic idea is to reflect and rotate existing negated -% arrows. Note that the reflection and rotation will not show up i -% most DVI previewers. -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nrotarrow:NN} -% \changes{v1.07}{2008/08/11}{Added support for \cs{nuparrow} and \cs{ndownaddow}} -% First a common construction macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_nrotarrow:NN #1#2{% - \setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th#1\uparrow$}\dimen0=\dp0 - \setbox0=\hbox{% - \reflectbox{\rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{$\m@th#1\mkern2.22mu #2$}}}% - \dp0=\dimen0 \box0 \mkern2.3965mu -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The negated arrows are then made using this macro on respectively -% \cs{nrightarrow} and \cs{nleftarrow} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nuparrow:} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_ndownarrow:} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_nuparrow: {% - \mathrel{\mathpalette\MH_nrotarrow:NN\nrightarrow} } -\def\MH_ndownarrow: {% - \mathrel{\mathpalette\MH_nrotarrow:NN\nleftarrow} } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\nuparrow} -% \begin{macro}{\ndownarrow} -% Next we provide \cs{nuparrow} and \cs{ndownarrow} at begin -% document. Since they depend on \cs{nrightarrow} and -% \cs{nleftarrow} we test for these and let the macros throw an -% error if they are missing. -% \changes{v1.08b}{2010/07/21}{Moved graphicx loading down here such -% that we do not get into option clash problems} -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \RequirePackage{graphicx}% - \@ifundefined{nrightarrow}{% - \providecommand\nuparrow{% - \PackageError{mathtools}{\string\nuparrow\space~ is~ - constructed~ from~ \string\nrightarrow,~ which~ is~ not~ - provided.~ Please~ load~ the~ amssymb~ package~ or~ similar}{} - }}{ \providecommand\nuparrow{\MH_nuparrow:}} - \@ifundefined{nleftarrow}{% - \providecommand\ndownarrow{% - \PackageError{mathtools}{\string\ndownarrow\space~ is~ - constructed~ from~ \string\nleftarrow,~ which~ is~ not~ - provided.~ Please~ load~ the~ amssymb~ package~ or~ similar}{} - }}{ \providecommand\ndownarrow{\MH_ndownarrow:}} } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \subsection{Providing bigtimes} -% -% The idea is to use the original \cs{times} and then scale it -% accordingly. Again the implementation details have been improved by -% Enrico Gregorio -% (\url{http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/9685c9405df2ff94}). -% -% \begin{macro}{\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_bigtimes_inner:} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_csym_bigtimes:} -% \changes{v1.07}{2008/08/11}{Added support for \cs{bigtimes}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N #1{% - \vcenter{\hbox{#1$\m@th\mkern-2mu\times\mkern-2mu$}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% This is then combined with \cs{mathchoice} to form the inner parts -% of the macro -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_bigtimes_inner: { - \mathchoice{\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \huge} % display style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \LARGE} % text style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N {}} % script style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \footnotesize} % script script style -} -% \end{macrocode} -% And thus the internal prepresentaion of the \cs{bigtimes} macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_csym_bigtimes: {\mathop{\MH_bigtimes_inner:}\displaylimits} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\bigtimes} -% In the end we provide \cs{bigtimes} if otherwise not defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \providecommand\bigtimes{\MH_csym_bigtimes:} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Macros by other people} -% -% \subsection{Intertext and short intertext} -% -% It turns out that \cs{intertext} use a bit too much -% space. Especially noticable if combined with the \env{spreadlines} -% environment, the extra space is also applied above and below -% \cs{intertext}, which ends up looking unproffesional. Chung-chieh -% Shan -% (\url{http://conway.rutgers.edu/~ccshan/wiki/blog/posts/Beyond_amsmath/}) -% via Tobias Weh suggested a fix. We apply it here, but also keep the -% original \cs{intertext} in case a user would rather want it. -% \begin{macro}{\MT_orig_intertext:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_intertext:} -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/08/19}{\cs{l_MT_X_intertext_dim} renamed to -% \cs{l_MT_X_intertext_sep}} -% \begin{macro}{\l_MT_above_intertext_sep} -% \begin{macro}{\l_MT_below_intertext_sep} -% First store the originam Ams version. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_orig_intertext: \intertext@ -% \end{macrocode} -% And then for some reconfiguration. First a few lengths -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/08/19}{Fixed typos and changed the names} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\l_MT_above_intertext_sep -\newdimen\l_MT_below_intertext_sep -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {aboveintertextdim}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {belowintertextdim}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-intertext-dim}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-intertext-dim}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-intertext-sep}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-intertext-sep}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Their default values are zero. Now for our extended version of -% CCShan's solution. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_intertext: {% - \def\intertext##1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\belowdisplayskip - \vskip-\lineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\normallineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\l_MT_above_intertext_sep - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \ifdim\linewidth=\columnwidth - \else \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi - \noindent##1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayskip% - \vskip-\lineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\normallineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\l_MT_above_intertext_sep - }% -}} -% \end{macrocode} -% And provide a key to switch -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_orig_intertext_true: { \MH_let:NwN \intertext@ \MT_orig_intertext: } -\def\MT_orig_intertext_false: { \MH_let:NwN \intertext@ \MT_intertext: } -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{original-intertext}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_orig_intertext_#1:} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% And use the new version as default. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - original-intertext=false -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% Gabriel Zachmann, Donald Arseneau on comp.text.tex 2000/05/12-13 -% \begin{macro}{\shortintertext} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_orig_shortintertext} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_shortintertext} -% \begin{macro}{\l_above_shortintertext_sep} -% \begin{macro}{\l_below_shortintertext_sep} -% This is like \cs{intertext} but uses shorter skips between the -% math. Again this turned out to have the same problem as -% \cs{intertext}, so we provide two versions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext:n #1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \if_dim:w \linewidth=\columnwidth - \else: - \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi: - \noindent#1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Lengths like above -% \changes{v1.13}{2012/08/19}{The option was named differently in the -% manual. Also renamed to use the postfix \emph{sep} instead. Though -% the old names remain for compatibility.} -% \changes{v1.14}{2014/01/20}{Apparently did not check it good enough, -% the option should have shortintertext not short-intertext} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep -\newdimen\l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {aboveshortintertextdim}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {belowshortintertextdim}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-short-intertext-dim}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -% old typo in manual -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-short-intertext-dim}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-short-intertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -% old typo in manual -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-short-intertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-shortintertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-shortintertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Looks best with the `old' values of the original \cs{jot} -% setting. So we set them to 3pt each. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - aboveshortintertextdim=3pt, - belowshortintertextdim=3pt -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Next, just add the same as we did for \cs{intertext} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_shortintertext:n #1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \vskip-\lineskiplimit - \vskip\normallineskiplimit - \vskip\l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \if_dim:w \linewidth=\columnwidth - \else: - \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi: - \noindent#1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip% - \vskip-\lineskiplimit - \vskip\normallineskiplimit - \vskip\l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Next we need to be able to switch. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext_true: { \MH_let:NwN \shortintertext \MT_orig_shortintertext:n } -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext_false: { \MH_let:NwN \shortintertext \MT_shortintertext:n } -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{original-shortintertext}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_orig_shortintertext_#1:} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% With the updated one as the default. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - original-shortintertext=false -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Fine-tuning mathematical layout} -% -% \subsubsection{A complement to \texttt{\textbackslash smash}, -% \texttt{\textbackslash llap}, and \texttt{\textbackslash rlap}} -% \begin{macro}{\clap} -% \begin{macro}{\mathllap} -% \begin{macro}{\mathrlap} -% \begin{macro}{\mathclap} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathllap:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathrlap:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathclap:Nn} -% First we'll \cs{provide} those macros (they are so simple that I -% think other packages might define them as well). -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\clap[1]{\hb@xt@\z@{\hss#1\hss}} -\providecommand*\mathllap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathllap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathllap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\providecommand*\mathrlap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathrlap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathrlap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\providecommand*\mathclap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathclap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathclap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% We have to insert |{}| because we otherwise risk triggering a -% ``feature'' in \TeX. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mathllap:Nn #1#2{{}\llap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\def\MT_mathrlap:Nn #1#2{{}\rlap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\def\MT_mathclap:Nn #1#2{{}\clap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mathmbox} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathmbox:nn} -% \begin{macro}{\mathmakebox} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathmakebox_I:w} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathmakebox_II:w} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathmakebox_III:w} -% Then the \cs{mathmbox}\marg{arg} and -% \cs{mathmakebox}\oarg{width}\oarg{pos}\marg{arg} macros which are -% very similar to \cs{mbox} and \cs{makebox}. The differences are: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \meta{arg} is set in math mode of course. -% \item No need for \cs{leavevmode} as we're in math mode. -% \item No need to make them \cs{long} (we're still in math mode). -% \item No need to support a picture version. -% \end{itemize} -% The first is easy. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\mathmbox{\mathpalette\MT_mathmbox:nn} -\def\MT_mathmbox:nn #1#2{\mbox{$\m@th#1#2$}} -% \end{macrocode} -% We scan for the optional arguments first. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\mathmakebox{ - \@ifnextchar[ \MT_mathmakebox_I:w - \mathmbox} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_I:w[#1]{% - \@ifnextchar[ {\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1][c]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% We had to get the optional arguments out of the way before calling -% upon the powers of \cs{mathpalette}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1][#2]{ - \mathpalette{\MT_mathmakebox_III:w[#1][#2]}} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_III:w[#1][#2]#3#4{% - \@begin@tempboxa\hbox{$\m@th#3#4$}% - \setlength\@tempdima{#1}% - \hbox{\hb@xt@\@tempdima{\csname bm@#2\endcsname}}% - \@end@tempboxa} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mathsm@sh} -% Fix \cs{smash}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mathsm@sh#1#2{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}{}\finsm@sh} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \subsubsection{A cramped style} -% -% comp.text.tex on 1992/07/21 by Michael Herschorn. -% With speed-ups by the Grand Wizard himself as shown on -% \begin{quote}\rightskip-\leftmargini -% \url{http://mirrors.ctan.org/info/digests/tex-implementors/042} -% \end{quote} -% The (better) user interface by the author. -% -% \begin{macro}{\cramped} -% Make sure the expansion is timed correctly. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\cramped[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn} -% The internal command. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1#2{ -% \end{macrocode} -% Create a box containing the math and force a cramped style by -% issuing a non-existing radical. -% \begin{macrocode} - \sbox\z@{$\m@th#1\nulldelimiterspace=\z@\radical\z@{#2}$} -% \end{macrocode} -% Then make sure the height is correct. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx#1\displaystyle - \dimen@=\fontdimen8\textfont3 - \advance\dimen@ .25\fontdimen5\textfont2 - \else - \dimen@=1.25\fontdimen8 - \ifx#1\textstyle\textfont - \else - \ifx#1\scriptstyle - \scriptfont - \else - \scriptscriptfont - \fi - \fi - 3 - \fi - \advance\dimen@-\ht\z@ \ht\z@=-\dimen@ - \box\z@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsubsection{Cramped versions of \texttt{\textbackslash -% mathllap}, \texttt{\textbackslash mathclap}, and -% \texttt{\textbackslash mathrlap}} -% \begin{macro}{\crampedllap} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\crampedclap} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn} -% \begin{macro}{\crampedrlap} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn} -% Cramped versions of \cs{mathXlap} (for speed). Made by the author. -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\crampedllap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\llap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -\providecommand*\crampedclap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\clap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -\providecommand*\crampedrlap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\rlap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Macros by Michael J.~Downes} -% -% The macros in this section are all by Michael J.~Downes. Either -% they are straight copies of his original macros or inspired and -% extended here. -% -% -% \subsection{Prescript} -% \begin{macro}{\prescript} -% This command is taken from a posting to comp.text.tex on -% December~20th 2000 by Michael J.~Downes. The comments are his. I -% have added some formatting options to the arguments so that a user -% can emulate the \pkg{isotope} package. -% -% \changes{v.1.12}{2012/04/19}{Extended \cs{prescript} to change style -% if used in say S context. Requestd by Oliver Buerschaper.} -% Update 2012: One drawback from MJD's original implementation, is -% that the math style is hardwired, such that if used in say -% \cs{scriptstyle} context, then the style/size of the prescript -% remain the same size. A slightly expensive fix, is to use the -% \cs{mathchoice} construction. First exdent MJD's code a little -% (keeping his comments) -% \begin{macro}{\MT_prescript_inner:} -% We make the style an extra forth argument -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\MT_prescript_inner:}[4]{ -% \end{macrocode} -% Put the sup in box 0 and the sub in box 2. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@mathmeasure\z@#4{\MT_prescript_sup:{#1}} - \@mathmeasure\tw@#4{\MT_prescript_sub:{#2}} - \if_dim:w \wd\tw@>\wd\z@ - \setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\tw@{\hfil\unhbox\z@} - \else: - \setbox\tw@\hbox to\wd\z@{\hfil\unhbox\tw@} - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% Do not let a preceding mathord symbol approach without any -% intervening space. -% \begin{macrocode} - \mathop{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Use \cs{mathopen} to suppress space between the prescripts and the -% base object even when the latter is not of type ord. -% \begin{macrocode} - \mathopen{\vphantom{\MT_prescript_arg:{#3}}}^{\box\z@}\sb{\box\tw@} - \MT_prescript_arg:{#3} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Next create \cs{prescript} using \cs{mathchoice} -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\prescript}[3]{ - \mathchoice -% \end{macrocode} -% In D and T style, we use MJD's default: -% \begin{macrocode} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptstyle}} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptstyle}} -% \end{macrocode} -% In the others we step one style down. Of couse in SS style, using -% \cs{scriptscript} may seem wrong, but there is no lower style. -% \begin{macrocode} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptscriptstyle}} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptscriptstyle}} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Then the named arguments. Can you see I'm preparing for templates? -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-sup-format}{\def\MT_prescript_sup:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-sub-format}{\def\MT_prescript_sub:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-arg-format}{\def\MT_prescript_arg:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - prescript-sup-format={}, - prescript-sub-format={}, - prescript-arg-format={}, -} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Math sizes} -% \begin{macro}{\@DeclareMathSizes} -% This command is taken from a posting to comp.text.tex on -% October~17th 2002 by Michael J.~Downes. The purpose is to be able -% to put dimensions on the last three arguments of -% \cs{DeclareMathSizes}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@DeclareMathSizes #1#2#3#4#5{% - \@defaultunits\dimen@ #2pt\relax\@nnil - \if:w $#3$% - \MH_let:cN {S@\strip@pt\dimen@}\math@fontsfalse - \else: - \@defaultunits\dimen@ii #3pt\relax\@nnil - \@defaultunits\@tempdima #4pt\relax\@nnil - \@defaultunits\@tempdimb #5pt\relax\@nnil - \toks@{#1}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname S@\strip@pt\dimen@\endcsname{% - \gdef\noexpand\tf@size{\strip@pt\dimen@ii}% - \gdef\noexpand\sf@size{\strip@pt\@tempdima}% - \gdef\noexpand\ssf@size{\strip@pt\@tempdimb}% - \the\toks@ - }% - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Mathematics within italic text} -% mathic: Michael J.~Downes on comp.text.tex, 1998/05/14. -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathic_true:} -% \begin{macro}{\MT_mathic_false:} -% Renew \cs{(} so that it detects the slant of the font and inserts -% an italic correction. In January 2013 Andrew Swann suggested that -% this should be made robust. It is a little tricky, but seems to -% work. -% \changes{v1.13}{2013/02/11}{Added robustness code} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mathic_true: { - \MH_if_boolean:nF {math_italic_corr}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {math_italic_corr} -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the original meaning if you need to go back (note that this -% does not save the robust part of the macro, we fix this later on by -% rerobustifying). -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {robustify}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_mathic_redeffer: \DeclareRobustCommand - }{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_mathic_redeffer: \renewcommand - } - \MH_let:NwN \MT_begin_inlinemath: \( - %\renewcommand*\({ - \MT_mathic_redeffer:*\({ - \relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else - \ifhmode - \if_dim:w \fontdimen\@ne\font>\z@ - \if_dim:w \lastskip>\z@ - \skip@\lastskip\unskip - \@@italiccorr - \hskip\skip@ - \else: - \@@italiccorr - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - $\fi: - } - } -} -%$ for emacs coloring ;-) -% \end{macrocode} -% Just for restoring the old behavior. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT_mathic_false: { - \MH_if_boolean:nT {math_italic_corr}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {math_italic_corr} -% \end{macrocode} -% When \cs{(} is robust, we cannot simply relet it to the old value, -% as all the robust macro is not saved. Instead we redefined partly -% and force robustness. -% \begin{macrocode} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {robustify}{ - \edef\({\MT_begin_inlinemath:}% - \forced_EQ_MakeRobust\(% - }{ - \MH_let:NwN \( \MT_begin_inlinemath: - } - } -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {math_italic_corr} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{mathic}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{MT_mathic_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error: - \@nameuse{MT_mathic_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{MT_mathic_#1:} } -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Spreading equations} -% -% Michael J.~Downes on comp.text.tex 1999/08/25 -% \begin{environment}{spreadlines} -% This is meant to be used outside math, just like -% \env{subequations}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{spreadlines}[1]{ - \setlength{\jot}{#1} - \ignorespaces -}{ \ignorespacesafterend } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% -% \subsection{Gathered} -% -% Inspired by Michael J.~Downes on comp.text.tex 2002/01/17. -% \begin{environment}{MT_gathered_env} -% Just like the normal \env{gathered}, only here we're allowed to -% specify actions before and after each line. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\newenvironment{MT_gathered_env}[1][c]{% - \RIfM@\else - \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}% - \fi - \null\,% - \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi \bgroup - \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr - \spread@equation - \ialign\bgroup - \MT_gathered_pre: - \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle##$ - \MT_gathered_post: - \crcr -}{% - \endaligned - \MT_gathered_env_end: -} -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macro}{\newgathered} -% \begin{macro}{\renewgathered} -% \begin{environment}{lgathered} -% \begin{environment}{rgathered} -% \begin{environment}{gathered} -% An easier interface. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\newgathered[4]{ - \newenvironment{#1} - { \def\MT_gathered_pre:{#2} - \def\MT_gathered_post:{#3} - \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{#4} - \MT_gathered_env - }{\endMT_gathered_env} -} -\newcommand*\renewgathered[4]{ - \renewenvironment{#1} - { \def\MT_gathered_pre:{#2} - \def\MT_gathered_post:{#3} - \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{#4} - \MT_gathered_env - }{\endMT_gathered_env} -} -\newgathered{lgathered}{}{\hfil}{} -\newgathered{rgathered}{\hfil}{}{} -\renewgathered{gathered}{\hfil}{\hfil}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Split fractions} -% -% Michael J.~Downes on comp.text.tex 2001/12/06. -% \begin{macro}{\splitfrac} -% \begin{macro}{\splitdfrac} -% These commands use \cs{genfrac} to typeset a split fraction. The -% thickness of the fraction rule is simply set to zero. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\splitfrac[2]{% - \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{1}% - {\textstyle#1\quad\hfill}% - {\textstyle\hfill\quad\mathstrut#2}% -} -\newcommand*\splitdfrac[2]{% - \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{0}{#1\quad\hfill}{\hfill\quad\mathstrut #2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Bug fixes for \pkg{amsmath}} -% The following fixes some bugs in \pkg{amsmath}, but only if the -% switch is true. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MH_if_boolean:nT {fixamsmath}{ -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\place@tag} -% This corrects a bug in \pkg{amsmath} affecting tag placement in -% \env{flalign}.\footnote{See -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=amslatex/3591}} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\place@tag{% - \iftagsleft@ - \kern-\tagshift@ -% \end{macrocode} -% The addition. If we're in \env{flalign} (meaning -% $\cs{xatlevel@}=\cs{tw@}$) we skip back by an amount of -% \cs{@mathmargin}. This test is also true for the \env{xxalignat} -% environment, but it doesn't matter because a)~it's not -% supported/described in the documentation anymore so new users -% won't know about it and b)~it forbids the use of \cs{tag} -% anyway. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@fleqn - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% End of additions. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if:w 1\shift@tag\row@\relax - \rlap{\vbox{% - \normalbaselines - \boxz@ - \vbox to\lineht@{}% - \raise@tag - }}% - \else: - \rlap{\boxz@}% - \fi: - \kern\displaywidth@ - \else: - \kern-\tagshift@ - \if:w 1\shift@tag\row@\relax - \llap{\vtop{% - \raise@tag - \normalbaselines - \setbox\@ne\null - \dp\@ne\lineht@ - \box\@ne - \boxz@ - }}% - \else: - \llap{\boxz@}% - \fi: - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\x@calc@shift@lf} -% This corrects a bug\footnote{See -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=amslatex/3614}} -% in \pkg{amsmath} that could cause a non-positive value of the dimension -% \cs{@mathmargin} to cause an -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Arithmetic overflow. -% <recently read> \@tempcntb -% \end{verbatim} -% when in \mode{fleqn,leqno} mode. Not very comprehensible for the user. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\x@calc@shift@lf{% - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@=\z@ - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin\relax - \alignsep@\displaywidth - \advance\alignsep@-\totwidth@ -% \end{macrocode} -% The addition: If \cs{@tempcntb} is zero we avoid division. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_num:w \@tempcntb=0 - \else: - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcntb % original line - \fi: -% \end{macrocode} -% Addition end. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if_dim:w \alignsep@<\minalignsep\relax - \global\alignsep@\minalignsep\relax - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \tag@width\row@>\@tempdima - \saveshift@1% - \else: - \saveshift@0% - \fi:}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% End of bug fixing. -% -% \subsection{Making environments safer} -% -% \begin{macro}{\aligned@a} -% Here we make the \pkg{amsmath} inner environments disallow spaces -% before their optional positioning specifier. -% \begin{macrocode} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\renewcommand\aligned@a[1][c]{\start@aligned{#1}\m@ne} -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% This is the end of the \pkg{mathtools} package. -% \begin{macrocode} -%</package> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \Finale -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mhsetup.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mhsetup.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index d1fe0bcb154..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/mh/mhsetup.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,653 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% Copyright (C) 2002-2007,2010 by Morten Hoegholm -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -% version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is -% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -% -% This work consists of the main source file mhsetup.dtx -% and the derived files -% mhsetup.sty, mhsetup.pdf, mhsetup.ins, mhsetup.drv. -% -% Distribution: -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mhsetup.dtx -% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/mhsetup.pdf -% -% Unpacking: -% (a) If mhsetup.ins is present: -% tex mhsetup.ins -% (b) Without mhsetup.ins: -% tex mhsetup.dtx -% (c) If you insist on using LaTeX -% latex \let\install=y\input{mhsetup.dtx} -% (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell) -% -% Documentation: -% (a) If mhsetup.drv is present: -% latex mhsetup.drv -% (b) Without mhsetup.drv: -% latex mhsetup.dtx; ... -% The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg -% if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g. -% use A4 as paper format: -% \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} -% -% Programm calls to get the documentation (example): -% pdflatex mhsetup.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mhsetup.idx -% pdflatex mhsetup.dtx -% makeindex -s gind.ist mhsetup.idx -% pdflatex mhsetup.dtx -% -% Installation: -% TDS:tex/latex/mh/mhsetup.sty -% TDS:doc/latex/mh/mhsetup.pdf -% TDS:source/latex/mh/mhsetup.dtx -% -%<*ignore> -\begingroup - \def\x{LaTeX2e} -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter - \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi - \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax -\else\csname fi\endcsname -%</ignore> -%<*install> -\input docstrip.tex -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{* Installation} -\Msg{* Package: mhsetup 2010/01/21 v1.2a mhsetup} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\keepsilent -\askforoverwritefalse - -\preamble - -This is a generated file. - -Copyright (C) 2002-2007,2010 by Morten Hoegholm - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is -Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. - -This work consists of the main source file mhsetup.dtx -and the derived files - mhsetup.sty, mhsetup.pdf, mhsetup.ins, mhsetup.drv. - -\endpreamble - -\generate{% - \file{mhsetup.ins}{\from{mhsetup.dtx}{install}}% - \file{mhsetup.drv}{\from{mhsetup.dtx}{driver}}% - \usedir{tex/latex/mh}% - \file{mhsetup.sty}{\from{mhsetup.dtx}{package}}% -} - -\obeyspaces -\Msg{************************************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* mhsetup.sty} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `mhsetup.drv'} -\Msg{* through LaTeX.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{************************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile -%</install> -%<*ignore> -\fi -%</ignore> -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{mhsetup.drv}% - [2010/01/21 v1.2a programming setup (MH)] -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{mhsetup} - -\addtolength\oddsidemargin{30pt} -\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\def\MakePrivateLetters{% - \makeatletter\catcode`\_=11\relax \catcode`\:=11\relax -} - - - -\def\MHmarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\marg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHmarg}% -\def\MHarg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\{#1\ttfamily\char`\}}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\arg{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHarg}% -\def\MHcs#1{\texttt{\char`\\#1}\endgroup} -\DeclareRobustCommand\cs{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\MHcs} -\makeatletter -\providecommand*\eTeX{$\m@th\varepsilon$-\TeX} -\makeatother -\begin{document} - \DocInput{mhsetup.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \CheckSum{298} -% -% \GetFileInfo{mhsetup.drv} -% -% \title{The \pkg{mhsetup} package\thanks{This package has version -% number \fileversion, last revised on \filedate.}} -% \author{Morten H\o gholm} -% \date{\filedate} -% \maketitle -% -% \begin{abstract} -% The \pkg{mhsetup} package provides tools for a \LaTeX{} -% programming environment similar to the one described in -% \texttt{expl3} on \textsc{ctan} although not as extensive. It is -% a required part of both the \pkg{mathtools} and \pkg{empheq} -% packages. -% \end{abstract} -% -% The description below was made before the extensive changes made to -% the expl3 code available from the LaTeX Project website. -% -% \section{The new internal syntax} -% -% -% The \LaTeX3 package \pkg{ldcsetup} defines the command -% \cs{InternalSyntaxOn} which makes |_| and |:| letters and then -% automatically restores the category codes at the end of the -% package. This usually works fine but when you try to load -% \pkg{amstext} you will experience that \TeX{} goes into an -% infinite loop. Packages containing code like -% |\@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{...}| will not work correctly either, -% thus we provide an alternative version here with the pair of -% commands -% \DescribeMacro{\MHInternalSyntaxOn}\cs{MHInternalSyntaxOn} and -% \DescribeMacro{\MHInternalSyntaxOff}\cs{MHInternalSyntaxOff}. They -% are to be used only as a pair, because \cs{MHInternalSyntaxOn} -% defines \cs{MHInternalSyntaxOff} so that it restores the category -% codes correctly. -% -% -% \section{Handling optional arguments} -% -% The standard behavior of scanning for optional arguments in -% \LaTeX{} allows any number of spaces preceding the optional -% argument and that is not always good in math. For that reason -% \pkg{amsmath} makes sure that commands like |\\| disallows spaces -% before the optional argument but at the same time it fails to -% provide ``safe'' environments. What would you expect from the -% following input? -% \begin{verbatim} -% \[ -% \begin{gathered} -% [v] = 100 \\ -% [t] = 200 -% \end{gathered} -% \] -% \end{verbatim} -% \LaTeX{} will see the \texttt{[v]} as an optional argument of -% \env{gathered} and use it. In this case the test inside -% \env{gathered} checks if it's a \texttt{t} or \texttt{b} and if -% it's neither it'll choose \cs{vcenter} internally. So you get no -% warning, only missing output. Another example, this time from the -% \pkg{empheq} package used with its \opt{overload} option: If -% preceding spaces are allowed, the input -% \begin{verbatim} -% \begin{gather} -% [a] = [b] -% \end{gather} -% \end{verbatim} -% results in the rather strange error message -% \begin{verbatim} -% ! Package keyval Error: a undefined. -% \end{verbatim} -% -% When using \cs{newcommand} etc.\ for defining commands and -% environments with optional arguments, the peek ahead is done by -% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} (since \LaTeX{} release 2003/12/01, else -% \cs{@ifnextchar}) and it is \emph{hardwired at definition time} by -% \cs{@xargdef}. With the commands -% \DescribeMacro{\MHPrecedingSpacesOff}\cs{MHPrecedingSpacesOff} and -% \DescribeMacro{\MHPrecedingSpacesOn}\cs{MHPrecedingSpacesOn} -% \pkg{mhsetup} provides an interface to define commands and -% environments where the optional argument cannot have preceding -% spaces. You simply wrap them around the definitions: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOff -% \newenvironment*{test}[1][default]{Start, arg: (#1)}{Ending.} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \begin{test} -% [text] -% \end{test} -% \begin{test}[text] -% \end{test} -% \end{verbatim} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOff -% \newenvironment*{test}[1][default]{Start, arg: (#1)}{Ending.} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \begin{quote} -% \begin{test} -% [text] -% \end{test} -% \begin{test}[text] -% \end{test} -% \end{quote} -% It is of somewhat limited use in commands (control words in \TeX{} -% terminology), because \TeX{} discards the spaces. The exception is -% \emph{control symbols} where \TeX{} obeys following spaces but -% there are rather few of them available. All is not lost however. -% In the \env{aligned} environment from \pkg{amsmath} (shown below) -% a command is used as argument grabber. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \newenvironment{aligned}{% -% \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt -% \aligned@a -% }{% -% \crcr\egroup -% \restorecolumn@ -% \egroup -% } -% \newcommand{\aligned@a}[1][c]{\start@aligned{#1}\m@ne} -% \end{verbatim} -% By applying our trick on the grabber function, we get a space -% obeying version: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOff -% \renewcommand*\aligned@a[1][c]{\start@aligned{#1}\m@ne} -% \MHPrecedingSpacesOn -% \end{verbatim} -% This way a nested \env{aligned} environment is still safe from -% empty first cells. -% -% \StopEventually{} -% -% -% \section{First bits of a new programming environment} -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*package> -\ProvidesPackage{mhsetup}% - [2010/01/21 v1.2a programming setup (MH)] -% \end{macrocode} -% \subsection{The new internal syntax} -% \begin{macro}{\MHInternalSyntaxOn} -% \begin{macro}{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -% Almost copy of \cs{InternalSyntaxOn}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MHInternalSyntaxOn{ - \edef\MHInternalSyntaxOff{% - \catcode`\noexpand\~=\the\catcode`\~\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\ =\the\catcode`\ \relax - \catcode`\noexpand\^^I=\the\catcode`\^^I\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\@=\the\catcode`\@\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\:=\the\catcode`\:\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_\relax - \endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\relax - }% - \catcode`\~=10\relax - \catcode`\ =9\relax - \catcode`\^^I=9\relax - \makeatletter - \catcode`\_=11\relax - \catcode`\:=11\relax - \endlinechar=` % - \relax -} -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \subsection{Programming tools} -% -% The whole idea is to provide programming tools that are convenient -% but not yet widely available. I hope this'll be obsolete soon! -% -% Firstly we setup a few helper functions. -% \begin{macro}{\MH_let:NwN} -% An alias for \cs{let}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\MH_let:NwN \let -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_let:cN} -% This one takes a \cs{csname}-\cs{endcsname} name and \cs{let}s it -% to a single macro. We'll use this to setup our conditionals. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_let:cN #1#2{ - \expandafter\MH_let:NwN \csname#1\endcsname#2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_let:cc} -% This one has takes a \cs{csname}-\cs{endcsname} name and \cs{let}s -% it to a another \cs{csname}-\cs{endcsname} name. To be used in -% constructions with weird characters like \texttt{*} or alike in -% them and can take a \cs{global} prefix if wanted (we want that -% later on). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_let:cc #1#2{ - \expandafter\MH_let:NwN\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MH_new_boolean:n} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_set_boolean_F:n} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_if_boolean:nTF} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_if_boolean:nT} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_if_boolean:nF} -% Sets up conditionals. For instance -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{MH_new_boolean:n} \marg{name} -% \end{quote} -% defines the boolean \meta{name} but also the conditional -% \cs{if_boolean_\meta{name}:} to be used in the ordinary -% \begin{tabbing} -% \mbox{}\quad\= \kill -% \cs{if_boolean_\meta{name}:}\\ -% \> \meta{true code} \\ -% \cs{else:} \\ -% \> \meta{false code} \\ -% \cs{fi:} -% \end{tabbing} -% There is also a more ``\LaTeX-like'' interface available by using -% the commands -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{MH_if_boolean:nT}\marg{name}\marg{arg} -% \end{quote} -% which will execute the argument if the current value of the -% boolean is `true' while -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{MH_if_boolean:nF}\marg{name}\marg{arg} -% \end{quote} -% is the equivalent with `false'. Finally we have -% \begin{quote} -% \cs{MH_if_boolean:nTF}\marg{name}\marg{true code}\marg{false code}. -% \end{quote} -% This is the interface I have used in this package. -% -% Initially \cs{if_boolean_\meta{name}:} is `false'. This can be -% changed by saying -% \begin{tabbing} -% \quad \= \LaTeX:\quad \= \kill -% \> \TeX: \> \cs{boolean_\meta{name}_true:} \quad \emph{or}\\ -% \> \LaTeX: \> \cs{MH_set_boolean_T:n}\marg{name} -% \end{tabbing} -% and changed back again by -% \begin{tabbing} -% \quad \= \LaTeX:\quad \= \kill -% \> \TeX: \> \cs{boolean_\meta{name}_false:} \quad \emph{or}\\ -% \> \LaTeX: \> \cs{MH_set_boolean_F:n}\marg{name} -% \end{tabbing} -% -% And yes, we're also using alternative names for \cs{else} and -% \cs{fi} now. That way a simple search and replace will be all that -% is needed for this package to be a certified \LaTeX3 package (well, -% maybe a little more is needed, but not much). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_new_boolean:n #1{ - \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname if_boolean_#1:\endcsname{ - \@namedef{boolean_#1_true:} - {\MH_let:cN{if_boolean_#1:}\iftrue} - \@namedef{boolean_#1_false:} - {\MH_let:cN{if_boolean_#1:}\iffalse} - \@nameuse{boolean_#1_false:}% - } -} -\def\MH_set_boolean_F:n #1{ \@nameuse{boolean_#1_false:} } -\def\MH_set_boolean_T:n #1{ \@nameuse{boolean_#1_true:} } -\def\MH_if_boolean:nTF #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else: - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi: -} -\def\MH_if_boolean:nT #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@firstofone - \else: - \expandafter\@gobble - \fi: -} -\def\MH_if_boolean:nF #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@gobble - \else: - \expandafter\@firstofone - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\if:w} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \begin{macro}{\if_meaning:NN} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \begin{macro}{\else:} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \begin{macro}{\fi:} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \begin{macro}{\if_num:w} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2010/01/21}{Define at start of document} -% \begin{macro}{\if_dim:w} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2010/01/21}{Define at start of document} -% \begin{macro}{\if_case:w} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2010/01/21}{Define at start of document} -% \begin{macro}{\or:} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/10/10}{Use different test} -% Copies of \TeX{} primitives. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{if:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if:w =\if}{} -\@ifundefined{if_meaning:NN}{\MH_let:NwN \if_meaning:NN =\ifx}{} -\@ifundefined{else:}{\MH_let:NwN \else:=\else}{} -\@ifundefined{fi:}{\MH_let:NwN \fi:=\fi}{} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \@ifundefined{if_num:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_num:w =\ifnum}{} - \@ifundefined{if_dim:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_dim:w =\ifdim}{} - \@ifundefined{if_case:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_case:w =\ifcase}{} -} -\@ifundefined{or:}{\MH_let:NwN \or:=\or}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_cs_to_str:N} -% Strip off the backslash of a macro name. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_cs_to_str:N {\expandafter\@gobble\string} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MH_protected:} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_setlength:dn} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/08/23}{Fixed bug in \cs{MH_setlength:dn} so that -% it now uses the \pkg{calc} definition of \cs{setlength}} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_addtolength:dn} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/08/23}{Fixed bug in \cs{MH_addtolength:dn} so that -% it now uses the \pkg{calc} definition of \cs{addtolength}} -% We might as well make use of some of the extended features from -% \eTeX. We use \cs{dimexpr} for some simple calculations as it -% saves a lot of the scanning that goes on inside \pkg{calc}. The -% \cs{protected} primitive comes in handy when we want to declare a -% robust command, that cannot be `robustified' with -% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}. If we don't have \eTeX{} we'll just let -% our private macros be aliases for the less effective alternatives. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{eTeXversion} - { - \MH_let:NwN \MH_protected:\relax - \def\MH_setlength:dn{\setlength} - \def\MH_addtolength:dn{\addtolength} - } - { - \MH_let:NwN \MH_protected:\protected - \def\MH_setlength:dn #1#2{#1=\dimexpr#2\relax\relax} - \def\MH_addtolength:dn #1#2{\advance#1 \dimexpr#2\relax\relax} - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} - -% \begin{macro}{\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_keyval_alias:nnn} -% A way to make aliases with \pkg{keyval}. This will come in -% handy later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn #1#2#3#4{ - \@namedef{KV@#1@#2}{\@nameuse{KV@#1@#3}#4} - \@namedef{KV@#1@#2@default}{\@nameuse{KV@#1@#3@default}#4}} -\def\MH_keyval_alias:nnn #1#2#3{ - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_use_choice_i:nnnn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_use_choice_ii:nnnn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_use_choice_iii:nnnn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_use_choice_iv:nnnn} -% I need to be able to pick up individual arguments in a list of -% four (similar to \cs{@secondoftwo}). -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MH_use_choice_i:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#1} -\def\MH_use_choice_ii:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#2} -\def\MH_use_choice_iii:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#3} -\def\MH_use_choice_iv:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#4} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nospace_nextchar:} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nospace_testopt:nn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nospace_protected_testopt:n} -% Scanning for the next character but disallow spaces. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn #1#2#3{ - \MH_let:NwN\reserved@d=~#1 - \def\reserved@a{#2} - \def\reserved@b{#3} - \futurelet\@let@token\MH_nospace_nextchar: -} -\def\MH_nospace_nextchar:{ - \if_meaning:NN \@let@token\reserved@d - \MH_let:NwN \reserved@b\reserved@a - \fi: - \reserved@b -} -\long\def\MH_nospace_testopt:nn #1#2{ - \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn[ - {#1} - {#1[{#2}]} -} -\def\MH_nospace_protected_testopt:n #1{ - \if_meaning:NN \protect\@typeset@protect - \expandafter\MH_nospace_testopt:nn - \else: - \@x@protect#1 - \fi: -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\kernel@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_kernel_xargdef:nwwn} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_nospace_xargdef:nwwn} -% \begin{macro}{\MHPrecedingSpacesOff} -% \begin{macro}{\MHPrecedingSpacesOn} -% The code for the space sensitive peek ahead. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar} - {\MH_let:NwN \kernel@ifnextchar \@ifnextchar} - {} -\MH_let:NwN \MH_kernel_xargdef:nwwn \@xargdef -\long\def\MH_nospace_xargdef:nwwn #1[#2][#3]#4{ - \@ifdefinable#1{ - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{ - \expandafter - \MH_nospace_protected_testopt:n - \expandafter - #1 - \csname\string#1\endcsname - {#3}} - \expandafter\@yargdef - \csname\string#1\endcsname - \tw@ - {#2} - {#4}}} -\providecommand*\MHPrecedingSpacesOff{ - \MH_let:NwN \@xargdef \MH_nospace_xargdef:nwwn -} -\providecommand*\MHPrecedingSpacesOn{ - \MH_let:NwN \@xargdef \MH_kernel_xargdef:nwwn -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MH_group_align_safe_begin:} -% \begin{macro}{\MH_group_align_safe_end:} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def \MH_group_align_safe_begin: {\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi} -\def \MH_group_align_safe_end: {\ifnum0=`{}\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%</package> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \Finale -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/breqn.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/breqn.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 464b862b398..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/breqn.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2038 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `breqn.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% breqn.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainers of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file breqn.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% breqn.sty, breqn.pdf, breqn.ins, breqn.drv. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2009/08/05] -\ProvidesExplPackage{breqn}{2012/05/10}{0.98b}{Breaking equations} -\ExplSyntaxOff -\edef\breqnpopcats{% - \catcode\number`\"=\number\catcode`\" - \relax} -\AtEndOfPackage{\breqnpopcats}% -\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax -\DeclareOption{mathstyleoff}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{mathstyleoff}{flexisym}% -} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\@ifpackageloaded{flexisym}{}{% - \RequirePackage{flexisym}[2009/08/07] - \edef\breqnpopcats{\breqnpopcats - \catcode\number`\^=\number\catcode`\^ - \catcode\number`\_=\number\catcode`\_ - }% - \catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax -} -\RequirePackage{keyval,calc}\relax -\@ifundefined{options}{% -\newcommand{\options}[2]{% - \expandafter\options@a\csname opt@#1.sty\endcsname{#2}% - \setkeys{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\options@a#1#2{% - \edef\@tempa{\options@b#2,\@empty\@nil}% - \ifx#1\relax \let#1\@empty\fi - \xdef#1{#1\ifx#1\@empty\@xp\@gobble\@tempa\@empty\else\@tempa \fi}% -} -\def\options@b#1,#2#3\@nil{% - \options@c#1 \@nil - \ifx#2\@empty \else\options@b#2#3\@nil\fi -} -\def\options@c#1 #2\@nil{\options@d#1=\@nil} -\def\options@d#1=#2\@nil{\ifx\@empty #1\@empty\else,\fi#1} -}{}% end @ifundefined test -\let\@nx\noexpand -\let\@xp\expandafter -\@ifundefined{@emptytoks}{\newtoks\@emptytoks}{} -\chardef\f@ur=4 -\newcount\inf@bad \inf@bad=1000000 -\newcount\maxint \maxint=2147483647 -\let\int@a=\@tempcnta -\let\int@b=\@tempcntb -\let\int@c=\count@ -\let\dim@a\@tempdima -\let\dim@b\@tempdimb -\let\dim@c\@tempdimc -\let\dim@d\dimen@ -\let\dim@e\dimen@ii -\let\dim@A\dimen@i -\let\skip@a\@tempskipa -\let\skip@b\@tempskipb -\let\skip@c\skip@ -\let\toks@a\@temptokena -\let\toks@b\toks@ -\toksdef\toks@c=2 -\toksdef\toks@d=4 -\toksdef\toks@e=6 -\toksdef\toks@f=8 -\def\abs@num#1{\ifnum#1<\z@-\fi#1} -\def\@ifnext#1#2#3{% - \let\@tempd= #1\def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}% - \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta -} -\def\@ifnexta{\ifx\@tempc\@tempd \let\@tempb\@tempa \fi \@tempb} -\def\@ifstar#1#2{% - \let\@tempd*\def\@tempa*{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}% - \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta -} -\def\@optarg#1#2{\@ifnext[{#1}{#1[#2]}} -\def\@True{00} -\def\@False{01} -\def\@Not#1{0\ifcase#11 \or\@xp 1\else \@xp 0\fi} -\def\@And#1#2{0\ifcase#1#2 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi} -\def\@Or#1#2{0\ifnum#1#2<101 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi} -\def\theb@@le#1{\if#1 True\else False\fi} -\def\freeze@glue#1{#11#1\relax} -\def\z@rule{\vrule\@width\z@}% no \relax ! use with care -\def\keep@glue{\z@rule\relax} -\begingroup \catcode`\&=11 -\gdef\replicate#1{% - \csname &\expandafter\replicate@a\romannumeral\number\number#1 000q\endcsname -} -\endgroup -\long\def\replicate@a#1#2\endcsname#3{#1\endcsname{#3}#2} -\begingroup \catcode`\&=11 -\long\gdef\&m#1#2{#1\csname \endcsname{#1}} -\endgroup -\@xp\let\csname\string &q\endcsname\@gobble -\ExplSyntaxOn -\g@addto@macro\mathchars@reset{% - %\let\@symRel\@secondoftwo \let\@symBin\@secondoftwo - %\let\@symDeL\@secondoftwo \let\@symDeR\@secondoftwo - %\let\@symDeB\@secondoftwo - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \use_ii:nn -} -\ExplSyntaxOff -\def\eq@cons#1#2{% - \begingroup \let\@elt\relax \xdef#1{\@elt{#2}#1}\endgroup -} -\providecommand{\@saveprimitive}[2]{% - \begingroup - \edef\@tempa{\string#1}\edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \else \@saveprimitive@a#1#2% - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -\providecommand\@saveprimitive@a[2]{% - \begingroup - \def\@tempb##1#1##2{\edef\@tempb{##2}\@car{}}% - \@tempb\nullfont{select font nullfont}% - \topmark{\string\topmark:}% - \firstmark{\string\firstmark:}% - \botmark{\string\botmark:}% - \splitfirstmark{\string\splitfirstmark:}% - \splitbotmark{\string\splitbotmark:}% - #1{\string#1}% - \@nil % for the \@car - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempb}% - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \PackageError{breqn}% - {Unable to properly define \string#2; primitive - \noexpand#1no longer primitive}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -\begingroup \catcode`\$=\thr@@ % just to make sure - \global\let\@@math=$ \gdef\@@display{$$}% $$$ -\endgroup -\let\@@endmath=\@@math -\let\@@enddisplay=\@@display -\@saveprimitive\vadjust\@@vadjust -\@saveprimitive\insert\@@insert -\@saveprimitive\mark\@@mark -\@ifundefined{listwidth}{\newdimen\listwidth}{} -\listwidth=\z@ -\def\eqfontsize{} % Inherit from context [NOT USED?] -\def\eqcolor{black} % Default to black [NOT USED?] -\newdimen\eqnumsep \eqnumsep=10pt % Min space between equ number and body -\newdimen\eqmargin \eqmargin=8pt % For `multline' gap emulation -\def\eqindent{C}% % C or I, centered or indented -\def\eqnumside{R}% % R or L, right or left -\def\eqnumplace{M}% % M or T or B, middle top or bottom -\def\eqnumfont{}% % Null for easier debugging [mjd,1997/09/26] -\def\eqnumform#1{(#1\@@italiccorr)} % Add parens -\def\eqnumsize{} % Allow numbers to have different typesize ... -\def\eqnumcolor{} % ... or color than eq body e.g. \color{blue} -\newlength\eqlinespacing \eqlinespacing=14pt plus2pt % Base-to-base space between lines -\newlength\eqlineskip \eqlineskip=3pt plus2pt % Min space if eqlinespacing too small -\newdimen\eqlineskiplimit \eqlineskiplimit=2pt % Threshold for switching to eqlineskip -\newmuskip \eqbinoffset \eqbinoffset=15mu minus-3mu % Offset from mathrel alignment pt for mathbins -\newmuskip\eqdelimoffset \eqdelimoffset=2mu % Additional offset for break inside delims -\newdimen\eqindentstep \eqindentstep=8pt % Indent used when LHS wd is n/a or too large -\newtoks\eqstyle % Customization hook -\newcount\eqbreakdepth \eqbreakdepth=2 % Allow breaks within delimiters to this depth -\newcount \eqinterlinepenalty \eqinterlinepenalty=10000 % No page breaks between equation lines -\newcount \intereqpenalty \intereqpenalty=1000 % Pagebreak penalty between equations [BRM: Was \@M] -\newlength \intereqskip \intereqskip=3pt plus2pt % Additional vert space between equations -\newcount\prerelpenalty \prerelpenalty=-\@M % Linebreak penalty before mathrel symbols -\newcount\prebinoppenalty \prebinoppenalty=888 % Linebreak penalty before mathbins -\newmuskip \Dmedmuskip \Dmedmuskip=4mu minus 3mu % medmuskip in displays -\newmuskip \Dthickmuskip \Dthickmuskip=5mu minus 2mu % thickmuskip in displays -\def\eq@number{} % Internal variable -\newlength\eqleftskip \eqleftskip=\@centering % Space on the left [NOT USED?] -\newlength\eqrightskip \eqrightskip=\@centering % Space on the right [NOT USED?] -\newlength\eq@vspan \eq@vspan=\z@skip % Glue used to vcenter the eq number -\newmuskip\eq@binoffset \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset % Roughly, \eqbinoffset + \eqdelimoffset -\newsavebox\EQ@box % Storage for equation body -\newsavebox\EQ@copy % For eq body sans vadjust/insert/mark material -\newsavebox\EQ@numbox % For equation number -\newdimen\eq@wdNum % width of number + separation [NEW] -\newsavebox\GRP@numbox % For group number [NEW] -\newdimen\grp@wdNum % width of number + separation [NEW] -%%B\EQ@vimbox % Vadjust, insert, or mark material -%%B\EQ@vimcopy % Spare copy of same -%%B\eq@impinging % Temporary box for measuring number placement -\newcount \eq@lines % Internal counter, actual number of lines -\newcount \eq@curline % Loop counter -\newcount \eq@badness % Used in testing for overfull lines -\newcount \EQ@vims % For bookkeeping -\def\@eq@numbertrue{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True}% -\def\@eq@numberfalse{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False}% -\let\eq@hasNumber\@False -\newdimen\eq@dp % Depth of last line -\newdimen\eq@wdL % Width of the left-hand-side -\newdimen\eq@wdT % Total width for framing -\newdimen\eq@wdMin % Width of narrowest line in equation -\newdimen\grp@wdL % Max width of LHS's in a group -\newdimen\grp@wdR % Max RHS of all equations in a group -\newdimen\grp@wdT -\newdimen\eq@wdRmax -\newdimen\eq@firstht % Height of first line -\newdimen\eq@wdCond -\newdimen\eq@indentstep % Indent amount when LHS is not present -\newdimen\eq@linewidth % Width actually used for display -\newdimen\grp@linewidth % Max eq@linewidth over a group -\newdimen\eq@hshift -\let\eq@isIntertext\@False -\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen -\newdimen\eq@given@sidespace -\def\eq@overrun{0pt} -\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{leqno}{% - \@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{reqno}{}{\def\eqnumside{L}}% -}{% - \def\@tempa#1,leqno.clo,#2#3\@nil{% - \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqnumside{L}\fi - }% - \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,leqno.clo,@\@nil - \if L\eqnumside - \else - \@ifundefined{iftagsleft@}{}{% - \edef\eqnumside{% - \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname iftagsleft@\endcsname - L\else R\fi - }% - } - \fi -} -\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{fleqn}{% - \def\eqindent{I}% -}{% - \def\@tempa#1,fleqn.clo,#2#3\@nil{% - \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqindent{I}\fi - }% - \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,fleqn.clo,@\@nil - \if I\eqindent - \else - \@ifundefined{if@fleqn}{}{% - \edef\eqindent{% - \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname if@fleqn\endcsname - I\else C\fi - }% - }% - \fi -} - \@ifundefined{mathindent}{% - \newdimen\mathindent - }{% - \@ifundefined{@mathmargin}{}{% - \mathindent\@mathmargin - }% - } -\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@False -\let\EQ@QED=\@empty -\def\mark@lhs#1{% - \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne - \let\mark@lhs\relax - \global\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@True - \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\EQ@prebin@space@a - \mark@lhs@a - \penalty9999 % instead of normal \rel@break - % else no penalty = forbid break - \fi -} -\def\mark@lhs@a{% - \mskip\thickmuskip \@@vadjust{\penalty\tw@}\penalty-\@Mi\@@vadjust{}% -} -\newcommand\hiderel[1]{\mathrel{\advance\lr@level\@ne#1}} -%%%%\let\m@@Bin\m@Bin -%%%%%\let\m@@Rel\m@Rel -\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax -\def\EQ@prebin@space@a{\mskip-\eq@binoffset \keep@glue \mskip\eq@binoffset} -\def\bin@break{\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@\penalty\prebinoppenalty\fi - \EQ@prebin@space} -\def\rel@break{% - \ifnum\abs@num\lastpenalty <\abs@num\prerelpenalty - \penalty\prerelpenalty - \fi -} -\ExplSyntaxOn -%%%\def\d@@Bin{\bin@break \m@@Bin} -%%%%\def\d@@Rel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@Rel} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break\math_bsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn {\mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bsym_Rel:Nn } -\ExplSyntaxOff -\ExplSyntaxOn -%%\let\m@@symRel\@symRel -%%%\def\d@@symRel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@symRel} - -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break \math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn { \mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} - -%%\let\m@@symBin\@symBin \def\d@@symBin{\bin@break \m@@symBin} -%%\let\m@@symDel\@symDel -%%\let\m@@symDeR\@symDeR -%%\let\m@@symDeB\@symDeB -%%\let\m@@symDeA\@symDeA - -\def\display@setup{% - \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip - \math_setup_display_symbols: - %%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin \let\m@Rel\d@@Rel - %%\let\@symRel\d@@symRel \let\@symBin\d@@symBin - %%\let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB - %%\let\m@DeA\d@@DeA - %%\let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR - %%\let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA - \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@ - \global\eq@wdCond\z@ %BRM: new - \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% -} -\def\dseries@display@setup{% - \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip - \math_setup_display_symbols: -%%%% \let\m@Bin\d@@Bin -%%%\let\m@Rel\d@@Rel -%%% \let\@symRel\d@@symRel -%%% \let\@symBin\d@@symBin -%%% \let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB -%%% \let\m@DeA\d@@DeA -%%% \let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR -%%% \let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA - \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@ - \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks - \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax - }% - \displaystyle -} -\def\textmath@setup{% - \math_setup_inline_symbols: -%%%% \let\m@Bin\m@@Bin \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel -%%%% \let\@symRel\m@@symRel \let\@symBin\m@@symBin -%%%% \let\m@DeL\m@@DeL \let\m@DeR\m@@DeR \let\m@DeB\m@@DeB -%%%% \let\m@DeA\m@@DeA -%%%% \let\@symDeL\m@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\m@@symDeR -%%%% \let\@symDeB\m@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\m@@symDeA - \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right -} - -\ExplSyntaxOff -\@ifundefined{@displaytrue}{% - \@xp\newif\csname if@display\endcsname - \everydisplay\@xp{\the\everydisplay \@displaytrue}% -}{} -\define@key{breqn}{label}{% - \edef\next@label{\noexpand\label{\next@label@pre#1}}% - \let\next@label@pre\@empty} -\define@key{breqn}{labelprefix}{\def\next@label@pre{#1}} -\global\let\next@label\@empty -\global\let\next@label@pre\@empty -\define@key{breqn}{number}{\def\eq@number{#1}% - \let\@currentlabel\eq@number -} -\define@key{breqn}{shiftnumber}{\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True} -\define@key{breqn}{holdnumber}{\let\eq@holdnumber\@True} -\define@key{breqn}{density}{\def\eq@density@factor{#1}} -\define@key{breqn}{indentstep}{\eqindentstep#1\relax} -\define@key{breqn}{compact}[-99]{\prerelpenalty=#1\relax} -\define@key{breqn}{layout}[?]{% - \edef\eq@layout{\@car#1?\@nil}% -} -\define@key{breqn}{spread}{% - \addtolength\eqlinespacing{#1}% - \addtolength\eqlineskip{#1}% - \eqlineskiplimit\eqlineskip -} -\define@key{breqn}{sidespace}{% - \setlength\eq@given@sidespace{#1}% -} -\define@key{breqn}{style}{\eqstyle\@xp{\the\eqstyle #1}} -\define@key{breqn}{shortskiplimit}{\def\eq@shortskiplimit{#1}} -\def\eq@shortskiplimit{2em} -\define@key{breqn}{frame}[\fboxrule]{\def\eq@frame{T}% - \dim@a#1\relax\edef\eq@framewd{\the\dim@a}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\define@key{breqn}{fullframe}[]{\def\eq@frame{U}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\def\eq@frame{F} % no frame -\def\eq@framewd{\fboxrule} -\define@key{breqn}{framesep}[\fboxsep]{% - \if\eq@frame F\def\eq@frame{T}\fi - \dim@a#1\relax \edef\eq@framesep{\the\dim@a}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\def\eq@framesep{\fboxsep} -\define@key{breqn}{background}{\def\eq@background{#1}% - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip -} -\define@key{breqn}{color}{\def\eq@foreground{#1}} -\define@key{breqn}{center}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@True} -\define@key{breqn}{nocenter}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@False} -\let\eq@centerlines\@False -\define@key{breqn}{noalign}[]{\let\grp@aligned\@False} -\let\grp@aligned\@True % default -\define@key{breqn}{breakdepth}{\eqbreakdepth#1\relax} -\define@key{breqn}{cols}{\global\let\@preamble\@empty - \darray@mkpream#1\@percentchar -} -\newenvironment{dmath}{% - \let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dmath{}}{} -\def\@dmath[#1]{% - \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \display@setup}% - \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi - \if@inlabel \leavevmode \global\@inlabelfalse \fi - \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \the\eqstyle - \eq@setnumber - \begingroup - \eq@setup@a - \eq@startup -} -\def\enddmath#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@dmath{% - \gdef\EQ@setwdL{}% Occasionally undefined ??? - \eq@capture - \endgroup - \EQ@setwdL - \eq@measure - \if\eq@group \grp@push \else \eq@finish\fi -} -\newenvironment{dmath*}{% - \let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dmath{}% -}{} -\@namedef{end@dmath*}{\end@dmath} -\@namedef{enddmath*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\eq@prelim{% - \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi - \if@nobreak \global\@nobreakfalse \predisplaypenalty\@M \fi - \everypar\@emptytoks - \noindent - \eq@nulldisplay - \par %% \eq@saveparinfo %% needs work - \let\intertext\breqn@intertext -} -\def\breqn@parshape@warning{% - \PackageWarning{breqn}{% - Complex paragraph shape cannot be followed by this equation}% -} -\let\eq@prevshape\@empty -\def\eq@saveparinfo{% - \count@\prevgraf \advance\count@-\thr@@ % for the null display - \edef\eq@prevshape{\prevgraf\the\count@\space}% - \ifcase\parshape - % case 0: no action required - \or \edef\eq@prevshape{\eq@prevshape - \parshape\@ne\displayindent\displaywidth\relax - }% - \else - \breqn@parshape@warning - \fi -} -\def\eq@setnumber{% - \eq@wdNum\z@ - \if\eq@hasNumber - \ifx\eq@number\@empty - \stepcounter{equation}\let\eq@number\theequation - \fi - % This sets up numbox, etc, even if unnumbered????? - \ifx\eq@number\@empty - \else - \set@label{equation}\eq@number - \global\sbox\EQ@numbox{% - \next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty - \eqnumcolor\eqnumsize\eqnumfont{\eqnumform{\eq@number}}% - }% - \global\eq@wdNum\wd\EQ@numbox\global\advance\eq@wdNum\eqnumsep - \fi - \fi -} -\newcount\eq@final@linecount -\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True -\def\eq@finish{% - \begingroup - \if F\eq@frame\else - \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip - \fi - \csname eq@\eqindent @setsides\endcsname % Compute \leftskip,\rightskip - \adjust@parshape\eq@parshape% Final adjustment of parshape for left|right skips - \if\eq@group - \if\eq@GRP@first@dmath - \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@False - \xdef\dmath@first@leftskip{\leftskip=\the\leftskip\relax}% - \else - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing - \fi - \else - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing - \fi - \afterassignment\remove@to@nnil - \eq@final@linecount=\expandafter\@gobble\eq@parshape\@nnil - \if\eq@hasNumber - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside Shifted\endcsname - \else - \ifnum\eq@final@linecount=\@ne - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside @single\endcsname - \else - \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside\eqnumplace\endcsname - \fi - \fi - \else - \eq@typeset@Unnumbered - \fi - \endgroup - \eq@botspace -} -\def\eq@typeset@L@single{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\box\EQ@numbox}% - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}% - \fi - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box \@@par -} -\def\eq@typeset@R@single{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}% - \fi - \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\kern\linewidth\kern-\wd\EQ@numbox\copy\EQ@numbox}% - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box - \@@par -} -\def\peek@branch#1#2{% - \let\peek@b#1\let\peek@space#2\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a -} -\def\peek@skipping@spaces#1{\peek@branch#1\peek@skip@space} -\def\peek@a{% - \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken \expandafter\peek@space - \else \expandafter\peek@b\fi -} -\lowercase{\def\peek@skip@space} {\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a}% -\def\check@punct{\futurelet\@let@token\check@punct@a} -\def\check@punct@a{% - \edef\@tempa{% - \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken\@nx\finish@end - \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed - \else\check@punct@b % check the less common possibilities - \fi\fi\fi - }% - \@tempa -} -\begingroup -\toks@a{% - \ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed -} -\toks@c{\fi\fi\fi}% matching with \toks@a -\catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\,=\active \catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\!=\active -\toks@b{% - \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed - \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed - \else\@nx\finish@end - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi -} -\xdef\check@punct@b{% - \the\toks@a\the\toks@b\the\toks@c -} -\endgroup -\let\found@punct\@empty -\def\check@qed#1{% - \gdef\found@punct{#1}% - \peek@skipping@spaces\check@qed@a -} -\def\check@qed@a{% - \ifx\end\@let@token \@xp\check@qed@b - \else \@xp\finish@end - \fi -} -\def\check@qed@b#1#2{% - \@ifundefined{#2qed}{}{% - \toks@\@xp{\found@punct\csname#2qed\endcsname}% - \xdef\found@punct{\the\toks@}% - }% - \finish@end - \end{#2}% -} -\def\@tempa#1\endcsname#2\@nil{\def\latex@end##1{#2}} -\expandafter\@tempa\end{#1}\@nil -\def\end#1{\csname end#1\endcsname \latex@end{#1}}% -\def\check@punct@or@qed#1{% - \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}% BRM: punctuation was being remembered past this eqn. - % WSPR: err, why isn't that just \global\let\found@punct\@empty ? - \def\finish@end{\csname end@#1\endcsname\latex@end{#1}}% - \check@punct -} -\newcommand\eqpunct[1]{\thinspace#1} -\providecommand\set@label[2]{\protected@edef\@currentlabel{#2}} -\def\eq@topspace#1{% - \begingroup - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False - \if\@And{\eq@group}{\@Not\eq@GRP@first@dmath}% - \parskip\intereqskip \penalty\intereqpenalty - \else - \eq@check@shortskip - \if\EQ@shortskips - \parskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \aftergroup\belowdisplayskip\aftergroup\belowdisplayshortskip - \ifdim\predisplaysize>\z@\nointerlineskip\fi - \else - \parskip\abovedisplayskip - \fi - \fi - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \addtolength\parskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - #1% - \endgroup -} -\def\eq@check@shortskip {% - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False - \setlength\dim@a{\abovedisplayskip+\ht\EQ@numbox}% - \ifdim\leftskip<\predisplaysize - \else - \ifdim -\maxdimen=\predisplaysize - \else - \if R\eqnumside - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \else - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \else - \if T\eqnumplace - \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@firstht - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \fi - \else - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@vspan/2}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b - \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -\def\eq@botspace{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \addtolength\belowdisplayskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \vskip\belowdisplayskip - \@endpetrue % kill parindent if current paragraph continues - \global\@ignoretrue % ignore following spaces - \eq@resume@parshape -} -\def\eq@resume@parshape{} -\def\eq@startup{% - \global\let\EQ@hasLHS\@False - \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup - \noindent \@@math \displaystyle - \penalty-\@Mi -} -\def\eq@setup@a{% - \everymath\everydisplay - %\let\@newline\eq@newline % future possibility? - \let\\\eq@newline - \let\insert\eq@insert \let\mark\eq@mark \let\vadjust\eq@vadjust - \hsize\maxdimen \pretolerance\@M - \linepenalty\@m - \rightskip\z@\@plus\@M\p@ \leftskip\z@skip \parfillskip\z@skip - \clubpenalty\@ne \widowpenalty\z@ \interlinepenalty\z@ - \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax - \binoppenalty\@M \relpenalty\@M -} -\newdimen\eq@wdR\eq@wdR\z@%BRM -\def\eq@capture{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty>-\@M \penalty-\@Mi \fi - \keep@glue\@@endmath - \eq@addpunct - \@@par - \eq@wdL\z@ - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unskip\unpenalty}% - \unskip\unpenalty - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\copy\EQ@box -%% \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\copy\EQ@vimbox - \clubpenalty\z@ - \eq@wdR\z@%BRM: eq@wdL patch - \eq@repack % recursive - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@box}% - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@copy}% - \ifdim\eq@wdR>\z@% BRM: eq@wdL patch - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@box-\eq@wdR - % Apparently missing a \thickmuskip = 5mu = 5/18em=0.27777777777.. ? - + 0.2777777777777em}% FUDGE??!?!?! - \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdL - \eq@wdL\dim@a - \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}% - \fi - \fi - \egroup % end vbox started earlier -} -\def\eq@addpunct{% - \ifx\found@punct\@empty - \else \eqpunct{\found@punct}% - \fi - % BRM: Added; the punctuation kept getting carried to following environs - \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}% - \EQ@afterspace -} -\global\let\EQ@afterspace\@empty -\def\eq@repack{% - \ifcase\lastpenalty - % case 0: normal case - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box - \unskip - \or % case 1: finished recursing - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box - \@xp\@gobble - \or % case 2: save box width = LHS width - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \setbox\z@\copy\tw@ \setbox\z@\hbox{\unhbox\z@\unskip\unpenalty}% - \addtolength\eq@wdL{\wd\z@} - \setlength\eq@wdR{\wd\EQ@box}% BRM: eq@wdL patch - \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}% - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% - \box\EQ@copy - }% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% - \box\EQ@box - }% - \unskip - \or % case 3: unpack left-right box - \unpenalty - \eq@lrunpack - \else - \breqn@repack@err - \fi - \eq@repack % RECURSE -} -\def\breqn@repack@err{% - \PackageError{breqn}{eq@repack penalty neq 0,1,2,3}\relax -} -\def\eq@repacka#1{% - \global\setbox#1\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@ \unskip - \count@-\lastpenalty - \ifnum\count@<\@M \else \advance\count@-\@M \fi - \unpenalty - \ifx\EQ@copy#1\ifnum\count@>\thr@@ \count@\@ne\fi\fi - \ifcase\count@ - % case 0, normal line break - \penalty-\@M % put back the linebreak penalty - \or % case 1, do nothing (end of equation) - \relax - \or % case 2, no-op (obsolete case) - \or % case 3, transfer vspace and/or penalty - \ifx#1\EQ@box \eq@revspace \else \eq@revspaceb \fi - \or % case 4, put back an insert - \eq@reinsert - \or % case 5, put back a mark - \eq@remark - \or % case 6, put back a vadjust - \eq@readjust - \else % some other break penalty - \penalty-\count@ - \fi - \unhbox#1}% -} -\def\eq@nulldisplay{% - \begingroup \frozen@everydisplay\@emptytoks - \@@display - \predisplaypenalty\@M \postdisplaypenalty\@M - \abovedisplayskip\z@skip \abovedisplayshortskip\z@skip - \belowdisplayskip\z@skip \belowdisplayshortskip\z@skip - \xdef\EQ@displayinfo{% - \prevgraf\the\prevgraf \predisplaysize\the\predisplaysize - \displaywidth\the\displaywidth \displayindent\the\displayindent - \listwidth\the\linewidth - \ifdim\displayindent>\z@ - \advance\listwidth\the\leftmargin - \advance\listwidth\the\rightmargin - \fi - \relax}% - \halign{##\cr}% - \@@enddisplay - \par - \endgroup - \EQ@displayinfo -} -\def\eq@newline{% - \@ifstar{\eq@newlinea\@M}{\eq@newlinea\eqinterlinepenalty}} -\def\eq@newlinea#1{% - \@ifnext[{\eq@newlineb{#1}}{\eq@newlineb{#1}[\maxdimen]}} -\def\eq@newlineb#1[#2]{\penalty-\@M} -\def\eq@revspace{% - \global\setbox\EQ@vimbox\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimbox - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% - \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}% - \penalty-\@M -} -\def\eq@revspaceb{% - \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimcopy - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% - \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}% - \penalty-\@M -} -\def\eq@break#1{\penalty-1000#1 \keep@glue} -\let\@parshape\@empty -\def\eq@measure{% - \ifdim\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen \eq@indentstep\eqindentstep \fi - \ifdim\eq@linewidth=\z@ \else \edef\eq@linewidths{{\the\eq@linewidth}}\fi - \begingroup \eq@params - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@\@plus\columnwidth\@minus\hfuzz - \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial}% - \eq@trial % uses \eq@linewidths - \eq@failout % will be a no-op if the trial succeeded - \endgroup - \EQ@trial -} -\let\EQ@trial\@empty -\newtoks\EQ@continue -\let\EQ@widths\@empty -\let\EQ@fallback\@empty -\def\eq@linewidths{\displaywidth\linewidth\columnwidth} -\def\eq@trial{% - \ifx\@empty\eq@linewidths - \global\EQ@continue{}% - \else - \iffalse{\fi \@xp\eq@trial@a \eq@linewidths}% - \fi - \the\EQ@continue -} -\def\eq@trial@a#1{% - \dim@c#1\relax - \if T\eq@frame \eq@frame@adjust\dim@c \fi - \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth - \eq@linewidth\dim@c - \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@d - \csname eq@try@layout@\eq@layout\endcsname - \fi - \edef\eq@linewidths{\iffalse}\fi -} -\def\eq@frame@adjust#1{% - %\addtolength#1{-2\eq@framewd-2\eq@framesep}% - \dim@a\eq@framewd \advance\dim@a\eq@framesep - \advance#1-2\dim@a -} -\def\eq@trial@succeed{% - \aftergroup\@gobbletwo % cancel the \EQ@fallback code; see \eq@trial@c (?) - \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial@done}% -} -\def\eq@trial@done{% - \let\eq@failout\relax -} -\def\eq@trial@init{\global\let\EQ@fallback\eq@nextlayout} -\def\eq@nextlayout#1{% - \endgroup - \begingroup #1% -} -\def\eq@failout{% - \global\let\EQ@trial\EQ@last@trial -} -\def\eq@trial@save#1{% - \xdef#1{% - \eq@linewidth\the\eq@linewidth - % save info about the fit - \eq@lines\the\eq@lines \eq@badness\the\eq@badness \def\@nx\eq@badline{\eq@badline}% - % save size info - \eq@wdT\the\eq@wdT \eq@wdMin\the\eq@wdMin - \eq@vspan\the\eq@vspan \eq@dp\the\eq@dp \eq@firstht\the\eq@firstht - % save info about the LHS - \eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL \def\@nx\EQ@hasLHS{\EQ@hasLHS}% - % save info about the numbering - \def\@nx\eq@hasNumber{\eq@hasNumber}% - % save info about the chosen layout - \def\@nx\eq@layout{\eq@layout}% - \def\@nx\eq@parshape{\@parshape}% - \def\@nx\eq@measurements{\eq@measurements}% - \def\@nx\adjust@rel@penalty{\adjust@rel@penalty}% - \def\@nx\eq@shiftnumber{\eq@shiftnumber}% - \def\@nx\eq@isIntertext{\@False}% - }% -} -\def\eq@trial@b{\eq@trial@c} -\def\eq@trial@c#1#2{% - \begingroup - \eq@trial@init - \def\eq@layout{#1}% - \setbox\z@\vbox{% - \hfuzz\maxdimen - \eq@trial@p % run the given parshape - \if\@Not{\eq@badline}% - \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial - \if\eq@hasNumber\eq@retry@with@number\fi - \if L\eq@layout \eq@check@density - \else - \if\@Not{\eq@badline}% - \eq@trial@succeed - \fi - \fi - \else - \eq@trial@save\EQ@last@trial - \fi - }% - \EQ@fallback{#2}% - \endgroup -} -\def\eq@trial@d#1#2{\eq@trial@c{#1}{}} -\def\eq@check@density{% - \if\@Or{\@Not\EQ@hasLHS}{\eq@shortLHS}% - \eq@trial@succeed - \else\if\eq@dense@enough - \eq@trial@succeed - \fi\fi -} -\def\eq@shortLHS{\ifdim\eq@wdL>.44\eq@wdT 1\else 0\fi 0} -\def\eq@trial@p{% - \@parshape % - \eq@dump@box\unhcopy\EQ@copy - {\@@par}% leave \parshape readable - \eq@lines\prevgraf - \eq@fix@lastline - \let\eq@badline\@False - \if i\eq@layout \ifnum\eq@lines>\@ne \let\eq@badline\@True \fi\fi - \eq@curline\eq@lines % loop counter for eq@measure@lines - \let\eq@measurements\@empty - \eq@ml@record@indents - \eq@measure@lines - \eq@recalc -} -\let\adjust@rel@penalty\@empty -\def\eq@fix@lastline{% - \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@ - \eq@dp\dp\tw@ - \nointerlineskip\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@ - \skip@c\lastskip \unskip\unskip\hskip\skip@c - }% -} -\def\eq@recalc{% - \eq@wdT\z@ \eq@wdMin\maxdimen \eq@vspan\z@skip \eq@badness\z@ - \let\@elt\eq@recalc@a \eq@measurements \let\@elt\relax -} -\def\eq@recalc@a#1x#2+#3\@endelt{% - \eq@firstht#2\relax - \let\@elt\eq@recalc@b - \@elt#1x#2+#3\@endelt -} -\def\eq@recalc@b#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{% - \setlength\dim@a{#2+#3}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdT \eq@wdT\dim@a \fi - \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@wdMin \eq@wdMin\dim@a \fi - \eq@dp#5\relax - \addtolength\eq@vspan{#1+#4+\eq@dp}% - \ifnum#6>\eq@badness \eq@badness#6\relax\fi -} -\def\eq@layout{?} -\@namedef{eq@try@layout@?}{% - \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@c - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-2em}% Fudge; can't shrink more than this? - % if we're in a numbered group, try hard to fit within the numbers - \dim@b\eq@linewidth - \if\eq@shiftnumber\else\if\eq@group - \if\eq@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\EQ@numbox-\eqnumsep}% - \else\if\grp@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\GRP@numbox-\eqnumsep}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b% Do we even have a chance of fitting to one line? - \setlength\dim@b{\columnwidth-\dim@a+\eq@wdCond}% - \rightskip\z@\@plus\dim@b\@minus\hfuzz - \eq@trial@b{i}{\eq@try@layout@multi}% - \else - \eq@try@layout@multi - \fi -} -\def\eq@try@layout@multi{% - \if\EQ@hasLHS - \ifdim\eq@wdL>\eq@linewidth - \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-\eq@wdL}% - \ifdim\dim@a<.25\eq@linewidth \eq@try@layout@S - \else \eq@try@layout@l - \fi - % BRM: Originally .7: Extreme for L since rhs has to wrap within the remaining 30+%! - \else\ifdim\eq@wdL>.50\eq@linewidth - \eq@try@layout@D - \else - \eq@try@layout@L - \fi\fi - \else - \eq@try@layout@S % (already checked case i) - \fi -} -\def\eq@try@layout@D{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 - 0pt \the\eq@wdL\space \the\eq@indentstep\space \the\dim@a\relax - }% - \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }% - \eq@trial@b{D}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -\def\eq@try@layout@L{% - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdL}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\space - \the\eq@wdL\space \the\dim@b\relax - }% - \eq@trial@b{L}{\eq@try@layout@D}% -} -\def\eq@try@layout@S{% - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-2\eqmargin}% \advance\dim@b-1em% - \int@a\wd\EQ@copy \divide\int@a\dim@b - \addtolength\dim@b{-\int@a\eq@indentstep}% - \if\eq@hasNumber - \ifdim\dim@b>15em% - \addtolength\dim@b{-\eq@wdNum}% - \fi - \fi - \int@b\z@ - \def\@tempa{\dim}% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\dim@b\space - \the\eqmargin\space\the\dim@b\relax}% - \eq@trial@b{S}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -\def\eq@try@layout@l{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}% - \int@a\eq@wdL \divide\int@a\dim@a - \advance\int@a\tw@ - \edef\@parshape{\parshape \number\int@a\space - 0pt \the\eq@linewidth - }% - \advance\int@a-\tw@ - \setlength\dim@b{2\eq@indentstep}% - \setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth -\dim@b}% - \edef\@parshape{\@parshape - \replicate{\int@a}{\space\the\eq@indentstep\space\the\dim@a}% - \space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c\relax - }% - \eq@trial@b{l}{\eq@try@layout@A}% -} -\def\eq@try@layout@A{% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% - \if\EQ@hasLHS \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }\fi - \eq@trial@b{A}{}% -} -\let\eq@shiftnumber\@False -\def\eq@retry@with@number{% - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \else - \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@\if R\eqnumside - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \fi\fi - \dim@b\eq@wdNum - \if L\eqnumside - \ifdim\@totalleftmargin>\dim@b\dim@b\@totalleftmargin\fi - \else - \addtolength\dim@b{\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\dim@b}%\advance\dim@a1em\relax% Allowance for shrink? - \int@a\@ne\if\eq@group\int@a\maxint\fi - \if\eq@shiftnumber % Already know we need to shift - \else\ifdim\eq@wdT<\dim@a % Fits! - \else - \setlength\leftskip{\eq@wdNum}% - \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@a}% - \adjust@parshape\@parshape - \nointerlineskip - \edef\eq@prev@lines{\the\eq@lines}% - \edef\eq@prev@badness{\the\eq@badness}% BRM - \eq@trial@p - \int@a\eq@prev@badness\relax\advance\int@a 50\relax%? - \int@b\eq@prev@lines \if\eq@group\advance\int@b\@ne\fi% Allow 1 extra line in group - \ifnum\eq@lines>\int@b % \eq@prev@lines - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else\if\eq@badline - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else\ifnum\eq@badness>\int@a % BRM: New case - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \else - \fi\fi%\fi - \fi\fi\fi - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \EQ@trial% Restore parshape & other params, - \leftskip\z@\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True % But set shift & leftskip - \edef\@parshape{\eq@parshape}% And copy saved parshape back to `working copy' !?!? - \fi - \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial % Either way, save the trial state. - \fi -} -\def\adjust@parshape#1{% - \@xp\adjust@parshape@a#1\relax - \edef#1{\temp@a}% -} -\def\adjust@parshape@a#1 #2\relax{% - \setlength\dim@a{\leftskip+\rightskip}% - \edef\temp@a{#1}% - \adjust@parshape@b#2 @ @ \relax -} -\def\adjust@parshape@b#1 #2 {% - \ifx @#1\edef\temp@a{\temp@a\relax}% - \@xp\@gobble - \else - \dim@b#1\relax - \dim@c#2\relax - \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a+\dim@b}% - \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth\setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth}\fi - \addtolength\dim@c{-\dim@b}% - \edef\temp@a{\temp@a\space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c}% - \fi - \adjust@parshape@b -} -\def\eq@ml@record@indents{% - \int@a\z@ - \def\@tempa{% - \advance\int@a\@ne - \@xp\edef\csname eq@i\number\int@a\endcsname{\the\dim@a}% - \ifnum\int@a<\int@b \afterassignment\@tempb \fi - \dim@a - }% - \def\@tempb{\afterassignment\@tempa \dim@a}% - \def\@tempc##1##2 {\int@b##2\afterassignment\@tempa\dim@a}% - \@xp\@tempc\@parshape -} -\chardef\@endelt=`\? -\def\eq@measurements{% - \@elt 4.5pt/5.0pt,66.0ptx6.8pt+2.4pt@27\@endelt - ... -} -\def\eq@measure@lines{% - \let\eq@ml@continue\eq@measure@lines - \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@ % find target width of line - \setbox\z@\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@}% check for overfull - \eq@badness\badness - \ifnum\eq@badness<\inf@bad \else \let\eq@badline\@True \fi - \eq@ml@a \eq@ml@continue -} -\def\eq@ml@a{% - \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ \unskip}% find natural width - \ifdim\dim@b<\wd\tw@ \setlength\dim@a{\dim@b}% shrunken line - \else \setlength\dim@a{\wd\tw@}% OK to use natural width - \fi - \addtolength\dim@a{-\leftskip}% BRM: Deduct the skip if we're retrying w/number - \skip@a\lastskip \unskip \unpenalty - \ifdim\skip@a=\z@ - \let\eq@ml@continue\relax % end the recursion - \else - % Sum repeated vskips if present - \def\@tempa{% - \ifdim \lastskip=\z@ - \else \addtolength\skip@a{\lastskip}\unskip\unpenalty \@xp\@tempa - \fi - }% - \fi - \edef\eq@measurements{\@elt - \the\skip@a\space X% extra space to facilitate extracting only the - % dimen part later - \csname eq@i% - \ifnum\eq@curline<\parshape \number\eq@curline - \else\number\parshape - \fi - \endcsname,\the\dim@a x\the\ht\tw@+\the\dp\tw@ @\the\eq@badness\@endelt - \eq@measurements - }% - \advance\eq@curline\m@ne - \ifnum\eq@curline=\z@ \let\eq@ml@continue\relax\fi -} -\def\eq@ml@vspace{% - \global\advance\eq@vspan\lastskip \unskip\unpenalty - \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ \else \@xp\eq@ml@vspace \fi -} -\def\eq@dense@enough{% - \ifnum\eq@lines<\thr@@ - \@True - \else - \ifdim\eq@wdL >.7\eq@wdT - \@False - \else \@xp\@xp\@xp\eq@dense@enough@a - \fi - \fi -} -\def\true@true@true {\fi\fi\iftrue \iftrue \iftrue } -\def\true@false@true {\fi\fi\iftrue \iffalse\iftrue } -\def\false@true@false {\fi\fi\iffalse\iftrue \iffalse} -\def\false@false@false{\fi\fi\iffalse\iffalse\iffalse} -\def\eq@density@factor{.475} -\def\eq@dense@enough@a{% - \@True \fi - \ifnum\eq@lines>\sixt@@n - \eq@dense@enough@b - \else - \dim@b\z@ \let\@elt\eq@delt \eq@measurements - \dim@c\eq@density@factor\eq@wdT \multiply\dim@c\eq@lines - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@c \true@false@true \else \false@false@false \fi - \fi -} -\def\eq@delt#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{\addtolength\dim@b{#3}}% -\def\eq@dense@enough@b{% - \int@b\eq@wdT \divide\int@b\p@ - \dim@b\eq@wdL \divide\dim@b\int@b - \dim@c\eq@lines\p@ \multiply\dim@c\f@ur - \int@b\eq@lines \multiply\int@b 9 \advance\int@b -10% - \divide\dim@c\int@b - \ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c \true@true@true \else \false@true@false \fi -} -\let\eq@parshape\@empty -\def\eq@params{% - \baselineskip\eqlinespacing - \lineskip\eqlineskip \lineskiplimit\eqlineskiplimit - \clubpenalty\@M \widowpenalty\@M \interlinepenalty\eqinterlinepenalty - \linepenalty199 \exhyphenpenalty5000 % was 9999: make breaks at, eg. \* a bit easier. - \ifdim\hfuzz<\p@ \hfuzz\p@ \fi - \parfillskip\z@skip - \tolerance9999 \pretolerance\m@ne -} -\def\eq@dump@box#1#2{% - \noindent #1#2\setbox\f@ur\lastbox \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \if L\eq@layout \box\tw@ \else\unhbox\tw@\fi - \adjust@rel@penalty \unhbox\f@ur -} -\def\eq@typeset@Unnumbered{% - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@LM{% - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}% - \eq@typeset@leftnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@LT{% - \dim@a\eq@firstht - \eq@typeset@leftnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@LShifted{% - % place number - \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M - \dim@a\eqlineskip - \if F\eq@frame\else - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \kern\dim@a - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@RM{% - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}% - \eq@typeset@rightnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@RB{% - % NOTE: is \eq@dp useful here - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@vspan-\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox}% - \eq@typeset@rightnumber - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation -} -\def\eq@typeset@RShifted{% - % place number - \eq@typeset@frame - \eq@typeset@equation - \penalty\@M - \dim@a\eqlineskip - \if F\eq@frame\else - \addtolength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \fi - \parskip\dim@a - \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\@@par% -} -\def\eq@C@setsides{% - % \dim@c = space for number, if any, and not shifted. - \dim@c\z@ - \if\eq@hasNumber\if\eq@shiftnumber\else - \dim@c\eq@wdNum - \fi\fi - % \dim@e = space for condition(on right), if any and formula is only a single line.(to center nicely) - % but only count it as being right-aligned if we're not framing, since the frame must enclose it. - \dim@e\z@ - \if F\eq@frame - \ifnum\eq@lines=\@ne\ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@ - \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdCond+\conditionsep}% - \fi\fi\fi - % \dim@b = minimum needed on left max(totalleftmargin, left number space) - \dim@b\z@ - \if L\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi\fi - \ifdim\dim@b<\@totalleftmargin - \dim@b\z@ - \else - \addtolength\dim@b{-\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - % \dim@d = minimum needed on right max(condition, right number space) - \dim@d\dim@e - \if R\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@d<\dim@c - \dim@d\dim@c - \fi\fi - % \dim@a = left margin; initially half available space - % \dim@c = right margin; ditto - \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT+\dim@e+\@totalleftmargin)/2}% - \dim@c=\dim@a - % If too far to the left - \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b - \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a-\dim@b}% - \ifdim\dim@c<\z@\dim@c=\z@\fi - \dim@a=\dim@b - % Or if too far to the right - \else\ifdim\dim@c<\dim@d - \addtolength\dim@a{\dim@c-\dim@d}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi - \dim@c=\dim@d - \fi\fi - % Now, \dim@d,\dim@e is the left & right glue to center each line for centerlines - \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdMin}\dim@d=\z@ - \dim@d\z@ - \if\eq@centerlines - \divide\dim@e2\relax - \dim@d=\dim@e - \fi - \setlength\leftskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@d}% - \addtolength\dim@e{\dim@c}% - \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@e}%\@minus5\p@ - % Special case: if framing, reduce the stretchiness of the formula (eg. condition) - % Or if we have a right number, FORCE space for it - \dim@b\z@ - \if F\eq@frame\else - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi - \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}% - \if R\eqnumside - \dim@c\eq@wdNum - \ifdim\dim@c>\dim@b - \dim@b\dim@c - \fi - \fi - \fi - % If either of those cases requires hard rightskip, move that part from glue. - \ifdim\dim@b>\z@ - \addtolength\dim@e{-\dim@c}% - \rightskip\dim@b\@plus\dim@e%\@minus5\p@ - \fi - % And peculiar further special case: in indented environs, width isn't where it would seem - \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@ - \addtolength\rightskip{-\@totalleftmargin}% - \fi - \parfillskip\z@skip -} -\def\eq@I@setsides{% - \leftskip\mathindent - \if\eq@shiftnumber - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT-\mathindent}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@ - \leftskip=\z@ % Or something minimal? - \fi - \fi - \dim@a=\z@ - \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdMin}% - \if F\eq@frame - \else - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdT} - \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@a}% - \fi - % Or force the space for right number, if needed - \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}% - \if R\eqnumside - \dim@c=\eq@wdNum - \if\dim@c>\dim@a - \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@c}% - \dim@a=\dim@c - \fi - \fi - \fi - \setlength\rightskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@b \@minus\hfuzz }%\hfuzz\z@ - \parfillskip\z@skip -} -\def\eq@typeset@leftnumber{% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M - \kern-\dim@a -} -\def\eq@typeset@rightnumber{% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \hbox to \hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\penalty\@M - \kern-\dim@a -} -\def\eq@typeset@equation{% - \nobreak - \eq@params\eq@parshape - \nointerlineskip\noindent - \add@grp@label - \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box\@@par -} -\newcommand\eqframe[2]{% - \begingroup - \fboxrule=\eq@framewd\relax\fboxsep=\eq@framesep\relax - \framebox{\z@rule\@height#2\kern#1}% - \endgroup -} -\def\eq@addframe{% - \hbox to\z@{% - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}% - \kern-\dim@a - \vbox to\z@{\kern-\dim@a - \hbox{\eqframe{\eq@wdT}{\eq@vspan}}% - \vss - }% - \hss - }% -} -\def\eq@typeset@frame{% - \if F\eq@frame\else - % Tricky: put before \noindent, so it's not affected by glue in \leftskip - \nobreak\nointerlineskip - \vbox to\eq@firstht{\moveright\leftskip\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}\vss}% - \kern-\eq@firstht - \fi -} -\@saveprimitive\left\@@left -\@saveprimitive\right\@@right -\newcount\lr@level -\ExplSyntaxOn -\def\eq@left{% - \@ifnext .{\eq@nullleft}{\begingroup \let\math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@left@a}% -} -\def\eq@right{% - \@ifnext .{\eq@nullright}{\begingroup \let \math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@right@a}% -} -\def\eq@left@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup - \@@left \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@open} -\def\eq@right@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup - \@@right \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@close \ss@scan{#1#2{#3}#4{#5}}% -} -\ExplSyntaxOff -\def\eq@nullleft#1{\@@left#1\after@open} -\def\eq@nullright#1{\@@right#1\after@close} -\def\delim@reset{% - \let\after@open\relax \let\after@close\relax - \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right -} -\@ifundefined{bBigg@}{% not defined - \let\big@size\p@ - \def\big{\bBigg@{8.5}}\def\Big{\bBigg@{11.5}}% - \def\bigg{\bBigg@{14.5}}\def\Bigg{\bBigg@{17.5}}% - \def\biggg{\bBigg@{20.5}}\def\Biggg{\bBigg@{23.5}}% -}{} -\def\bBigg@#1#2{% - {\delim@reset - \left#2% - \vrule\@height#1\big@size\@width-\nulldelimiterspace - \right. - }% -} -\def\bigl#1{\mathopen\big{#1}\after@open} -\def\Bigl#1{\mathopen\Big{#1}\after@open} -\def\biggl#1{\mathopen\bigg{#1}\after@open} -\def\Biggl#1{\mathopen\Bigg{#1}\after@open} -\def\bigggl#1{\mathopen\biggg{#1}\after@open} -\def\Bigggl#1{\mathopen\Biggg{#1}\after@open} - -\def\bigr#1{\mathclose\big{#1}\after@close} -\def\Bigr#1{\mathclose\Big{#1}\after@close} -\def\biggr#1{\mathclose\bigg{#1}\after@close} -\def\Biggr#1{\mathclose\Bigg{#1}\after@close} -\def\bigggr#1{\mathclose\biggg{#1}\after@close} -\def\Bigggr#1{\mathclose\Biggg{#1}\after@close} - -%% No change needed, I think. [mjd,1998/12/04] -%%\def\bigm{\mathrel\big} -%%\def\Bigm{\mathrel\Big} -%%\def\biggm{\mathrel\bigg} -%%\def\Biggm{\mathrel\Bigg} -%%\def\bigggm{\mathrel\biggg} -%%\def\Bigggm{\mathrel\Biggg} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeL:Nn #1{#2}\after@open} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeR:Nn #1{#2}\after@close} -\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeB:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeB:Nn #1{#2}\after@bidir} - -%%%%% -%%%%%\let\m@@DeL\m@DeL \let\m@@DeR\m@DeR \let\m@@DeB\m@DeB -%%%%%\def\d@@DeL#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"4\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@open -%%%%%} -%%%%%\def\d@@DeR#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"5\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@close -%%%%%} -%%%%%\def\d@@DeB#1#2#3{% -%%%%% \delimiter"0\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@bidir -%%%%%} -%%BRM: These weren't defined, but apparently should be. -%%%%%%\let\m@@DeA\m@DeA\let\d@@DeA\m@DeA% -\let\after@bidir\@empty -\mathchardef\zero@bop=888 \relax -\mathchardef\bop@incr=4444 \relax -\def\after@open{% - \global\advance\lr@level\@ne - \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level - \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop - \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin - \else - \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset - \advance\eq@binoffset\lr@level\eqdelimoffset plus1fill\relax - \def\dt@fill@cancel{\hskip\z@ minus1fill\relax}% - \fi - \penalty\@M % BRM: discourage break after an open fence? -} -\def\after@close{% - \global\advance\lr@level\m@ne - \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level - \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop - \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level - \else \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin - \fi - \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset\relax \fi -} - -\ExplSyntaxOff - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\let\subsup@flag=\count@ -\def\ss@delim@a@new#1#2#3#4#5{\xdef\right@delim@code{\number"#4#5}} -\def\ss@scan#1{% - \begingroup - \ss@delim@a@new #1% - \endgroup - \subsup@flag\@M \afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=} -\def\ss@scan@a{% - \let\breqn@next\ss@scan@b - \ifx\@let@token\sb \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else - \ifx\@let@token\sp \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else - \ss@finish - \let\breqn@next\relax - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \breqn@next\@let@token -} -\ExplSyntaxOn -\def\ss@scan@b#1#2{#1{% - %%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_isym_Rel:Nn - #2}\afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=}% -\ExplSyntaxOff -\def\ss@finish{% - \@@vadjust{\penalty\thr@@}% - \penalty\right@delim@code \penalty-\subsup@flag \keep@glue -} -\def\eq@lrunpack{\setbox\z@\lastbox - \unskip \nointerlineskip - \noindent\unhbox\z@ \unskip - \subsup@flag-\lastpenalty \unpenalty - \xdef\right@delim@code{\number\lastpenalty}% - \unpenalty - \ifnum\subsup@flag>\@M - \advance\subsup@flag-\@M - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \else \setbox\tw@\box\voidb@x - \fi - \setbox\z@\lastbox - \ifvoid\tw@ \unhbox\z@ - \else \lrss@reattach % uses \subsup@flag, box\z@, box\tw@ - \fi - \penalty-\@Mi\z@rule\@@par - \setbox\z@\lastbox \unskip\unpenalty -%%{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists}% -} -\dimendef\sub@depth=8 \dimendef\sup@base=6 -\dimendef\prelim@sub@depth=4 \dimendef\prelim@sup@base=2 -\def\sym@xheight{\fontdimen5\textfont\tw@} -\def\sup@base@one{\fontdimen13\textfont\tw@} -\def\sub@base@one{\fontdimen16\textfont\tw@} -\def\sub@base@two{\fontdimen17\textfont\tw@} -\def\sup@drop{\fontdimen18\scriptfont\tw@} -\def\sub@drop{\fontdimen19\scriptfont\tw@} -\providecommand{\mathaxis}{\fontdimen22\textfont\tw@} -\def\lrss@reattach{% - \begingroup - % "The TeXbook" Appendix G step 18: - \setlength\prelim@sup@base{\ht\z@-\sup@drop}% - \setlength\prelim@sub@depth{\dp\z@ +\sub@drop}% - \unhbox\z@ - \ifcase\subsup@flag % case 0: this can't happen - \or \lr@subscript % case 1: subscript only - \or \lr@superscript % case 2: superscript only - \else \lr@subsup % case 3: sub and superscript both - \fi - \endgroup -} -\def\lr@subscript{% - \sub@depth\sub@base@one - \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth\fi - \setlength\dim@a{\ht\tw@ -.8\sym@xheight}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\sub@depth \sub@depth=\dim@a \fi - \twang@adjust\sub@depth - \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@ -} -\def\lr@superscript{% - \sup@base\sup@base@one - \ifdim\prelim@sup@base>\sup@base \sup@base\prelim@sup@base\fi - \setlength\dim@a{\dp\tw@ -.25\sym@xheight}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\sup@base \sup@base\dim@a \fi - \twang@adjust\sup@base - \raise\sup@base\box\tw@ -} -\def\lr@subsup{% - \sub@depth\sub@base@two - \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth \fi - \twang@adjust\sub@depth - \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@ -} -\def\twang@adjust#1{% - \begingroup - \@ifundefined{twang@\right@delim@code}{}{% - \setlength\dim@d{#1-\mathaxis}% - % put an upper limit on the adjustment - \ifdim\dim@d>1em \dim@d 1em \fi - \kern\csname twang@\right@delim@code\endcsname\dim@d - }% - \endgroup -} -\newcommand{\DeclareTwang}[2]{% - \ifcat.\@nx#1\begingroup - \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup \DeclareTwang{~}}{#2}% - \else - \@xp\decl@twang#1?\@nil{#2}% - \fi -} -\def\decl@twang#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@nil#8{% - \@namedef{twang@\number"#4#5#6}{#8}% -} -\DeclareTwang{\rangle}{-.4} -\DeclareTwang{)}{-.33} -\DeclareTwang{\rbrace}{-.25} -\newenvironment{dseries}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}% -\def\enddseries#1{\check@punct@or@qed}% -\newenvironment{dseries*}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}% -\@namedef{enddseries*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed}% -\@namedef{end@dseries*}{\end@dseries}% -\def\@dseries[#1]{% - \let\display@setup\dseries@display@setup - % Question: should this be the default for dseries??? - \global\eq@wdCond\z@ - \@dmath[layout={M},#1]% - \mathsurround\z@\@@math \penalty\@Mi - \let\endmath\ends@math - \def\premath{% - \ifdim\lastskip<.3em \unskip - \else\ifnum\lastpenalty<\@M \dquad\fi\fi -}% - \def\postmath{\unpenalty\eq@addpunct \penalty\intermath@penalty \dquad \@ignoretrue}% -\ignorespaces -} -\def\end@dseries{% - \unskip\unpenalty - \@@endmath \mathsurround\z@ \end@dmath -} -\def\eq@try@layout@M{% - \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}% - \eq@trial@b{M}{}% -} -\def\intermath@penalty{-221}% -\newcommand\dquad{\hskip0.6em minus.3em} -\newcommand\premath{}\newcommand\postmath{} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\renewenvironment{math}{% - \leavevmode \premath - \ifmmode\@badmath\else\@@math\fi -}{% - \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi -} -\def\ends@math#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@math{% - \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi - \postmath -} -\let\eq@group\@False -\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False -\let\grp@hasNumber\@False -\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False -\let\grp@aligned\@True -\newenvironment{dgroup}{% - \let\grp@hasNumber\@True\@optarg\@dgroup{}% -}{% - \end@dgroup -} -\newtoks\GRP@queue -\newenvironment{dgroup*}{% - \let\grp@hasNumber\@False\@optarg\@dgroup{}% -}{% - \end@dgroup -} -\def\@dgroup[#1]{% - \let\eq@group\@True \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True - \global\GRP@queue\@emptytoks \global\setbox\GRP@box\box\voidb@x - \global\let\GRP@label\@empty - \global\grp@wdL\z@\global\grp@wdR\z@\global\grp@wdT\z@ - \global\grp@linewidth\z@\global\grp@wdNum\z@ - \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False - \global\let\grp@aligned\@True - \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False - \eq@prelim - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \if\grp@hasNumber \grp@setnumber \fi -} -\def\end@dgroup{% - \EQ@displayinfo \grp@finish - \if\grp@hasNumber\grp@resetnumber\fi -} -\@ifundefined{c@parentequation}{\newcounter{parentequation}}{} -\global\let\GRP@label\@empty -\def\add@grp@label{% - \ifx\@empty\GRP@label - \else \GRP@label \global\let\GRP@label\@empty - \fi -} -\def\grp@setnumber{% - \global\let\GRP@label\next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty - % Trick \eq@setnumber to doing our work for us. - \let\eq@hasNumber\@True - \eq@setnumber - \global\sbox\GRP@numbox{\unhbox\EQ@numbox}% - \grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum - \let\eq@hasNumber\@False - \let\eq@number\@empty - \eq@wdNum\z@ - \protected@edef\theparentequation{\theequation}% - \setcounter{parentequation}{\value{equation}}% - \setcounter{equation}{0}% - \def\theequation{\theparentequation\alph{equation}}% -} -\def\grp@resetnumber{% - \setcounter{equation}{\value{parentequation}}% -} -\newbox\GRP@box -\newbox\GRP@wholebox -\def\grp@push{% - \global\GRP@queue\@xp\@xp\@xp{\@xp\the\@xp\GRP@queue - \@xp\@elt\@xp{\EQ@trial}% - }% - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \hbox{\box\EQ@box\box\EQ@copy\penalty\@ne\copy\EQ@numbox}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% - \EQ@trial - \if\eq@isIntertext\else - \ifdim\eq@wdL>\grp@wdL \global\grp@wdL\eq@wdL \fi - \ifdim\eq@wdT>\grp@wdT \global\grp@wdT\eq@wdT \fi - \setlength\dim@a{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdL}% - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@wdR \global\grp@wdR\dim@a \fi - \ifdim\eq@linewidth>\grp@linewidth \global\grp@linewidth\eq@linewidth\fi - \if\eq@hasNumber - \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@True - \ifdim\eq@wdNum>\grp@wdNum\global\grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum\fi - \fi - \if\EQ@hasLHS\else\global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi - \if D\eq@layout \global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi % Layout D (usually) puts rel on 2nd line. - \if\eq@shiftnumber\global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True\fi % One eq shifted forces all. - \fi -} -\def\grp@finish{% - \setlength\dim@a{\grp@wdL+\grp@wdR-4em}% Allowance for shrink? - \if\grp@aligned - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth - \global\let\grp@aligned\@False - \fi - \fi - \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdNum }% Effective length - \if\grp@shiftnumber - \else - \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not\grp@eqs@numbered} - \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth - \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True - \fi - \fi - \fi - \if\grp@aligned - \global\grp@wdT\grp@wdL - \global\advance\grp@wdT\grp@wdR - \fi - \setbox\GRP@wholebox\vbox{% - \let\@elt\eqgrp@elt - \the\GRP@queue - }% - \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True - \begingroup - \dmath@first@leftskip - \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% - \endgroup - \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not{\grp@eqs@numbered}}% - \if\grp@shiftnumber - \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M - \kern\eqlineskip - \else - \setlength\dim@a{% - (\ht\GRP@wholebox+\dp\GRP@wholebox+\ht\GRP@numbox-\dp\GRP@numbox)/2}% - \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\GRP@numbox}% - \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable - \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M - \kern-\dim@a - \kern-\abovedisplayskip % To cancel the topspace above the first eqn. - \fi - \fi - \unvbox\GRP@wholebox - \let\@elt\relax - \eq@botspace % not needed unless bottom number? -} -\def\eqgrp@elt#1{% - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \unvbox\GRP@box - \setbox\z@\lastbox - \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ - \ifnum\lastpenalty=\@ne - \else - \global\setbox\EQ@numbox\lastbox - \fi - \unpenalty - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\lastbox - }% - }% - \begingroup \let\eq@botspace\relax - #1% - \if\eq@isIntertext - \vskip\belowdisplayskip - \unvbox\EQ@copy - \else - \grp@override - \eq@finish - \fi - \endgroup -} -\def\grp@override{% - \def\eqindent{I}% - \setlength\dim@a{(\grp@linewidth-\grp@wdT)/2}% - \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi - \dim@b\if L\eqnumside\grp@wdNum\else\z@\fi - \if\grp@shiftnumber\else - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a\dim@a\dim@b\fi - \fi - \if\grp@aligned - \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdL-\eq@wdL}% - \fi - \mathindent\dim@a - \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a - \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True - \fi -} -\newskip\darraycolsep \darraycolsep 20pt plus1fil minus12pt -\newcount\cur@row \newcount\cur@col -\def\@tempa#1#2#3{% - \cur@col#1 \hfil - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \tabskip\z@skip - &\cur@col#2 \hfil - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle\mathord{}####\mathord{}\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \hfil - &\cur@col#3 \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box - \hfil\tabskip\darraycolsep -} -\xdef\darray@preamble{% - \@tempa 123&\@tempa 456&\@tempa 789% - &\@tempa{10}{11}{12}&\@tempa{13}{14}{15}&\@tempa{16}{17}{18}% - \cr -} -\@ifundefined{Mathstrut@}{\let\Mathstrut@\strut}{} -\def\darray@cr{\Mathstrut@\cr} -\def\col@box{% - \unhbox\z@ -} -\newenvironment{darray}{\@optarg\@darray{}}{} -\def\@darray[#1]{% - \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi - \global\let\@preamble\@empty - \setkeys{breqn}{#1}% - \the\eqstyle \eq@setnumber - \ifx\@preamble\@empty \global\let\@preamble\darray@preamble \fi - \check@mathfonts - % \let\check@mathfonts\relax % tempting, but too risky - \@xp\let\csname\string\ \endcsname\darray@cr - \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup - \everycr{\noalign{\global\advance\cur@row\@ne}}% - \tabskip\z@skip \cur@col\z@ - \global\cur@row\z@ - \penalty\@ne % flag for \dar@repack - \halign\@xp\bgroup\@preamble -} -\def\enddarray#1{\check@punct@or@qed} -\def\end@darray{% - \ifvmode\else \eq@addpunct \Mathstrut@\fi\crcr \egroup - \dar@capture - \egroup -} -\def\dar@capture{% -%% \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists - \eq@wdL\z@ \eq@wdRmax\z@ - \dar@repack -} -\def\dar@repack{% - \unpenalty - \setbox\tw@\lastbox - \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@box}% - \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{% - \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@copy}% - \unskip - \ifcase\lastpenalty \else\@xp\@gobble\fi - \dar@repack -} -\newskip\conditionsep \conditionsep=10pt minus5pt% -\newcommand{\conditionpunct}{,} -\newcommand\condition{% - \begingroup\@tempswatrue - \@ifstar{\@tempswafalse \condition@a}{\condition@a}} -\newcommand\condition@a[2][\conditionpunct]{% - \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip % BRM Added - \hbox{#1}% - \penalty -201\relax\hbox{}% Penalty to allow breaks here. - \hskip\conditionsep - \setbox\z@\if@tempswa\hbox{#2}\else\hbox{$\textmath@setup #2$}\fi - \usebox\z@ - \endgroup} -\newenvironment{XXXXdsuspend}{% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore - \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax - \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces -}{% - \par\egroup - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \vbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% - \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue - \@elt{\gdef\EQ@trial{}}% - }% -} -\newenvironment{dsuspend}{% - \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore - \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax - \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces -}{% - \par\egroup - \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{% - \hbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}% - \unvbox\GRP@box - }% - \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue - \@elt{\let\eq@isIntertext\@True}% - }% -} -\newcommand\breqn@intertext[1]{\dsuspend#1\enddsuspend} -\renewcommand{\*}{% - \if@display - \setbox\z@\hbox{\mathsurround\z@$\mkern\eq@binoffset$}% - \discretionary{}{% - \kern\the\wd\z@ \textchar\discretionarytimes - }{}% - \thinspace - \else - \discretionary{\thinspace\textchar\discretionarytimes}{}{}% - \fi -} -\newcommand{\discretionarytimes}{\times} -\def\nref#1{\@xp\@nref\csname r@#1\endcsname} -\def\@nref#1#2{\ifx\relax#1??\else \@xp\@firstoftwo#1\fi} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `breqn.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/cmbase.sym b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/cmbase.sym deleted file mode 100644 index 14904e3b029..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/cmbase.sym +++ /dev/null @@ -1,371 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `cmbase.sym', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flexisym.dtx (with options: `cmbase') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -%% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -%% -\ProvidesSymbols{cmbase}[2007/12/19 v0.92] -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OT1}{\hexnumber@\symoperators} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OML}{\hexnumber@\symletters} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMS}{\hexnumber@\symsymbols} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMX}{\hexnumber@\symlargesymbols} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@bin{\mg@OMS} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@del{\mg@OMX} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@digit{\exp_not:c{mg@OT1}} -\cs_gset:Npn\mg@latin{\mg@OML} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Latin\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@greek\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@digit -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@rel\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@ord\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@cop\mg@del -\DeclareFlexSymbol{!} {Pun}{OT1}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{+} {Bin}{OT1}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{:} {Rel}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\colon}{Pun}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{;} {Pun}{OT1}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{=} {Rel}{OT1}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{?} {Pun}{OT1}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Gamma} {Var}{Greek}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Delta} {Var}{Greek}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Theta} {Var}{Greek}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lambda} {Var}{Greek}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Xi} {Var}{Greek}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Pi} {Var}{Greek}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Sigma} {Var}{Greek}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Upsilon}{Var}{Greek}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Phi} {Var}{Greek}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Psi} {Var}{Greek}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Omega} {Var}{Greek}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{0}{Var}{digit}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{1}{Var}{digit}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{2}{Var}{digit}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{3}{Var}{digit}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{4}{Var}{digit}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{5}{Var}{digit}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{6}{Var}{digit}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{7}{Var}{digit}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{8}{Var}{digit}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{9}{Var}{digit}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{,}{Pun}{OML}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{.}{Ord}{OML}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{/}{Ord}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{<}{Rel}{OML}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{>}{Rel}{OML}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\alpha}{Var}{greek}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beta}{Var}{greek}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gamma}{Var}{greek}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\delta}{Var}{greek}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\epsilon}{Var}{greek}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\zeta}{Var}{greek}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eta}{Var}{greek}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\theta}{Var}{greek}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\iota}{Var}{greek}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\kappa}{Var}{greek}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lambda}{Var}{greek}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mu}{Var}{greek}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nu}{Var}{greek}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\xi}{Var}{greek}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pi}{Var}{greek}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rho}{Var}{greek}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sigma}{Var}{greek}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\tau}{Var}{greek}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upsilon}{Var}{greek}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\phi}{Var}{greek}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\chi}{Var}{greek}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\psi}{Var}{greek}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\omega}{Var}{greek}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varepsilon}{Var}{greek}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartheta}{Var}{greek}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpi}{Var}{greek}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varrho}{Var}{greek}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsigma}{Var}{greek}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varphi}{Var}{greek}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\imath}{Var}{OML}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\jmath}{Var}{OML}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ell}{Ord}{OML}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wp}{Ord}{OML}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\partial}{Ord}{OML}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\flat}{Ord}{OML}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\natural}{Ord}{OML}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sharp}{Ord}{OML}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleleft}{Bin}{OML}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleright}{Bin}{OML}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\star}{Bin}{OML}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smile}{Rel}{OML}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\frown}{Rel}{OML}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{a}{Var}{latin}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{b}{Var}{latin}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{c}{Var}{latin}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{d}{Var}{latin}{64} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{e}{Var}{latin}{65} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{f}{Var}{latin}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{g}{Var}{latin}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{h}{Var}{latin}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{i}{Var}{latin}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{j}{Var}{latin}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{k}{Var}{latin}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{l}{Var}{latin}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{m}{Var}{latin}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{n}{Var}{latin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{o}{Var}{latin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{p}{Var}{latin}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{q}{Var}{latin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{r}{Var}{latin}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{s}{Var}{latin}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{t}{Var}{latin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{u}{Var}{latin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{v}{Var}{latin}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{w}{Var}{latin}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{x}{Var}{latin}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{y}{Var}{latin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{z}{Var}{latin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{A}{Var}{Latin}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{B}{Var}{Latin}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{C}{Var}{Latin}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{D}{Var}{Latin}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{E}{Var}{Latin}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{F}{Var}{Latin}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{G}{Var}{Latin}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{H}{Var}{Latin}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{I}{Var}{Latin}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{J}{Var}{Latin}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{K}{Var}{Latin}{4B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{L}{Var}{Latin}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{M}{Var}{Latin}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{N}{Var}{Latin}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{O}{Var}{Latin}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{P}{Var}{Latin}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Q}{Var}{Latin}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{R}{Var}{Latin}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{S}{Var}{Latin}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{T}{Var}{Latin}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{U}{Var}{Latin}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{V}{Var}{Latin}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{W}{Var}{Latin}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{X}{Var}{Latin}{58} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Y}{Var}{Latin}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Z}{Var}{Latin}{5A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ldotPun}{Pun}{OML}{3A} -\def\ldotp{\ldotPun} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{*}{Bin}{bin}{03} % \ast -\DeclareFlexSymbol{-}{Bin}{bin}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{|}{Ord}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\aleph}{Ord}{ord}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Re}{Ord}{ord}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Im}{Ord}{ord}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\infty}{Ord}{ord}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prime}{Ord}{ord}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\emptyset}{Ord}{ord}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nabla}{Ord}{ord}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\top}{Ord}{ord}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bot}{Ord}{ord}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangle}{Ord}{ord}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\forall}{Ord}{ord}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\exists}{Ord}{ord}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\neg}{Ord}{ord}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\clubsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamondsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\heartsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\spadesuit}{Ord}{ord}{7F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallint}{COs}{OMS}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangleup}{Bin}{bin}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangledown}{Bin}{bin}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wedge}{Bin}{bin}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vee}{Bin}{bin}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cap}{Bin}{bin}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cup}{Bin}{bin}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ddagger}{Bin}{bin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dagger}{Bin}{bin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcap}{Bin}{bin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcup}{Bin}{bin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\uplus}{Bin}{bin}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\amalg}{Bin}{bin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamond}{Bin}{bin}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bullet}{Bin}{bin}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wr}{Bin}{bin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\div}{Bin}{bin}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\odot}{Bin}{bin}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oslash}{Bin}{bin}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\otimes}{Bin}{bin}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ominus}{Bin}{bin}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oplus}{Bin}{bin}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mp}{Bin}{bin}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pm}{Bin}{bin}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circ}{Bin}{bin}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcirc}{Bin}{bin}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\setminus}{Bin}{bin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdot}{Bin}{bin}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ast}{Bin}{bin}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\times}{Bin}{bin}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\propto}{Rel}{rel}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubseteq}{Rel}{rel}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupseteq}{Rel}{rel}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\parallel}{Rel}{rel}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mid}{Rel}{rel}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dashv}{Rel}{rel}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vdash}{Rel}{rel}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nearrow}{Rel}{rel}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\searrow}{Rel}{rel}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nwarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\swarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leq}{Rel}{rel}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geq}{Rel}{rel}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succ}{Rel}{rel}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prec}{Rel}{rel}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approx}{Rel}{rel}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succeq}{Rel}{rel}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preceq}{Rel}{rel}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supset}{Rel}{rel}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subset}{Rel}{rel}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteq}{Rel}{rel}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteq}{Rel}{rel}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\in}{Rel}{rel}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ni}{Rel}{rel}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gg}{Rel}{rel}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ll}{Rel}{rel}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sim}{Rel}{rel}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\simeq}{Rel}{rel}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\perp}{Rel}{rel}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\equiv}{Rel}{rel}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\asymp}{Rel}{rel}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\notRel}{Rel}{rel}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mapstoOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdotOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{01} -\cs_set:Npn\cdotp{\mathpunct{\cdotOrd}} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\coprod}{COs}{cop}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigvee}{COs}{cop}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigwedge}{COs}{cop}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\biguplus}{COs}{cop}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcap}{COs}{cop}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcup}{COs}{cop}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\int}{COi}{cop}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prod}{COs}{cop}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sum}{COs}{cop}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigotimes}{COs}{cop}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigoplus}{COs}{cop}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigodot}{COs}{cop}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oint}{COi}{cop}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigsqcup}{COs}{cop}{46} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rangle}{DeR}{del}{0B}{OMS}{69} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\langle}{DeL}{del}{0A}{OMS}{68} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rbrace}{DeR}{del}{09}{OMS}{67} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lbrace}{DeL}{del}{08}{OMS}{66} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rceil}{DeR}{del}{07}{OMS}{65} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lceil}{DeL}{del}{06}{OMS}{64} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rfloor}{DeR}{del}{05}{OMS}{63} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lfloor}{DeL}{del}{04}{OMS}{62} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{(}{DeL}{del}{00}{OT1}{28} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{)}{DeR}{del}{01}{OT1}{29} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{[}{DeL}{del}{02}{OT1}{5B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{]}{DeR}{del}{03}{OT1}{5D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lVert}{DeL}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rVert}{DeR}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lvert}{DeL}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rvert}{DeR}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Vert}{DeB}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\vert}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{|}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{/}{DeB}{del}{0E}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lmoustache}{DeL}{del}{40}{del}{7A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rmoustache}{DeR}{del}{41}{del}{7B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lgroup}{DeL}{del}{3A}{del}{3A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rgroup}{DeR}{del}{3B}{del}{3B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\bracevert}{DeB}{del}{3E}{del}{3E} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\uparrow}{DeA}{del}{78}{OMS}{22} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\downarrow}{DeA}{del}{79}{OMS}{23} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{3F}{OMS}{6C} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Uparrow}{DeA}{del}{7E}{OMS}{2A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Downarrow}{DeA}{del}{7F}{OMS}{2B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{77}{OMS}{6D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\backslash}{DeB}{del}{0F}{OMS}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbarOrd}{Ord}{OT1}{16} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hbar}{Ord}{\hbarOrd\mkern-9mu h} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\surdOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{70} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\surd}{Ord}{\mathop{\surdOrd}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\angle}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\ialign{% - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr - \notRel\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip}% - \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule \@height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr - }}% -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\neq}{Rel}{\not{=}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\mapsto}{Rel}{\mapstoOrd\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cong}{Rel}{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim} -\providecommand*\joinord{} -\renewcommand*\joinord{\mkern-3mu } -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\notin}{Rel}{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{\mathpalette\rlh@{}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\doteq}{Rel}{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookrightarrow}{Rel}{\lhookRel\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rhookRel} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\bowtie}{Rel}{\triangleright\joinord\triangleleft} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\models}{Rel}{\vert\joinord=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longrightarrow}{Rel}{\Relbar\joinord\Rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longrightarrow}{Rel}{\relbar\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longmapsto}{Rel}{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Rightarrow} -\renewcommand*\iff{% - \mskip\thickmuskip\Longleftrightarrow\mskip\thickmuskip -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cdots}{Inn}{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}% -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\vdots}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ - \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\ddots}{Inn}{% - \mkern1mu\raise7\p@ - \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu% - \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu% -} -\def\relbar{\begingroup \def\smash@{tb}% in case amsmath is loaded - \mathpalette\mathsm@sh{\mathchar"200 }\endgroup} -\def\Relbar{\mathchar"3D } -\ExplSyntaxOff -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `cmbase.sym'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/empheq.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/empheq.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 7b0a0cf5956..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/empheq.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1390 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `empheq.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% empheq.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2002-2007 by Morten Hoegholm -%% Copyright (C) 2012 by Lars Madsen -%% -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file empheq.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% empheq.sty, empheq.pdf, empheq.ins, empheq.drv. -%% -\ProvidesPackage{empheq}% - [2013/02/12 v2.13 Emphasizing equations] -\RequirePackage{mhsetup}[2004/10/10] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\MH_new_boolean:n {overload_ams} -\DeclareOption{overload}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_ams} -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {overload_amsII} -\DeclareOption{overload2}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_ams} - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {overload_amsII} -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {good_mult} -\DeclareOption{oldmultline}{\MH_set_boolean_F:n {good_mult}} -\DeclareOption{newmultline}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {good_mult}} -\gdef\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool{01} -\DeclareOption{ntheorem}{\gdef\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool{00}} -\DeclareOption*{ - \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{mathtools} -} -\ExecuteOptions{newmultline} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\RequirePackage{mathtools}[2004/10/10] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -\newcount\l_EQ_equationtype_int -\newcount\l_EQ_alignmentmode_int -\if@fleqn - \iftagsleft@ - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=4 - \else: - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\thr@@ - \fi: -\else: - \iftagsleft@ - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\tw@ - \else: - \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int=\@ne - \fi: -\fi: -\newdimen\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim -\newdimen\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim -\def\EmphEqdisplaywidth{\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim} -\newdimen\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim -\newdimen\EmphEqdelimitershortfall -\newcount\EmphEqdelimiterfactor -\EmphEqdelimiterfactor950 -\EmphEqdelimitershortfall\p@ -\newdimen\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim -\newdimen\g_EQ_widesttag_dim -\def\EmphEqtagwidth{\g_EQ_widesttag_dim} -\def\EQ_outerbox:{} -\def\EQ_innerbox:{} -\def\EQ_left_side:{} -\def\EQ_right_side:{} -\newsavebox\EQ_mathdisplay_box -\def\EmphEqdisplayheight{\ht\EQ_mathdisplay_box} -\def\EmphEqdisplaydepth{\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box} -\newsavebox\EQ_tag_box -\def\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{} -\def\EQ_getbody:n #1{% - \def\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{}\def\EQ_mathbody:{#1}} -\newenvironment{EmphEqMainEnv}{\collect@body\EQ_getbody:n}{% - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=\z@ %ZeroCheckpoint - \EQ_upgrade_error: - \else: - \EQ_post_process: - \ignorespacesafterend - \fi:} -\def\EQ_post_process:{% - \EQ_initialize: - \EQ_begin_equation: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {outer_mult}{ - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - firstline-afterskip=0pt, - lastline-preskip=0pt, - multlined-width=0pt, - } - \ifodd \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{multlined-pos=b} - \else: - \setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{multlined-pos=t} - \fi: - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{ - \begin{MTmultlined}\relax} - } - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:\EQ_mathbody: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {outer_mult}{ - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:{\end{MTmultlined}} - } - \EQ_end_equation: - \edef\EQ_hyperref_link_fint{\number\Hy@linkcounter} - \savecounters@ - \EQ_typeset_tags: - \edef\l_EQ_equation_fint{\number\c@equation} - \restorecounters@ - \Hy@linkcounter=\EQ_hyperref_link_fint - \settowidth\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim{% - $\EQ_left_side:\EQ_innerbox:{}\EQ_right_side:$}% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {outer_mult} - { \def\EQ_next:{_mult} } - { \def\EQ_next:{} } - \@nameuse{EQ_modify_linewidth_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :}% - \EQ_typeset_display: - \@nameuse{find_displaywidth_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :} - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_totalwidth_dim{\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim} - \savebox\EQ_mathdisplay_box[\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim][c]{% - $\EQ_left_side: - \EQ_innerbox:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int\or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][c] - {\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][c] - {\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][l]{% - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=5 \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=6 \else: - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \or: - \makebox[\l_EQ_displaywidth_dim][l]{% - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=5 \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=6 \else: - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}% - \fi:}% - \EQ_right_side:$}% - \begin{AmSequation*} - \@nameuse{EQ_place_display_ - \romannumeral\l_EQ_equationtype_int\EQ_next: :} - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_manual_tags} - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N r %#1 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N l %#2 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N r %#3 - \or: \EQ_place_tag:N l %#4 - \fi: - \fi: - \end{AmSequation*} - \global\c@equation=\l_EQ_equation_fint\relax -} -\def\EQ_initialize:{% - \m@th - \MH_let:NwN\SetTagPlusEndMark\EQ_tag_plus_endmark: - \MH_let:NwN\SetOnlyEndMark\EQ_only_endmark: - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim\linewidth - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim\z@ - \g_EQ_widesttag_dim\z@ - \xdef\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\z@} - \edef\EQ_restore_tex_delimiter:{% - \delimiterfactor\the\delimiterfactor - \delimitershortfall\the\delimitershortfall\relax}% - \g@addto@macro\EQ_complete_mathdisplay: - \EQ_restore_tex_delimiter: - \delimitershortfall\EmphEqdelimitershortfall - \delimiterfactor\EmphEqdelimiterfactor - \MH_let:NwN\intertext@\EQ_intertext: - \EQ_displaybreak:} -\def\EQ_intertext:{% - \def\intertext##1{\PackageError{empheq}{% - You~cannot~use~\string\intertext\space inside~the~`empheq' - \MessageBreak - environment,~as~`empheq'~creates~an~unbreakable~box}\@eha}} -\def\EQ_displaybreak:{% - \def\dspbrk@[##1]{\PackageWarning{empheq}{% - You~cannot~use~\string\displaybreak\space inside~the~`empheq'% - \MessageBreak - environment,~as~`empheq'~creates~an~unbreakable~box.}}} -\def\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn #1#2#3{% - \define@key{#1}{#2}[true]{% - \l_EQ_equationtype_int=#3\relax - \def\EQ_begin_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\begin{#2}}}% - \def\EQ_end_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\end{#2}}}}} -\def\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn #1#2#3{% - \define@key{#1}{#2}{% - \l_EQ_equationtype_int=#3\relax - \def\EQ_begin_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\begin{#2}{##1}}}% - \def\EQ_end_equation: - {\g@addto@macro{\EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}{\end{#2}}}}} -\def\EQ_typeset_tags:{% - \sbox\EQ_tag_box{% - \parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \hbadness\@M - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \EQ_typeset_tags_hook: - \MH_let:NwN\set@gather@field\EQ_set_gather_field: - \MH_let:NwN\set@field\EQ_set_align_field: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {continue_measuring} - \global\g_EQ_temprow_int\m@ne - \MH_let:NwN \EQ_saved_maketag:n \maketag@@@ - \def\maketag@@@##1{ - \EQ_maketag:Nn \EQ_saved_maketag:n {##1}} - \EQ_complete_mathdisplay:}}} -\def\EQ_predisplay_adjustment:{% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\baselineskip - \vskip\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \vskip-\baselineskip - \else: - \vskip-\normallineskip - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\baselineskip - \vskip-\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim - \vskip\baselineskip - \vskip-\normallineskip - \fi: - \fi:} -\def\EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:{% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\dp\strutbox - \vskip\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \vskip-\dp\strutbox - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\dp\strutbox - \vskip-\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim - \vskip\dp\strutbox - \fi: - \fi:} -\def\EQ_typeset_display:{% - \sbox\EQ_mathdisplay_box{% - \parbox{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \EQ_typeset_display_hook: - \def\maketag@@@##1{\EQ_maketag:Nn \vphantom{##1}}% - \EQ_complete_mathdisplay: - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}} -\def\EQ_prevent_vertical_space:{% - \nointerlineskip - \abovedisplayskip\z@ \belowdisplayskip\z@\relax} -\def\EQ_maketag:Nn #1#2{% - \setboxz@h{#2}% - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \global \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim = \ht\z@ - \fi: - \global \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim=\dp\z@ - \xdef\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\number\row@} - \@tempdima=\wd\z@ - \if_dim:w \@tempdima > \g_EQ_widesttag_dim - \global \g_EQ_widesttag_dim = \@tempdima - \fi: - #1{#2}% -} -\def\EQ_set_gather_field:{% - \iftagsleft@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \else: - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \kern\eqnshift@ - %\boxz@ % Original amsmath version - \EQ_measure_gather: - \phantom{\boxz@}% - \hfil} -\def\EQ_measure_gather:{% - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim=\ht\z@ - \fi: - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\dp\z@ - \global\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} -\def\EQ_set_align_field:{% - \column@plus - \iftagsleft@ - \if_dim:w \ht\z@>\lineht@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \fi: - \else: - \if_dim:w \dp\z@>\lineht@ - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \fi: - %\boxz@ % Original amsmath version - \MH_if_boolean:nT {continue_measuring}{ \EQ_measure_align: } - \phantom{\boxz@}} -\newcount\g_EQ_temprow_int -\MH_new_boolean:n {still_in_samerow} -\MH_new_boolean:n {continue_measuring} -\def\EQ_measure_align:{% - \if_num:w \g_EQ_temprow_int=\row@ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {still_in_samerow} - \else: - \if_num:w \g_EQ_temprow_int>\row@ - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {continue_measuring} - \fi: - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {still_in_samerow} - \global\@tempdimc=\@tempdimb - \global\@tempdimb=\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {continue_measuring}{ - \global\g_EQ_temprow_int=\row@ - \@tempcnta=\row@ - \if_num:w \@tempcnta=\z@ - \@tempdima=\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim=\ht\z@\relax - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\@tempdima - \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\@tempdima - \fi: - \fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {still_in_samerow}{ - \@tempdima=\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\dp\z@\relax - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\@tempdima - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\@tempdima - \fi: - }{ - \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\dp\z@\relax - } - }{ - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim=\@tempdimc - } - \global\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \global\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} -\def\EQ_place_tag:N #1{% - \tag*{\makebox[\g_EQ_widesttag_dim][#1]{% - \EQ_vertical_tag_adjustment:n {\usebox{\EQ_tag_box}}}}} -\def\EQ_vertical_tag_adjustment:n #1{{% - \@tempdima\z@\@tempdimb\z@ - \@tempdimc=\dp\strutbox - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toprow_height_dim<\baselineskip - \MH_setlength:dn - \@tempdima{\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim-\baselineskip} - \else: - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{-\normallineskip} - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\g_EQ_toprow_height_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_toptag_height_dim>\baselineskip - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdima - {-\g_EQ_toptag_height_dim+\baselineskip-\normallineskip} - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim<\@tempdimc - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdimb - {\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim-\@tempdimc} - \fi: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim>\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim<\@tempdimc - \else: - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdimb - {-\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim+\@tempdimc} - \fi: - \fi: - \raisebox{-0.5\@tempdima+0.5\@tempdimb}{#1}}}% -\def\EQ_use_mathdisplay:{% - \EQ_outerbox:{\usebox{\EQ_mathdisplay_box}}} -\def\EQ_options_name:{EmphEqOpt} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{equation}{gather} - {\EQ_disable_linebreak:} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{equation*}{gather*} - {\EQ_disable_linebreak:} -\def\EQ_disable_linebreak:{% - \MH_let:NwN \EQ_saved_Let: \Let@ - \def\Let@{\def\\{% - \PackageError{empheq}{You~ cannot~ use~ \string\\~ in~ equation!} - {\@eha}} - \MH_let:NwN \Let@ \EQ_saved_Let: - }% -} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align}{1} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align*}{2} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_i:{% - \if_num:w \maxfields@=\tw@ - \else: - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \fi:} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_ii:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_i:} -\def\find_displaywidth_i:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim - {\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim-\alignsep@} - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\alignsep@}% - \or: % #2: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\alignsep@}% - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_ii:{\find_displaywidth_i:} -\def\EQ_place_display_i: {\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_ii:{\EQ_place_display_i:} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather}{3} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather*}{4} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii:{} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iv:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iii:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int \or: \or: % #1 & #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iv:{\find_displaywidth_iii:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iii:{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iv: {\EQ_place_display_iii:} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline} - {flalign}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline*} - {flalign*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} -\MH_new_boolean:n {multline} -\def\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{% - -\@mathmargin-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\multlinetaggap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \fi: -} -\def\EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int\or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-2\multlinegap} - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-2\multlinegap} - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \or: - \MH_addtolength:dn - \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim{-\@mathmargin-\multlinegap}% - \fi: -} -\MH_let:NwN \MTmultlined \multlined -\MH_let:NwN \endMTmultlined \endmultlined -\MH_if_boolean:nTF {good_mult}{ -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline}{gather} - {\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} -\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{multline*}{gather*} - {\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii_mult:{ - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag: - \else: - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag: - \fi: - \MH_setlength:dn \l_MT_multwidth_dim{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim} -} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_iv_mult:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_iii_mult:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iii_mult:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int \or: \or: % #1 & #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_iv_mult:{\find_displaywidth_iii_mult:} -\def\EQ_place_display_iii_mult:{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \abovedisplayshortskip=\abovedisplayskip - \rlap{ - \kern-.5\linewidth - \kern\multlinegap - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #2: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \llap{ - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern-.5\linewidth - \kern\multlinegap - }% - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #3: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \or: % #4: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: -} -\def\EQ_place_display_iv_mult: {\EQ_place_display_iii_mult:} -}{ -\def\EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5{% - \hskip1sp#2#3{{}#5}#4% - \if:w *#1\relax\else:\notag\fi:} -\def\multleft{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n} - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{}{\mathrlap}{&&&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n}% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{}{\mathrlap}{&&&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}}% -\def\multcenter{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_center:n}% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{&&}{\mathclap}{&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_center:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{&&}{\mathclap}{&&&}} - } - \EQ_next:}}% -\def\multright{\@ifstar{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {*}{&&&&&}{\mathllap}{}} - } - \EQ_next:}{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \def\EQ_next:{ - \EQ_generic_multline:nnnnn {}{&&&&&}{\mathllap}{}} - } - \EQ_next:}} -\def\multfirst{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_left:n }% - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft}% - \or: % #2: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft*}% - \or: % #3: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft}% - \or: % #4: - \def\EQ_next:{\multleft*}% - \fi: - } - \EQ_next:} -\def\multmiddle{% - \def\EQ_next:{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \expandafter\EQ_multlined_center:n - }{ - \expandafter\multcenter - } - }% - \@ifstar{\EQ_next:}{\EQ_next:}} -\def\multlast{% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multlined}{ - \def\EQ_next:{\EQ_multlined_right:n }% - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright*}% - \or: % #2: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright}% - \or: % #3: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright*}% - \or: % #4: - \def\EQ_next:{\multright}% - \fi: - } - \EQ_next:} -\MH_new_boolean:n {multlined} -\newdimen\multlinedwidth -\MH_setlength:dn \multlinedwidth{.7\linewidth} -\renewenvironment{multlined}% - {\MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn [ {\EQ_multlined_I:w} - {\EQ_multlined_I:w[c]} - } - { \endaligned } -\def\EQ_multlined_I:w[#1]{% - \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn[ {\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1]} - {\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1][\multlinedwidth]}} -\def\EQ_multlined_II:w[#1][#2]{% - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {multlined} - \MH_let:NwN \Let@\MT_saved_Let: - \if:w t#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \if:w b#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \if:w c#1\relax \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#1}{#2}% - \else: - \EQ_multlined_III:nn {#2}{#1}% - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \EQ_next:} -\def\EQ_multlined_III:nn #1#2{% - \def\EQ_next:{\setlength\multlinedwidth{#2}% - \start@aligned{#1}{\thr@@}}} -\def\EQ_multlined_left:n #1{% - \mathrlap{#1}&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&} -\def\EQ_multlined_center:n #1{% - &\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\mathclap{#1}\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&} -\def\EQ_multlined_right:n #1{% - &\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\hskip.5\multlinedwidth&&\mathllap{#1}} -} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign}{5} -\EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign*}{6} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_v:{% - \setlength{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}{% - \linewidth-\l_EQ_totalwidth_dim-\widthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}% - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_tag: - }{ - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep} - \or: % #2: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep}% - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\g_EQ_widesttag_dim-\mintagsep} - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim - {-\@mathmargin} - \fi: - } - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {multline}{ - \EQ_multline_modify_linewidth_notag: - } - \fi:} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_vi:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_v:} -\def\find_displaywidth_v:{% - \MH_setlength:dn - \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\l_EQ_temp_linewidth_dim}} -\def\find_displaywidth_vi:{\find_displaywidth_v:} -\def\EQ_place_display_v:{% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \rlap{\kern\multlinegap \kern-.5\linewidth - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern-\mintagsep \kern\multlinetaggap}% - }{ - \rlap{\kern-.5\linewidth\EQ_use_mathdisplay:}% - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #2: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {multline}{ - \llap{\kern-\mintagsep \kern\multlinetaggap - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \kern\multlinegap \kern-.5\linewidth}% - }{ - \llap{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:\kern-.5\linewidth}% - } - \else: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \or: % #3: - \MH_if_boolean:nF {multline}{ \kern-\multlinetaggap } - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \or: % #4: - \if_dim:w \g_EQ_widesttag_dim>\z@ - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nF {multline}{ \kern-\@mathmargin } - \fi: - \EQ_use_mathdisplay: - \fi: - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {multline}} -\def\EQ_place_display_vi:{\EQ_place_display_v:} -\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat}{7} -\EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat*}{8} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_vii:{} -\def\EQ_modify_linewidth_viii:{\EQ_modify_linewidth_vii:} -\def\find_displaywidth_vii:{% - \MH_setlength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{\totwidth@}% - \if_case:w \l_EQ_alignmentmode_int - \or: % #1: - \or: % #2: - \or: % #3: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\eqnshift@}% - \or: % #4: - \MH_addtolength:dn \l_EQ_displaywidth_dim{-\@mathmargin}% - \fi:} -\def\find_displaywidth_viii:{\find_displaywidth_vii:} -\def\EQ_place_display_vii:{\EQ_use_mathdisplay:} -\def\EQ_place_display_viii:{\EQ_place_display_vii:} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{box}{\def\EQ_outerbox:{#1}} -\MH_keyval_alias:nnn {\EQ_options_name:}{outerbox}{box} -\def\EQ_marginbox:nn #1#2{% - \settowidth{\@tempdima}{#2}% - \makebox[\z@]{\hspace{\@tempdima}#1{#2}}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{marginbox}{% - \def\EQ_outerbox:{\EQ_marginbox:nn {#1}}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{innerbox}{\def\EQ_innerbox:{#1}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{left}{\def\EQ_left_side:{#1}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{right}{\def\EQ_right_side:{#1}} -\newcommand*\empheqset[1]{\setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1}} -\def\EQ_upgrade_error:{% - \PackageError{empheq} - {You~ are~ using~ the~ old~ syntax!\MessageBreak - The~ `empheq'~ environment~ takes~ a~ mandatory~ - argument~ now.\MessageBreak - You~ need~ to~ exit~ and~ change~ your~ source~ file.} - {It~ won't~ work,~ trust me.~ Press~ `X'~ now.}} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{boxtype}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{Left}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -\define@key{\EQ_options_name:}{Right}{\EQ_upgrade_error:} -\let\empheqeqrefbase\textup -\newenvironment{empheq}[2][]{% - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{#2}\setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1}% - \EmphEqMainEnv}{\endEmphEqMainEnv} -\newcommand*\DeclareLeftDelimiter[2][]{% - \EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{}{}% - \EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{big}{\EQ_innerbox:}} -\def\EQ_declare_left_delimiter:nnnn #1#2#3#4{% - \@namedef{empheq#3\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}{% - \left#2% - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \vphantom{#4{\parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \usebox{\EQ_tag_box}% - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}}% - \right.% - \kern-\nulldelimiterspace #1}} -\newcommand*\DeclareRightDelimiter[2][]{% - \EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{}{}% - \EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn {#1}{#2}{big}{\EQ_innerbox:}} -\def\EQ_declare_right_delimiter:nnnn #1#2#3#4{% - \@namedef{empheq#3\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}{% - \kern-\nulldelimiterspace - #1% - \left.% - \vphantom{#4{\parbox{.5\maxdimen}{% - \EQ_predisplay_adjustment: - \EQ_prevent_vertical_space: - \usebox{\EQ_tag_box}% - \EQ_postdisplay_adjustment:}}}% - \mkern-\thinmuskip - \right#2}} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lbrace} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rbrace} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lbrack} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rbrack} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\langle} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rangle} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lvert} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rvert} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lVert} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rVert} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lfloor} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rfloor} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lceil} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rceil} -\DeclareLeftDelimiter{\lparen} -\DeclareRightDelimiter{\rparen} -\def\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{} -\def\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \def\SK@@label#1>#2\SK@{} -} -\@namedef{SK@AmSequation} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSequation*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalign} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalign*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalignat} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSalignat*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSgather} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSgather*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSmultline} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSmultline*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSflalign} {\SK@equationtrue} -\@namedef{SK@AmSflalign*} {\SK@equationtrue} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \@ifundefined{Hy@linkcounter}{\newcount\Hy@linkcounter}{} -} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN \hyper@refstepcounter\@gobble -} - \g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \let\NCC@ignorepar\relax - } - \g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{ - \let\NCC@ignorepar\relax - } -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_tags_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\TagsPlusEndmarks\relax - \MH_let:NwN\RestoreTags\relax -} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\TagsPlusEndmarks\relax - \MH_let:NwN\RestoreTags\relax -} -\g@addto@macro\EQ_typeset_display_hook:{ - \MH_let:NwN\ltx@label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \MH_let:NwN \GenericError \@gobblefour -} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifpackageloaded{fancybox}{% - \@ifpackageloaded{color}{\definecolor{shadowcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}}% - {\newcommand*\textcolor[2]{\normalcolor{#2}}}% - \MH_new_boolean:n {shadowbox_star} - \renewcommand*\shadowbox{% - \@ifstar{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {shadowbox_star} - \VerbBox\EQ_shadowbox:n} - {\MH_set_boolean_F:n {shadowbox_star} - \VerbBox\EQ_shadowbox:n}} - \def\EQ_shadowbox:n #1{% - \sbox{\z@}{\fbox{#1}}% - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {shadowbox_star}{ - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{\z@}% - }{ - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{\dp\z@+\shadowsize}% - } - \raisebox{\@tempdima}{% - \makebox[\z@][l]{% - \kern\shadowsize \textcolor{shadowcolor}{% - \rule[-\dp\z@-\shadowsize]{\wd\z@}{\shadowsize}}% - }% - \usebox\z@\textcolor{shadowcolor}{% - \rule[-\dp\z@-\shadowsize]{\shadowsize}{\ht\z@+\dp\z@}}}}% - }{}% -} -\def\EQ_overload_ams_begin:n #1{% - \MH_let:cc {AmS#1}{#1}% - \MH_let:cc {AmS#1*}{#1*} -} -\def\EQ_overload_ams_end:n #1{% - \MH_let:cc {endAmS#1}{endAmSalign} -} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {equation} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSequation}{endequation} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSequation*}{endequation*} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {overload_ams}{ - \def\EQ_renew_ams_environment:n #1{% - \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \renewenvironment{#1}[1][]{% - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{####1}}}} - \setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{##1}% - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmS#1}% - \EmphEqMainEnv - }{\endEmphEqMainEnv} - \MHPrecedingSpacesOn - } - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalign} {1} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalign*} {2} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSgather} {3} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSgather*} {4} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSflalign} {5} - \EQ_new_equationtype:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSflalign*}{6} - \EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat} {7} - \EQ_new_equationtype_arg:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat*}{8} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {gather} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSgather}{endgather} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSgather*}{endAmSgather} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {gather} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {gather*} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {equation} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv} {AmSequation} - {AmSgather}{\EQ_disable_linebreak:} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSequation*} - {AmSgather*}{\EQ_disable_linebreak:} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {equation} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {equation*} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {align} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSalign}{endalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {align*} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {align} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {align*} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {flalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {flalign} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {flalign*} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {flalign} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {flalign*} - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {alignat} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {alignat} - \EQ_overload_ams_end:n {alignat*} - \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \newcommand*\EQ_alignat_optional:w [1][]{ - \setkeys{\EQ_options_name:}{#1} - \EmphEqMainEnv} - \MHPrecedingSpacesOn - \renewenvironment{alignat}[1]{ - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat=#1} - \EQ_alignat_optional:w} - {\endEmphEqMainEnv} - \renewenvironment{alignat*}[1]{% - \MH_let:NwN\EQ_saved_maketag: \maketag@@@% - \renewcommand\eqref[1]{\empheqeqrefbase{% - \let\maketag@@@\EQ_saved_maketag:% - \tagform@{\ref{##1}}}} - \setkeys{EmphEqEnv}{AmSalignat*=#1}% - \EQ_alignat_optional:w}% - {\endEmphEqMainEnv} - \DeclareRobustCommand{\[}{\begin{AmSequation*}} - \DeclareRobustCommand{\]}{\end{AmSequation*}} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather} {AmSgather} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{gather*} {AmSgather*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align} {AmSalign} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{align*} {AmSalign*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign} {AmSflalign} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{flalign*}{AmSflalign*} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat} {AmSalignat} - \MH_keyval_alias:nnn {EmphEqEnv}{alignat*}{AmSalignat*} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {good_mult}{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {multline} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSmultline}{endmultline} - \MH_let:cc {endAmSmultline*}{endAmSmultline} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline} - {AmSgather}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline*} - {AmSgather*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {outer_mult}} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline*} - } - \MH_if_boolean:nT {overload_amsII}{ - \MH_protected:\def\[#1\]{\begin{equation*} #1\end{equation*}} - \MH_if_boolean:nF {good_mult}{ - \EQ_overload_ams_begin:n {multline} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline} - {AmSflalign}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {EmphEqEnv}{AmSmultline*} - {AmSflalign*}{\MH_set_boolean_T:n {multline}} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline} - \EQ_renew_ams_environment:n {multline*} - } - } - } -} -\if\g@EQ@ntheorem@support@bool -\else - \expandafter\endinput -\fi -\def\default_raisetag:{\nobreak} -\def\raisetag#1{ - \skip@#1\relax - \xdef\raise@tag{\default_raisetag: - \vskip\iftagsleft@\else:-\fi:\the\skip@\relax}} -\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: -\def\displ@y@{\@display@init{% - \global\column@\z@ \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne - \global\tag@false \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: -}} -\def\MT_gobblelabel:w #1{\@ifnextchar[{\EQ_gobbleoptional:w}{}} -\def\EQ_gobbleoptional:w [#1]{} -\def\gmeasure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true - \totwidth@\z@ - \global\MH_let:NwN\tag@lengths\@empty - \savecounters@ - \setbox\@ne\vbox{% - \everycr{\noalign{\global\tag@false - \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \global\column@\z@}}% - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \halign{% - \setboxz@h{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$}% - \if_dim:w \wdz@>\totwidth@ - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \fi: - &\setboxz@h{\strut@{##}}% - \savetaglength@ - \crcr - #1% - \math@cr@@@ - }% - }% - \restorecounters@ - \if@fleqn - \global\advance\totwidth@\@mathmargin - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ - \if_dim:w \totwidth@>\displaywidth - \global\MH_let:NwN\gdisplaywidth@\totwidth@ - \else: - \global\MH_let:NwN\gdisplaywidth@\displaywidth - \fi: - \fi: - \endgroup -} -\def\measure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \global\alignsep@\z@ - \global\MH_let:NwN\tag@lengths\@empty - \global\MH_let:NwN\field@lengths\@empty - \savecounters@ - \global\setbox0\vbox{% - \MH_let:NwN\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align@measure - \everycr{\noalign{\global\tag@false - \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \global\column@\z@}}% - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \global\row@\z@ - \tabskip\z@ - \halign{\span\align@preamble\crcr - #1% - \math@cr@@@ - \global\column@\z@ - \add@amps\maxfields@\cr - }% - }% - \restorecounters@ - \ifodd\maxfields@ - \global\advance\maxfields@\@ne - \fi: - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \if_num:w \maxfields@<\thr@@ - \MH_let:NwN\xatlevel@\z@ - \fi: - \fi: - \setbox\z@\vbox{% - \unvbox\z@ \unpenalty \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox - }% - \global\totwidth@\wd\@ne - \if@fleqn \global\advance\totwidth@\@mathmargin \fi: - \global\MH_let:NwN\maxcolumn@widths\@empty - \begingroup - \MH_let:NwN\or:\relax - \loop - \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{% - \unhbox\@ne \unskip \global\setbox\thr@@\lastbox - }% - \ifhbox\thr@@ - \xdef\maxcolumn@widths{ \or: \the\wd\thr@@ \maxcolumn@widths}% - \repeat - \endgroup - \dimen@\displaywidth - \advance\dimen@-\totwidth@ - \if_case:w \xatlevel@ - \global\alignsep@\z@ - \MH_let:NwN\minalignsep\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \if@fleqn - \@tempcnta\@ne - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin - \else: - \@tempcnta\tw@ - \global\eqnshift@\dimen@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\@tempcnta - \fi: - \or: - \@tempcntb\maxfields@ - \divide\@tempcntb\tw@ - \@tempcnta\@tempcntb - \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne - \if@fleqn - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin - \global\alignsep@\dimen@ - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcnta - \else: - \global\advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \global\eqnshift@\dimen@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\@tempcnta - \global\alignsep@\eqnshift@ - \fi: - \or: - \@tempcntb\maxfields@ - \divide\@tempcntb\tw@ - \global\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne - \global\@tempcnta\@tempcntb - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \global\alignsep@\dimen@ - \if@fleqn - \global\advance\alignsep@\@mathmargin\relax - \fi: - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcntb - \fi: - \if_dim:w \alignsep@<\minalignsep\relax - \global\alignsep@\minalignsep\relax - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@>\z@ - \if@fleqn\else: - \global\eqnshift@\displaywidth - \global\advance\eqnshift@-\totwidth@ - \global\advance\eqnshift@-\@tempcntb\alignsep@ - \global\divide\eqnshift@\tw@ - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@<\z@ - \global\eqnshift@\z@ - \fi: - \calc@shift@align - \global\tagshift@\totwidth@ - \global\advance\tagshift@\@tempcntb\alignsep@ - \if@fleqn - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \global\advance\tagshift@-\@mathmargin\relax - \fi: - \else: - \global\advance\tagshift@\eqnshift@ - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ \else: - \global\advance\tagshift@-\displaywidth - \fi: - \dimen@\minalignsep\relax - \global\advance\totwidth@\@tempcntb\dimen@ - \if_dim:w \totwidth@>\displaywidth - \global\MH_let:NwN\displaywidth@\totwidth@ - \else: - \global\MH_let:NwN\displaywidth@\displaywidth - \fi: - \endgroup -} -\def\EQ_multline_labelhack:n #1{% - \begingroup\measuring@false\label@in@display{#1}\endgroup} -\def\EQ_multline_labelhack_opt:nw #1[#2]{% - \begingroup\measuring@false\label@in@display{#1}[#2]\endgroup} -\def\multline@#1{% - \Let@ - \@display@init{\global\advance\row@\@ne \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne}% - \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@ - \restore@math@cr - \MH_let:NwN\tag\tag@in@align - \global\tag@false \global\MH_let:NwN\raise@tag\default_raisetag: - \mmeasure@{#1}% - \MH_let:NwN\tag\gobble@tag - \MH_let:NwN\label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \tabskip \if@fleqn \@mathmargin \else: \z@skip \fi: - \totwidth@\displaywidth - \if@fleqn - \advance\totwidth@-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \halign\bgroup - \hbox to\totwidth@{% - \if@fleqn - \hskip \@centering \relax - \else: - \hfil - \fi: - \strut@ - $\m@th\displaystyle{}##\endmultline@math%$ - \hfil - }% - \crcr - \if@fleqn - \hskip-\@mathmargin - \def\multline@indent{\hskip\@mathmargin}% put it back - \else: - \hfilneg - \def\multline@indent{\hskip\multlinegap}% - \fi: - \iftagsleft@ - \iftag@ - \begingroup - \ifshifttag@ - \rlap{\vbox{% - \normalbaselines - \hbox{% - \strut@ - \make@display@tag - }% - \vbox to\lineht@{}% - \raise@tag - }}% - \multline@indent - \else: - \setbox\z@\hbox{\make@display@tag}% - \dimen@\@mathmargin \advance\dimen@-\wd\z@ - \if_dim:w \dimen@<\multlinetaggap - \dimen@\multlinetaggap - \fi: - \box\z@ \hskip\dimen@\relax - \fi: - \endgroup - \else: - \multline@indent - \fi: - \else: - \multline@indent - \fi: - #1% -} -\def\mmeasure@#1{% - \begingroup - \measuring@true - \def\label##1{% - \@ifnextchar[ - {\EQ_multline_labelhack_opt:nw {##1}} - {\EQ_multline_labelhack:n {##1}} - } - \def\math@cr@@@{\cr}% - \MH_let:NwN\shoveleft\@iden \MH_let:NwN\shoveright\@iden - \savecounters@ - \global\row@\z@ - \setbox\@ne\vbox{% - \global\MH_let:NwN\df@tag\@empty - \halign{% - \setboxz@h{\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$}% - \iftagsleft@ - \if_num:w \row@=\@ne - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \global\lineht@\ht\z@ - \fi: - \else: - \global\totwidth@\wdz@ - \global\lineht@\dp\z@ - \fi: - \crcr - #1% - \crcr - }% - }% - \if_meaning:NN - \df@tag\@empty - \else: - \global\tag@true - \fi: - \if@eqnsw\global\tag@true\fi: - \iftag@ - \setboxz@h{% - \if@eqnsw - \stepcounter{equation}% - \tagform@\theequation - \else: - \df@tag - \fi: - }% - \global\tagwidth@\wdz@ - \dimen@\totwidth@ - \advance\dimen@\tagwidth@ - \advance\dimen@\multlinetaggap - \iftagsleft@\else: - \if@fleqn - \advance\dimen@\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \dimen@>\displaywidth - \global\shifttag@true - \else: - \global\shifttag@false - \fi: - \fi: - \restorecounters@ - \endgroup -} -\newlength\mintagvsep -\mintagvsep5pt -\def\EQ_only_endmark:{% - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_manual_tags} - \global\tag@true - \iftagsleft@ - \gdef\df@tag{% - \hbox to \displaywidth{% - \hss - \raisebox{-\normallineskip - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - -\heightof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - -\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\ht\EQ_mathdisplay_box} - [0pt][0pt]{\PotEndMark{\maketag@@@}}}} - \else: - \gdef\df@tag{% - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}} - {\PotEndMark{\maketag@@@}}}% - \fi:} -\def\EQ_tag_plus_endmark:{% - \iftagsleft@ - \gdef\maketag@@@##1{% - \hfuzz\displaywidth - \makebox[\widthof{##1}][l]{% - \hbox to \displaywidth{\m@th\normalfont##1\hss - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}} - {\PotEndMark{\hss}}}}}% - \else: - \gdef\maketag@@@##1{% - \hbox{\m@th\normalfont##1\llap{\hss\PotEndMark{% - \settoheight{\@tempdima}{\@nameuse{\InTheoType Symbol}}% - \MH_addtolength:dn \@tempdima - {\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim+\mintagvsep} - \setlength{\@tempdimb} - {\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim+\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}} - +\depthof{\EQ_innerbox:{}}} - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\@tempdimb - \MH_setlength:dn \@tempdima{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\@tempdima+\g_EQ_bottomrow_depth_dim} - \addtolength{\@tempdima}{\depthof{\EQ_innerbox:{}}}% - \def\EQ_next:{\raisebox{\@tempdima}}% - \else: - \def\EQ_next:{ - \raisebox{-\dp\EQ_mathdisplay_box - -\depthof{\EQ_outerbox:{}}}}% - \fi:\EQ_next:}}}}% - \fi:} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_nonumber: \nonumber -\def\g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint{\z@} -\renewcommand*\nonumber{ - \@tempcnta=\row@ - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=\thr@@ - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \else: - \if_num:w \l_EQ_equationtype_int=4\relax - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \fi: - \fi: - \if_num:w \g_EQ_latest_nonzerodepth_row_fint=\@tempcnta - \else: - \global\g_EQ_bottomtag_depth_dim=-\baselineskip - \fi: - \MT_nonumber: -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `empheq.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/flexisym.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/flexisym.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 3b4cc50f7dd..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/flexisym.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,422 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `flexisym.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flexisym.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -%% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -%% -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2009/08/05] -\ProvidesExplPackage{flexisym}{2013/03/16}{0.97c}{Make math characters macros} - -\edef\do{% - \noexpand\AtEndOfPackage{% - \catcode\number`\"=\number\catcode`\" - \relax - }% -} -\do \let\do\relax -\catcode`\"=12 -\let\@sym\@gobble -\DeclareOption{robust}{% - \def\@sym#1{% - \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect \else\protect#1\exp_after:wN\use_none:nnnn\fi - }% -} -\def\mg@bin{2}% binary operators -\def\mg@rel{2}% relations -%%\def\mg@nre{B}% negated relations -\def\mg@del{3}% delimiters -%%\def\mg@arr{B}% arrows -\def\mg@acc{0}% accents -\def\mg@cop{3}% cumulative operators (sum, int) -\def\mg@latin{1}% (Latin) letters -\def\mg@greek{1}% (lowercase) Greek -\def\mg@Greek{0}% (capital) Greek -%%\def\mg@bflatin{4}% bold upright Latin letters ? -%%\def\mg@Bbb{B}% blackboard bold -\def\mg@cal{2}% script/calligraphic -%%\def\mg@frak{5}% Fraktur letters -\def\mg@digit{0}% decimal digits % 1 = oldstyle, 0 = capital -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_char:NNn { - \tex_mathchar:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3 \__int_eval_end: -} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_delimiter:NNnNn { - \tex_delimiter:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3#4#5 \__int_eval_end: -} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_radical:NnNn { - \tex_radical:D \__int_eval:w " #1#2#3#4 \__int_eval_end: -} -\cs_set_protected:Nn \math_accent:NNnn { - \tex_mathaccent:D \__int_eval:w " #1 #2 #3 \__int_eval_end: {#4} -} - -\let\sumlimits\displaylimits -\let\intlimits\nolimits -\let\namelimits\displaylimits -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Ord:Nn {\math_char:NNn 0 }% \m@Ord -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Var:Nn {\math_char:NNn 7 }% \m@Var -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Bin:Nn {\math_char:NNn 2}% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Rel:Nn {\math_char:NNn 3 }% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Pun:Nn {\math_char:NNn 6 }%\m@Pun -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_COs:Nn { \math_char:NNn 1#1{#2} \sumlimits}% \m@COs -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_COi:Nn { \math_char:NNn 1#1{#2} \intlimits}% \m@COi -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeL:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 4 #1{#2} }%\m@DeL -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeR:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 5 #1{#2} } %\m@DeR -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeB:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 0 #1{#2} }%\m@DeB -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_DeA:Nn { \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 3 #1{#2} }%\m@DeA -\cs_new:Nn \math_bsym_Rad:Nn { \math_sd_rad_aux:Nn #1{#2} }%\m@Rad -\cs_new:Npn \math_bsym_Acc:Nn #1#2#3#4 {\math_accent:NNnn #1#2{#3}{#4}}% name is wrong - -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn #1#2#3{ - \exp_args:Nf \math_sd_del_auxi:nN {\use:c{sd@#2#3}} #1 #2{#3} -} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_del_auxi:nN #1#2{ \math_delimiter:NNnNn #2 #1 } -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_rad_aux:Nn #1#2{ - \exp_args:Nf \math_sd_rad_auxi:n {\use:c{sd@#1#2}} #1 {#2} -} -\cs_set:Npn \math_sd_rad_auxi:n #1{ \math_radical:NnNn #1 } - -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Ord:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symOrd -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Var:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Bin:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathbin{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symBin -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Rel:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathrel{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symRel -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Pun:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathpunct{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symPun -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_COi:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathop{\OrdSymbol{#2}\intlimits}}%\@symCOi -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_COs:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathop{\OrdSymbol{#2}\sumlimits}}%\@symCOs -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeL:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathopen{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeL -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeR:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathclose{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeR -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeB:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathord{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeB -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_DeA:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathrel{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symDeA -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Acc:Nn {\@sym}%\@symAcc FIX! -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Ope:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathopen{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Clo:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathclose{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_bcsym_Inn:Nn #1#2{\@symtype\mathinner{\OrdSymbol{#2}}}%\@symVar - -\let\@symtype\@firstofone -\let\sym@global\global -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Ord:Nn {\math_bsym_Ord:Nn }% \m@Ord -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Var:Nn {\math_bsym_Var:Nn }% \m@Var -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Bin:Nn {\math_bsym_Bin:Nn}% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Rel:Nn {\math_bsym_Rel:Nn }% \m@Bin -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Pun:Nn {\math_bsym_Pun:Nn }%\m@Pun -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_COs:Nn {\math_bsym_COs:Nn}% \m@COs -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_COi:Nn {\math_bsym_COi:Nn}% \m@COi -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeL:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn}%\m@DeL -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeR:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeR:Nn}%\m@DeR -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeB:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeB:Nn }%\m@DeB -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_DeA:Nn { \math_bsym_DeA:Nn }%\m@DeA -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Rad:Nn { \math_bsym_Rad:Nn}%\m@Rad -\cs_new:Npn \math_isym_Acc:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn}% name is wrong -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ord:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Var:Nn {\math_bcsym_Var:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bcsym_Pun:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_COi:Nn {\math_bcsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_COs:Nn {\math_bcsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeR:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeB:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeB:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_DeA:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeA:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bcsym_Acc:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Ope:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ope:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Clo:Nn {\math_bcsym_Clo:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_icsym_Inn:Nn {\math_bcsym_Inn:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bsym_Ord:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Var:Nn {\math_bsym_Var:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bsym_Rel:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bsym_Pun:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_COs:Nn {\math_bsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_COi:Nn {\math_bsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeB:Nn{ \math_bsym_DeB:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_DeA:Nn { \math_bsym_DeA:Nn } -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Rad:Nn { \math_bsym_Rad:Nn} -\cs_new:Npn \math_dsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Ord:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ord:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Var:Nn {\math_bcsym_Var:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn {\math_bcsym_Bin:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn {\math_bcsym_Rel:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Pun:Nn {\math_bcsym_Pun:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_COi:Nn {\math_bcsym_COi:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_COs:Nn {\math_bcsym_COs:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeL:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeL:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeR:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeR:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeB:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeB:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_DeA:Nn {\math_bcsym_DeA:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Acc:Nn {\math_bcsym_Acc:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Ope:Nn {\math_bcsym_Ope:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Clo:Nn {\math_bcsym_Clo:Nn} -\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Inn:Nn {\math_bcsym_Inn:Nn} -\cs_set:Npn \math_setup_inline_symbols:{ - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Ord:Nn \math_isym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Var:Nn \math_isym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_isym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Pun:Nn \math_isym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COs:Nn \math_isym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COi:Nn \math_isym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeL:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeR:Nn \math_isym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeB:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeA:Nn \math_isym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rad:Nn \math_isym_Rad:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Acc:Nn \math_isym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ord:Nn \math_icsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Var:Nn \math_icsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \math_icsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \math_icsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Pun:Nn \math_icsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COi:Nn \math_icsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COs:Nn \math_icsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \math_icsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \math_icsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \math_icsym_DeB:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeA:Nn \math_icsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Acc:Nn \math_icsym_Acc:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ope:Nn \math_icsym_Ope:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Clo:Nn \math_icsym_Clo:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Inn:Nn \math_icsym_Inn:Nn -} - -\cs_set:Npn \math_setup_display_symbols:{ - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Ord:Nn \math_dsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Var:Nn \math_dsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Pun:Nn \math_dsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COs:Nn \math_dsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_COi:Nn \math_dsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeL:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeR:Nn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeB:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_DeA:Nn \math_dsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rad:Nn \math_dsym_Rad:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Acc:Nn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ord:Nn \math_dcsym_Ord:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Var:Nn \math_dcsym_Var:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Pun:Nn \math_dcsym_Pun:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COi:Nn \math_dcsym_COi:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_COs:Nn \math_dcsym_COs:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \math_dcsym_DeL:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \math_dcsym_DeR:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \math_dcsym_DeB:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeA:Nn \math_dcsym_DeA:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Acc:Nn \math_dcsym_Acc:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Ope:Nn \math_dcsym_Ope:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Clo:Nn \math_dcsym_Clo:Nn - \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Inn:Nn \math_dcsym_Inn:Nn -} -\math_setup_inline_symbols: -\edef\tmp{\catcode\z@=\the\catcode\z@} -\catcode\z@=\active -\def\DeclareFlexSymbol#1#2#3#4{% - \begingroup - \cs_set_protected:Npx\@tempb{ - \exp_not:N\@sym\exp_not:N#1\exp_not:c{math_sym_#2:Nn} - \exp_not:c{mg@#3}{#4} - } - \ifcat\exp_not:N#1\relax - \sym@global\let#1\@tempb - \else - \sym@global\mathcode`#1="8000\relax - \lccode\z@=`#1\relax - \lowercase{\sym@global\let^^@\@tempb}% zero char - \fi - \endgroup -} -\tmp % restore catcode -\cs_set:Npn \DeclareFlexDelimiter #1#2#3#4#5#6{ - \DeclareFlexSymbol{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} - \cs_gset:cpx{sd@\use:c{mg@#3}#4}{\exp_not:c{mg@#5}{#6}} -} - -\def\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol#1#2#3{% - \exp_args:NNo \DeclareRobustCommand#1{\csname math_csym_#2:Nn\endcsname#1{#3}}% - \sym@global\let#1#1\relax -} -\DeclareRobustCommand\textchar{\text@char\textfont} -\DeclareRobustCommand\scriptchar{\text@char\scriptfont}% -\def\text@char@sym#1#2#3#4{% #3=fam, #4=slot - \begingroup - \cs_set_eq:NN \@sym \prg_do_nothing: % defense against infinite loops - \the\text@script@char#3% - \char"#4\endgroup -} -\edef\tmp{\catcode\z@=\the\catcode\z@} -\catcode\z@=\active -\def\text@char#1#2{\begingroup - \check@mathfonts - \cs_set_eq:NN \text@script@char#1 - \cs_set_eq:NN \@sym\text@char@sym - \cs_set_eq:NN \@symtype\use_ii:nn - \cs_set_eq:NN\OrdSymbol\use:n - \cs_set_eq:NN\ifmmode\iftrue - \everymath{$\use_none:n}%$ - \def\mkern{\muskip\z@} - \cs_set_eq:NN\mskip\mkern - \ifcat\relax\noexpand#2% true if #2 is a cs. - #2% - \else - \lccode\z@=\expandafter`\string#2\relax - \lowercase{^^@}% - \fi - \endgroup -} -\tmp % restore catcode -\providecommand\textprime{} -\DeclareRobustCommand\textprime{\leavevmode - \raise.8ex\hbox{\text@char\scriptfont\prime}% -} -\@ifundefined{resetMathstrut@}{}{% - \def\resetMathstrut@{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{\textchar\vert}% - \ht\Mathstrutbox@\ht\z@ \dp\Mathstrutbox@\dp\z@ - }% -} -\@ifundefined{rightarrowfill@}{}{% - \def\rightarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\copy\z@\mkern-7mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\box\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-6mu\OrdSymbol{\rightarrow}$} - \def\leftarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\OrdSymbol{\leftarrow}\mkern-6mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\copy\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-7mu\box\z@$} - \def\leftrightarrowfill@#1{\m@th\setboxz@h{$#1\relbar$}\ht\z@\z@ - $#1\OrdSymbol{\leftarrow}\mkern-6mu\cleaders - \hbox{$#1\mkern-2mu\box\z@\mkern-2mu$}\hfill - \mkern-6mu\OrdSymbol{\rightarrow}$} -} -\def\binrel@sym#1#2#3#4{% - \xdef\binrel@@##1{% - \ifx\math_sym_Ord:Nn #2 \math_csym_Ord:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Var:Nn#2 \math_csym_Var:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_COs:Nn#2 \math_csym_COs:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_COi:Nn#2 \math_csym_COi:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Bin:Nn#2 \math_csym_Bin:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Rel:Nn#2 \math_csym_Rel:Nn - \else\ifx\math_sym_Pun:Nn#2 \math_csym_Pun:Nn - \else\exp_not:N\@symErr \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - ?{\exp_not:N\OrdSymbol{##1}}}% -} - -\def\binrel@a{% - \def\math_sym_Ord:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Ord:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Var:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Var:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_COs:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_COs:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_COi:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_COi:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Bin:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Bin:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Rel:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Rel:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% - \def\math_sym_Pun:Nn##1##2{\gdef\binrel@@####1{\math_sym_Pun:Nn##1{\OrdSymbol{####1}}}}% -} -\def\binrel@#1{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{$% - \let\mathchoice\@gobblethree - \let\@sym\binrel@sym \binrel@a - #1$}% -} -\def\@symextension{sym} -\newcommand\usesymbols[1]{% - \clist_map_variable:nNn{#1}\@tempb{% - \exp_args:No\@onefilewithoptions{\@tempb}[][]\@symextension - }% -} -\newcommand\ProvidesSymbols[1]{\ProvidesFile{#1.sym}} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\not}[1]{\math_csym_Rel:Nn\not{\OrdSymbol{\notRel#1}}} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\OrdSymbol}[1]{% - \begingroup\mathchars@reset#1\endgroup -} -\def\mathchars@reset{\let\@sym\@sym@ord \let\@symtype\@symtype@ord - \let\OrdSymbol\relax} -\def\@symtype@ord#1#{}% a strange sort of \@gobble -\def\@sym@ord#1#2{\exp_after:wN\@sym@ord@a\string#2\@nil}% -\begingroup -\lccode`\.=`\_ \lowercase{\endgroup -\def\@sym@ord@a#1.#2.}#3#4\@nil#5#6{% - \if D#3 - %\math_ord_delim_aux:Nn #5{#6} - \math_sd_del_aux:Nnn 0 #5{#6}% check if this works! - \else - \math_char:NNn 0 #5{#6} - \fi -} -\cs_set:Nn \math_ord_delim_aux:Nn { - \math_sd_aux:nn { \math_char:NNn 0 } {#1{#2}} -} -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% - \begingroup - \long\def\next#1\mathchardef\std@minus\mathcode`\-\relax - \mathchardef\std@equal\mathcode`\=\relax#2\flexi@stop{% - \toks@{#1#2}% - \xdef\@begindocumenthook{\the\toks@}% - }% - \expandafter\next\@begindocumenthook\flexi@stop - \endgroup -}{} -\AtBeginDocument{% -\def\newmcodes@{% - \mathcode `\'39\space - \mathcode `\*42\space - \mathcode `\."613A\space - \ifnum\mathcode`\-=45\space - \else - \ifnum\mathcode`\-=32768\space - \else - \mathchardef \std@minus \mathcode `\-\relax - \fi - \fi - \mathcode `\-45\space - \mathcode `\/47\space - \mathcode `\:"603A\space\relax -}% -} -\DeclareOption{mathstyleoff}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{noactivechars}{mathstyle}} -\DeclareOption{cmbase}{\usesymbols{cmbase}} -\DeclareOption{mathpazo}{\usesymbols{mathpazo}} -\DeclareOption{mathptmx}{\usesymbols{mathptmx}} -\ExecuteOptions{cmbase} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\renewcommand{\lnot}{\neg} -\renewcommand{\land}{\wedge} -\renewcommand{\lor}{\vee} -\renewcommand{\le}{\leq} -\renewcommand{\ge}{\geq} -\renewcommand{\ne}{\neq} -\renewcommand{\owns}{\ni} -\renewcommand{\gets}{\leftarrow} -\renewcommand{\to}{\rightarrow} -\renewcommand{\|}{\Vert} -\RequirePackage{mathstyle} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `flexisym.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathpazo.sym b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathpazo.sym deleted file mode 100644 index ffbdd9b72d7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathpazo.sym +++ /dev/null @@ -1,375 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mathpazo.sym', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flexisym.dtx (with options: `mathpazo') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -%% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -%% -\ProvidesSymbols{mathpazo}[2010/07/11 v0.3] -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OT1}{\hexnumber@\symoperators} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OML}{\hexnumber@\symletters} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMS}{\hexnumber@\symsymbols} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMX}{\hexnumber@\symlargesymbols} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@bin{\mg@OMS} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@del{\mg@OMX} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@digit{\exp_not:c{mg@OT1}} -\cs_gset:Npn\mg@latin{\mg@OML} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Latin\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@greek\mg@latin -\@ifpackagewith{mathpazo}{slantedGreek}{% - \cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@latin -}{% - \cs_gset:cpx{mg@Greek}{\hexnumber@\symupright} -} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@rel\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@ord\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@cop\mg@del -\DeclareFlexSymbol{!} {Pun}{OT1}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{+} {Bin}{OT1}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{:} {Rel}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\colon}{Pun}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{;} {Pun}{OT1}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{=} {Rel}{OT1}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{?} {Pun}{OT1}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Gamma} {Var}{Greek}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Delta} {Var}{Greek}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Theta} {Var}{Greek}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lambda} {Var}{Greek}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Xi} {Var}{Greek}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Pi} {Var}{Greek}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Sigma} {Var}{Greek}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Upsilon}{Var}{Greek}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Phi} {Var}{Greek}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Psi} {Var}{Greek}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Omega} {Var}{Greek}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{0}{Var}{digit}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{1}{Var}{digit}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{2}{Var}{digit}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{3}{Var}{digit}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{4}{Var}{digit}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{5}{Var}{digit}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{6}{Var}{digit}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{7}{Var}{digit}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{8}{Var}{digit}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{9}{Var}{digit}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{,}{Pun}{OML}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{.}{Ord}{OML}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{/}{Ord}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{<}{Rel}{OML}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{>}{Rel}{OML}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\alpha}{Var}{greek}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beta}{Var}{greek}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gamma}{Var}{greek}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\delta}{Var}{greek}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\epsilon}{Var}{greek}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\zeta}{Var}{greek}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eta}{Var}{greek}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\theta}{Var}{greek}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\iota}{Var}{greek}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\kappa}{Var}{greek}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lambda}{Var}{greek}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mu}{Var}{greek}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nu}{Var}{greek}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\xi}{Var}{greek}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pi}{Var}{greek}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rho}{Var}{greek}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sigma}{Var}{greek}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\tau}{Var}{greek}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upsilon}{Var}{greek}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\phi}{Var}{greek}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\chi}{Var}{greek}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\psi}{Var}{greek}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\omega}{Var}{greek}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varepsilon}{Var}{greek}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartheta}{Var}{greek}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpi}{Var}{greek}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varrho}{Var}{greek}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsigma}{Var}{greek}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varphi}{Var}{greek}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\imath}{Var}{OML}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\jmath}{Var}{OML}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ell}{Ord}{OML}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wp}{Ord}{OML}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\partial}{Ord}{OML}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\flat}{Ord}{OML}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\natural}{Ord}{OML}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sharp}{Ord}{OML}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleleft}{Bin}{OML}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleright}{Bin}{OML}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\star}{Bin}{OML}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smile}{Rel}{OML}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\frown}{Rel}{OML}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{a}{Var}{latin}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{b}{Var}{latin}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{c}{Var}{latin}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{d}{Var}{latin}{64} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{e}{Var}{latin}{65} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{f}{Var}{latin}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{g}{Var}{latin}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{h}{Var}{latin}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{i}{Var}{latin}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{j}{Var}{latin}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{k}{Var}{latin}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{l}{Var}{latin}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{m}{Var}{latin}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{n}{Var}{latin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{o}{Var}{latin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{p}{Var}{latin}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{q}{Var}{latin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{r}{Var}{latin}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{s}{Var}{latin}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{t}{Var}{latin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{u}{Var}{latin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{v}{Var}{latin}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{w}{Var}{latin}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{x}{Var}{latin}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{y}{Var}{latin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{z}{Var}{latin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{A}{Var}{Latin}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{B}{Var}{Latin}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{C}{Var}{Latin}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{D}{Var}{Latin}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{E}{Var}{Latin}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{F}{Var}{Latin}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{G}{Var}{Latin}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{H}{Var}{Latin}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{I}{Var}{Latin}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{J}{Var}{Latin}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{K}{Var}{Latin}{4B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{L}{Var}{Latin}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{M}{Var}{Latin}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{N}{Var}{Latin}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{O}{Var}{Latin}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{P}{Var}{Latin}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Q}{Var}{Latin}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{R}{Var}{Latin}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{S}{Var}{Latin}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{T}{Var}{Latin}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{U}{Var}{Latin}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{V}{Var}{Latin}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{W}{Var}{Latin}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{X}{Var}{Latin}{58} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Y}{Var}{Latin}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Z}{Var}{Latin}{5A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ldotPun}{Pun}{OML}{3A} -\def\ldotp{\ldotPun} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{*}{Bin}{bin}{03} % \ast -\DeclareFlexSymbol{-}{Bin}{bin}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{|}{Ord}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\aleph}{Ord}{ord}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Re}{Ord}{ord}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Im}{Ord}{ord}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\infty}{Ord}{ord}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prime}{Ord}{ord}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\emptyset}{Ord}{ord}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nabla}{Ord}{ord}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\top}{Ord}{ord}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bot}{Ord}{ord}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangle}{Ord}{ord}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\forall}{Ord}{ord}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\exists}{Ord}{ord}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\neg}{Ord}{ord}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\clubsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamondsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\heartsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\spadesuit}{Ord}{ord}{7F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallint}{COs}{OMS}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangleup}{Bin}{bin}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangledown}{Bin}{bin}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wedge}{Bin}{bin}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vee}{Bin}{bin}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cap}{Bin}{bin}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cup}{Bin}{bin}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ddagger}{Bin}{bin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dagger}{Bin}{bin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcap}{Bin}{bin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcup}{Bin}{bin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\uplus}{Bin}{bin}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\amalg}{Bin}{bin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamond}{Bin}{bin}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bullet}{Bin}{bin}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wr}{Bin}{bin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\div}{Bin}{bin}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\odot}{Bin}{bin}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oslash}{Bin}{bin}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\otimes}{Bin}{bin}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ominus}{Bin}{bin}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oplus}{Bin}{bin}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mp}{Bin}{bin}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pm}{Bin}{bin}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circ}{Bin}{bin}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcirc}{Bin}{bin}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\setminus}{Bin}{bin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdot}{Bin}{bin}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ast}{Bin}{bin}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\times}{Bin}{bin}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\propto}{Rel}{rel}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubseteq}{Rel}{rel}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupseteq}{Rel}{rel}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\parallel}{Rel}{rel}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mid}{Rel}{rel}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dashv}{Rel}{rel}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vdash}{Rel}{rel}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nearrow}{Rel}{rel}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\searrow}{Rel}{rel}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nwarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\swarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leq}{Rel}{rel}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geq}{Rel}{rel}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succ}{Rel}{rel}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prec}{Rel}{rel}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approx}{Rel}{rel}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succeq}{Rel}{rel}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preceq}{Rel}{rel}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supset}{Rel}{rel}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subset}{Rel}{rel}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteq}{Rel}{rel}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteq}{Rel}{rel}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\in}{Rel}{rel}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ni}{Rel}{rel}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gg}{Rel}{rel}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ll}{Rel}{rel}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sim}{Rel}{rel}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\simeq}{Rel}{rel}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\perp}{Rel}{rel}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\equiv}{Rel}{rel}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\asymp}{Rel}{rel}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\notRel}{Rel}{rel}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mapstoOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdotOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{01} -\cs_set:Npn\cdotp{\mathpunct{\cdotOrd}} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\coprod}{COs}{cop}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigvee}{COs}{cop}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigwedge}{COs}{cop}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\biguplus}{COs}{cop}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcap}{COs}{cop}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcup}{COs}{cop}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\int}{COi}{cop}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prod}{COs}{cop}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sum}{COs}{cop}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigotimes}{COs}{cop}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigoplus}{COs}{cop}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigodot}{COs}{cop}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oint}{COi}{cop}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigsqcup}{COs}{cop}{46} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rangle}{DeR}{del}{0B}{OMS}{69} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\langle}{DeL}{del}{0A}{OMS}{68} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rbrace}{DeR}{del}{09}{OMS}{67} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lbrace}{DeL}{del}{08}{OMS}{66} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rceil}{DeR}{del}{07}{OMS}{65} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lceil}{DeL}{del}{06}{OMS}{64} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rfloor}{DeR}{del}{05}{OMS}{63} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lfloor}{DeL}{del}{04}{OMS}{62} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{(}{DeL}{del}{00}{OT1}{28} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{)}{DeR}{del}{01}{OT1}{29} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{[}{DeL}{del}{02}{OT1}{5B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{]}{DeR}{del}{03}{OT1}{5D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lVert}{DeL}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rVert}{DeR}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lvert}{DeL}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rvert}{DeR}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Vert}{DeB}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\vert}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{|}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{/}{DeB}{del}{0E}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lmoustache}{DeL}{del}{40}{del}{7A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rmoustache}{DeR}{del}{41}{del}{7B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lgroup}{DeL}{del}{3A}{del}{3A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rgroup}{DeR}{del}{3B}{del}{3B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\bracevert}{DeB}{del}{3E}{del}{3E} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\uparrow}{DeA}{del}{78}{OMS}{22} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\downarrow}{DeA}{del}{79}{OMS}{23} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{3F}{OMS}{6C} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Uparrow}{DeA}{del}{7E}{OMS}{2A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Downarrow}{DeA}{del}{7F}{OMS}{2B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{77}{OMS}{6D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\backslash}{DeB}{del}{0F}{OMS}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbarOrd}{Ord}{OT1}{16} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hbar}{Ord}{\hbarOrd\mkern-9mu h} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\surdOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{70} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\surd}{Ord}{\mathop{\surdOrd}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\angle}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\ialign{% - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr - \notRel\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip}% - \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule \@height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr - }}% -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\neq}{Rel}{\not{=}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\mapsto}{Rel}{\mapstoOrd\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cong}{Rel}{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim} -\providecommand*\joinord{} -\renewcommand*\joinord{\mkern-3.45mu } -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\notin}{Rel}{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{\mathpalette\rlh@{}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\doteq}{Rel}{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookrightarrow}{Rel}{\lhookRel\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rhookRel} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\bowtie}{Rel}{\triangleright\joinord\triangleleft} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\models}{Rel}{\vert\joinord=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longrightarrow}{Rel}{\Relbar\joinord\Rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longrightarrow}{Rel}{\relbar\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longmapsto}{Rel}{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Rightarrow} -\renewcommand*\iff{% - \mskip\thickmuskip\Longleftrightarrow\mskip\thickmuskip -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cdots}{Inn}{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}% -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\vdots}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ - \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\ddots}{Inn}{% - \mkern1mu\raise7\p@ - \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu% - \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu% -} -\def\relbar{\begingroup \def\smash@{tb}% in case amsmath is loaded - \mathpalette\mathsm@sh{\mathchar"200 }\endgroup} -\edef\Relbar{\mathchar\string"\hexnumber@\symupright3D } -\ExplSyntaxOff -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mathpazo.sym'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathptmx.sym b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathptmx.sym deleted file mode 100644 index 34166a5868e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathptmx.sym +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mathptmx.sym', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flexisym.dtx (with options: `mathptmx') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -%% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -%% -\ProvidesSymbols{mathptmx}[2010/07/11 v0.3] -\ExplSyntaxOn -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OT1}{\hexnumber@\symoperators} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OML}{\hexnumber@\symletters} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMS}{\hexnumber@\symsymbols} -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@OMX}{\hexnumber@\symlargesymbols} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@bin{\mg@OMS} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@del{\mg@OMX} -\cs_gset:Npx\mg@digit{\exp_not:c{mg@OT1}} -\cs_gset:Npn\mg@latin{\mg@OML} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Latin\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@greek\mg@latin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@digit -\@ifpackagewith{mathptmx}{slantedGreek}{% - \cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@Greek\mg@latin -}{} -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@rel\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@ord\mg@bin -\cs_gset_eq:NN\mg@cop\mg@del -\DeclareFlexSymbol{!} {Pun}{OT1}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{+} {Bin}{OT1}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{:} {Rel}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\colon}{Pun}{OT1}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{;} {Pun}{OT1}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{=} {Rel}{OT1}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{?} {Pun}{OT1}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Gamma} {Var}{Greek}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Delta} {Var}{Greek}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Theta} {Var}{Greek}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lambda} {Var}{Greek}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Xi} {Var}{Greek}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Pi} {Var}{Greek}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Sigma} {Var}{Greek}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Upsilon}{Var}{Greek}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Phi} {Var}{Greek}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Psi} {Var}{Greek}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Omega} {Var}{Greek}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{0}{Var}{digit}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{1}{Var}{digit}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{2}{Var}{digit}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{3}{Var}{digit}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{4}{Var}{digit}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{5}{Var}{digit}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{6}{Var}{digit}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{7}{Var}{digit}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{8}{Var}{digit}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{9}{Var}{digit}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{,}{Pun}{OML}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{.}{Ord}{OML}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{/}{Ord}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{<}{Rel}{OML}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{>}{Rel}{OML}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\alpha}{Var}{greek}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beta}{Var}{greek}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gamma}{Var}{greek}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\delta}{Var}{greek}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\epsilon}{Var}{greek}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\zeta}{Var}{greek}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eta}{Var}{greek}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\theta}{Var}{greek}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\iota}{Var}{greek}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\kappa}{Var}{greek}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lambda}{Var}{greek}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mu}{Var}{greek}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nu}{Var}{greek}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\xi}{Var}{greek}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pi}{Var}{greek}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rho}{Var}{greek}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sigma}{Var}{greek}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\tau}{Var}{greek}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upsilon}{Var}{greek}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\phi}{Var}{greek}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\chi}{Var}{greek}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\psi}{Var}{greek}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\omega}{Var}{greek}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varepsilon}{Var}{greek}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartheta}{Var}{greek}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpi}{Var}{greek}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varrho}{Var}{greek}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsigma}{Var}{greek}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varphi}{Var}{greek}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\imath}{Var}{OML}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\jmath}{Var}{OML}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ell}{Ord}{OML}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wp}{Ord}{OML}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\partial}{Ord}{OML}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\flat}{Ord}{OML}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\natural}{Ord}{OML}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sharp}{Ord}{OML}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleleft}{Bin}{OML}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleright}{Bin}{OML}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\star}{Bin}{OML}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smile}{Rel}{OML}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\frown}{Rel}{OML}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoonup}{Rel}{OML}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightharpoondown}{Rel}{OML}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{a}{Var}{latin}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{b}{Var}{latin}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{c}{Var}{latin}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{d}{Var}{latin}{64} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{e}{Var}{latin}{65} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{f}{Var}{latin}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{g}{Var}{latin}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{h}{Var}{latin}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{i}{Var}{latin}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{j}{Var}{latin}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{k}{Var}{latin}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{l}{Var}{latin}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{m}{Var}{latin}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{n}{Var}{latin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{o}{Var}{latin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{p}{Var}{latin}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{q}{Var}{latin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{r}{Var}{latin}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{s}{Var}{latin}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{t}{Var}{latin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{u}{Var}{latin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{v}{Var}{latin}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{w}{Var}{latin}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{x}{Var}{latin}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{y}{Var}{latin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{z}{Var}{latin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{A}{Var}{Latin}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{B}{Var}{Latin}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{C}{Var}{Latin}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{D}{Var}{Latin}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{E}{Var}{Latin}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{F}{Var}{Latin}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{G}{Var}{Latin}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{H}{Var}{Latin}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{I}{Var}{Latin}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{J}{Var}{Latin}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{K}{Var}{Latin}{4B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{L}{Var}{Latin}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{M}{Var}{Latin}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{N}{Var}{Latin}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{O}{Var}{Latin}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{P}{Var}{Latin}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Q}{Var}{Latin}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{R}{Var}{Latin}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{S}{Var}{Latin}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{T}{Var}{Latin}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{U}{Var}{Latin}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{V}{Var}{Latin}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{W}{Var}{Latin}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{X}{Var}{Latin}{58} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Y}{Var}{Latin}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{Z}{Var}{Latin}{5A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ldotPun}{Pun}{OML}{3A} -\def\ldotp{\ldotPun} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rhookRel}{Rel}{OML}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{*}{Bin}{bin}{03} % \ast -\DeclareFlexSymbol{-}{Bin}{bin}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{|}{Ord}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\aleph}{Ord}{ord}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Re}{Ord}{ord}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Im}{Ord}{ord}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\infty}{Ord}{ord}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prime}{Ord}{ord}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\emptyset}{Ord}{ord}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nabla}{Ord}{ord}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\top}{Ord}{ord}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bot}{Ord}{ord}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangle}{Ord}{ord}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\forall}{Ord}{ord}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\exists}{Ord}{ord}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\neg}{Ord}{ord}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\clubsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamondsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\heartsuit}{Ord}{ord}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\spadesuit}{Ord}{ord}{7F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallint}{COs}{OMS}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangleup}{Bin}{bin}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigtriangledown}{Bin}{bin}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wedge}{Bin}{bin}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vee}{Bin}{bin}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cap}{Bin}{bin}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cup}{Bin}{bin}{5B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ddagger}{Bin}{bin}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dagger}{Bin}{bin}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcap}{Bin}{bin}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqcup}{Bin}{bin}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\uplus}{Bin}{bin}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\amalg}{Bin}{bin}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diamond}{Bin}{bin}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bullet}{Bin}{bin}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\wr}{Bin}{bin}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\div}{Bin}{bin}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\odot}{Bin}{bin}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oslash}{Bin}{bin}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\otimes}{Bin}{bin}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ominus}{Bin}{bin}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oplus}{Bin}{bin}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mp}{Bin}{bin}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pm}{Bin}{bin}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circ}{Bin}{bin}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcirc}{Bin}{bin}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\setminus}{Bin}{bin}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdot}{Bin}{bin}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ast}{Bin}{bin}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\times}{Bin}{bin}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\propto}{Rel}{rel}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubseteq}{Rel}{rel}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupseteq}{Rel}{rel}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\parallel}{Rel}{rel}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mid}{Rel}{rel}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dashv}{Rel}{rel}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vdash}{Rel}{rel}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nearrow}{Rel}{rel}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\searrow}{Rel}{rel}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nwarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\swarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leq}{Rel}{rel}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geq}{Rel}{rel}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succ}{Rel}{rel}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prec}{Rel}{rel}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approx}{Rel}{rel}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succeq}{Rel}{rel}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preceq}{Rel}{rel}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supset}{Rel}{rel}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subset}{Rel}{rel}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteq}{Rel}{rel}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteq}{Rel}{rel}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\in}{Rel}{rel}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ni}{Rel}{rel}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gg}{Rel}{rel}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ll}{Rel}{rel}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrow}{Rel}{rel}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrow}{Rel}{rel}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sim}{Rel}{rel}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\simeq}{Rel}{rel}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\perp}{Rel}{rel}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\equiv}{Rel}{rel}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\asymp}{Rel}{rel}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\notRel}{Rel}{rel}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mapstoOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\cdotOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{01} -\cs_set:Npn\cdotp{\mathpunct{\cdotOrd}} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\coprod}{COs}{cop}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigvee}{COs}{cop}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigwedge}{COs}{cop}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\biguplus}{COs}{cop}{55} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcap}{COs}{cop}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigcup}{COs}{cop}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\int}{COi}{cop}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\prod}{COs}{cop}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sum}{COs}{cop}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigotimes}{COs}{cop}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigoplus}{COs}{cop}{4C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigodot}{COs}{cop}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\oint}{COi}{cop}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigsqcup}{COs}{cop}{46} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rangle}{DeR}{del}{0B}{OMS}{69} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\langle}{DeL}{del}{0A}{OMS}{68} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rbrace}{DeR}{del}{09}{OMS}{67} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lbrace}{DeL}{del}{08}{OMS}{66} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rceil}{DeR}{del}{07}{OMS}{65} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lceil}{DeL}{del}{06}{OMS}{64} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rfloor}{DeR}{del}{05}{OMS}{63} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lfloor}{DeL}{del}{04}{OMS}{62} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{(}{DeL}{del}{00}{OT1}{28} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{)}{DeR}{del}{01}{OT1}{29} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{[}{DeL}{del}{02}{OT1}{5B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{]}{DeR}{del}{03}{OT1}{5D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lVert}{DeL}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rVert}{DeR}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lvert}{DeL}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rvert}{DeR}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Vert}{DeB}{del}{0D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\vert}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{|}{DeB}{del}{0C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{/}{DeB}{del}{0E}{OML}{3D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lmoustache}{DeL}{del}{40}{del}{7A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rmoustache}{DeR}{del}{41}{del}{7B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\lgroup}{DeL}{del}{3A}{del}{3A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\rgroup}{DeR}{del}{3B}{del}{3B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\bracevert}{DeB}{del}{3E}{del}{3E} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3C}{OMS}{6A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Arrowvert}{DeB}{del}{3D}{OMS}{6B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\uparrow}{DeA}{del}{78}{OMS}{22} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\downarrow}{DeA}{del}{79}{OMS}{23} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{3F}{OMS}{6C} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Uparrow}{DeA}{del}{7E}{OMS}{2A} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Downarrow}{DeA}{del}{7F}{OMS}{2B} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\Updownarrow}{DeA}{del}{77}{OMS}{6D} -\DeclareFlexDelimiter{\backslash}{DeB}{del}{0F}{OMS}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbarOrd}{Ord}{OT1}{16} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hbar}{Ord}{\hbarOrd\mkern-9mu h} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\surdOrd}{Ord}{OMS}{70} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\surd}{Ord}{\mathop{\surdOrd}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\angle}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\ialign{% - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr - \notRel\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip}% - \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule \@height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr - }}% -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\neq}{Rel}{\not{=}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\mapsto}{Rel}{\mapstoOrd\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cong}{Rel}{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim} -\providecommand*\joinord{} -\renewcommand*\joinord{\mkern-3mu } -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\notin}{Rel}{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{\mathpalette\rlh@{}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\doteq}{Rel}{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookrightarrow}{Rel}{\lhookRel\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\hookleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rhookRel} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\bowtie}{Rel}{\triangleright\joinord\triangleleft} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\models}{Rel}{\vert\joinord=} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longrightarrow}{Rel}{\Relbar\joinord\Rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longrightarrow}{Rel}{\relbar\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\relbar} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longmapsto}{Rel}{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\leftarrow\joinord\rightarrow} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{Rel}{\Leftarrow\joinord\Rightarrow} -\renewcommand*\iff{% - \mskip\thickmuskip\Longleftrightarrow\mskip\thickmuskip -} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\cdots}{Inn}{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}% -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\vdots}{Ord}{% - \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ - \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} -\DeclareFlexCompoundSymbol{\ddots}{Inn}{% - \mkern1mu\raise7\p@ - \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu% - \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu% -} -\def\relbar{\begingroup \def\smash@{tb}% in case amsmath is loaded - \mathpalette\mathsm@sh{\mathchar"200 }\endgroup} -\def\Relbar{\mathchar"3D } -\ExplSyntaxOff -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mathptmx.sym'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathstyle.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathstyle.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 75d9a5eb6a3..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathstyle.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mathstyle.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% mathstyle.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2011 by Morten Hoegholm et al -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file mathstyle.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% mathstyle.sty, mathstyle.pdf, mathstyle.ins, mathstyle.drv. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{mathstyle} - [2011/08/03 v0.90 Tracking mathstyle implicitly] -\providecommand\@saveprimitive[2]{% - \begingroup - \edef\@tempa{\string#1}\edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \else \@saveprimitive@a#1#2% - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -\providecommand\@saveprimitive@a[2]{% - \begingroup - \def\@tempb##1#1##2{\edef\@tempb{##2}\@car{}}% - \@tempb\nullfont{select font nullfont}% - \topmark{\string\topmark:}% - \firstmark{\string\firstmark:}% - \botmark{\string\botmark:}% - \splitfirstmark{\string\splitfirstmark:}% - \splitbotmark{\string\splitbotmark:}% - #1{\string#1}% - \@nil % for the \@car - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempb}% - \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1% - \else - \PackageError{mathstyle}% - {Unable to properly define \string#2; primitive - \noexpand#1no longer primitive}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -\everydisplay=\expandafter{\the\everydisplay\chardef\mathstyle\z@} -\chardef\mathstyle\@ne -\@saveprimitive\displaystyle\@@displaystyle -\@saveprimitive\textstyle\@@textstyle -\@saveprimitive\scriptstyle\@@scriptstyle -\@saveprimitive\scriptscriptstyle\@@scriptscriptstyle -\@saveprimitive\mathchoice\@@mathchoice -\@saveprimitive\over\@@over -\@saveprimitive\atop\@@atop -\@saveprimitive\above\@@above -\@saveprimitive\overwithdelims\@@overwithdelims -\@saveprimitive\atopwithdelims\@@atopwithdelims -\@saveprimitive\abovewithdelims\@@abovewithdelims -\DeclareRobustCommand{\displaystyle}{% - \@@displaystyle \chardef\mathstyle\z@} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\textstyle}{% - \@@textstyle \chardef\mathstyle\@ne} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\scriptstyle}{% - \@@scriptstyle \chardef\mathstyle\tw@} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\scriptscriptstyle}{% - \@@scriptscriptstyle \chardef\mathstyle\thr@@} -\begingroup \catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax % just in case -\lowercase{\endgroup -\let\@@superscript=^ \let\@@subscript=_ -}% -\begingroup \catcode`\^=12\relax \catcode`\_=12\relax % just in case -\lowercase{\endgroup -\let\@@superscript@other=^ \let\@@subscript@other=_ -}% -\def\subsupstyle{% - \ifnum\mathstyle<\tw@ \chardef\mathstyle\tw@ - \else \chardef\mathstyle\thr@@ - \fi -} -\let\mathsup=\@@superscript -\let\mathsub=\@@subscript -\def\sb#1{\mathsub{\protect\subsupstyle#1}}% -\def\sp#1{\mathsup{\protect\subsupstyle#1}}% -\def\mathchoice{% - \relax\ifcase\mathstyle - \expandafter\@firstoffour - \or - \expandafter\@secondoffour - \or - \expandafter\@thirdoffour - \else - \expandafter\@fourthoffour - \fi -} -\providecommand\@firstoffour[4]{#1} -\providecommand\@secondoffour[4]{#2} -\providecommand\@thirdoffour[4]{#3} -\providecommand\@fourthoffour[4]{#4} -\DeclareRobustCommand\genfrac[6]{% - {#1\fracstyle - {\begingroup #5\endgroup - \csname @@\ifx\maxdimen#4\maxdimen over\else above\fi - \if @#2@\else withdelims\fi\endcsname #2#3#4\relax - #6}% - }% -} -\renewcommand{\frac}{\genfrac{}{}{}{}} -\providecommand{\dfrac}{} -\providecommand{\tfrac}{} -\renewcommand{\dfrac}{\genfrac\displaystyle{}{}{}} -\renewcommand{\tfrac}{\genfrac\textstyle{}{}{}} -\providecommand{\binom}{} -\providecommand{\tbinom}{} -\providecommand{\dbinom}{} -\renewcommand{\binom}{\genfrac{}(){0pt}} -\renewcommand{\dbinom}{\genfrac\displaystyle(){0pt}} -\renewcommand{\tbinom}{\genfrac\textstyle(){0pt}} -\def\fracstyle{\ifcase\mathstyle - \chardef\mathstyle=\@ne - \or - \chardef\mathstyle=\tw@ - \else - \chardef\mathstyle=\thr@@ - \fi -} -\def\currentmathstyle{% - \ifcase\mathstyle - \@@displaystyle - \or - \@@textstyle - \or - \@@scriptstyle - \or - \@@scriptscriptstyle - \fi} -\DeclareOption{mathactivechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=12\relax - % \catcode`\_=12\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=12\relax \catcode`\_=12\relax}% -} -\DeclareOption{activechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=13\relax - % \catcode`\_=13\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=13\relax \catcode`\_=13\relax}% -} -\DeclareOption{noactivechars}{% - % \catcode`\^=7\relax - % \catcode`\_=8\relax -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax}% -} -\ExecuteOptions{mathactivechars} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\ifnum\catcode`\^=13\relax - \let^=\sp \let_=\sb -\else - \mathcode`\^="8000\relax - \mathcode`\_="8000\relax - \begingroup - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \global\let^=\sp - \global\let_=\sb - \endgroup -\fi -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mathstyle.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathtools.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathtools.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 8eec6199a2b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathtools.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1606 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mathtools.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% mathtools.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2002-2011 by Morten Hoegholm -%% Copyright (C) 2012- by Lars Madsen -%% -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file mathtools.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% mathtools.sty, mathtools.pdf, mathtools.ins, mathtools.drv. -%% -\ProvidesPackage{mathtools}% - [2014/05/21 v1.14 mathematical typesetting tools] -\RequirePackage{keyval,calc} -\RequirePackage{mhsetup}[2010/01/21] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn - % borrowed from fixltx2e -\def\EQ_MakeRobust#1{% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{% - \@latex@error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!% - \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}% - \@eha - }% - {% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}% - {% - \expandafter\let\csname - \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1% - \edef\reserved@a{\string#1}% - \def\reserved@b{#1}% - \edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b}% - \edef#1{% - \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b - \noexpand\x@protect\noexpand#1% - \fi - \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}% - }% - {\@latex@info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}% - }% -} -\def\forced_EQ_MakeRobust#1{% - \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{% - \@latex@error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!% - \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}% - \@eha - }% - {% - % \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}% - % {% - \expandafter\let\csname - \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1% - \edef\reserved@a{\string#1}% - \def\reserved@b{#1}% - \edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b}% - \edef#1{% - \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b - \noexpand\x@protect\noexpand#1% - \fi - \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}% - % }% - % {\@latex@info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}% - }% -} -\def\MT_options_name:{mathtools} -\newcommand*\mathtoolsset[1]{\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{#1}} -\MH_new_boolean:n {fixamsmath} -\DeclareOption{fixamsmath}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {fixamsmath} -} -\DeclareOption{donotfixamsmathbugs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {fixamsmath} -} -\DeclareOption{allowspaces}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \relax - \MH_let:NwN \MH_maybe_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn \kernel@ifnextchar -} -\DeclareOption{disallowspaces}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff - \MHPrecedingSpacesOff - \MH_let:NwN \MH_maybe_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {robustify} -\MH_set_boolean_T:n {robustify} -\DeclareOption{nonrobust}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {robustify} -} -\DeclareOption*{ - \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{amsmath} -} -\ExecuteOptions{fixamsmath,disallowspaces} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\RequirePackage{amsmath}[2000/07/18] -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -\def\MT_true_false_error:{ - \PackageError{mathtools} - {You~ have~ to~ select~ either~ `true'~ or~ `false'} - {I'll~ assume~ you~ chose~ `false'~ for~ now.} -} -\MH_if_boolean:nT {robustify}{ - \EQ_MakeRobust\( - \EQ_MakeRobust\) - \EQ_MakeRobust\[ - \EQ_MakeRobust\] -} -\def\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[#2]#3#4{ - \@namedef{MT_tagform_#1:n}##1 - {\maketag@@@{#3\ignorespaces#2{##1}\unskip\@@italiccorr#4}} -} -\providecommand*\newtagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - {\@ifnextchar[% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1}% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[]}% - }{\PackageError{mathtools} - {The~ tag~ form~ `#1'~ is~ already~ defined\MessageBreak - You~ probably~ want~ to~ look~ up~ \@backslashchar renewtagform~ - instead} - {I~ will~ just~ ignore~ your~ wish~ for~ now.}} -} -\newtagform{default}{(}{)} -\providecommand*\renewtagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - {\PackageError{mathtools} - {The~ tag~ form~ `#1'~ is~ not~ defined\MessageBreak - You~ probably~ want~ to~ look~ up~ \@backslashchar newtagform~ instead} - {I~ will~ just~ ignore~ your~ wish~ for~ now.}} - {\@ifnextchar[% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1}% - {\MT_define_tagform:nwnn #1[]}% - } -} -\providecommand*\usetagform[1]{% - \@ifundefined{MT_tagform_#1:n} - { - \PackageError{mathtools}{% - You~ have~ chosen~ the~ tag~ form~ `#1'\MessageBreak - but~ it~ appears~ to~ be~ undefined} - {I~ will~ use~ the~ default~ tag~ form~ instead.}% - \@namedef{tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT_tagform_default:n}} - } - { \@namedef{tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT_tagform_#1:n}} } - \MH_if_boolean:nT {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_prev_tagform:n \tagform@ - \def\tagform@##1{\MT_extended_tagform:n {##1}} - } -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {manual_tag} -\MH_new_boolean:n {raw_maketag} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_AmS_tag_in_align: \tag@in@align -\def\tag@in@align{ - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {manual_tag} - \MT_AmS_tag_in_align: -} -\def\tag@in@display#1#{ - \relax - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {manual_tag} - \tag@in@display@a{#1} -} -\def\MT_extended_tagform:n #1{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {raw_maketag} - \if_meaning:NN \df@label\@empty - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {manual_tag}% this was \MH_if_boolean:nT before - { \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - { \stepcounter{equation} } - }{\kern1sp}% this last {\kern1sp} is new. - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {manual_tag} - { \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - { \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} - { \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {manual_tag} } - { \MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - } - { - \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} - { } - { \refstepcounter{equation}\MT_prev_tagform:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - \fi: - \global\MH_set_boolean_T:n {raw_maketag} -} -\def\MT_extended_maketag:n #1{ - \ifx\df@label\@empty - \MT_maketag:n {#1} - \else: - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {raw_maketag} - { - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {show_manual_tags} - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - { \@safe@activestrue - \@ifundefined{MT_r_\df@label} - { } - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - \@safe@activesfalse - } - } - { \MT_maketag:n {#1} } - \fi: - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {manual_tag} -} -\def\MT_extended_eqref:n #1{ - \protected@write\@auxout{} - {\string\MT@newlabel{#1}} - \textup{\MT_prev_tagform:n {\ref{#1}}} -} -\EQ_MakeRobust\MT_extended_eqref:n -\newcommand*\refeq[1]{ - \textup{\ref{#1}} -} -\def\MT_extended_refeq:n #1{ - \protected@write\@auxout{} - {\string\MT@newlabel{#1}} - \textup{\ref{#1}} -} -\newcommand*\MT@newlabel[1]{ \global\@namedef{MT_r_#1}{} } -\MH_new_boolean:n {show_only_refs} -\MH_new_boolean:n {show_manual_tags} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{showmanualtags}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{boolean_show_manual_tags_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error: - \@nameuse{boolean_show_manual_tags_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{boolean_show_manual_tags_#1:} } -} -\newcommand*\MT_showonlyrefs_true:{ - \MH_if_boolean:nF {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {show_only_refs} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_incr_eqnum: \incr@eqnum - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \@empty - \MH_let:NwN \MT_array_parbox_restore: \@arrayparboxrestore - \@xp\def\@xp\@arrayparboxrestore\@xp{\@arrayparboxrestore - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \@empty - } - \MH_let:NwN \MT_prev_tagform:n \tagform@ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_eqref:n \eqref - \MH_let:NwN \MT_refeq:n \refeq - \MH_let:NwN \MT_maketag:n \maketag@@@ - \MH_let:NwN \maketag@@@ \MT_extended_maketag:n - \def\tagform@##1{\MT_extended_tagform:n {##1}} - \MH_let:NwN \eqref \MT_extended_eqref:n - \MH_let:NwN \refeq \MT_extended_refeq:n - } -} -\def\MT_showonlyrefs_false: { - \MH_if_boolean:nT {show_only_refs}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {show_only_refs} - \MH_let:NwN \tagform@ \MT_prev_tagform:n - \MH_let:NwN \eqref \MT_eqref:n - \MH_let:NwN \refeq \MT_refeq:n - \MH_let:NwN \maketag@@@ \MT_maketag:n - \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum \MT_incr_eqnum: - \MH_let:NwN \@arrayparboxrestore \MT_array_parbox_restore: - } -} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{showonlyrefs}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_showonlyrefs_#1:} -} -\renewcommand\nonumber{ - \if@eqnsw - \if_meaning:NN \incr@eqnum\@empty - \MH_if_boolean:nF {show_only_refs} - {\addtocounter{equation}\m@ne} - \fi: - \fi: - \MH_let:NwN \print@eqnum\@empty \MH_let:NwN \incr@eqnum\@empty - \global\@eqnswfalse -} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\newcommand\noeqref[1]{\@bsphack - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \@safe@activestrue% - \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\@firstofone\@tempa}% - \@ifundefined{r@\@tempa}{% - \protect\G@refundefinedtrue% - \@latex@warning{Reference `\@tempa' on page \thepage \space - undefined (\string\noeqref)}% - }{}% - \if@filesw\protected@write\@auxout{}% - {\string\MT@newlabel{\@tempa}}\fi% - \@safe@activesfalse} - \@esphack} - -\providecommand\@safe@activestrue{}% -\providecommand\@safe@activesfalse{}% - -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\providecommand*\xleftrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftrightarrow_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_leftrightarrow_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftarrow\relbar\rightarrow} -\providecommand*\xLeftarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Leftarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xRightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Rightarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xLeftrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0055{\Leftrightarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\relbar\relbar\rightharpoondown} -\def\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\relbar\relbar\rightharpoonup} -\def\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftharpoondown\relbar\relbar} -\def\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftharpoonup\relbar\relbar} -\providecommand*\xrightharpoondown[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xrightharpoonup[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftharpoondown[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftharpoonup[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\providecommand*\xleftrightharpoons[2][]{\mathrel{% - \raise.22ex\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoonup_fill:{\phantom{#1}}{#2}$}% - \setbox0=\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoondown_fill:{#1}{\phantom{#2}}$}% - \kern-\wd0 \lower.22ex\box0}} -\providecommand*\xrightleftharpoons[2][]{\mathrel{% - \raise.22ex\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 0359\MT_rightharpoonup_fill:{\phantom{#1}}{#2}$}% - \setbox0=\hbox{% - $\ext@arrow 3095\MT_leftharpoondown_fill:{#1}{\phantom{#2}}$}% - \kern-\wd0 \lower.22ex\box0}} -\providecommand*\xhookleftarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_hookleft_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_hookleft_fill:{% - \arrowfill@\leftarrow\relbar{\relbar\joinrel\rhook}} -\providecommand*\xhookrightarrow[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 3095\MT_hookright_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_hookright_fill:{% - \arrowfill@{\lhook\joinrel\relbar}\relbar\rightarrow} -\providecommand*\xmapsto[2][]{% - \ext@arrow 0395\MT_mapsto_fill:{#1}{#2}} -\def\MT_mapsto_fill:{% - \arrowfill@{\mapstochar\relbar}\relbar\rightarrow} -\providecommand*\underbracket{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_underbracket_I:w} - {\MT_underbracket_I:w[\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim]}} -\def\MT_underbracket_I:w[#1]{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1][.7\fontdimen5\textfont2]}} -\def\MT_underbracket_II:w[#1][#2]#3{% - \mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{## - \crcr - $\hfil\displaystyle{#3}\hfil$% - \crcr - \noalign{\kern .2\fontdimen5\textfont2 \nointerlineskip}% - \upbracketfill {#1}{#2}% - \crcr}}} - \limits} -\def\upbracketfill#1#2{% - \sbox\z@{$\braceld$} - \edef\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim{\the\ht\z@}% - \upbracketend{#1}{#2} - \leaders \vrule \@height \z@ \@depth #1 \hfill - \upbracketend{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\upbracketend#1#2{\vrule \@height #2 \@width #1\relax} -\providecommand*\overbracket{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_overbracket_I:w} - {\MT_overbracket_I:w[\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim]}} -\def\MT_overbracket_I:w[#1]{ - \@ifnextchar[ - {\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1][.7\fontdimen5\textfont2]}} -\def\MT_overbracket_II:w[#1][#2]#3{% - \mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{## - \crcr - \downbracketfill{#1}{#2}% - \crcr - \noalign{\kern .2\fontdimen5\textfont2 \nointerlineskip}% - $\hfil\displaystyle{#3}\hfil$ - \crcr}}}% - \limits} -\def\downbracketfill#1#2{% - \sbox\z@{$\braceld$}\edef\l_MT_bracketheight_fdim{\the\ht\z@} - \downbracketend{#1}{#2} - \leaders \vrule \@height #1 \@depth \z@ \hfill - \downbracketend{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\downbracketend#1#2{\vrule \@width #1\@depth #2\relax} -\MH_let:NwN \LaTeXunderbrace \underbrace -\def\underbrace#1{\mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr - $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr - \noalign{\kern.7\fontdimen5\textfont2\nointerlineskip}% - \upbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern.5\fontdimen5\textfont2}}}}\limits} -\MH_let:NwN \LaTeXoverbrace \overbrace -\def\overbrace#1{\mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr - \noalign{\kern.5\fontdimen5\textfont2}% - \downbracefill\crcr - \noalign{\kern.7\fontdimen5\textfont2\nointerlineskip}% - $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} -\providecommand*\lparen{(} -\providecommand*\rparen{)} - -\def\vcentcolon{\mathrel{\mathop\ordinarycolon}} -\providecommand\ordinarycolon{:} -\begingroup - \catcode`\:=\active - \lowercase{\endgroup -\def\MT_activate_colon{% - \ifnum\mathcode`\:=32768\relax - \let\ordinarycolon= :% - \else - \mathchardef\ordinarycolon\mathcode`\: % - \fi - \let :\vcentcolon - } -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {center_colon} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{centercolon}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{MT_active_colon_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error:n - \@nameuse{MT_active_colon_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{MT_active_colon_#1:} } -} -\def\MT_active_colon_true: { - \MT_activate_colon - \MH_if_boolean:nF {center_colon}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {center_colon} - \edef\MT_active_colon_false: - {\mathcode`\noexpand\:=\the\mathcode`\:\relax} - \mathcode`\:=32768 - } -} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \providecommand*\dblcolon{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-.9mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\coloneqq{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu=}} - \providecommand*\Coloneqq{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu=}} - \providecommand*\coloneq{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\mathrel{-}}} - \providecommand*\Coloneq{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\mathrel{-}}} - \providecommand*\eqqcolon{\mathrel{=\mkern-1.2mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\Eqqcolon{\mathrel{=\mkern-1.2mu\dblcolon}} - \providecommand*\eqcolon{\mathrel{\mathrel{-}\mkern-1.2mu\vcentcolon}} - \providecommand*\Eqcolon{\mathrel{\mathrel{-}\mkern-1.2mu\dblcolon}} - \providecommand*\colonapprox{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\approx}} - \providecommand*\Colonapprox{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\approx}} - \providecommand*\colonsim{\mathrel{\vcentcolon\mkern-1.2mu\sim}} - \providecommand*\Colonsim{\mathrel{\dblcolon\mkern-1.2mu\sim}} -} -\let \AMS@math@cr@@ \math@cr@@ -\MH_new_boolean:n {mult_firstline} -\MH_new_boolean:n {outer_mult} -\newcount\g_MT_multlinerow_int -\newdimen\l_MT_multwidth_dim -\newcommand*\MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn [1]{ - \if:w t#1\relax - \expandafter\MH_use_choice_i:nnnn - \else: - \if:w c#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\MH_use_choice_ii:nnnn - \else: - \if:w b#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \MH_use_choice_iii:nnnn - \else: - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \MH_use_choice_iv:nnnn - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: -} -\def\MT_mult_invisible_line: { - \crcr - \global\MH_set_boolean_F:n {mult_firstline} - \hbox to \l_MT_multwidth_dim{}\crcr - \noalign{\vskip-\baselineskip \vskip-\jot \vskip-\normallineskip} -} -\def\MT_mult_mathcr_atat:w [#1]{% - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {mult_firstline}{ - \kern\l_MT_mult_left_fdim - \MT_mult_invisible_line: - } - \crcr - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \global\advance\g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne - \if_num:w \g_MT_multlinerow_int=\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@\MT_mult_last_mathcr:w - \fi: -} -\def\MT_mult_firstandlast_mathcr:w [#1]{% - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi: - \kern\l_MT_mult_left_fdim - \MT_mult_invisible_line: - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \kern\l_MT_mult_right_fdim -} -\def\MT_mult_last_mathcr:w [#1]{ - \if_num:w 0=`{\fi: \iffalse}\fi:\math@cr@@@ - \noalign{\vskip#1\relax} - \kern\l_MT_mult_right_fdim} -\newcommand\MT_start_mult:N [1]{ - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vtop } - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vcenter } - { \MH_let:NwN \MT_next:\vbox } - { - \PackageError{mathtools} - {Invalid~ position~ specifier.~ I'll~ try~ to~ recover~ with~ - `c'}\@ehc - } - \collect@body\MT_mult_internal:n -} -\newcommand*\MT_shoveright:wn [2][0pt]{% - #2\hfilneg - \setlength\@tempdima{#1} - \kern\@tempdima -} -\newcommand*\MT_shoveleft:wn [2][0pt]{% - \hfilneg - \setlength\@tempdima{#1} - \kern\@tempdima - #2 -} -\newcommand*\MT_mult_internal:n [1]{ - \MH_if_boolean:nF {outer_mult}{\null\,} - \MT_next: - \bgroup - \Let@ - \def\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint{0 } - \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@\MT_mult_mathcr_atat:w - \MH_let:NwN \shoveleft\MT_shoveleft:wn - \MH_let:NwN \shoveright\MT_shoveright:wn - \spread@equation - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {mult_firstline} - \MT_measure_mult:n {#1} - \if_dim:w \l_MT_multwidth_dim<\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim - \MH_setlength:dn \l_MT_multwidth_dim{\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim} - \fi - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {mult_firstline} - \if_num:w \l_MT_multline_lastline_fint=\@ne - \MH_let:NwN \math@cr@@ \MT_mult_firstandlast_mathcr:w - \fi: - \ialign\bgroup - \hfil\strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$\hfil - \crcr - \hfilneg - #1 -} -\newcommand\MT_measure_mult:n [1]{ - \begingroup - \g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne - \MH_let:NwN \label\MT_gobblelabel:w - \MH_let:NwN \tag\gobble@tag - \setbox\z@\vbox{ - \ialign{\strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{}##$ - \crcr - #1 - \crcr - } - } - \xdef\l_MT_multline_measure_fdim{\the\wdz@} - \advance\g_MT_multlinerow_int\m@ne - \xdef\l_MT_multline_lastline_fint{\number\g_MT_multlinerow_int} - \endgroup - \g_MT_multlinerow_int\@ne -} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\newcommand*\MT_multlined_second_arg:w [1][\@empty]{ - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - { - \if_meaning:NN \@empty#1\@empty - \else: - \setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1} - \fi: - } - \MT_start_mult:N \MT_mult_default_pos: -} -\newenvironment{multlined}[1][] - {\MH_group_align_safe_begin: - \MT_test_for_tcb_other:nnnnn {#1} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - {\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} - { - \if_meaning:NN \@empty#1\@empty - \else: - \setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1} - \fi: - } - \MT_multlined_second_arg:w - } - { - \hfilneg \endaligned \MH_group_align_safe_end: - } -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {firstline-afterskip}{\def\l_MT_mult_left_fdim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {lastline-preskip}{\def\l_MT_mult_right_fdim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {multlined-width}{\setlength \l_MT_multwidth_dim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {multlined-pos}{\def\MT_mult_default_pos:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - firstline-afterskip=\multlinegap, - lastline-preskip=\multlinegap, - multlined-width=0pt, - multlined-pos=c, -} -\def\MT_gobblelabel:w #1{} -\newcommand\MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n [1]{ - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - \mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup ##1 ##2 \aftergroup\egroup ##3 - } - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - \mathopen{##1}##2\mathclose{##3} - } - } - -\newcommand\reDeclarePairedDelimiterInnerWrapper[3]{ - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _ #2 _wrapper:nnn}##1##2##3{ - #3 - } -} - -\newcommand*\DeclarePairedDelimiter[3]{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} - \@namedef{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}##1 - %{\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2 ##1 \aftergroup\egroup\right #3}% - { \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn}% - {\left#2}{##1}{\right#3} }% - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [2][\\@gobble] - { - %\mathopen{\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 l} #2} ##2 - %\mathclose{\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 r} #3}} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn}% - {\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 l} #2} - {##2} - {\@nameuse {\MH_cs_to_str:N ##1 r} #3} - } - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} -\def\MHempty{} -\def\DeclarePairedDelimiterX#1[#2]#3#4#5{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ - \MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n{#2} - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:\endcsname - [#2] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{\middle} - %\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#3 #5 \aftergroup\egroup\right#4 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn} - {\left#3}{#5}{\right#4} - \endgroup - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [1][\MHempty] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{##1} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:} - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:\endcsname - [#2] - { - %\mathopen{% - % \let\MHempty\@gobble - % \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #3} - %#5 - %\mathclose{% - % \let\MHempty\@gobble - % \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #4} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #3 - } - {#5} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #4 - } - \endgroup - } - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} -\def\MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n #1{ - \ifnum#1>9\relax - \PackageError{mathtools}{No~ more~ than~ 9~ arguments}{} - \else - \ifnum#1<1\relax - \PackageError{mathtools}{Macro~ need~ 1~ or~ more~ - arguments.\MessageBreak Please~ change~ [#1]~ to~ [1]~ ... [9]}{} - \fi - \fi - } - -\def\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP#1[#2]#3#4#5#6#7{% - \@ifdefinable{#1}{ - \MT_paired_delimx_arg_test:n{#2} - \MT_delim_default_inner_wrappers:n{#1} - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:\endcsname - [#2] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{\middle} - #3 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star_wrapper:nnn} - {\left#4}{#7}{\right#5} - #6 - \endgroup - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:\endcsname - [1][\MHempty] - { - \begingroup - \def\delimsize{##1} - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:} - } - \@xp\@xp\@xp - \newcommand - \@xp\csname MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_inner:\endcsname - [#2] - { - #3 - \@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar_wrapper:nnn} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize l\endcsname #4 - } - {#7} - { - \let\MHempty\@gobble - \@xp\@xp\@xp\csname\@xp\MH_cs_to_str:N \delimsize r\endcsname #5 - } - #6 - \endgroup - } - \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{ - \@ifstar - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _star:}} - {\@nameuse{MT_delim_\MH_cs_to_str:N #1 _nostar:}} - } - } -} - - -\def\MT_start_cases:nnnn #1#2#3#4{ % #1=sep,#2=lpreamble,#3=rpreamble,#4=delim - \RIfM@\else - \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}} - \fi - \MH_group_align_safe_begin: - \left#4 - \vcenter \bgroup - \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr - \let \math@cr@@\AMS@math@cr@@ - \spread@equation - \ialign\bgroup - \strut@#2 \strut@ - #3 - \crcr -} -\def\MH_end_cases:{\crcr\egroup - \restorecolumn@ - \egroup - \MH_group_align_safe_end: -} -\newcommand*\newcases[6]{% #1=name, #2=sep, #3=preamble, #4=left, #5=right - \newenvironment{#1} - {\MT_start_cases:nnnn {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}} - {\MH_end_cases:\right#6} -} -\newcommand*\renewcases[6]{ - \renewenvironment{#1} - {\MT_start_cases:nnnn {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}} - {\MH_end_cases:\right#6} -} -\newcases{dcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -\newcases{dcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -\newcases{rcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th{##}$\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{rcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{drcases}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{drcases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{.}{\rbrace} -\newcases{cases*}{\quad}{% - $\m@th{##}$\hfil}{{##}\hfil}{\lbrace}{.} -\def\MT_matrix_begin:N #1{% - \hskip -\arraycolsep - \MH_let:NwN \@ifnextchar \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn - \array{*\c@MaxMatrixCols #1}} -\def\MT_matrix_end:{\endarray \hskip -\arraycolsep} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\newenvironment{matrix*}[1][c] - {\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:} -\newenvironment{pmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left(\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right)} -\newenvironment{bmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left[\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right]} -\newenvironment{Bmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lbrace\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\rbrace} -\newenvironment{vmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lvert\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\rvert} -\newenvironment{Vmatrix*}[1][c] - {\left\lVert\MT_matrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_matrix_end:\right\lVert} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N #1{% - \Let@\restore@math@cr\default@tag - \baselineskip6\ex@ \lineskip1.5\ex@ \lineskiplimit\lineskip - \csname MT_smallmatrix_#1_begin:\endcsname -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_end:{\crcr\egroup\egroup\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_l_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil&&\thickspace - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil\crcr -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_c_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup\hfil$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil&&\thickspace\hfil - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil\crcr -} -\def\MT_smallmatrix_r_begin:{\null\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:\vcenter\bgroup - \ialign\bgroup\hfil$\m@th\scriptstyle##$&&\thickspace\hfil - $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr -} -\newenvironment{smallmatrix*}[1][\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:] - {\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N #1} - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:} -\def\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn #1#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#1}{% - \newenvironment{#1} - {\@nameuse{#1hook}\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N c}% - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:\aftergroup\egroup\right#3}% - }{}% - \@ifundefined{#1*}{% - \newenvironment{#1*}[1][\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:]% - {\@nameuse{#1hook}\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\left#2\MT_smallmatrix_begin:N ##1}% - {\MT_smallmatrix_end:\aftergroup\egroup\right#3}% - }{}% -} -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{psmallmatrix}() -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{bsmallmatrix}[] -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{Bsmallmatrix}\lbrace\rbrace -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{vsmallmatrix}\lvert\rvert -\MT_fenced_sm_generator:nnn{Vsmallmatrix}\lVert\rVert -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {smallmatrix-align}{\def\MT_smallmatrix_default_align:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {smallmatrix-inner-space}{\def\MT_smallmatrix_inner_space:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - smallmatrix-align=c, - smallmatrix-inner-space=\, -} - -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -\newcommand*\smashoperator[2][lr]{ - \def\MT_smop_use:NNNNN {\@nameuse{MT_smop_smash_#1:NNNNN}} - \toks@{#2} - \expandafter\MT_smop_get_args:wwwNnNn - \the\toks@\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@@nil -} -\def\MT_smop_remove_nil_vi:N #1\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil\@nil{#1} -\def\MT_smop_mathop:n {\mathop} -\def\MT_smop_limits: {\limits} -\MH_new_boolean:n {smop_one} -\MH_new_boolean:n {smop_two} -\def\MT_smop_get_args:wwwNnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@@nil{% - \begingroup - \def\MT_smop_arg_A: {#1} \def\MT_smop_arg_B: {#2} - \def\MT_smop_arg_C: {#3} \def\MT_smop_arg_D: {#4} - \def\MT_smop_arg_E: {#5} \def\MT_smop_arg_F: {#6} - \def\MT_smop_arg_G: {#7} - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_A: \MT_smop_mathop:n - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_C:\MT_smop_limits: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1{#2}}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \edef\MT_smop_final_arg_E: - {\expandafter\MT_smop_remove_nil_vi:N \MT_smop_arg_G: } - \fi: - \fi: - \else: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1{#2}}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \else: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_B:\MT_smop_limits: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_F: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_F: - \fi: - \fi: - \else: - \def\MT_smop_final_arg_A:{#1}% - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_C: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_one} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_arg_B: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_C: \MT_smop_arg_C: - \if_meaning:NN \MT_smop_arg_D: \@nnil - \else: - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {smop_two} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_arg_D: - \MH_let:NwN \MT_smop_final_arg_E: \MT_smop_arg_E: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_one}{ - \MT_smop_measure:NNNNN - \MT_smop_final_arg_A: \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_final_arg_C: - \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_final_arg_E: - } - \MT_smop_use:NNNNN - \MT_smop_final_arg_A: \MT_smop_final_arg_B: \MT_smop_final_arg_C: - \MT_smop_final_arg_D: \MT_smop_final_arg_E: - \endgroup -} -\def\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{% - \displaystyle #1 - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_one}{ - \limits#2{\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \MH_if_boolean:nT {smop_two}{ - #4{\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#5}} - } - } -} -\def\MT_smop_measure:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{% - \MH_let:NwN \MT_saved_mathclap:Nn \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn - \MH_let:NwN \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \@secondoftwo - \sbox\z@{$\m@th\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5$} - \MH_let:NwN \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \MT_saved_mathclap:Nn - \sbox\tw@{$\m@th\displaystyle#1$} - \@tempdima=.5\wd0 - \advance\@tempdima-.5\wd2 -} -\def\MT_smop_smash_l:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5\kern\@tempdima -} -\def\MT_smop_smash_r:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \kern\@tempdima\MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5 -} -\def\MT_smop_smash_lr:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5{ - \MT_smop_needed_args:NNNNN #1#2#3#4#5 -} -\def\MT_vphantom:Nn {\v@true\h@false\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_hphantom:Nn {\v@false\h@true\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_phantom:Nn {\v@true\h@true\MT_internal_phantom:N} -\def\MT_internal_phantom:N #1{ - \ifmmode - \expandafter\mathph@nt\expandafter#1 - \else - \expandafter\makeph@nt - \fi -} -\newcommand*\adjustlimits[6]{ - \sbox\z@{$\m@th \displaystyle #1$} - \sbox\tw@{$\m@th \displaystyle #4$} - \@tempdima=\dp\z@ \advance\@tempdima-\dp\tw@ - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\z@ - \mathop{#1}\limits#2{#3} - \else: - \mathop{#1\MT_vphantom:Nn \displaystyle{#4}}\limits - #2{ - \def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \box\z@} - \mathsm@sh\scriptstyle{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \MT_vphantom:Nn \scriptstyle - {\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#6}} - } - \fi: - \if_dim:w \@tempdima>\z@ - \mathop{#4\MT_vphantom:Nn \displaystyle{#1}}\limits - #5 - { - \MT_vphantom:Nn \scriptstyle - {\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#3}} - \def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \box\z@} - \mathsm@sh\scriptstyle{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn \scriptstyle{#6}} - } - \else: - \mathop{#4}\limits#5{#6} - \fi: -} -\newcommand\SwapAboveDisplaySkip{% - \noalign{\vskip-\abovedisplayskip\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip} -} - -\newcommand\MoveEqLeft[1][2]{\kern #1em & \kern -#1em} -\newcommand\Aboxed[1]{\let\bgroup{\romannumeral-`}\@Aboxed#1&&\ENDDNE} -\def\@Aboxed#1\ENDDNE{% - \ifnum0=`{}\fi \setbox \z@ - \hbox{$\displaystyle#1{}\m@th$\kern\fboxsep \kern\fboxrule }% - \edef\@tempa {\kern \wd\z@ &\kern -\the\wd\z@ \fboxsep - \the\fboxsep \fboxrule \the\fboxrule }\@tempa \boxed {#1#2}% -} -\MHInternalSyntaxOff -\def\ArrowBetweenLines{\relax - \iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi - \@ifstar{\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI{00}}{\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI{01}}} -\def\ArrowBetweenLines@auxI#1{% - \@ifnextchar[% - {\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII{#1}}% - {\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII{#1}[\Updownarrow]}} -\def\ArrowBetweenLines@auxII#1[#2]{% - \ifnum0=`{\fi \iffalse}\fi - \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - {alignedat,aligned,gathered}% - \ifin@ \else - \notag - \fi% - \\ - \noalign{\nobreak\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip-\lineskip}% - \noalign{\expandafter\in@\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - {alignedat,aligned,gathered}% - \ifin@ \else\notag\fi% - }% - \if#1 &&\quad #2\else #2\quad\fi - \\\noalign{\nobreak\vskip-\lineskip}} - -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\newcommand\vdotswithin[1]{% - {\mathmakebox[\widthof{\ensuremath{{}#1{}}}][c]{{\vdots}}}} -\newlength\origjot -\setlength\origjot{\jot} -\newdimen\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim -\newdimen\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {shortvdotsadjustabove}{\setlength\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {shortvdotsadjustbelow}{\setlength\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - shortvdotsadjustabove=2.15\origjot, - shortvdotsadjustbelow=\origjot -} -\def\shortvdotswithin{\relax - \@ifstar{\MT_svwi_aux:nn{00}}{\MT_svwi_aux:nn{01}}} -\def\MT_svwi_aux:nn #1#2{ - \MTFlushSpaceAbove - \if#1 \vdotswithin{#2}& \else &\vdotswithin{#2} \fi - \MTFlushSpaceBelow -} -\def\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n #1{% - \begingroup - \def\etb@tempa##1|#1|##2\MT@END{\endgroup - \ifx\@empty##2\@empty\notag\fi}% - \expandafter\etb@tempa\expandafter|alignedat|aligned|split|#1|\MT@END} - %| emacs -\newcommand\MTFlushSpaceAbove{ - \expandafter\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n\expandafter{\@currenvir} - \\ - \noalign{% - \nobreak\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip-\lineskip% - \vskip-\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustabove_dim - \vskip-\origjot - \vskip\jot - }% - \noalign{ - \expandafter\MT_remove_tag_unless_inner:n\expandafter{\@currenvir} - } -} -\newcommand\MTFlushSpaceBelow{ - \\\noalign{% - \nobreak\vskip-\lineskip - \vskip-\l_MT_shortvdotswithinadjustbelow_dim - \vskip-\origjot - \vskip\jot - } -} - -\def\MH_nrotarrow:NN #1#2{% - \setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th#1\uparrow$}\dimen0=\dp0 - \setbox0=\hbox{% - \reflectbox{\rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{$\m@th#1\mkern2.22mu #2$}}}% - \dp0=\dimen0 \box0 \mkern2.3965mu -} -\def\MH_nuparrow: {% - \mathrel{\mathpalette\MH_nrotarrow:NN\nrightarrow} } -\def\MH_ndownarrow: {% - \mathrel{\mathpalette\MH_nrotarrow:NN\nleftarrow} } -\AtBeginDocument{% - \RequirePackage{graphicx}% - \@ifundefined{nrightarrow}{% - \providecommand\nuparrow{% - \PackageError{mathtools}{\string\nuparrow\space~ is~ - constructed~ from~ \string\nrightarrow,~ which~ is~ not~ - provided.~ Please~ load~ the~ amssymb~ package~ or~ similar}{} - }}{ \providecommand\nuparrow{\MH_nuparrow:}} - \@ifundefined{nleftarrow}{% - \providecommand\ndownarrow{% - \PackageError{mathtools}{\string\ndownarrow\space~ is~ - constructed~ from~ \string\nleftarrow,~ which~ is~ not~ - provided.~ Please~ load~ the~ amssymb~ package~ or~ similar}{} - }}{ \providecommand\ndownarrow{\MH_ndownarrow:}} } -\def\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N #1{% - \vcenter{\hbox{#1$\m@th\mkern-2mu\times\mkern-2mu$}}} -\def\MH_bigtimes_inner: { - \mathchoice{\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \huge} % display style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \LARGE} % text style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N {}} % script style - {\MH_bigtimes_scaler:N \footnotesize} % script script style -} -\def\MH_csym_bigtimes: {\mathop{\MH_bigtimes_inner:}\displaylimits} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \providecommand\bigtimes{\MH_csym_bigtimes:} -} -\MH_let:NwN \MT_orig_intertext: \intertext@ -\newdimen\l_MT_above_intertext_sep -\newdimen\l_MT_below_intertext_sep -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {aboveintertextdim}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {belowintertextdim}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-intertext-dim}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-intertext-dim}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-intertext-sep}{\setlength\l_MT_above_intertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-intertext-sep}{\setlength\l_MT_below_intertext_sep{#1}} -\def\MT_intertext: {% - \def\intertext##1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\belowdisplayskip - \vskip-\lineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\normallineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\l_MT_above_intertext_sep - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \ifdim\linewidth=\columnwidth - \else \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi - \noindent##1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayskip% - \vskip-\lineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\normallineskiplimit % CCS - \vskip\l_MT_above_intertext_sep - }% -}} -\def\MT_orig_intertext_true: { \MH_let:NwN \intertext@ \MT_orig_intertext: } -\def\MT_orig_intertext_false: { \MH_let:NwN \intertext@ \MT_intertext: } -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{original-intertext}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_orig_intertext_#1:} -} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - original-intertext=false -} -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext:n #1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \if_dim:w \linewidth=\columnwidth - \else: - \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi: - \noindent#1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip% - }% -} -\newdimen\l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep -\newdimen\l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {aboveshortintertextdim}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {belowshortintertextdim}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-short-intertext-dim}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-short-intertext-dim}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-short-intertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-short-intertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {above-shortintertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {below-shortintertext-sep}{\setlength \l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - aboveshortintertextdim=3pt, - belowshortintertextdim=3pt -} -\def\MT_shortintertext:n #1{% - \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi - \noalign{% - \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip - \vskip-\lineskiplimit - \vskip\normallineskiplimit - \vskip\l_MT_above_shortintertext_sep - \vbox{\normalbaselines - \if_dim:w \linewidth=\columnwidth - \else: - \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth - \fi: - \noindent#1\par}% - \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayshortskip% - \vskip-\lineskiplimit - \vskip\normallineskiplimit - \vskip\l_MT_below_shortintertext_sep - }% -} -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext_true: { \MH_let:NwN \shortintertext \MT_orig_shortintertext:n } -\def\MT_orig_shortintertext_false: { \MH_let:NwN \shortintertext \MT_shortintertext:n } -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{original-shortintertext}[true]{ - \@nameuse{MT_orig_shortintertext_#1:} -} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - original-shortintertext=false -} -\providecommand*\clap[1]{\hb@xt@\z@{\hss#1\hss}} -\providecommand*\mathllap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathllap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathllap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\providecommand*\mathrlap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathrlap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathrlap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\providecommand*\mathclap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_mathclap:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_mathclap:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_mathllap:Nn #1#2{{}\llap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\def\MT_mathrlap:Nn #1#2{{}\rlap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\def\MT_mathclap:Nn #1#2{{}\clap{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\providecommand*\mathmbox{\mathpalette\MT_mathmbox:nn} -\def\MT_mathmbox:nn #1#2{\mbox{$\m@th#1#2$}} -\providecommand*\mathmakebox{ - \@ifnextchar[ \MT_mathmakebox_I:w - \mathmbox} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_I:w[#1]{% - \@ifnextchar[ {\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1]} - {\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1][c]}} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_II:w[#1][#2]{ - \mathpalette{\MT_mathmakebox_III:w[#1][#2]}} -\def\MT_mathmakebox_III:w[#1][#2]#3#4{% - \@begin@tempboxa\hbox{$\m@th#3#4$}% - \setlength\@tempdima{#1}% - \hbox{\hb@xt@\@tempdima{\csname bm@#2\endcsname}}% - \@end@tempboxa} -\def\mathsm@sh#1#2{% - \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}{}\finsm@sh} -\providecommand*\cramped[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1#2{ - \sbox\z@{$\m@th#1\nulldelimiterspace=\z@\radical\z@{#2}$} - \ifx#1\displaystyle - \dimen@=\fontdimen8\textfont3 - \advance\dimen@ .25\fontdimen5\textfont2 - \else - \dimen@=1.25\fontdimen8 - \ifx#1\textstyle\textfont - \else - \ifx#1\scriptstyle - \scriptfont - \else - \scriptscriptfont - \fi - \fi - 3 - \fi - \advance\dimen@-\ht\z@ \ht\z@=-\dimen@ - \box\z@ -} -\providecommand*\crampedllap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_llap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\llap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -\providecommand*\crampedclap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_clap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\clap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -\providecommand*\crampedrlap[1][\@empty]{ - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \expandafter \mathpalette \expandafter \MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn - \else - \expandafter \MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn \expandafter #1 - \fi -} -\def\MT_cramped_rlap_internal:Nn #1#2{ - {}\rlap{\MT_cramped_internal:Nn #1{#2}} -} -\newcommand{\MT_prescript_inner:}[4]{ - \@mathmeasure\z@#4{\MT_prescript_sup:{#1}} - \@mathmeasure\tw@#4{\MT_prescript_sub:{#2}} - \if_dim:w \wd\tw@>\wd\z@ - \setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\tw@{\hfil\unhbox\z@} - \else: - \setbox\tw@\hbox to\wd\z@{\hfil\unhbox\tw@} - \fi: - \mathop{} - \mathopen{\vphantom{\MT_prescript_arg:{#3}}}^{\box\z@}\sb{\box\tw@} - \MT_prescript_arg:{#3} -} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\prescript}[3]{ - \mathchoice - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptstyle}} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptstyle}} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptscriptstyle}} - {\MT_prescript_inner:{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptscriptstyle}} -} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-sup-format}{\def\MT_prescript_sup:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-sub-format}{\def\MT_prescript_sub:{#1}} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:} - {prescript-arg-format}{\def\MT_prescript_arg:{#1}} -\setkeys{\MT_options_name:}{ - prescript-sup-format={}, - prescript-sub-format={}, - prescript-arg-format={}, -} -\def\@DeclareMathSizes #1#2#3#4#5{% - \@defaultunits\dimen@ #2pt\relax\@nnil - \if:w $#3$% - \MH_let:cN {S@\strip@pt\dimen@}\math@fontsfalse - \else: - \@defaultunits\dimen@ii #3pt\relax\@nnil - \@defaultunits\@tempdima #4pt\relax\@nnil - \@defaultunits\@tempdimb #5pt\relax\@nnil - \toks@{#1}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname S@\strip@pt\dimen@\endcsname{% - \gdef\noexpand\tf@size{\strip@pt\dimen@ii}% - \gdef\noexpand\sf@size{\strip@pt\@tempdima}% - \gdef\noexpand\ssf@size{\strip@pt\@tempdimb}% - \the\toks@ - }% - \fi: -} -\def\MT_mathic_true: { - \MH_if_boolean:nF {math_italic_corr}{ - \MH_set_boolean_T:n {math_italic_corr} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {robustify}{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_mathic_redeffer: \DeclareRobustCommand - }{ - \MH_let:NwN \MT_mathic_redeffer: \renewcommand - } - \MH_let:NwN \MT_begin_inlinemath: \( - %\renewcommand*\({ - \MT_mathic_redeffer:*\({ - \relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else - \ifhmode - \if_dim:w \fontdimen\@ne\font>\z@ - \if_dim:w \lastskip>\z@ - \skip@\lastskip\unskip - \@@italiccorr - \hskip\skip@ - \else: - \@@italiccorr - \fi: - \fi: - \fi: - $\fi: - } - } -} -\def\MT_mathic_false: { - \MH_if_boolean:nT {math_italic_corr}{ - \MH_set_boolean_F:n {math_italic_corr} - \MH_if_boolean:nTF {robustify}{ - \edef\({\MT_begin_inlinemath:}% - \forced_EQ_MakeRobust\(% - }{ - \MH_let:NwN \( \MT_begin_inlinemath: - } - } -} -\MH_new_boolean:n {math_italic_corr} -\define@key{\MT_options_name:}{mathic}[true]{ - \@ifundefined{MT_mathic_#1:} - { \MT_true_false_error: - \@nameuse{MT_mathic_false:} - } - { \@nameuse{MT_mathic_#1:} } -} -\newenvironment{spreadlines}[1]{ - \setlength{\jot}{#1} - \ignorespaces -}{ \ignorespacesafterend } -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\newenvironment{MT_gathered_env}[1][c]{% - \RIfM@\else - \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}% - \fi - \null\,% - \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi \bgroup - \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr - \spread@equation - \ialign\bgroup - \MT_gathered_pre: - \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle##$ - \MT_gathered_post: - \crcr -}{% - \endaligned - \MT_gathered_env_end: -} -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -\newcommand*\newgathered[4]{ - \newenvironment{#1} - { \def\MT_gathered_pre:{#2} - \def\MT_gathered_post:{#3} - \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{#4} - \MT_gathered_env - }{\endMT_gathered_env} -} -\newcommand*\renewgathered[4]{ - \renewenvironment{#1} - { \def\MT_gathered_pre:{#2} - \def\MT_gathered_post:{#3} - \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{#4} - \MT_gathered_env - }{\endMT_gathered_env} -} -\newgathered{lgathered}{}{\hfil}{} -\newgathered{rgathered}{\hfil}{}{} -\renewgathered{gathered}{\hfil}{\hfil}{} -\newcommand*\splitfrac[2]{% - \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{1}% - {\textstyle#1\quad\hfill}% - {\textstyle\hfill\quad\mathstrut#2}% -} -\newcommand*\splitdfrac[2]{% - \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{0}{#1\quad\hfill}{\hfill\quad\mathstrut #2}% -} -\MH_if_boolean:nT {fixamsmath}{ -\def\place@tag{% - \iftagsleft@ - \kern-\tagshift@ - \if@fleqn - \if_num:w \xatlevel@=\tw@ - \kern-\@mathmargin - \fi: - \fi: - \if:w 1\shift@tag\row@\relax - \rlap{\vbox{% - \normalbaselines - \boxz@ - \vbox to\lineht@{}% - \raise@tag - }}% - \else: - \rlap{\boxz@}% - \fi: - \kern\displaywidth@ - \else: - \kern-\tagshift@ - \if:w 1\shift@tag\row@\relax - \llap{\vtop{% - \raise@tag - \normalbaselines - \setbox\@ne\null - \dp\@ne\lineht@ - \box\@ne - \boxz@ - }}% - \else: - \llap{\boxz@}% - \fi: - \fi: -} -\def\x@calc@shift@lf{% - \if_dim:w \eqnshift@=\z@ - \global\eqnshift@\@mathmargin\relax - \alignsep@\displaywidth - \advance\alignsep@-\totwidth@ - \if_num:w \@tempcntb=0 - \else: - \global\divide\alignsep@\@tempcntb % original line - \fi: - \if_dim:w \alignsep@<\minalignsep\relax - \global\alignsep@\minalignsep\relax - \fi: - \fi: - \if_dim:w \tag@width\row@>\@tempdima - \saveshift@1% - \else: - \saveshift@0% - \fi:}% -} -\MaybeMHPrecedingSpacesOff -\renewcommand\aligned@a[1][c]{\start@aligned{#1}\m@ne} -\MHPrecedingSpacesOn -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mathtools.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mhsetup.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mhsetup.sty deleted file mode 100644 index b78969e5746..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mhsetup.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mhsetup.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% mhsetup.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2002-2007,2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file mhsetup.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% mhsetup.sty, mhsetup.pdf, mhsetup.ins, mhsetup.drv. -%% -\ProvidesPackage{mhsetup}% - [2010/01/21 v1.2a programming setup (MH)] -\def\MHInternalSyntaxOn{ - \edef\MHInternalSyntaxOff{% - \catcode`\noexpand\~=\the\catcode`\~\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\ =\the\catcode`\ \relax - \catcode`\noexpand\^^I=\the\catcode`\^^I\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\@=\the\catcode`\@\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\:=\the\catcode`\:\relax - \catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_\relax - \endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\relax - }% - \catcode`\~=10\relax - \catcode`\ =9\relax - \catcode`\^^I=9\relax - \makeatletter - \catcode`\_=11\relax - \catcode`\:=11\relax - \endlinechar=` % - \relax -} -\MHInternalSyntaxOn -\AtEndOfPackage{\MHInternalSyntaxOff} -\let\MH_let:NwN \let -\def\MH_let:cN #1#2{ - \expandafter\MH_let:NwN \csname#1\endcsname#2} -\def\MH_let:cc #1#2{ - \expandafter\MH_let:NwN\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname} -\def\MH_new_boolean:n #1{ - \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname if_boolean_#1:\endcsname{ - \@namedef{boolean_#1_true:} - {\MH_let:cN{if_boolean_#1:}\iftrue} - \@namedef{boolean_#1_false:} - {\MH_let:cN{if_boolean_#1:}\iffalse} - \@nameuse{boolean_#1_false:}% - } -} -\def\MH_set_boolean_F:n #1{ \@nameuse{boolean_#1_false:} } -\def\MH_set_boolean_T:n #1{ \@nameuse{boolean_#1_true:} } -\def\MH_if_boolean:nTF #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else: - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi: -} -\def\MH_if_boolean:nT #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@firstofone - \else: - \expandafter\@gobble - \fi: -} -\def\MH_if_boolean:nF #1{ - \@nameuse{if_boolean_#1:} - \expandafter\@gobble - \else: - \expandafter\@firstofone - \fi: -} -\@ifundefined{if:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if:w =\if}{} -\@ifundefined{if_meaning:NN}{\MH_let:NwN \if_meaning:NN =\ifx}{} -\@ifundefined{else:}{\MH_let:NwN \else:=\else}{} -\@ifundefined{fi:}{\MH_let:NwN \fi:=\fi}{} -\AtBeginDocument{ - \@ifundefined{if_num:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_num:w =\ifnum}{} - \@ifundefined{if_dim:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_dim:w =\ifdim}{} - \@ifundefined{if_case:w}{\MH_let:NwN \if_case:w =\ifcase}{} -} -\@ifundefined{or:}{\MH_let:NwN \or:=\or}{} -\def\MH_cs_to_str:N {\expandafter\@gobble\string} -\@ifundefined{eTeXversion} - { - \MH_let:NwN \MH_protected:\relax - \def\MH_setlength:dn{\setlength} - \def\MH_addtolength:dn{\addtolength} - } - { - \MH_let:NwN \MH_protected:\protected - \def\MH_setlength:dn #1#2{#1=\dimexpr#2\relax\relax} - \def\MH_addtolength:dn #1#2{\advance#1 \dimexpr#2\relax\relax} - } - -\def\MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn #1#2#3#4{ - \@namedef{KV@#1@#2}{\@nameuse{KV@#1@#3}#4} - \@namedef{KV@#1@#2@default}{\@nameuse{KV@#1@#3@default}#4}} -\def\MH_keyval_alias:nnn #1#2#3{ - \MH_keyval_alias_with_addon:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{}} -\def\MH_use_choice_i:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#1} -\def\MH_use_choice_ii:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#2} -\def\MH_use_choice_iii:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#3} -\def\MH_use_choice_iv:nnnn #1#2#3#4{#4} -\long\def\MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn #1#2#3{ - \MH_let:NwN\reserved@d=~#1 - \def\reserved@a{#2} - \def\reserved@b{#3} - \futurelet\@let@token\MH_nospace_nextchar: -} -\def\MH_nospace_nextchar:{ - \if_meaning:NN \@let@token\reserved@d - \MH_let:NwN \reserved@b\reserved@a - \fi: - \reserved@b -} -\long\def\MH_nospace_testopt:nn #1#2{ - \MH_nospace_ifnextchar:Nnn[ - {#1} - {#1[{#2}]} -} -\def\MH_nospace_protected_testopt:n #1{ - \if_meaning:NN \protect\@typeset@protect - \expandafter\MH_nospace_testopt:nn - \else: - \@x@protect#1 - \fi: -} -\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar} - {\MH_let:NwN \kernel@ifnextchar \@ifnextchar} - {} -\MH_let:NwN \MH_kernel_xargdef:nwwn \@xargdef -\long\def\MH_nospace_xargdef:nwwn #1[#2][#3]#4{ - \@ifdefinable#1{ - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{ - \expandafter - \MH_nospace_protected_testopt:n - \expandafter - #1 - \csname\string#1\endcsname - {#3}} - \expandafter\@yargdef - \csname\string#1\endcsname - \tw@ - {#2} - {#4}}} -\providecommand*\MHPrecedingSpacesOff{ - \MH_let:NwN \@xargdef \MH_nospace_xargdef:nwwn -} -\providecommand*\MHPrecedingSpacesOn{ - \MH_let:NwN \@xargdef \MH_kernel_xargdef:nwwn -} -\def \MH_group_align_safe_begin: {\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi} -\def \MH_group_align_safe_end: {\ifnum0=`{}\fi} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mhsetup.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/msabm.sym b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/msabm.sym deleted file mode 100644 index 5a01ad56b60..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/msabm.sym +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `msabm.sym', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flexisym.dtx (with options: `msabm') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes -%% Copyright (C) 2007-2010 by Morten Hoegholm -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is -%% Lars Madsen, Will Robertson and Joseph Wright. -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file flexisym.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% flexisym.sty, flexisym.pdf, flexisym.ins, flexisym.drv, -%% cmbase.sym, mathpazo.sym, mathptmx.sym, msabm.sym. -%% -\ProvidesSymbols{msabm}[2001/09/08 v0.91] -\ExplSyntaxOn -\RequirePackage{amsfonts}\relax -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@MSA}{\hexnumber@\symAMSa}% -\cs_gset:cpx{mg@MSB}{\hexnumber@\symAMSb}% -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxdot} {Bin}{MSA}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxplus} {Bin}{MSA}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxtimes} {Bin}{MSA}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\square} {Ord}{MSA}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacksquare} {Ord}{MSA}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\centerdot} {Bin}{MSA}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lozenge} {Ord}{MSA}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacklozenge} {Ord}{MSA}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circlearrowright} {Rel}{MSA}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circlearrowleft} {Rel}{MSA}{09} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{Rel}{MSA}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightharpoons} {Rel}{MSA}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\boxminus} {Bin}{MSA}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Vdash} {Rel}{MSA}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Vvdash} {Rel}{MSA}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vDash} {Rel}{MSA}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\twoheadrightarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\twoheadleftarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftleftarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightrightarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upuparrows} {Rel}{MSA}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downdownarrows} {Rel}{MSA}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upharpoonright} {Rel}{MSA}{16} - \let\restriction\upharpoonright -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downharpoonright} {Rel}{MSA}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\upharpoonleft} {Rel}{MSA}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\downharpoonleft}{Rel}{MSA}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightarrowtail} {Rel}{MSA}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftarrowtail} {Rel}{MSA}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightarrows}{Rel}{MSA}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightleftarrows}{Rel}{MSA}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lsh} {Rel}{MSA}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rsh} {Rel}{MSA}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightsquigarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftrightsquigarrow}{Rel}{MSA}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\looparrowleft} {Rel}{MSA}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\looparrowright} {Rel}{MSA}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circeq} {Rel}{MSA}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succsim} {Rel}{MSA}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrsim} {Rel}{MSA}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrapprox} {Rel}{MSA}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\multimap} {Rel}{MSA}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\therefore} {Rel}{MSA}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\because} {Rel}{MSA}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\doteqdot} {Rel}{MSA}{2B} - \let\Doteq\doteqdot -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangleq} {Rel}{MSA}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precsim} {Rel}{MSA}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesssim} {Rel}{MSA}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessapprox} {Rel}{MSA}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqslantless} {Rel}{MSA}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqslantgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyeqprec} {Rel}{MSA}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyeqsucc} {Rel}{MSA}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\preccurlyeq} {Rel}{MSA}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leqq} {Rel}{MSA}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leqslant} {Rel}{MSA}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backprime} {Ord}{MSA}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\risingdotseq} {Rel}{MSA}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\fallingdotseq}{Rel}{MSA}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succcurlyeq} {Rel}{MSA}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geqq} {Rel}{MSA}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\geqslant} {Rel}{MSA}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrless} {Rel}{MSA}{3F} -%% \DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsubset} {Rel}{MSA}{40} -%% \DeclareFlexSymbol{\sqsupset} {Rel}{MSA}{41} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangleright}{Rel}{MSA}{42} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangleleft} {Rel}{MSA}{43} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\trianglerighteq} {Rel}{MSA}{44} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\trianglelefteq} {Rel}{MSA}{45} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bigstar} {Ord}{MSA}{46} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\between} {Rel}{MSA}{47} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangledown} {Ord}{MSA}{48} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangleright} {Rel}{MSA}{49} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangleleft} {Rel}{MSA}{4A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\vartriangle} {Rel}{MSA}{4D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\blacktriangle} {Ord}{MSA}{4E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\triangledown} {Ord}{MSA}{4F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqcirc} {Rel}{MSA}{50} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesseqgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{51} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtreqless} {Rel}{MSA}{52} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lesseqqgtr} {Rel}{MSA}{53} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtreqqless} {Rel}{MSA}{54} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Rrightarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{56} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Lleftarrow} {Rel}{MSA}{57} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\veebar} {Bin}{MSA}{59} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\barwedge} {Bin}{MSA}{5A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\doublebarwedge} {Bin}{MSA}{5B} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\angle} {Ord}{MSA}{5C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\measuredangle} {Ord}{MSA}{5D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\sphericalangle} {Ord}{MSA}{5E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varpropto} {Rel}{MSA}{5F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallsmile} {Rel}{MSA}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallfrown} {Rel}{MSA}{61} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Subset} {Rel}{MSA}{62} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Supset} {Rel}{MSA}{63} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Cup} {Bin}{MSA}{64} - \let\doublecup\Cup -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Cap} {Bin}{MSA}{65} - \let\doublecap\Cap -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlywedge} {Bin}{MSA}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curlyvee} {Bin}{MSA}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\leftthreetimes} {Bin}{MSA}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rightthreetimes}{Bin}{MSA}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subseteqq} {Rel}{MSA}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supseteqq} {Rel}{MSA}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\bumpeq} {Rel}{MSA}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Bumpeq} {Rel}{MSA}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lll} {Rel}{MSA}{6E} - \let\llless\lll -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ggg} {Rel}{MSA}{6F} - \let\gggtr\ggg -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledS} {Ord}{MSA}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\pitchfork} {Rel}{MSA}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\dotplus} {Bin}{MSA}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backsim} {Rel}{MSA}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backsimeq} {Rel}{MSA}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\complement} {Ord}{MSA}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\intercal} {Bin}{MSA}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledcirc} {Bin}{MSA}{7D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circledast} {Bin}{MSA}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\circleddash} {Bin}{MSA}{7F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lvertneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{00} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gvertneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{01} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleq} {Rel}{MSB}{02} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeq} {Rel}{MSB}{03} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nless} {Rel}{MSB}{04} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngtr} {Rel}{MSB}{05} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nprec} {Rel}{MSB}{06} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsucc} {Rel}{MSB}{07} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{08} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{09} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleqslant} {Rel}{MSB}{0A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeqslant} {Rel}{MSB}{0B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lneq} {Rel}{MSB}{0C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gneq} {Rel}{MSB}{0D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\npreceq} {Rel}{MSB}{0E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsucceq} {Rel}{MSB}{0F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{10} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{11} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{12} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gnsim} {Rel}{MSB}{13} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleqq} {Rel}{MSB}{14} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ngeqq} {Rel}{MSB}{15} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{16} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{17} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{18} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{19} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{1A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gnapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{1B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsim} {Rel}{MSB}{1C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ncong} {Rel}{MSB}{1D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diagup} {Ord}{MSB}{1E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\diagdown} {Ord}{MSB}{1F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsubsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{20} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsupsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{21} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsubseteqq} {Rel}{MSB}{22} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsupseteqq} {Rel}{MSB}{23} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{24} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{25} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsubsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{26} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varsupsetneqq} {Rel}{MSB}{27} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\subsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{28} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\supsetneq} {Rel}{MSB}{29} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsubseteq} {Rel}{MSB}{2A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nsupseteq} {Rel}{MSB}{2B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{2C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nmid} {Rel}{MSB}{2D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nshortmid} {Rel}{MSB}{2E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nshortparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{2F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nvdash} {Rel}{MSB}{30} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nVdash} {Rel}{MSB}{31} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nvDash} {Rel}{MSB}{32} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nVDash} {Rel}{MSB}{33} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntrianglerighteq}{Rel}{MSB}{34} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntrianglelefteq}{Rel}{MSB}{35} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntriangleleft} {Rel}{MSB}{36} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ntriangleright} {Rel}{MSB}{37} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleftarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{38} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nrightarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{39} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nLeftarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{3A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nRightarrow} {Rel}{MSB}{3B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nLeftrightarrow}{Rel}{MSB}{3C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nleftrightarrow}{Rel}{MSB}{3D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\divideontimes} {Bin}{MSB}{3E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varnothing} {Ord}{MSB}{3F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\nexists} {Ord}{MSB}{40} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Finv} {Ord}{MSB}{60} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Game} {Ord}{MSB}{61} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\mho} {Ord}{MSB}{66} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eth} {Ord}{MSB}{67} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\eqsim} {Rel}{MSB}{68} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\beth} {Ord}{MSB}{69} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gimel} {Ord}{MSB}{6A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\daleth} {Ord}{MSB}{6B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\lessdot} {Bin}{MSB}{6C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\gtrdot} {Bin}{MSB}{6D} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\ltimes} {Bin}{MSB}{6E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\rtimes} {Bin}{MSB}{6F} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\shortmid} {Rel}{MSB}{70} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\shortparallel} {Rel}{MSB}{71} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\smallsetminus} {Bin}{MSB}{72} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\thicksim} {Rel}{MSB}{73} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\thickapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{74} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\approxeq} {Rel}{MSB}{75} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\succapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{76} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\precapprox} {Rel}{MSB}{77} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curvearrowleft} {Rel}{MSB}{78} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\curvearrowright}{Rel}{MSB}{79} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\digamma} {Ord}{MSB}{7A} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\varkappa} {Ord}{MSB}{7B} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\Bbbk} {Ord}{MSB}{7C} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hslash} {Ord}{MSB}{7D} -%%\DeclareFlexSymbol{\hbar} {Ord}{MSB}{7E} -\DeclareFlexSymbol{\backepsilon} {Rel}{MSB}{7F} -\ExplSyntaxOff -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `msabm.sym'. |